Regulatory Guide 4.2: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot change)
(StriderTol Bot change)
Line 1: Line 1:
{{Adams
{{Adams
| number = ML18071A400
| number = ML13350A248
| issue date = 09/30/2018
| issue date = 08/31/1972
| title = Preparation of Environmental Report for Nuclear Power Stations
| title = Guide to the Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants, Issued for Comment
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RES
| author affiliation = US Atomic Energy Commission (AEC)
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
| addressee affiliation =  
| addressee affiliation =  
| docket =  
| docket =  
| license number =  
| license number =  
| contact person = O'Donnell E
| contact person =  
| case reference number = DG-4026
| document report number = RG-4.002, Rev. 3
| package number = ML18071A399
| document type = Regulatory Guide
| document type = Regulatory Guide
| page count = 192
| page count = 113
}}
}}
{{#Wiki_filter:U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION  
{{#Wiki_filter:GUIDE TO THE PREPARATION
REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2, REVISION 3
OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
U.S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE OF REGULATORY STANDARDS
AUGUST 1972 ISSUED FOR COMMENT


Issue Date: September 2018 Technical Lead: J. Davis
GUIDE TO THE PREPARATION OF
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
U.S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
DIRECTORATE OF REGULATORY STANDARDS
AUGUST 1972 Issued for comment


Written suggestions regarding this guide or development of new guides may be submitted through the NRCs public Web site in the NRC Library at https://nrcweb.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/reg-guides/, under Document Collections, in Regulatory Guides, at https://nrcweb.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/reg-guides/contactus.html.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page INTRODUCTION
.................................................
National Environmental Goals
....................................
Applicant's Environmental Reports .................................
Commission Action on Environmcntal Reports .........................
Preparation of Environmental Reports ...............................
Criteria and Technical Specifications Relating to Environmental Impact ........
STANDARD
FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL
REPORTS FOR
NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
1.


Electronic copies of this RG, previous versions of RGs, and other recently issued guides are also available through the NRCs public Web site in the NRC Library at https://nrcweb.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/reg-guides/, under Document Collections, in Regulatory Guides. This RG is also available through the NRCs Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html, under ADAMS Accession Number (No.)
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY
ML18071A400. The regulatory analysis may be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16116A068. The associated draft guide DG-4026 may be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16116A067, and the staff responses to the public comments on DG-4026 may be found under ADAMS Accession No. ML18071A401.
.......................
3
3
4
1.1 Requirement for power
.......................
1.1.1 Demand characteristics ....................
1.1.2 Power supply
..........................
1.1.3 System demznd and resource capability comparison
1.1.4 Input and output diagram
.................
1.1.5 Report from Regional Reliability Council .......
1.2 Other primary objectives ........................
1.3 Consequences of delay
........................
2.


PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS 
TH E SITE ...................................................
FOR NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9 Site location and layout
..
............
Regional demography, land and water use
..............
Regional historic and natural landmarks
...............
Geology .....................................
Hydrology
...................................
M eteorology
..................................
Ecoloý,
......................................
Background radiological characteristics
................
Other environmental features .......................
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. . .....
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ....
.. .. .. ....
.. .. .. . . ..
....
.. . . ..
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
11 II
I1
3.


==A. INTRODUCTION==
TH E PLANT
Purpose This regulatory guide (RG) provides guidance to applicants for the format and content of environmental reports (ERs) that are submitted as part of an application for a permit, license, or other authorization to site, construct, and/or operate a new nuclear power plant.
................................................
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9 External appearance .............................
Reactor and steam-electric system
...................
Plant water use
................................
Heat dissipation system
..........................
Radwaste systems
..............................
Chemical and biocide systems
......................
Sanitary and other waste systems ....................
Radioactive materials inventory
.....................
Transmission facilities ............................
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
iii


Applicability This RG applies to applications for a permit, license, or other approval for a nuclear power plant subject to Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), Part 50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities (Ref. 1), 10 CFR Part 52 Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 2), and the associated review under 10 CFR Part 51, Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions (Ref. 3).  
PaOW
Applicable Regulations
4.
*
 
The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA; 42 United States Code (U.S.C.) 4321 et seq.) (Ref. 4) requires that Federal agencies prepare detailed environmental impact statements (EISs) on proposed major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. A principal objective of NEPA is to require a Federal agency to consider, in its decision-making process, the environmental impacts of each proposed major Federal action and alternative actions, including alternative sites. Additional direction is provided in Executive Order 11514 Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality (Ref. 5), as amended by Executive Order 11991 Environmental Impact Statements (Ref. 6), and in the Council on Environmental Qualitys regulations at 40 CFR Chapter V - Council on Environmental Quality - Parts 1500-1508 (Ref. 7). Regarding the CEQ regulations, as stated in
ENVIRONMENTAL
10 CFR 51.10, the NRC takes account of those regulations voluntarily, subject to certain conditions.
EFFECTS
OF
SITE
PREPARATION,  
PLANT
AND
TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION ..........................
12
4.J
Site preparation and plant construction ..
..........................  
12
4.2 Transmission facilities con.iruction ..
.............................  
13
4.3 Resources committed ...
......................................
13 S.


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 2  
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF PLANT OPERATION ...................
*
13
10 CFR Part 50 governs the licensing of nuclear power plants. Applicable sections in
5.1 Effects of operation of heat dissipation system ..
10 CFR Part 50 provide requirements for submittal of ERs in support of applications for early site permits (ESPs), combined licenses (COLs), limited work authorizations (LWAs), construction permits (CPs), and operating licenses (OLs).  
..................
*
..
10 CFR Part 51 provides requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commissions (NRCs)
13
preparation and processing of EIS and related documents under Section 102(2)(C) of NEPA.
5.2 Radiological impact on bio:j other than man ..
......................
14
5.2.1 Exposure pathways ......................................
is
5.2.2 Radioactivity in environment ...
.........................
..
Is
5.2.3 Dose rate estimiales ...
...................................
15
5.3 Radiological impact on man ...
................................
15
5.3.1 Exposure pathways ...
...................................
Is
5.3.2 Liquid effluents ....
...................................
..
Is
5.3.3 Gaseous effluents ....
...................................
16
5.3.4 Direct radiation ...
.....................................
16
5.3.4.1 Radiation from facility ..............................
16
5.3.4.2 Transportation of radioaclive materials ..
................
16
5.3.5 Other exposure pathways ..................................
17
5.3.5 Summary of annual radiation doses ...........................
17
5.4 Effects of chemical and biocide discharges ..
........................  
17
5.5 Effects of sanitary and other Waste discharges ......................
17
5.6 Effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system
........
17
5.7 O ther effects .............................................
17
5.8 Resources committed ...
......................................
17
6.


*
EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS AND MONITORING
10 CFR Part 52 governs the issuance of ESPs, design certifications (DCs), COLs, standard design approvals, and manufacturing licenses for nuclear power facilities licensed under Section 103 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2133) (Ref. 8), and Title II of the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5841-5853) (Ref. 9). Applicable sections in 10 CFR Part
PROGRAMS ....................................................
52 describe requirements to include ERs for ESPs, DCs, COLs, standard design approvals, and manufacturing licenses.
18
6.1 Applicant's pre-operational environmental programs ...
.................
18
6.


Related Guidance While the guidance provided in the related documents listed below may overlap with guidance in this RG, the purposes of the documents are different. Some of the related documents offer guidance in the development of reference sources that may be useful in the development of an ER, but, unlike this RG,
===1. I Surface waters ===
none are specifically intended to offer guidance directly pertinent to preparing the ER itself.
..............
........................
..
19
6.1.2 Ground water ..........................................
19
6.1.3 Air ...
..............................................
20
6.1.4 Land ..
..............................................
20
6.1.5 Radiological surveys ..
..................................
20
6.2 Applicant's proposed operational monitoring programs ..
...............
21
6.2.1 Radiological monitoring ..
................................
21
6.2.2 Chemical effluent monitoring ..
............................
21
6.2.3 Thermal effluent monitoring ..
.............................
21
6.2.4 Meteorological monitoring ..
..............................
22
6.2.5 Ecological monitoring ..
.................................
22
4
6.3 Related environmental measurement and monitoring programs ..........  
22 iv


*
Pawe
RG 1.206, Combined License Application for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition) (Ref. 10),
7.
identifies sources of information that can be used by applicants in the development of ERs for COL applications.


*
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS
RG 4.7, General Site Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations (Ref. 11), discusses the major site characteristics related to public health and safety and environmental issues that the NRC staff considers in determining the suitability of sites for light-water-cooled nuclear power stations.
.......................
23
7.1 Plant accidents
..........................................
23
7.2 Transportation accidents .....................................
28
7.3 Other accidents
..........................................
28
8.


*
ECONOMIC
RG 4.11, Terrestrial Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations (Ref. 12), provides technical guidance that the NRC staff considers acceptable for terrestrial environmental studies and analyses supporting licensing decisions for nuclear power reactors.
AND SOCIAL
EFFECTS
OF PLANT CONSTRUCTION
AND
OPERATION ................................................
28
8.1 Value of delivered products ..................................
28
8.2 Incom e
...............................................
29
8.3 Em ployment ...................
.........................
29
8.4 Taxes .................................................
20
8.5 Externalities .............................................
29
8.6 Other effects ............................................
29
9.


*
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES ......................
RG 4.24, Aquatic Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations (Ref. 13), provides technical guidance that the NRC staff considers acceptable for aquatic environmental studies and analyses supporting licensing decisions for nuclear power reactors.
30
9.1 Alternatives not requiring the creation of new generating capacity
.......
30
9.2 Alternatives requiring the creation of new generating capacity
..........
,30
9.2.1 Selection of candidate regions ............................
30
9.2.2 Selection of candidate sit


*
====e. plant alternatives ====
NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 14), provides the criteria used by the NRC staff for reviewing ERs submitted with nuclear power plant license applications.
..................
32
9.3 Co.--nurison of practicable alternatives and the proposed facility .........
33
10.


Purpose of Regulatory Guides The NRC issues RGs to describe to the public methods that the staff considers acceptable for use in implementing specific parts of the agencys regulations, to explain techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific problems or postulated accidents, and to provide guidance to applicants. Regulatory guides are not substitutes for regulations and compliance with them is not required. Methods and solutions that differ from those set forth in RGs will be deemed acceptable if they provide a basis for the findings required for the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission.
PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES
................................
34
10.1 Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)
..................
36
10.2 Intake system
............................................
36
10.3 Discharge system .........................................
36
10.4 Chemical systems ..........................................
36
10.5 Biocide systems ..........................................
36
10.6 Sanitary waste system
.....................................
36
10.7 Liquid radwaste systems ....................................
36
10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems ...................................
37
10.9 Transmission facilities ...................................
....
37
10.10 Other systems ............................................
37
10.11 The proposed plant
.......................................  
37
11.


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 3 Paperwork Reduction Act This RG provides guidance for implementing the mandatory information collections in 10 CFR
SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS .............................  
Parts 50, 51, and 52 that are subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et. seq.).  
37
These information collections were approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), under control numbers 3150-0011, 3150-0021, and 3150-0151. Send comments regarding this information collection to the Information Services Branch, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC
12.
20555-0001, or by e-mail to Infocollects.Resource@nrc.gov, and to the Desk Officer, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, NEOB-10202 (3150-0011, 3150-0021, 3150-0151), Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503.


Public Protection Notification The NRC may neither conduct nor sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, an information collection request or requirement unless the requesting document displays a currently valid OMB control number.
ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATIONS
...............
37
13.


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 5 Table of Contents
REFERENCES
..............................................
38 Table I - Monetized Bases for Generating Costs ............................
39 Table 2 - Guidance for Description of Environmental Effects ...................
40
Form AEC-
Benefits from the Proposed Facility
.........................
50
Form AEC-
Cost Description of Proposed Facility and Transmission Hook-Up .....
51 Supplementary Forms for Alternative Systems
.............................
54 v


==A. INTRODUCTION==
APPENDICES
................................................................................................................... 1 Purpose .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Applicability .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Applicable Regulations .................................................................................................................................................. 1 Related Guidance ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 Purpose of Regulatory Guides ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Paperwork Reduction Act .............................................................................................................................................. 3 Public Protection Notification ....................................................................................................................................... 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................. 5 ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS ............................................................................................ 13
Page
1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 ("Interim Statement of General Policy and Procedure:
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 [Public Law
91-1901") .. ...................................................  
85
2. Questionnaire for Eliciting Basic Data for Source-Term Calculation
.............  
96
3. Example of Chart Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways .......................  
99
4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 ("Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion 'As Low as Practicable'
for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents")
. ..  
100
vi
4


==B. DISCUSSION==
INTRODUCTION
........................................................................................................................ 17 Reason for Revision ..................................................................................................................................................... 17 Background .................................................................................................................................................................. 17 Harmonization with International Codes and Standards .............................................................................................. 17 C.  STAFF REGULATORY GUIDANCE ............................................................................... 19 General Guidance to Applicants .................................................................................................................................. 19 I.
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power plant, the U.S.


Summary ........................................................................................................................................................... 19 II.
Atomic Energy Commission is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that plant in order to assure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environmental goals, as set forth by the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (Public Law 91-190).  
In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the Commission requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a
report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed plant and associated facilities.


Consultations and Coordinations ...................................................................................................................... 20
The national environmental goals as expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are as follows:
III.
"... it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all practical means, coiisistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may-
"(l) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations;
"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings;
"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial use of the environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences;
"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage and maintain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;
"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a
wide sharing of life's amenities; and
"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."
Executive Order 11514 (35 F.R. 4247) of March 4,
197/0, by which all Federal agencies were required, to the fullest extent possible, to direct their policies, plans and programs to meeting the goals set out in NEPA.


Non-NRC Permits and Approvals ..................................................................................................................... 20
On April
IV.
2,
1970, the Commission's initial implementation of NEPA was published (35 F.R.


Impact Findings ................................................................................................................................................ 22 V.
5463) as 4n Appendix D to
10 CFR Part 50.


Mitigation of Adverse Effects ........................................................................................................................... 22 VI.
Substantial amendments to Appendix EP were published on December 4, 1970 (35 F.R. 18469), and further minor amendments on July 7. 1971 (36 F.R. 12731).
On September 9, 1971, a major revision of Arn""dix D, entided "Interim Statement of General P,..x arid Procedure:
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (P. L. 91-190), was published (36 F.R. 18071). A copy of Appendix D,
with amendments to May 18, 1972, is attached as Appendix I.


Implementation of the LWA Rule - Definition of Construction and Preconstruction ...................................... 23 VII. Storage of Spent Fuel ........................................................................................................................................ 25 VIII. Presentation of Applicant Information .............................................................................................................. 25 CHAPTER 1 ................................................................................................................................ 27
APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
1.0
The revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50 discusses, in the first five paragraphs of Section A, the required content of the Environmental Reports to be submitted by the applicant:
Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................... 27
"1. lEach applicant'
1.1 Plant Owners and Reactor Type ........................................................................................................... 27
for a permit to construct a ruclear power reactor... shall submit with AMs application three hundred copies ... of a separate document, entitled
1.2 Description of the Proposed Action and the Purpose and Need ........................................................... 27
'Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage,'
1.3 Planned Activities and Schedules......................................................................................................... 28
which discusses the following environmental considerations:
1.4 Status of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 28 CHAPTER 2 ................................................................................................................................ 29
"(a) the environmental impact of the proposed action,
2.0
"(b) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented,
The Proposed Site and the Affected Environment ............................................................................................ 29
"(c) alternatives to the proposed action,
2.1 Land Use .............................................................................................................................................. 29
"(d) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and
2.1.1 Site, Vicinity, and Region ...................................................................................................... 30
'Where the "applicant", as used in the Appendix, is a Federal agency, different arrangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made. pursuant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.
2.1.2 Transmission-Line Corridors and Other Offsite Areas .......................................................... 31
2.2 Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) ........................................................................... 32
2.2.1 Hydrology .............................................................................................................................. 33


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 6
The obligation of the Commission with respect to furthering of the above aims derives from the I
2.2.2 Water Use ............................................................................................................................... 33
2.2.3 Water Quality ......................................................................................................................... 34
2.2.4 Water Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 35
2.3 Ecological Resources ........................................................................................................................... 35
2.3.1 Terrestrial Ecology ................................................................................................................. 35
2.3.2 Aquatic Ecology ..................................................................................................................... 38
2.4 Socioeconomics.................................................................................................................................... 41
2.4.1 Demographics ........................................................................................................................ 41
2.4.2 Community Characteristics .................................................................................................... 43
2.5 Environmental Justice .......................................................................................................................... 44
2.5.1 Identification of Potentially Affected EJ Populations ............................................................ 45
2.5.2 Identification of Potential Pathways and Communities with Unique Characteristics ............ 47
2.6 Historic and Cultural Resources ........................................................................................................... 49
2.6.1 Cultural Background .............................................................................................................. 50
2.6.2 Historic and Cultural Resources at the Site and in the Vicinity ............................................. 50
2.6.3 Consultation ........................................................................................................................... 51
2.7 Air Resources ....................................................................................................................................... 52
2.7.1 Climate ................................................................................................................................... 52
2.7.2 Air Quality ............................................................................................................................. 53
2.7.3 Atmospheric Dispersion ......................................................................................................... 53
2.7.4 Meteorological Monitoring .................................................................................................... 54
2.8 Nonradiological Health ........................................................................................................................ 55
2.8.1 Public and Occupational Health ............................................................................................. 55
2.8.2 Noise ...................................................................................................................................... 56
2.8.3 Transportation ........................................................................................................................ 56
2.8.4 Electromagnetic Fields ........................................................................................................... 57
2.9 Radiological Environment and Radiological Monitoring .................................................................... 57 CHAPTER 3 ................................................................................................................................ 59
3.0
Site Layout and Project Description ................................................................................................................. 59
3.1 External Appearance and Plant Layout ................................................................................................ 59
3.2 Proposed Plant Structures, Systems and Components.......................................................................... 60
3.3 Building Activities ............................................................................................................................... 61
3.4 Operational Activities .......................................................................................................................... 62
3.4.1 Plant-Environment Interfaces during Operation .................................................................... 62
3.4.2 Radioactive Waste Management ............................................................................................ 63
3.4.3 Nonradioactive Waste Management ...................................................................................... 64 CHAPTER 4 ................................................................................................................................ 67
4.0
Environmental Impacts from Construction of the Proposed Project ................................................................. 67
4.1 Land-Use .............................................................................................................................................. 67
4.1.1 Onsite Impacts ........................................................................................................................ 67
4.1.2 Offsite Impacts ....................................................................................................................... 68
4.2 Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) ........................................................................... 69
4.2.1 Hydrologic Alterations ........................................................................................................... 69


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 7
INTRODUCTION
4.2.2 Water-Use Impacts ................................................................................................................. 70
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS
4.2.3 Water-Quality Impacts ........................................................................................................... 70
Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power plant, the U.S.
4.2.4 Water Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 70
4.3 Ecological Resources ........................................................................................................................... 70
4.3.1 Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts ............................................................................................ 70
4.3.2 Aquatic Impacts ..................................................................................................................... 73
4.4 Socioeconomics.................................................................................................................................... 73
4.4.1 Physical Impacts..................................................................................................................... 74
4.4.2 Demographic Impacts ............................................................................................................ 75
4.4.3 Economic Impacts to the Community .................................................................................... 76
4.4.4 Community Infrastructure Impacts ........................................................................................ 77
4.5 Environmental Justice .......................................................................................................................... 78
4.5.1 Environmental Impacts .......................................................................................................... 79
4.5.2 Human-Health Effects ............................................................................................................ 79
4.5.3 Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics ................................................ 79
4.6 Historic and Cultural Resources ........................................................................................................... 79
4.7 Air Resources ....................................................................................................................................... 81
4.8 Nonradiological Health ........................................................................................................................ 82
4.8.1 Public and Occupational Health ............................................................................................. 82
4.8.2 Noise ...................................................................................................................................... 82
4.8.3 Transportation of Construction Materials and Personnel to and from the Proposed Site ....... 83
4.9 Radiological Health .............................................................................................................................. 84
4.9.1 Direct Radiation Exposures .................................................................................................... 84
4.9.2 Radiation Exposures from Gaseous Effluents ........................................................................ 85
4.9.3 Radiation Exposures from Liquid Effluents ........................................................................... 85
4.9.4 Total Dose to Construction Workers ...................................................................................... 85
4.10
Nonradioactive Waste Management .................................................................................................... 85
4.10.1 Impacts to Land ...................................................................................................................... 86
4.10.2 Impacts to Water .................................................................................................................... 86
4.10.3 Impacts to Air ......................................................................................................................... 86
4.11 Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Construction Activities ............................. 87 CHAPTER 5 ................................................................................................................................ 89
5.0
Environmental Impacts from Operation of the Proposed Plant ........................................................................ 89
5.1 Land Use .............................................................................................................................................. 89
5.1.1 Onsite Impacts ........................................................................................................................ 89
5.1.2 Offsite Impacts ....................................................................................................................... 89
5.2 Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) ........................................................................... 90
5.2.1 Hydrologic Alterations ........................................................................................................... 90
5.2.2 Water-Use Impacts ................................................................................................................. 91
5.2.3 Water-Quality Impacts ........................................................................................................... 91
5.2.4 Water Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 91
5.3 Ecological Resources ........................................................................................................................... 92
5.3.1 Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts ............................................................................................ 92
5.3.2 Aquatic Impacts ..................................................................................................................... 93


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 8
Atomic Energy Commission is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that plant in order to assure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environmental goals, as set forth by the National Environmental Policy Act of
5.4 Socioeconomics.................................................................................................................................... 95
1969 (Public Law 91-190).  
5.4.1 Physical Impacts..................................................................................................................... 95
In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the Commission requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a
5.4.2 Demographic Impacts ............................................................................................................ 96
report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed plant and associated facilities.
5.4.3 Economic Impacts to the Community .................................................................................... 96
5.4.4 Community Infrastructure Impacts ........................................................................................ 97
5.5 Environmental Justice .......................................................................................................................... 99
5.5.1 Environmental Impacts .......................................................................................................... 99
5.5.2 Human-Health Effects ............................................................................................................ 99
5.5.3 Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics ................................................ 99
5.6 Historic and Cultural Resources ......................................................................................................... 100
5.7 Air Resources ..................................................................................................................................... 101
5.7.1 Cooling-System Impacts ...................................................................................................... 102
5.7.2 Air-Quality Impacts ............................................................................................................. 102
5.7.3 Transmission-Line Impacts .................................................................................................. 103
5.8 Nonradiological Health ...................................................................................................................... 103
5.8.1 Etiological Agents and Emerging Contaminants ................................................................. 103
5.8.2 Noise Impacts ....................................................................................................................... 104
5.8.3 Electric Shock Impacts ......................................................................................................... 105
5.8.4 Chronic Effects of Electromagnetic Fields........................................................................... 105
5.8.5 Occupational Health ............................................................................................................. 106
5.8.6 Human Health Impacts from Transportation ........................................................................ 106
5.9 Radiological Health during Normal Operation and Radioactive Waste Management ....................... 106
5.9.1 Exposure Pathways .............................................................................................................. 107
5.9.2 Radiation Doses to Members of the Public .......................................................................... 107
5.9.3 Impacts to Members of the Public ........................................................................................ 112
5.9.4 Occupational Doses to Workers ........................................................................................... 113
5.9.5 Doses to Nonhuman Biota.................................................................................................... 114
5.9.6 Radiological Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 115
5.9.7 Solid Waste Management and Onsite Spent Fuel Storage ................................................... 116
5.10
Nonradioactive Waste Management .................................................................................................. 116
5.10.1 Impacts to Land .................................................................................................................... 116
5.10.2 Impacts to Water .................................................................................................................. 117
5.10.3 Impacts to Air ....................................................................................................................... 117
5.11 Environmental Impacts of Postulated Accidents ................................................................................ 117
5.11.1 Design-Basis Accidents........................................................................................................ 118
5.11.2 Severe Accidents .................................................................................................................. 119
5.11.3 Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives ............................................................................. 120
5.12 Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts during Operation ................................................. 121 CHAPTER 6 .............................................................................................................................. 123
6.0
Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning Impacts .......................................................................... 123
6.1 Fuel-Cycle Impacts and Waste Management ..................................................................................... 123
6.1.1 Land Use .............................................................................................................................. 124
6.1.2 Water Use ............................................................................................................................. 124
6.1.3 Fossil Fuel Impacts .............................................................................................................. 124


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 9
The national environmental goals as expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are as follows:
6.1.4 Chemical Effluents ............................................................................................................... 125
" . . .it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all practical means, cohisistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may-
6.1.5 Radiological Effluents .......................................................................................................... 125
"(1) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations;
6.1.6 Radiological Wastes ............................................................................................................. 126
"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings;
6.1.7 Occupational Dose ............................................................................................................... 126
"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial use of thp environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences;
6.1.8 Transportation Dose ............................................................................................................. 126
"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage and maintain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;
6.2 Transportation of Fuel and Wastes ..................................................................................................... 126
"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a
6.2.1 Components of a Full Description and a Detailed Analysis of Transportation Impacts....... 127
wide sharing of life's amenities; and
6.2.2 Estimating the Number of Shipments and Normalization of Shipments .............................. 129
"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."
6.3 Decommissioning ............................................................................................................................... 130
The obligation of the Commission with respect to the furthering of the above aims derives from Executive Ordei
CHAPTER 7 .............................................................................................................................. 133
11514 (35 F.R. 4247) of March 4.
7.0
Cumulative Impacts ........................................................................................................................................ 133
7.1 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Projects ............................................................... 136
7.2 Impact Assessment ............................................................................................................................. 139 CHAPTER 8 .............................................................................................................................. 141
8.0
Need for Power ............................................................................................................................................... 141
8.1 Description of the Applicants Power Market .................................................................................... 142
8.2 Power Demand ................................................................................................................................... 143
8.3 Power Supply ..................................................................................................................................... 144
8.4 Summary of the Need for Power Analysis and Conclusions .............................................................. 145 CHAPTER 9 .............................................................................................................................. 149
9.0
Environmental Impacts of Alternatives .......................................................................................................... 149
9.1 No-Action Alternative ........................................................................................................................ 149
9.2 Energy Alternatives ............................................................................................................................ 150
9.3 Site-Selection Process ........................................................................................................................ 151
9.3.1 The Region of Interest .......................................................................................................... 153
9.3.2 Candidate Areas ................................................................................................................... 153
9.3.3 Potential Sites ....................................................................................................................... 154
9.3.4 Candidate Sites ..................................................................................................................... 154
9.3.5 Proposed and Alternative Sites ............................................................................................ 155
9.4 System Alternatives ........................................................................................................................... 159
9.4.1 Heat Dissipation ................................................................................................................... 159
9.4.2 Circulating-Water System Alternatives ................................................................................ 160
9.4.3 Other System Alternatives ................................................................................................... 160
CHAPTER 10 ............................................................................................................................ 161
10.0 Conclusions ..................................................................................................................................................... 161
10.1 Impacts of the Proposed Actions ........................................................................................................ 161
10.2 Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Effects .................................................................................... 161
10.3 Relationship between Local Short-Term Use of the Environment and Long-Term Productivity ...... 161
10.4 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Resources ................................................................. 161
10.5 Alternatives to the Proposed Action ................................................................................................... 161
10.6 Benefits and Costs .............................................................................................................................. 162


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 10
l9j0, by which all Federal agencies were required, to the fullest extent possible, to direct their policies, plans and programs to meeting the goals set oui in NEPA.
10.6.1 Benefits ................................................................................................................................ 162
10.6.2 Costs ..................................................................................................................................... 162
10.6.3 Benefit-Cost Balance ........................................................................................................... 163 CHAPTER 11 ............................................................................................................................ 165
11.0 Reference Guidance ........................................................................................................................................ 165


==D. IMPLEMENTATION==
On April
........................................................................................................ 167 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................... 169 APPENDIX A - PART 50 AND PART 52 LICENSES AND AUTHORIZATIONS ........ A-1
2,
1970, the Conimission's initial implementation of NEPA was published (35 F.R.


Early Site Permits .......................................................................................................................................... A-1
5463) as an Appendix D to 10 CFR Part 50.


Combined License Referencing an Early Site Permit .................................................................................... A-2
Substantial amendments to Appendix D were published on December 4, 1970 (35 F.R. 18469), and further minor amendments on July 7, 1971 (36 F.R. 12731).
On September 9, 1971, a major revision of Ar"'ndix D, entitled "Interim Statement of General PL,.,:. antd Procedure:
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (P. L. 91-190), was published (36 F.R. 18071). A copy of Appendix D,
with amendments to May 18, 1972, is attached as Appendix I.


Construction Permits and Operating Licenses ............................................................................................... A-3
APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
The revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50 discusses, in the first five paragraphs of Section A, the required content of the Environmental Reports to be submitted by the applicant:
"I. Each applicant'
for a permit to construct a r aclear power reactor... shall submit with his application three hundred copies.. .of a separate document, entitled
.'Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage,'
which discusses the following environmental considerations:
"(a) the environmental impact of the proposed action,
"(b) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented,
"(c) alternatives to the proposed action,
"(d) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and
'Where the "applicant", as used in the Appendix. is a Federal agency. different arrangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made, pursuant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.


Limited Work Authorizations and Site Redress ............................................................................................. A-4
I


Standard Design Certification ........................................................................................................................ A-5
"(e) any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented.


COL Application Referencing Standard Design Certification ....................................................................... A-5
"2. The discussion of alternatives to the p-, posed action in the Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall be sufficiently complete to aid the Commission in developing and exploring, pursuant to section
102(2XD) of the National Environmental Policy Act, 'appropriate alternatives .. .in any propo.!,a.


Manufacturing License .................................................................................................................................. A-6
which involves unresolved conflicts L:.,tcrning alternative uses of available resot. ,::-ic.'
"3.


References ...................................................................................................................................................... A-6 APPENDIX B - CONSULTATIONS ..................................................................................... B-1
The Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall include a cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for reducing or avoiding adverse environmental effects, as well as the environmental, economic, technical and other benefits of the facility. The cost-benefit analysis shall, to the fullest extent practicable, quantify the various factors considered. To the extent that such factors cannot be quantified, they shall be discussed in qualitative terms.


Endangered Species Act ................................................................................................................................. B-1
The Environmental Report should contain sufficient data to aid the Commission in its development of an independent cost-benefit analysis covering the factors specified in this paragraph.


Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act .................................................................... B-2
"4. The Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall include a discussion of the status of compliance of the facility with applicable environmental quality standards and requirements (including, but not limited to, thermal and other water quality standards promulgated under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act) which have been imposed by Federal, State and regional agencies having responsibility for environmental protection. In addition, the environmental impact of the facility shall be fully discussed with respect to matters covered by such standards and requirements irrespective of whether a certification from the appropriate authority has been obtained (including, but not limited to, any certification obtained pursuant to section
21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 2 ). Such discussion shall be reflected in
2No permit or license will, of course, be Issued with respect to an activity for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Act has not been obtained.


National Historic Preservation Act ................................................................................................................. B-3  
the cost-benefit analysis prescribed in paragraph
3.


References ....................................................................................................................................................... B-3 APPENDIX C - SMALL MODULAR REACTORS AND NON-LIGHT WATER
While satisfaction of AEC
REACTORS .............................................................................................................................. C-1
standards and criteria pertaining to radiological effects will be necessary to meet the licensing requirements of the Atomic Energy Act, the cost-benefit analysis prescribed in paragraph
3 shall, for the purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act, consider the radiological effects, together with the thermal effects and other environmental effects, of the facility.


Licensing Scenarios for SMRs ........................................................................................................................ C-1 C.1.1 Scenario 1: All Modules in One Application ..................................................................................... C-2 C.1.2 Scenario 2: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent application considered an expansion of the existing site) ............................................................................................................ C-2 C.1.3 Scenario 3: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent applications not considered an expansion of the existing site) ............................................................................................................ C-2 C.1.4 Scenario 4: ESP and COL Application .............................................................................................. C-3 C.1.5 Summary of Licensing Scenarios ....................................................................................................... C-3
"5.


Information to be provided in SMR Applications ........................................................................................... C-3 C.2.1 Chapter 1: Introduction ...................................................................................................................... C-3 C.2.2 Chapter 2: Affected Environment ...................................................................................................... C-4 C.2.3 Chapter 3: Site Layout and Plant Description .................................................................................... C-4 C.2.4 Chapter 4: Construction Impacts at the Proposed Site ....................................................................... C-4 C.2.5 Chapter 5: Operational Impacts at the Proposed Site ......................................................................... C-4 C.2.6 Chapter 6: Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning .......................................................... C-5 C.2.7 Chapter 7: Cumulative Impacts .......................................................................................................... C-5 C.2.8 Chapter 8: Need for Power ................................................................................................................. C-5
Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility described in paragraph I shall submit with his application three hundred (300) copies ...  
of a separate document to be entitled
'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage,'
which discusses the same environmental considerations described in paragraphs 14, but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed in the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted in iccordance with paragraph I.


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 11 C.2.9 Chapter 9: Environmental Impacts of Alternatives ............................................................................ C-5 C.2.10 Chapter 10: Conclusion and Recommendation .................................................................................. C-6 C.2.11 Information to be Provided in Non-LWR Applications That Are Not SMRs .................................... C-6
The
'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage'
may incorporate by reference any information contained in the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted in accordance with paragraph
1. With respect to the operation of nuclear power reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall submit the 'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage' only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full-power operation of the facility,3 except that such report shall be submitted in connection with the conversion of a provisional operating license to a full-term license."
As is clear from the above paragraphs, two Environmental Reports are require


Reference ........................................................................................................................................................ C-6
====d. The first is the====
"Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage" which must be submitted in conjunction with the construction permit applicatio


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 13 Abbreviations/Acronyms ACHP
====n. The second is the ====
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation ACS
"Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage," which must be submitted later in conjunction with the operating license application. The second Report is, in effect, to be an updating of the first one and should:
American Community Survey ADAMS
a.
Agencywide Documents Access and Management System APE
area of potential effect BMP
best management practice CBG
Census block group CEQ
Council on Environmental Quality CFR
Code of Federal Regulations CO2 carbon dioxide COL
combined license CP
construction permit CWA
Clean Water Act (aka Federal Water Pollution Control Act)
dBA
decibel(s) on the A-weighted scale DBA
design-basis accident DC
design certification DCD
design control document D/Q
atmospheric deposition factor(s)
DSM
demand-side management EA
environmental assessment EAB
exclusion area boundary EE
energy efficiency EFH
essential fish habitat EIS
environmental impact statement EJ
environmental justice ELF-EMF
extremely low frequency-electromagnetic field EMF
electromagnetic field EPA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ER
environmental report ESA
Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended ESP
early site permit FR
Federal Register FSAR
final safety analysis report FWS
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service gal gallon(s)
GASPAR
gaseous and particulate (code)


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 14 GEIS
Discuss differences between currently projected environmental effects of the nuclear power plant sThis report is in addition to the report required at the construction permit stage.
Generic Environmental Impact Statement GHG
greenhouse gas GIS
geographic information system GWP
global warming potential Hz hertz


IAEA
4
International Atomic Energy Agency ISFSI
4
independent spent-fuel storage installation ISG
2
interim staff guidance ISO
independent system operator kg/ha/mo kilogram(s)/hectare/month km kilometer(s)
kWh kilowatt-hour(s)
LADTAP
Liquid Annual Dose to All Persons (code)
LEDPA
least environmentally damaging practicable alternative LLWR
large light water reactor LPZ
low-population zone LWA
limited work authorization LWR
light water reactor m3 cubic meter(s)
m3/yr cubic meters per year MACCS
MELCOR Accident Consequence Code System MEI
maximally exposed individual Mgd million gallon(s) per day mi mile(s)
mrad millirad mrad/d millirad/day mrem millirem mrem/yr millirem per year MSA
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996 MTU
metric ton uranium MWd/MTU
megawatt-days per metric ton of uranium MW
megawatt MW(e)
megawatt(s) electric MW(t)
megawatt(s) thermal MWh megawatt hour(s) 
MWh/yr megawatt hour(s) per year NAAQS
National Ambient Air Quality Standards


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 15 NCRP
(including those which would degrade and those which would enhance environmental conditions)
National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements NEI
and the effects discussed in the Environmental Report submitted at the construction stage.
Nuclear Energy Institute NEPA
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended NHPA
National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended NIEHS
National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences non-LWR
Non-light water reactor NOx nitrogen oxide NMFS
National Marine Fisheries Service NPDES
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NRC
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRHP
National Register of Historic Places NUREG
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission technical document O3 ozone OL
operating license OMB
Office of Management and Budget PPE
plant parameter envelope PRA
probabilistic risk assessment rem roentgen equivalent man REMP
radiological environmental monitoring program RG
regulatory guide ROI
region of interest RTO
regional transmission organization SAMA
severe accident mitigation alternative SAMDA
severe accident mitigation design alternative SAR
safety analysis report SHPO
State Historic Preservation Office (or Officer)  
SMR
small modular reactor SRP
Standard Review Plan SSC
structure, system, and component U.S.


United States USACE
(Differences may result, for example, from changes in plans, changes in plant design, availability of new or more detailed information, or changes in surrounding land use or zoning classifications.)
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers U.S.C.
b.


United States Code 
Discuss the results of all studies which were not completed at the time of pre-construction review and which were specified to be completed before the pre.operational review.
/Q
atmospheric dispersion factor(s) 
yr year


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 17
Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design and proposed operation of the plant.


==B. DISCUSSION==
c.
Reason for Revision Regulatory Guide (RG) 4.2, Revision 3 updated guidance to align with U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) regulations, changes in environmental statutes and regulations, and Executive Orders since the last revision of the RG. Examples of changes include, but are not limited to, the assessment of building impacts, greenhouse gas and climate change, socioeconomics, environmental justice, need for power, alternatives, and cumulative effects.


Background Since issuance of Revision 2 in 1976, the NRC staff has developed or revised regulations, including 10 CFR 51.45, which is related to the requirements for submitting environmental reports (ERs),
Describe in detail the monitoring programs which have been and will be undertaken to determine the effects of the operating plant on the environment. Include the results of preoperational monitoring activities.
and 10 CFR Part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants. Additionally, while preparing environmental impact statements (EISs) for the first group of combined license (COL)
applications, the NRC staff identified a number of issues that necessitated changes to staff guidance. In
2014, the NRC staff documented these changes in two interim staff guidance documents, COL/ESP-ISG-
026, Interim Staff Guidance on Environmental Issues Associated with New Reactors (Ref. 15), and COL/ESP-ISG-027, Interim Staff Guidance on Specific Environmental Guidance for Light Water Small Modular Reactor Reviews (Ref. 16), which addressed changes to environmental statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders which directly affect the information required by the NRC to develop EISs.


Guidance from the ISGs as it relates to information that applicants should include in an ER was incorporated into this RG, as appropriate. The entirety of interim staff guidance in ISG-026 and ISG-027 will be terminated when it is incorporated into permanent staff guidance in NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants.
A
listing of types of measurements, kinds, and numbers of. samples collected, frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the locations described and indicated on a map of the area.


Applicants for reactor license renewal should use RG 4.2, Supplement 1, Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plant License Renewal Applications (Ref. 17), for developing ERs submitted as part of an application in accordance with 10 CFR Part 54, Requirements for Renewal of Operating Licenses for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 18).
d.
Harmonization with International Codes and Standards The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) has established a series of technical reports and safety guides for protecting people and the environment. These technical reports and safety guides present international best practices to help users striving to achieve high levels of environmental protection and human safety. Similar to this RG, IAEA Nuclear Energy Series No. NG-T-3.11, Managing Environmental Impact Assessment for Construction and Operation in New Nuclear Power Programmes (Ref. 19), addresses the basic concepts of environmental impact assessment and a methodological approach for estimating health and environmental impacts. IAEA Safety Guide NS-R-3, Site Evaluation for Nuclear Installations (Ref. 20), contains recommendations for the collection of information to assess the safety and environmental suitability of a site for a nuclear installation. The NRC has an interest in facilitating the harmonization of standards used domestically and internationally. Use of this RG would, in general, be consistent with the principles and basic aspects of environmental impact assessment described in the IAEA Technical Report NG-T-3.11 and Safety Guide NS-R-3 on health and environmental impacts and site evaluation.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 19 C.  STAFF REGULATORY GUIDANCE
Discuss those planned studies, that are not yet completed, that may yield results relevant to the environmental impact of the plant.
General Guidance to Applicants I.


Summary This section summarizes general guidance for developing the format and content of environmental reports (ERs) under 10 CFR Part 51 for applications for licenses, permits, and authorizations for new reactors pursuant to 10 CFR Part 50 and 52. The following Chapters outline the format and content of a prospective ER. Applicants may use the same chapters and sections/subsections in their ER.
COMMISSION
ACTION
ON
ENVIRONMENTAL
REPORTS
As noted in paragraph 6 of Section A of the revised Appendix D to 10 CFR 50, the Commission places each applicant's Environmental Report in the AEC's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C.


The information provided in Part C is applicable to ERs for large light-water reactor combined license (COL) applications not referencing an early site permit (ESP). Appendix A provides supplemental guidance for the development of ERs for other authorizations and licenses that can be granted by the U.S.
and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The Report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional and metropolitan clearinghouses.


Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) under 10 CFR Part 50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities, and 10 CFR Part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants, such as ESPs, COLs referencing an ESP, construction permits (CPs), operating licenses (OLs),
At the same time, a public announcement is made and a summary notice published in the Federal Register.
limited work authorizations (LWAs), standard design certifications (DCs), and manufacturing licenses.


Appendix B describes the requirements for the NRC to consult with other Federal agencies under other environmental statutes and the information the NRC staff needs to complete those consultations.
The applicant's Environmental Report, relevant published information, and any comments received from interested persons are considered by the Commission's regulatory staff in preparing a "Draft Detailed Statement of Environmental Considerations"
concerning the proposed licensing action.


Appendix C provides additional guidance on the preparation of ERs under 10 CFR Part 51 for applications for small modular reactors (SMR) and non-light water reactors (non-LWR). The amount of information needed for an SMR or a non-LWR would depend on application-specific factors such as the size of the reactor, its footprint and the amount of resource it uses (e.g., water). An applicant for an SMR
The regulatory staff's Draft Statement and the applicant's Environmental Report are transmitted for comment to the Council on Environmental Quality, to certain Federal agencies, and "to the Governor or appropriate State and local officials, who are authorized to develop and enforce environmental standards, of any affected State." Comments on the Report and the. Draft Statement are requested within a specified time interval. The Draft Statement is made available to the general public in the same manner as the Report.
or a non-LWR should engage with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC Staff to discuss the appropriate level of environmental studies or information which should be provided for a non-LWR design (e.g., additional information about the fuel cycle, radiological effluents, and accidents should be provided). 
General guidance in this section includes information related to consultations, non-NRC permits and approvals, impact findings, mitigation of adverse impacts, and issues related to the definition of construction in 10 CFR 50.10(a). General guidance related to the presentation of referenced material or other information in the ER sufficient to support the NRCs development of the EIS is also provided in this section.


Applicants should be cognizant of the NRCs current environmental review process and practices through the review of:
As described in detail in paragraphs 6 through 9 of Section A of the revised Appendix D, the regulatory staff considers the comments on the Report and on the Draft Statement received from the various Federal.
*
applicable NRC regulations in Section A of this Regulatory Guide (RG);
*
the most recent versions of regulatory guidance, particularly the documents in the Related Guidance section in Section A of this RG; 
*
recent EISs prepared by NRC staff; and  
*
the staffs Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants (NUREG-1555).  


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 20
State, and local agencies and officials, from the applicant, and from private organizations and individuals, and prepares a "Final Detailed Statement on the Environmental Considerations."
In addition, applicants are encouraged to confer with the NRC staff as early as possible in the planning process before submitting environmental information or filing an application in accordance with
The Final Statement is transmitted to the Council on Environmental Quality and is made "available to appropriate Federal, State and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses." A public announcement is made and a notice of availability published in the Federal Register.
10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff, and as discussed in RG 1.206. If an applicant is a Federal agency, then the applicant should inform the staff of its NEPA and regulatory responsibilities during the pre-application review. Furthermore, applicants should be aware that they should assess environmental impacts in proportion to their significance as described in 10 CFR 51.45(b)(1), which is based on Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations for implementing NEPA at 40 CFR 1502.1, Purpose, and is consistent with the definition of Significantly, at 40 CFR 1508.27.


The NRC staff in its EIS generally follows the terminology used by the applicant in its ER to describe commonly used terms such as station, plant, unit, facility, or project. The applicant should define the terms that it uses and be clear and consistent throughout its ER.
Subsequent hearings and action on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a construction permit or operating license are based on the Commission's Final Environmental Statement. The Environmental Statement takes into account information from many sources, including the applicant's Environmental Report and its supplements, and the comments of the various governmental agencies, the applicant, and private organization- and individuals.


II.
The applicant's Environmental Report is an important document of public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give full attention to the completeness of the Report.


Consultations and Coordinations The NRC is responsible for conducting consultations under certain Federal laws, as appropriate, such as the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 United States Code (U.S.C.) 1531 et seq.) (Ref. 21), the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996, Section 305 (16 U.S.C. 1855)
PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
(Ref. 22), and the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA) (54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.) (Ref. 23). As discussed throughout this RG, the information that the NRC suggests an applicant provide as part of their ER will help the NRC meet its responsibilities to consult with other Federal, State, and Tribal agencies under these Federal laws. The applicant should provide sufficient information in the ER to enable the NRC to complete the consultation processes. Additional information related to consultations is found in Appendix B of this RG.
The second Section of this Introduction, with particular reference to the paragraphs quoted from the revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50, provides general information concerning the content of the applicant's Environmental Report. To provide specific and detailed guidance, the following "Standard Format and Content of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants"
has been prepared. Each applicant should follow this format in detail.


In addition, there are laws and Executive Orders that may require coordination between the NRC
If any topics in the guide relate to information not available at the time the Environmental Report is prepared, the applicant should indicate when the information will be available. If any topics are not relevant to the particular plant under consideration, the applicant should identify them.
and other Federal and State agencies before granting a license or a permit. One example is the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (Ref. 24), enacted in 1934 to ensure that water resource development projects do not conflict with the conservation of fish and wildlife resources. Under the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, Federal agencies must consult with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), as well as the State agency exercising administration over fish and wildlife resources when any body of water is proposed or authorized, permitted or licensed to be modified by any public or private agency under a Federal permit or license. Although coordination with other Federal agencies is the responsibility of the NRC, the proponent of the action (the applicant) should provide sufficient information to enable the NRC to complete the coordination process.


III.
Descriptive and/or narrative text as well as tables, charts, graphs, etc. should be used. Each subject should be treated in sufficient depth and should be
3


Non-NRC Permits and Approvals In many cases, the NRC cannot issue a license or permit until the appropriate State or other Federal agencies have granted licenses or permits to the applicant. Applicants are required to comply with applicable Federal and State environmental statutes.1 The exact license or permit requirements will be dependent on factors such as water sources, proposed activities, as well as State permitting requirements, which can vary between States. Examples include the following:
documented 4 to permit a reviewer independently to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact. The exact length of the Environmental Report will depnd not only on the format adopted but, also and more importantly, on the nature of the plant and its environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs should be used wherever contributory to the clarity and brevity of the Report. Descriptive and narrative passages should be brief and concise. The number of significant figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the-data.
*
Clean Water Act of 1972 (CWA) (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.) (Ref. 25), was enacted to preserve and restore the quality of the Nations surface waters. Section 401 of the CWA requires that an applicant for a Federal license or permit that may result in a discharge of regulated pollutants into


1 An additional source for permits that an applicant may need can be found in Appendix A of EPAs "309 Reviewers Guidance for New Nuclear Power Plant Environmental Impact Statements.
Pertinent published information relating to the site, the plant, and its surroundings should be referenced. Where published information is essential to evaluate specific environmental effects of the plant construction and operation, it should be included, in summary or verbatim form, in the Environmental Report or as an appendix to the report.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 21 waters of the United States obtain, and provide to the Federal licensing agency (i.e., the NRC), a Section 401 water-quality certification from the State, interstate agency or authorized Tribe with jurisdiction over the discharge. The NRC cannot issue a license or permit until the appropriate jurisdiction has granted or waived the Section 401 certification. Conditions in the 401 certification become conditions of the license in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(aa). Additionally, the NRC cannot issue a license or permit if certification has been denied by the State, an interstate agency, or the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Administrator.
Some of the information to be included in the Environmental Report may have already been prepared by the applicant during consideration of the safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this information (whether in the form of text, tables or figures) should be incorporated in the Environmental Report where appropriate to. avoid duplication of effort.


*
4,,Documentation"
Section 402 of the CWA establishes the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program to regulate point source discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States. An NPDES permit sets specific discharge limits for point sources discharging pollutants into waters of the United States and establishes monitoring and reporting requirements, as well as special conditions. The EPA is charged with administering the NPDES permit program, but can authorize states to assume many of the permitting, administrative, and enforcement responsibilities of the NPDES permit program. Authorized states are prohibited from adopting standards that are less stringent than those established under the Federal NPDES permit program, but may adopt or enforce standards that are more stringent than the Federal standards if allowed under state law.
as used in this Guide means presentation of evidence supporting data and stalements and Includes: (I) references to published Information, (2) citations from the applicant's experience, (3) references to unpublished information developed by the applicant or the applicant's consultants. Statements not supported by documentation are acceptable provided the applicant identifies them either as Information for which documentation Is not available or as expressions of belief or judgment.


*
The site for a nuclear power plant may already contain one or more "unr&' (i.e. steam-electric plants),
Section 404 of the CWA requires a 404 permit for discharge of dredged or fill material into wetlands and waters of the United States. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and the EPA are responsible for administering and enforcing Section 404. States and Tribes can administrate the 404 permit program in certain non-navigable waters that are within their jurisdiction.
either in being or for which an application for a construction permit or operating license has been filed.


*
The applicant, in preparing the Environmental Report relating to such a site, should consider the effec's of the proposed plant (and its in-service schedule) in conjunction with the effects of both pre-existing and projected' plants. Further, if the site contains sources of environmental impact other than electric power plants, the environmental impact of these and their interactions with the proposed plant should be taken into account.
Clean Air Act, Section 176 (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.) (Ref. 26), prohibits Federal agencies from undertaking, licensing, permitting, approving, or supporting any action in a maintenance or non- attainment area that does not conform to the applicable State Implementation Plan. The General Conformity Rule requires that Federal agencies demonstrate conformity to the applicable State Implementation Plan. If required, the conformity determination must be completed before the license or permit is issued.


*
CRITERIA
Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.) (Ref. 27), requires that activities of Federal agencies that are reasonably likely to affect coastal zones be consistent with any applicable State-approved Coastal Management Program to the maximum extent practicable.
AND
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
RELATING TO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
Prior to issuance of a construction permit, the applicant will be required to prepare and submit, where applicable, proposed criteria and technical specifications relating to environmental impact. The criteria should be those identified for use in construction and operation of the facility to minimize environmental impact.


Applicants must submit to both the NRC and to the State a certification that the proposed activity complies with the enforceable policies of the States program. If the Coastal Zone Management Act applies to the project, the NRC cannot issue its license or permit until the State has concurred with the applicants certification of a coastal consistency determination.
The technical specifications should specify the limits of chemical and thermal releases to the environment during construction and operation.


These examples are illustrative, not all-inclusive. An applicant should understand the permitting requirements, processes and schedules of applicable agencies when planning to apply for a license and construct a nuclear power plant. This guide does not contain guidance for preparing permit applications for submission to other agencies, including the USACE. Such guidance should be obtained from the applicable agencies. The Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) prepared NEI 10-07, Revision 1, Industry Guideline for Effective Interactions with Agencies Other Than NRC during the Early Site Permit Process, (Ref. 28), to provide guidance to applicants about interactions with other agencies. NEI 10-07 is endorsed in this RG for ESP, COLs, CP and OL applications. In addition, applicants for an NRC permit or license should be aware that the USACE may be a cooperating agency with NRC for preparation of an EIS related to a proposed nuclear power plant. NEPA allows for agencies to cooperate on EISs so that one EIS can satisfy the NEPA requirements for both agencies. This cooperation improves the efficiency of the
Administrative procedures, surveillance and controls to assure compliance with the proposed criteria and technical specifications should also be identified.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 22 process. However, the applicant should engage with the USACE to ensure that their application to the USACE meets the USACEs requirements.
4
4
'Projected plants are those for which an application for a construction permit or operating license has been filed.


During pre-application interactions, applicants for a CP, OL or a COL should inform the staff if they plan to use Title 41 of the Fixing Americas Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (42 U.S.C. §
I
4370m) (Ref. 29).
4
IV.


Impact Findings Applicants should assess environmental impacts in proportion to their significance as described in
STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF
10 CFR 51.45(b)(1), which is based on CEQ regulations for implementing NEPA at 40 CFR 1502.1, and is consistent with 40 CFR 1508.27.
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
1. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY
This Section should discuss the objectives of the proposed facility -
the power requirement to be satisfied, the system reliability to be achieved, any other primary objectives to be met - and.should do so in sufficient detail to make clear those aspects of the power requirement and system reliability, such as date of readiness, that will directly influence the choice of alternatives as presented in subsequent sections of the Environmental Report.


In assessing the significance of environmental impacts for new reactor applications, the NRC uses the same definitions of significance levels as codified in the footnotes to Table B-1 in Appendix B to Subpart A, Environmental Effect of Renewing the Operating License of a Nuclear Power Plant, of  
1.1 Requirement for power This Section should discuss the requirement for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in the region, considering the overall power supply situation, present load and projected load growth, reserve margins, and consequences of delay in providing the proposed new generation capacity on adequacy and reliability of the bulk power supply. The data presented should be consistent with that furnished to the Federal Power Commission and the Regional Reliability Council.
10 CFR Part 51:
*
SMALL: For the issue, environmental effects are not detectable or are so minor that they will neither destabilize nor noticeably alter any important attribute of the resource. For the purposes of assessing radiological impacts, the Commission has concluded that those impacts that do not exceed permissible levels in the Commissions regulations are small.


*
1.1.1 Demand characteristics The applicant should present data on the past pattern of demand characteristics and a forecast of future market trends. The presentation should include summary results of an appropriate sensitivity analysis indicating thi basis of demand forecasts, such as average income, present per capita consumption, or other correlates of power demand. The data identified below should include the five years preceding the filing of the Environmental Report through at least two years beyond the projected initial date of commercial operation of the last nuclear, unit with which the Report is concerned.
MODERATE: For the issue, environmental effects are sufficient to alter noticeably, but not to destabilize, important attributes of the resource.


*
c)
LARGE: For the issue, environmental effects are clearly noticeable and are sufficient to destabilize important attributes of the resource.
Load duration curves or information derived from such curves to indicate economic or other reasons for type of generation selected.


V.
1.1.2 Power supply This Section should discuss briefly the applicant's bulk power supply planning and present actual and projected generating capabilities, capacity purchases and capacity sales at the time of annual system peak.hour demand for the five years preceding filing of this Report through at least two years beyond the projected initial date of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the Environmental Report is concerned.


Mitigation of Adverse Effects Applicants are required to consider alternatives available for reducing or avoiding adverse effects as described in 10 CFR 51.45(c). In addition, applicants should identify in their ERs any ongoing or planned mitigation for other permit-related activities and discuss the potential need for additional mitigation. Mitigation alternatives should be considered in proportion to the significance of the impact. In
1.1.2.1 Capacity resources a) Capability assigned to each category of generation:
40 CFR 1508.20, Mitigation, the CEQ identifies five types of mitigative actions:  
hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear.
*
avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action;
*
minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
*
rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment; 
*
reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and
*
compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.


An applicant should identify in the ER all relevant, reasonably foreseeable mitigation measures that could reduce or avoid adverse effects, even if they are outside the jurisdiction of the NRC. This
pumped storage, etc.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 23 approach is consistent with CEQs response documented in Question 19b of its 40 questions (see 46 FR
b)  
18026) (Ref. 30).
Capacity sales.
The applicant should provide the reason why the mitigation measures are considered reasonably foreseeable. A mitigation measure can be considered reasonably foreseeable if, for example, it is 1)
required by the NRC as a license condition (e.g., a requirement imposed pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(aa)),
2) required or likely to be required by another regulatory agency (e.g., USACE), or 3) mitigation that the applicant intends to perform and identifies in the ER.


Where applicable, the applicant should specify what Federal, State, or local laws require the mitigation measures, or if there is (or is expected to be) a Federal, State, or local permit that requires the particular measures. The applicant should clearly explain the requirements that are being imposed by the regulatory agency with authority over the resource and explain how it relied on the mitigation to determine the impact level by discussing how the mitigation will be accomplished and whether it is expected to lower the impact level. For example, for a project where a wetlands mitigation plan is required by a State permit issued to the applicant and/or by State laws and regulations, the applicant should consider this information in the ER.
c) Capacity purchases.


VI.
d)
New generating units and their projected capabilities.


Implementation of the LWA Rule - Definition of Construction and Preconstruction On October 9, 2007, the NRC issued revisions to its rules related to LWAs (72 Federal Register
e)
[FR] 57416) (Ref. 31). Prior to this revision, the regulations had allowed for site preparation, excavation, and certain other onsite activities to proceed before a CP was issued, but only after NRC review and approval in the form of an LWA. With the revised regulations, NRC authorization would be required only before undertaking activities that have a reasonable nexus to radiological health and safety or common defense and security. The revised rule clarified which activities are defined as construction and which activities are not considered construction, as discussed below. In discussing the environmental impacts of the proposed action, activities defined by the LWA rule as not constituting construction are referred to in this RG as preconstruction activities. Preconstruction activities are not considered direct impacts of the NRCs Federal action because they may occur in the absence of an NRC license and are not part of the NRCs licensing action. This change has implications for how impacts are described within the NRCs EISs, even when the application does not include a request for an LWA.
Planned retirements of present capacities for economic, environmental or other reasons.


According to 10 CFR 50.10(a), construction includes those activities such as driving of piles, subsurface preparation, placement of backfill, concrete, or permanent retaining walls within an excavation, installation of foundations, or in-place assembly, erection, fabrication, or testing, which are for:
1.1.2.2 Reserve margin The applicant's minimum system reserve criterion should be described.
*
safety-related structures, systems, or components (SSCs) of a facility, as defined in 10 CFR 50.2, Definitions;
*
SSCs relied upon to mitigate accidents or transients or used in plant emergency operating procedures;
*
SSCs whose failure could prevent safety-related SSCs from fulfilling their safety-related function;
*
SSCs whose failure could cause a reactor scram or actuation of a safety-related system;
*
SSCs necessary to comply with 10 CFR Part 73, Physical Protection of Plants and Materials (Ref. 32);


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 24
The basis and justification for its adoption should be presented.
*
SSCs necessary to comply with 10 CFR 50.48, Fire protection, and Criterion 3 of 10 CFR Part
50, Appendix A; and
*
onsite emergency facilities, that is, technical support and operations support centers, necessary to comply with 10 CFR 50.47, Emergency plans, and 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E.


Construction does not include:
Describe the method employed to determine the minimum system reserve criterion such as single largest unit, probability method based on loss of load one day in ten years, or historical data and judgment.
*
changes for temporary use of the land for public recreational purposes;
*
site exploration, including necessary borings to determine foundation conditions or other reconstruction monitoring to establish background information related to the suitability of the site, the environmental impacts of construction or operation, or the protection of environmental values;
*
preparation of a site for construction of a facility, including clearing of the site, grading, installation of drainage, erosion and other environmental mitigation measures, and construction of temporary roads and borrow areas;
*
erection of fences and other access control measures;
*
excavation;
*
erection of support buildings (such as, construction equipment storage sheds, warehouse and shop facilities, utilities, concrete mixing plants, docking and unloading facilities, and office buildings)
for use in connection with the construction of the facility;
*
building of service facilities, such as paved roads, parking lots, railroad spurs, exterior utility and lighting systems, potable water systems, sanitary sewerage treatment facilities, and transmission lines;
*
procurement or fabrication of components or portions of the proposed facility occurring at other than the final, in-place location at the facility; and  
*
manufacture of a nuclear power reactor under a manufacturing license under Subpart F of 10 CFR
Part 52 to be installed at the proposed site and to be part of the proposed facility.


The activities defined by 10 CFR 50.10, License required; limited work authorization, as not being included in the definition of construction are considered to be preconstruction activities because they may occur in the absence of an NRC license and are not part of the NRCs licensing action.
if probabilistic studies are used as a planning tool the results should be a)
b)
Annual system peak-hour demand, Annual system peak-hour demand adjusted to reflect firm power transactions with other power suppliers, and
5


Where this guide refers to building, it includes all preconstruction and construction activities.
stated along with the significant input data utilized, such as the load model, generating unit characteristics (including forced outage rates and maintenance schedules), the duration of periods examined, and a general description of the methodology employed.


Under the revised LWA rule, the applicant should separate the impacts of preconstruction and construction activities to address the latter, as they are the activities being authorized by the NRC. The applicant should also describe the impacts of the preconstruction activities, so they can be evaluated as part of the cumulative impacts related to the construction activities.
Discuss the effect of operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s)
on the applicant's minimum system reserve criterion.


Generally, the estimates of the impact breakdown between preconstruction and construction activities do not need to be detailed. The applicant should provide sufficient information to allow the NRC staff to evaluate the impacts to each resource of NRC-authorized construction, in addition to the combined impacts of preconstruction and construction for the cumulative impacts analysis.
In addition, discuss the effects of present and planned interconnections on the minimum system reserve criterion.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 25 In a few areas, the level of impact may be so small that anything other than a ballpark estimate of the separation would not be warranted to adequately inform the NEPA decision-making process. As an example and based on staff experience from other construction projects of similar size, an air quality impact may be assessed as small during scoping, if the area is in attainment under EPA regulations. Under these circumstances, no effort beyond a very simple estimate of the preconstruction-construction impact separation, would be necessary to assess the impact of the construction activities.
Describe the minimum reserve margin responsibility to other participants of the area coordinating group or power pool.


In addition, the staff anticipates that the USACE will be a cooperating agency on the majority of EISs because it is likely to have permitting actions related to the preconstruction and construction activities and, in some cases, operational activities for the plant. The USACE views the impacts from preconstruction and construction activities as impacts of the proposed project based on USACE
1.1.3 System demand and resource capability comparison Show applicant's system demand, resource capability and reserve margin with and without the proposed nuclear unit(s). The information should be presented on two graphs:
regulations. The NRC and the USACE will cooperate on the EISs in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding signed on September 12, 2008 and published in the Federal Register (73 FR 55546)  
Applicant's system demand or resources (MWe)
(Ref. 33), covering environmental reviews related to the issuance of authorizations to construct and operate nuclear power plants. The NRC and the USACE established the cooperative agreement because both agencies have concluded it is the most effective and efficient use of Federal resources to write one EIS that will address both agencies NEPA obligations. Other Federal agencies may also become cooperating agencies on an EIS.
versus yeai,:
5 curves showing capability resources with the proposed unit(s) in operation, capability resources without the proposed unit(s), annual system peak demand, generating capability with the proposed unit(s), and generating capability without the proposed unit(s).
Applicant's reserve margin (as percent of annual system peak demand) versus years:
2 curves showing reserve margin with the unit(s) and reserve margin without the unit(s).
In all graplis the years, plotted as abscissae, should be from five years preceding the date of filing of the Environmental Report through at least two years after the scheduled initial date of operation of the last unit.


VII.
1.1.4 Input and output diagram A block diagram should be submitted showing the applicant's system power input and output (power consumption) at the time of peak-hour demand for for the first year of commercial operation.


Storage of Spent Fuel In 2014, the NRC issued a revised rule at 10 CFR 51.23, Environmental impacts of continued storage of spent nuclear fuel beyond the licensed life for operation of a reactor, and published NUREG-2157, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for Continued Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel (Ref. 34). As a result of the revised rule, the environmental impacts of the continued storage of spent fuel (beyond the licensed life of the plant), are deemed incorporated into an EIS for a new reactor review. As part of the basis for the analysis in NUREG-2157, the NRC staff assumed that an independent spent fuel storage installation of sufficient size to hold all of the spent fuel from operations would be built during the licensed life of the plant. The applicant should be cognizant of the analysis in NUREG-2157 and should provide a discussion of its plans for management of spent fuel during the licensed life of the plant.
The block diagram should represent the applicant's system capability resources (MWe), showing two categories of input:
(1) the applicant's system generating capabilities (MWe)
according to type (fossil, hydro, nuclear, other), and (2) the capacity transactions (MWe)
and other arrangements with outside organization(s).
(Identify each outside organization.)
The output of the block representing the applicant's system capability resources should consist of: (1) the peak demand (MWe)
for each load market category (industrial, commercial, residential, other),
and (2) the peak demand (MWe) for each wholesale market category (municipal, cooperative, other).
In addition, the output should show system firm power transactions, approximate total system losses, and system reserve, all in MWe. A separate block diagram should be provided for each generating unit with which the Environmental Report is concerned.


VIII.
1.1.5 Report from Regional Reliability Council Submit the report by the appropriate Regional Reliability Council(s)
which identifies the requirement for power in the affected area.


Presentation of Applicant Information Information and data should be provided in or with the application at a level sufficient for the NRC staff to comply with Section 102(2) of NEPA. The applicant should describe and provide the following data and information:
This report should include:
*
a) Description of the minimum reserve criterion for the region or qubregion.
geographic information and geospatial data used to support analyses, including appropriate description of the data formats and sources of the information;
*
data formats used to create figures and maps; and
*
description and documentation of computer modeling codes that are used to support analyses in sufficient detail to allow the NRC staff to conduct an independent evaluation.


Information obtained from publications or other information from the literature should be concisely summarized and documented using references to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support important conclusions is limited, the sources should be adequately summarized in the application and should be available for auditing in the applicants records. In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicants field measurements.
b)
Identification. description and brief discussion of studies conducted by the Council to determine the adequacy and reliability of power supply in the region or subregion for the first three years of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s)
at the time of annual peak-hour demand.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 26 The information the applicant provides to support the conclusions in the NRCs EIS must be publicly available. Because the EIS relies on information from the ER, applicants should ensure that key information supporting the conclusions in the ER can be made publicly available. Publicly available information is information that can be accessed by the public; for example: 1) publicly available information in the NRCs Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS)
c) The latest date the proposed nuclear unit(s) can be placed in commercial operation without endangering the adequacy and reliability of the projected bulk power supply.
recordkeeping system or maintained in the NRCs Public Document Room, 2) copyrighted information with proper citation, or 3) a publicly accessible Web site with a reference that allows the NRC and public to find the information. The applicant may reference copyrighted information but must not submit copyrighted material as public information in support of an ER.


However, the copyrighted information should be properly referenced so that the NRC and the public can access it. Regarding sensitive information, a request for withholding such information from the public must meet the requirements of 10 CFR 2.390, Public inspections, exemptions, requests for withholding; if the information satisfies those requirements and the Commission grants the request to withhold the information from the public, then the information would not be made publicly available.
1.2 Other primary objectives If other primary objectivws are to be met by the proposed facility, such as the production of process steam for sale, or desalting water, an analysis of these should be made.


Applicants should also ensure the consistency of information presented within different sections of the ER, as well as between the ER and the safety analysis report.
4
4 I
6


If the NRC is not relying on the information to reach its conclusions in the EIS, applicants are not required to make references and other supporting information publicly available, but are appropriate for review in an audit setting. If the NRC is relying on the information in its EIS, and the information is not otherwise publicly available as discussed above, then the information must be docketed so that it can be made publicly available.
1.3 Consequences of delay The economic and other consequences of delays in the proposed project should be discussed.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 27 Chapter 1
Where the applicant has a legal obligation to supply energy to meet the demands of a specified area, the nature and extent of this obligation should be made clear.
1.0
Introduction
1.1 Plant Owners and Reactor Type The owner(s) and the applicant(s) for the proposed project must be specified. Other information that must be provided is specified in 10 CFR 50.33, Contents of applications; general information.


Information on reactor type shall be provided in the safety analysis report (see 10 CFR 52.17, Contents of applications; technical information, and 10 CFR 52.79, Contents of applications; technical information in final safety analysis report). 
The role of the proposed facility in fulfilling the applicant's obligation should be discussed.
1.2 Description of the Proposed Action and the Purpose and Need According to 10 CFR 51.45(b), Environmental report, among other things the Environmental Report (ER) shall contain a description of the proposed action and a statement of its purposes. The purpose and need statement is the foundation of the environmental analysis on which the rest of the environmental impact statement is built. The purpose and need statement is developed by the U.S.


Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff, but is informed by the applicants objectives,2 as stated in Chapter 1 of its ER.
The applicant should discuss the effects of delaying the scheduled in-service date of the proposed nuclear unit(s) on the adequacy and reliability of the power supply for the applicant's systems, subregion and region, as well as for other interconnected utilities in the subregion or region.


In NRC licensing actions under Parts 50 and 52, the purpose and need has typically been described in terms of providing a specific quantity of baseload electricity to a defined service area within a defined time period. However, neither NEPA nor NRC regulations require the purpose and need statement to be restricted to baseload generating capacity. As discussed in Chapter 8 of this regulatory guide, an applicant may use different means than a baseload generating capacity analysis to demonstrate the need for the power to be provided by the proposed project. In addition, the purpose and need statement may address additional needs other than the production of electricity. Additional purposes or needs for the project may provide greater insight to the benefits of the proposed project and assist the NRC staff in defining reasonable alternatives to the proposed project. Additional purposes could include, but are not limited to, the following:
2.
*
meeting greenhouse gas emission goals
*
replacing existing plants
*
meeting State or Federal energy policy goals
*
enhancing energy diversity
*
consideration of Federal policy not related to environmental quality (10 CFR 51.71(d))
However, it is the production of electricity that provides the primary justification in terms of benefits. The purpose and need statement cannot be so restrictive that there are no alternatives, other than the proposed project, that would meet the purpose and need. For example, the purpose and need could not be to build and operate a specific light-water reactor design at a specific location. In that case, there would


THE SITE
40 CFR 1502.13 defines purpose and need as follows:  The statement shall briefly specify the underlying purpose and need to which the agency is responding in proposing the alternatives including the proposed action.
This Section should present the basic, relevant information concerning those physical, biological, and human characteristics of the area environment that might be affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant on the designated site. To the extent possible, the information presented should reflect observations and measurements made over a period of years.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 28 be no alternative energy technology or site that would meet that purpose and need statement. An alternative is not reasonable if it does not meet the purpose and need statement.
2.1 Site location and layout Provide a map showing the coordinates of the site and its location with respect to State, county and other political subdivisions. On detailed maps show location of the plant perimeter, exclusion area boundary, utility property, abutting and adjacent properties, including water bodies, wooded areas, and farms, nearby settlements, industrial plants.


1.3 Planned Activities and Schedules The applicant should supply a schedule of planned activities, including dates for the start of building and full-power operation. These dates are used by staff in the EIS analyses for construction, operation, cumulative impacts, and need for power.
parks and other public facilities, and transportation links (railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate total acreage owned by the applicant and that part occupied or modified by the plant and plant facilities.


1.4 Status of Compliance In accordance with 10 CFR 51.45(d), the ER shall: 
Indicate other uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a visitor's center or park. A contour map of the site should also be supplied.
*
list all Federal permits, licenses, approvals and other entitlements that must be obtained in connection with the proposed action
*
describe the status of compliance with these requirements
*
include a discussion of the status of compliance with applicable environmental quality standards and requirements including, but not limited to, applicable zoning and land-use regulations, thermal and other water pollution limitations, or requirements which have been imposed by Federal, State, regional, and local agencies having responsibility for environmental protection


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 29 Chapter 2
2.2 Regional demography, land and water use Two maps indicating the locations and areas of towns and cities should be provided, with the first covering an area of 10-mile radius centered at the proposed plant location and the second covering an area of 50-mile radius.
2.0
The Proposed Site and the Affected Environment As specified by 10 CFR 51.45(b), the environmental report (ER) shall contain a description of the environment affected by the proposed action. The information in this chapter of the ER should present the relevant information concerning those physical, ecological, societal, and human characteristics of the environment in and around the proposed site that might be affected by building and operation of a proposed nuclear station. For each environmental resource, applicants should describe only the affected environment for those areas within which the resource could potentially be subject to direct or indirect impacts from the action. The U.S Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) refers to this area as the resource impact area. Table 7-1 in Chapter 7 of this RG provides examples of resource impact areas for each environmental resource area typically affected by building or operating a nuclear reactor. The applicants resource impact area may be different from the examples in Table 7-1. The NRC does not expect applicants to precisely define resource impact areas for each environmental resource, but the area within which the applicant characterizes the affected environment should generally correspond to the potential spatial extent of direct and indirect impacts, i.e., to what the NRC will define as the resource impact area.


The applicant should provide proposed plant location information (e.g., state and county in which the site will be located), an aerial photograph of the site as it exists at the time of the application, and one or more maps showing the site location and plant arrangement within the site, including the extent (if any)
Each map should present the  
to which the plant is co-located and/or interfaces with an existing power plant or other existing industrial facility. The applicant should provide coordinates for the proposed center point for the nuclear island for each proposed new unit and the total acreage of the proposed site. In addition, this section can be used to provide other descriptive information about the setting of the proposed project.
16 cardinal compass directions identified by marked lines radiating from the reactor building location.


2.1 Land Use The applicant should provide data and information about the site, local vicinity, and the wider region. For the purposes of this section, the site is defined as the immediate property effectively controlled by the applicant (e.g., within the site boundary), upon which the proposed project would be situated. The vicinity is the surrounding landscape encompassing the site, local access routes, nearby cities and towns, and other local resources with the potential to be affected by the proposed project. The region includes the vicinity and the wider surrounding area. The definition of vicinity and region is left to the discretion of the applicant; however, as a general suggestion for consideration of land use issues, a typical distance limit of a 6-mi radius from the site perimeter can be used for vicinity and a 50-mi radius from the site perimeter can be used for region. The vicinity should be large enough to encompass surrounding areas whose land uses could reasonably be influenced to a noticeable degree by the proposed project and associated facilities. The region should be large enough to encompass any areas encompassed by applicable regional land-use or local economic-development plans. The guidance provided in this paragraph applies only to defining a vicinity and region for evaluation of land use impacts; geographic areas of other sizes and shapes may be appropriate for evaluation of other environmental impacts.
The 10-mile map should have circles, centered at the reactor building location, of I, 2, 3. 4,
5, and 10 miles radius; on the 50-mile map, circles with radii of 5, 10. 20, 30, 40 and 50
miles should be drawn. The populations (1970
census) of the towns and cities shown on the maps should be indicated either on tlte maps or in a separate tabulation.


The vicinity should include any offsite areas upon where related project structures would be sited or routed as part of the action covered in the application. Examples include transmission facilities (e.g., switchyards, substations, and transmission-line towers), and access roads needed to connect the plant to the grid. Other examples include reservoirs, barge slips, water-intake facilities, blowdown or other discharge lines, and related infrastructure.
The above maps will show 22.5'
segments bounded by arcs and compass lines. Prepare a duplicate pair of maps, omitting the towns and cities, and bisect each angle formed by two adjacent compass lines with a broken line.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 30
This will generate sectors centered with respect to the compass directions.
The applicant should identify and describe the land-use characteristics of the site, vicinity, and region. These descriptions should provide reasonably foreseeable land-use changes near the site, including commercial, residential, and industrial developments and the anticipated effects of land-use or related regional-development plans.


2.1.1 Site, Vicinity, and Region The ER should include the following land-use information relating to the proposed site, vicinity, and region, as necessary to assess potential land use impacts:  
The permanent and transient populations within these sectors should be tabulated for the following:  
*
1970 (census), year of proposed plant startup, and census years through the anticipated life of the plant.
A site area map prepared according to Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.206.


*
Descriptive material should include tables giving the population and visitor statistics of neighboring schools, plants, hospitals, sports facilities, residential areas. parks, beaches, etc.,
Zoning information for the proposed site including any existing or proposed land-use plans and any regional economic-development plans that include the proposed site or vicinity within their scope.
within 5 miles from the plant. Indicate the nature and extent of present land use (agriculture, livestock raising, dairies.


*
residences, industries, recreation, transportation. etc.).
Maps and summary tabulation of areas occupied by the principal land uses for the site, vicinity, and region.
Indicate the nature and extent of present water use (water supplies, irrigation, recreatioti, transportation, etc.) with ihe plant site and environs.


*
The applicant should provide data concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells and how they may result in the transport of material from the site to those or other wells. All points of water usage of a stream or lake within 50 miles should be identified and the population associated with each use point given.
Map showing existing topography of the site and vicinity.


*
In addition, all population centers taking water from waterwavs from the plant to the ocean should be tabulated (distance and population).
Maps showing highways, railroad lines, waterways, and utility corridors located on, or that cross, the site, vicinity, and region.
Sources which are river bank wells should be tabulated separately with their associated population.


*
Note whether any other nuclear facilities are located within a 50-mile radius of the site.
Special land uses (e.g., recreation areas, parks, Tribal lands, designated wild and scenic rivers, or areas of other special designation) that could be affected by building the proposed project.


*
The degree of detail to be provided will generally depend upon distance from the
Raw material resources (e.g., timber, sand and gravel, coal, oil, natural gas, ores, groundwater, and geothermal resources) and the owners thereof on or adjacent to the site that are presently being extracted or are of known commercial value.
7


*
plant; that is, nearby activities (within 5 miles from the plant) should be desc:ribed in greater detail than those at greater distances.
Principal agricultural and forest products of the vicinity and region, if agriculture or forestry is a predominant land use.


*
2.3 Regional historic Pnd natural landmarks Areas valued for either their historic or natural significance may be affected. The Environmental Report should include a brief discussion of the historic and natural significance, if any, of the plant site and nearby areas with specific attention to the sites and areas listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the National Registry of Natural Landrnarks. (The
Maps showing major public and trust land areas in the region.
1972 cumulative revision of the National Register is in the Federal Register of March 15, 1972, 37 F.R.


*
5428; additions are published in the Federal Register on the first Tuesday of each month.)
Discussion of whether any land at the proposed site or any affected offsite lands would be subject to requirements in the Coastal Zone Management Act (16 United States Code (U.S.C.) 1451 et seq.).
State and local historical societies should also be consulted. In addition, indicate whether or not the site has any archaeological significance and explain how conclusions were reached. If such significance or value is present, describe plans to ensure its preservation.
*
Discussion of whether any land at the proposed site or any affected offsite lands constitute prime or unique farmlands (7 CFR 657, Prime and Unique Farmlands (Ref. 35)).
*
Maps and discussion of any floodplains or wetlands on the site (can cross reference to other ER
sections).
*
Discussion of whether the applicant intends to acquire additional land to expand the proposed site.


*
State whether the proposed transmission line right-of-way from the plant to the hook-up with existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through or near any area or location of known historic, natural, or archaeological significance.
All associated geographic information system (GIS) coverages used to produce the map products in the ER.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 31
2.4 Geology Describe the major geological aspects of the site and its immediate environs. The discussion should be limited to noting the broad features and general characteristics of the site and environs (stratigraphy, soil and rock types, faults, seismic history).
*
2.5 Hydrology The effects of plant construction and operation on any adjacent above-ground or below-ground bodies of water are of prime importance.
Brief discussion of the major geological aspects of the site that could influence land use, including brief descriptions of soil and rock types, and unique geologic features (e.g., karst;
geothermal resources; paleontological resources; unique formations, outcrops, or exposures of special interest (e.g., glacial erratics); and water supplies). Reference the final safety analysis report for detailed geologic, seismologic, and geotechnical information.


2.1.2 Transmission-Line Corridors and Other Offsite Areas Building or upgrading of electric power transmission lines to serve a nuclear power plant does not require U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) approval (10 CFR 50.10(a)(2)(vii)). The NRC
Accordingly, describe the physical, chemical, and hydrological characteristics (and their seasonal variations)
recognizes that new transmission lines and corridors may not necessarily be built, operated, or owned by an applicant seeking a permit or license from the NRC. However, the impacts of new transmission lines and corridors, or changes to existing lines or corridors, are relevant to the NRCs analysis of cumulative impacts in an environmental impact statement (EIS) (10 CFR 51.45(c)).
of surface and ground waters (marshes, lakes, streams, estuaries, bays, oceans, etc.) of the site and the immediate environs. Include a description of significant tributaries above and below the site and the pattern and gradients of drainage in the area. Note that information relating to water characteristics should include measurements made on or in close proximity to the site.
To the extent that the indicated information is readily available, the ER should present the best available land-use information relating to (1) offsite corridors or areas that would be affected by building and operating electric power transmission lines or other offsite project elements, (2) new transmission corridors, and (3) building activities that would occur in existing transmission corridors:
*
description of new transmission-related facilities (e.g., transmission lines and substations) that would be needed, including voltage specifications and the name of the entity that would build and own any new transmission-related facilities and the associated process for obtaining approved rights-of-way;
*
map showing the potential or planned routing (i.e., the specific route or a band encompassing the route) of any new or existing (affected by the proposed project) transmission corridor(s) and location of transmission-related facilities;
*
tabular summarization of the dimensions (length and width) of affected transmission corridors by each specific corridor segment or right-of-way;
*
tabular summarization of existing land use and land cover within affected transmission corridors and other offsite areas (e.g., pipeline corridors);
*
highways, railroad lines, and utility corridors crossed by new transmission lines or access corridors;
*
special-use land areas that would serve as constraints in the selection of transmission-line routing or other offsite project activities (e.g., pipeline corridors);
*
location of any project activities that would be in a floodplain, on wetlands, or on a waterbody;
*
discussion of whether any land used for new transmission corridors or other offsite building activities would be subject to the Coastal Zone Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.);
*
discussion of whether any land that would be used for new transmission corridors or other offsite building activities would constitute prime or unique farmlands (7 CFR 657);
*
discussion of any expected private land access requirements;


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 32
Monthly and daily maxima, averages, and minima of important parameters of ground and surface waters, such as temperature, flow rate, velocity, water table height. gas and chemical stratification, circulation patterns, river and lake levels, tides, floods, currents, wave action, and flushing times, should be presented. Vertical and areal variations should be established on a regional basis as well as in the immediate vicinity of the site. If data are available, ground water contours (including seasonal variations) within 2 or 3 miles of the plant should be presented. (Note that water use at the site is discussed in Section 2.2.)
*
2.6 Meteorology Present data on site meteorology: (I) diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of temperature and humidity; (2) monthly wind characteristics including speeds, directions.
description of proposed routes of access corridors (e.g., roads and railroads) to serve the proposed project and any land-use restrictions or land-use plans affecting such corridors; and
*
all associated GIS coverages used to produce the map products in the ER.


Information on the routing and design of transmission lines and other offsite facilities may be limited at the time that a licensing application is submitted, especially for ESP applications or if a party other than the applicant will own or be responsible for all or some of the offsite facilities. The ER should present only that information that can reasonably be obtained by the applicant at the time of submittal.
frequencies and joint wind speed, stability category, wind direction frequencies; (3) data on precipitation; (4) frequency of occurrence and effects of storms accompanied by high velocity winds including tornadoes and hurricanes. (In the second item, the joint wind speed-stability-direction frequencies should be presented in tabular form, giving the frequencies as fractions when using 5-year U.S. Weather Bureau summaries, or as number of occurrences when using only one or two years of onsite data. The data should be presented for each of the 16 cardinal compass directions, and the stability categories should be established to conform as closely as possible with those of Pasquill.)
2.7 Ecology In this Section the applicant should identify the important local flora and fauna, their habitats and distribution as well as the relationship between species and their environments. A species, whether animal or plant, is "important" if it is commercially or recreationally valuable, if it is rare or endangered, if it is of specific scientific interest or if it is necessary to the well-being of some significant species (e.g., a food chain component)
or to the balance of the ecological system.


The ER may explain when more detailed information may be available or that more detailed information may not be available until some unspecified time in the future. The ER should include the best available information on the possible transmission lines to support an analysis of the possible contribution of building and operating the transmission lines on the cumulative environmental impacts of the action.
In cataloging the local organisms, the applicant should identify and discuss the abundance of the terrestrial vertebrates, provide a map that shows the dist1fibution of the principal plant communities, and describe the plant communities and animal populations
4
4 I
8


2.2 Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) 
within the aquatic environments.
The applicant should provide sufficient information for the water resource impact area to establish the baseline condition for evaluating the effects of station building and operation on water resources (surface water and groundwater) and its uses and users. For the purposes of this section, the resource impact area may be defined as the station and the surrounding area out to a distance sufficient to encompass those water resources that may affect or be reasonably assumed to be affected by the building or operation of the station. For groundwater resources, the resource impact area may generally be defined by the extent to which building or operating the plant affects the underlying aquifers. For reclaimed water, such as treated wastewater (if part of the proposed project), the resource impact area may generally be defined by the geographical extent of its prospective uses and users.


The applicant should describe, in quantitative terms, the hydrological and chemical characteristics of surface-water and groundwater bodies in the resource impact area. In addition, water use within the resource impact area should be described. The amount of data and information provided should be sufficient to evaluate the effects of station building and operation on water resources, and is anticipated to depend on the magnitude of the potential impacts. Greater potential impact will require more data and information to support the evaluation. Alternative interpretations of data and characteristics should be described when reasonable or when uncertainty in impacts exist. Characteristics should be substantially based on data obtained from a pre-application monitoring program and integrated with data from other studies conducted in the area and region (as applicable).
The discussion should include species that migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds.
A statistical description should accompany all data. Average or median values, standard deviations or interquartile range, and the historical extremes should be described. Temporal trends in characteristics, including seasonal variation, should be identified and explained. Temporal variations of important characteristics (e.g., river flow rates) should be described in sufficient detail to provide accurate evaluation of impacts. For many characteristics, monthly variations may be sufficient, but daily or shorter increments should be provided (e.g., low river flows) when important for evaluating environmental impacts. Spatial variations of characteristics (e.g., aquifer hydraulic conductivity) should be described when they are important for evaluating environmental impacts radionuclide transport in groundwater.


All data for hydrologic characteristics, including water use, should be adjusted to both present- day conditions and to those that may reasonably be expected to occur over the proposed period of the license (e.g., future conditions). Where features of a proposed station (e.g., foundations, excavations, artificial lakes, and canals) modify the hydrologic conditions, the applicant should furnish sufficient site- specific detail for evaluation of the effects of building and operating the station on hydrologic characteristics, water use, and potential radionuclide transport for those water bodies and systems that
The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g. habitat, breeding, etc.); it should- include life histories of important regional animals, tE.-ir normal population fluctuations and their habitat requirements (e.g. thermal tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of food chains and other interspecies relationships, particularly when these are contributory to predictions or evaluations of the impact of the nuclear plant on the regional biota.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 33 may receive radionuclides from the station. In addition, the applicant should describe reasonably foreseeable changes in the hydrologic environment (e.g., climate and land use).
Identify any definable pre-existing environmental stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as any ecological conditions suggestive of such stresses. Describe the status of ecological succession.
When a mathematical model is used to support the evaluation of hydrologic characteristics, the applicant should describe the conceptual basis for the model, including the rationale for eliminating plausible alternative conceptualizations, the assumptions used in developing the model, the range of applicability of the model, the input data used, the resulting output, the basis for boundary conditions, parameter estimation and calibration procedures followed, and estimates of uncertainty in model forecasts. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, data used, and approaches to allow for an adequate NRC staff evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


2.2.1 Hydrology The applicant should describe the hydrologic characteristics of surface waterbodies and groundwater aquifers that could be affected by station water use or be affected by building or operating the station. These characteristics collectively define the supply of water within the resource impact area, including the location, quantity, and temporal variability of that supply. The applicant should include the following information in the ER:
Discuss any important histories of disease occurring in the regional biota as well as vectors or reservoirs of disease, or serious infestations by pest spe'cies.
*
Discussion of rivers and streams including, but not limited to, drainage areas and gradients, discharge, bathymetry, wetlands and floodplain descriptions, flood and drought characteristics, flood control measures, and other hydrographic modifications.


*
The sources of information should be identified.
Discussion of lakes and impoundments including, but not limited to, bathymetry, temperature, currents, inflows and outflows, evaporation, seepage, and a description of reservoir characteristics (e.g., elevation-area-capacity curves) and operations.


*
As part of this identification, present a list of any published material dealing with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs now in progress.
Discussion of estuaries and oceans including, but not limited to, bathymetry, tidal and nontidal currents, temperature, salinity, sedimentation rates, and sediment gradation and sorption characteristics.


*
2.8 Background radiological characteristics Regional radiological data, including both natural background radiation levels and results of measurements of any concentrations of radioactive materials occurring in important biota, in soil and rocks and in regional surface waters should be reported.
Discussion of groundwater including, but not limited to, descriptions of aquifers and confining units, occurrence and extent of perched groundwater conditions, recharge and discharge areas and fluxes, groundwater head contour maps, hydraulic gradients, permeabilities, total and effective porosities, advective travel times, bulk density, and storage coefficients.


*
These data, whether determined during the applicant's preoperational surveillance program (see Section 6.1.5) or obtained from other sources, should be referenced.
Groundwater transport characteristics (e.g., dispersion and adsorption coefficients), when necessary to evaluate impacts.


*
2.9 Other environmental features For certain sites, some relevant information on the plant environs may not clearly fall within the scope of the preceding topics.
Data concerning use of groundwater including drawdown caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells.


*
Additional information may be required with respect to some environmental features in order to reflect the value of the site and site environs to important segments of the population.
Maps or figures showing information requested above, as appropriate (e.g., areas affected by saltwater intrusion).
2.2.2 Water Use The applicant should provide present and known future surface-water, groundwater, and reclaimed water uses (as applicable) that could affect or be affected by building or operation, including


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 34 for the following uses: public and self-supplied (or private) withdrawals for domestic, municipal, industrial, agricultural, mining, and power generation uses.
Such information should be included here. Where relevant, the applicant should appraise and discuss the reaction of interested citizen groups to locating the proposed facility at this site.


Data and information provided for each use should include, but not be limited to, the following:
3.
*
location and nature of water users and water-use areas; 
*
distance from the station; 
*
withdrawal rate by use category and return rate; and
*
statutory or other legal restrictions on the water use or the water resource.


Additional information for groundwater use should include the following: 
THE PLANT
*
The operating plant and transmission system are to be described in this Section.
identification of the aquifer from which withdrawal occurs;
*
location and depth of wells;
*
identification of any U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)-designated sole source aquifers that may be affected by station building or operation; 
*
characterization of consumptive and nonconsumptive water uses over the resource impact area; 
*
temporal variations in consumptive and nonconsumptive water uses; and 
*
existing capacities (including available capacities) of local and regional water and wastewater utilities.


Station water-use requirements are not addressed in this chapter; however, Chapter 3 of this RG
Since the environmental effects are of primary concern in the Report, the plant effluents and plant.related systems that interact with the environment should be described in particular detail.
addresses the information to be included in the ER related to station water-use requirements.


2.2.3 Water Quality The applicant should describe the water-quality characteristics of surface waterbodies, groundwater aquifers, and reclaimed water (as applicable) that could be affected by station water use and effluent disposal. Data and information should include, but not be limited to, the following characteristics: 
3.1 External appearance The building layout, plant perimeter, exclusion boundary, and plant profile should be shown to scale. by line drawings or other illustrative techniques.
*
physical (e.g., temperature),
*
chemical (e.g., pH); and
*
biological (e.g., biological oxygen demand).
The mean, range, and temporal and spatial variation of these water-quality characteristics should be provided. Data should be gathered for a sufficient period of time to understand long term (annual) and short term (seasonal or other) variations in both quality and availability of water (flow rates, water levels, etc.).
A description of existing aquatic environmental stressors, including a list of any Clean Water Act
303(d)-impaired waters, should be provided. The applicant should identify, to the extent possible, the


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 35 source and nature of existing impairments. The status of the permitting process for the Clean Water Act
The architectural design and efforts to make the structures and grounds aesthetically pleasing should be noted.
(33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.) certifications should also be described.


2.2.4 Water Monitoring The purpose of the pre-application water monitoring program is to establish a baseline for assessing subsequent environmental effects on water resources attributable to building and operating the proposed station. The applicant should describe the pre-application monitoring program used to assess the characteristics of the surface-water and groundwater resources in the resource impact area.
The location and elevation of release points for liquid and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated.


The ER should describe the pre-application monitoring program in sufficient detail to demonstrate a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The adequacy of the monitoring program with respect to both spatial coverage (i.e., surface area and depth), and temporal coverage (i.e., duration and sampling frequency) should be demonstrated. The description of this program should include the following: 
3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system The reactor type (BWR, PWR, HTGR, etc.),
*
manufacturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind (make) of turbine generator should be stated.
locations of monitoring stations; 
*
frequency and duration of monitoring; 
*
monitoring equipment used; 
*
sampling and analysis procedures followed; 
*
data analysis methods used; and
*
documentation of any data-quality objectives.


2.3 Ecological Resources The ER should describe the terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecological resources existing at the proposed project site and in the vicinity and region. The applicant should provide sufficient details in the ER as a baseline for determining the impacts to terrestrial, wetland and aquatic species and habitats that might be affected by building and operating the proposed nuclear station.
The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated and design electrical and thermal power of. the reactor as well as the in-plant electrical power consumption should be given.


2.3.1 Terrestrial Ecology The ER should include a baseline description of potentially affected terrestrial resources. The description should also address offsite parcels and corridors needed for components such as reservoirs, barge docks, heavy-haul roads, access roads, laydown areas, electric transmission lines, water pipelines, and mitigation sites. When describing terrestrial resources, the applicant should use the same definitions of vicinity and region as used for the land and water use sections of the ER. The baseline description should focus on the anticipated footprint of land disturbance and may be less detailed for peripheral areas.
3.3 Plant water use A quantitative water-use diagram for the plant should be presented, showing water flows to and from the various plant water systems (heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, process water system, etc.) The sources and condition (quality) of the water in each input and output should be described.


Much of the needed information may be summarized from the background reports prepared using RG
Show total consumptive use of water by the plant. The above data which quantify plant water use should be tabulated for various plant conditions including maximum power operation, minimum anticipated power operation, temporary shutdown, with and without cooling towers and cooling ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagram, cross-reference other
4.11. Information should be updated to reflect recent land-use changes and natural successional processes.
9


Guidance on consultation under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act is provided in Appendix B.
sections (e.g., Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7) for relevant data.


Terrestrial Habitats Detailed guidance on identifying and describing terrestrial habitats is provided in RG 4.11. The ER should include the following information to characterize terrestrial habitats:
3.4 Heat dissipation system Heat-removal facilities should be discussed in detail. Simplified flow diagrams, sketches of intake and outfall structures are essential. The reasons for providing the particular facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduction of thermal effects) should be noted.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 36
The source of the cooling water should be identified. (Its natural temperature, including monthly changes and stratification, should be described in Section 2.5.)
*
Topics to be covered include: quantity of heat dissipated;
Identification and description of each ecoregion (or equivalent) encompassing potentially affected areas using a widely recognized system such as that used by the EPA (EPA Ecoregion maps).
quantity of water withdrawn, consumptive use, return: design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes or spray ponds: air, water flow rates, pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift atid drizzle (and methods used in making estimates)  
*
for cooling towers:
Figures identifying and mapping each terrestrial habitat on, or adjacent to, the site (or offsite parcels or corridors).
blowdown volume, ,ate of discharge and physical and chemical characteristics for towers and ponds;
*
temperature changes, rate of changes and holdup times in cooling ponds; rate of evaporation of water from towers or ponds;
Description of each terrestrial habitat type using guidance provided in RG 4.11. Detailed field survey or quantification of vegetation characteristics may not be necessary. Descriptions based on recent site observations are typically more useful than older or regionalized descriptions. Studies would ideally show the condition of the ecological resources that exist no more than 5 to 10 years prior to NRC receiving the application. If older ecological baseline data is used, a discussion of the basis for determining that the data provides for an accurate and meaningful evaluation of potential impacts should also be included.
information on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created; design and location of water intake structures, including water depth, flow and velocity, screens.


*
number and capacity of pumps at intake structure;
Tables estimating the area of each habitat onsite (or offsite parcels or corridors).  
temperature differences between withdrawn and returned water; time of travel across condenser and to end of contained discharge lines for different months and flows. details of outfall design including discharge flow and velocity.
*
A table estimating the approximate area (or percentage) of each habitat type in the landscape surrounding the site and any offsite facilities.


*
Descriptions should include operational modes of important subsystems.
A qualitative discussion of terrestrial habitat in the region.


Wetlands Wetlands are specialized habitats with properties intermediate between terrestrial and aquatic.
Describe procedures for reducing the thermal shock to aquatic biota during shutdown or refueling.


The Federal definition of wetlands is presented in 33 CFR 328, Definitions of Waters of the United States (Ref. 36), but not all areas meeting this definition are subject to Federal regulatory jurisdiction.
Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of blowdown of slimes and algal growth in the system, and of trash collected at the intake structures, should be described.


Unregulated areas meeting the Federal definition are termed non-jurisdictional wetlands. Some states and localities regulate wetlands independently using definitions that may vary from the Federal definition.
Data on relevant chemical constituents should be presented in Section 3.6.


Wetland information presented in the terrestrial ecology portions of the ER should be consistent with wetland information presented in the aquatic ecology portions. Regulatory Guide 4.11 provides additional guidance on wetlands. In general, the ER should include the following information with respect to characterizing wetlands:
3.5 Radwaste systems Provide a detailed description of the radwaste systems including flow diagrams showing origin, treatment, and disposal of all solid, liquid, and gaseous radioactive waste generated by the plant under consideration.
*
An indication of whether a wetland delineation has been completed for the site and offsite parcels, what areas were addressed, what wetland procedure(s) were used, and whether the delineation follows procedures required by applicable Federal and State agencies.


*
List estimated quantities, volumes and flow rates from all sources, expected aecontamination factors, holding times, and expected frequency and magnitude of variations from normal operating conditions. (Accident conditions are to be discussed under Section 7.)
A wetland delineation map and identification of each wetland using a classification system such as that used in the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) National Wetlands Inventory (Ref. 37),  
Indicate which radwaste systems are used singly and which are used jointly with other units at the site, as applicable.
for those areas addressed by wetland delineation.


*
List all radionuclides (and their half-lives) that will be discharged with each effluent stream and give the expected anoual average release rates.
A description and estimate of the area of each wetland falling under each National Wetlands Inventory classification.


*
If the release rates are intermittent, give the maximum release rates and times involved.
Wetland mapping data from a published source (e.g., the National Wetlands Inventory maps or State wetland maps) or identification of the terrestrial habitats on the site, if any, that may contain wetlands for those project areas where no wetland delineation was performed.


*
Supply all pertinent supporting information, including a description of assumptions and computational methods used.
A discussion of the functions and values of each wetland or cluster of interrelated wetlands (sometimes referred to as an assessment area) on the site or offsite parcels.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 37
Identify the physical characteristics of all radioactive effluents-particulate. ionic, gaseous, etc.
*
Citation and summary of any jurisdictional determination issued by the USACE or another applicable agency. For project areas lacking a jurisdictional determination, a description of the anticipated process for acquiring one.


*
State the concentrations of all liquid effluent radionuclides prior to mixing with receiving water body (e.g.. stream, lake, estuary). These concentrations should take into account dilution by plant water bodies such as cooling ponds or canals which receive effluents prior to mixing with the receiving water body.
Identification, when practicable, of whether each wetland is under the jurisdiction of the Clean Water Act or applicable State or local wetland protection laws (note that a jurisdictional determination may not have been made at the time of an application).  
*
An estimate of the approximate extent of wetlands in the surrounding landscape using National Wetland Inventory maps or another source and a separate estimate for each National Wetland Inventory class or for each mapping unit used.


*
Seasonal and operational variations in dilution water usage in radwaste effluents should be stated.
An estimation of wetland losses in the context of their relative abundance in the surrounding landscape.


*
Describe the orifices (high stacks or vents)
A qualitative discussion of wetlands in each relevant ecoregion, including the typical landscape positions commonly occupied by wetlands (e.g., stream valleys, estuarine or lacustrine fringes, and topographic depressions), and the history of wetland disturbance.
from which airborne or gaseous radioactive materials are to be emitted, giving base and orifice elevations, inside diameter and shape.


Wildlife Guidance on identifying terrestrial wildlife is provided in RG 4.11. The ER should include the following:
In cases where the height of the emitting orifice is less than
*
2.5 times that of surrounding buildings, supply relevant information on height, location, and shape of nearby buildings and structures.
Tables of wildlife species observed in each habitat (upland or wetland) on the site (and each offsite parcel or corridor) based on a minimum of one year of observations, if availabl


====e. See RG ====
(Cross reference to Section 3.1 as appropriate).
4.11 for additional direction.
Provide data on effluent velocity, volume flow rate from the orifice, and the temperature of the effluent gases if appreciably different from ambient.


*
3.6 Chemical and biocide systems Describe chemical additives (including corrosion inhibitors, chemical and biological antifouling agents), corrosion products, waste
A discussion of the potential value of each habitat to each major wildlife grouping: mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, and insects. The discussion can be qualitative and should have an ecological focus; discussions individualized to species are not usually necessary.
'The information requested here is commonly called the
"source term." The applicant's attention is directed to the set of questions in Appendix 2 of this Guide. The responses to these constitute the basic data required in calculating the source term. The set of questions may be used by the applicant as a checklist to ensure the completeness of data presented in this Section of the Report.


*
4 U
A discussion of wildlife activities that have the potential to substantially alter the composition or distribution of terrestrial habitat (e.g., overbrowsing or burrowing) 
11
*
10
Presence of indicator organisms that could be used to gauge changes in habitat quality, biodiversity, and the distribution and abundance of species populations.


*
streams or discharges from chemical processing and water treatment that may enter the local environment as a result of plant operation.
A brief discussion of trophic interactions between predators and prey potentially occurring on or near project activities. This discussion may be generalized and qualitative.


*
Maximum and average concentrations of chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling-system effluents should be given.
A discussion of possible wildlife movement and migration patterns. The discussion may be generalized and does not need to be based on field observations.


*
Ground deposition of chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be estimated.
A discussion of wildlife used for subsistence or recreational hunting.


Important Species and Habitats Guidance on important terrestrial species and habitats is provided in RG 4.11 and Table 2-1. Note that important species and habitats include, but are not limited to, threatened or endangered species and critical habitats. The ER should include the following information on important species and habitats:
The discussion should include description of procedures by which effluents will be treated, controlled and discharged, the expected nominal and maximum concentrations for each discharge, and the quantities that will be discharged in a specified time. Seasonal and operational variations in discharges should be described. A flow diagram (which may also be combined with the liquid radwaste system)
should be included.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 38
3.7 Sanitary and other waste systems Describe any other nonradioactive solid or liquid waste materials, such as sanitary and chemical laboratory wastes, laundry and decontamination solutions, that may be created during plant operation. Describe the manner in which they will be treated and controlled and describe procedures for disposal.
*
Each important terrestrial species or habitat known to occur or that has a reasonable likelihood of occurring in the area. Briefly indicate why each meets the criteria for importance in Table 2-1.


*
Describe any other gaseous effluents (i.e.,
A brief description of each important terrestrial habitat, which can cross reference the habitat descriptions already provided.
from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating plants, incinerators)
created during plant operation; estimate the frequency of release and describe how they will be treated before release to the environment.


*
3.8 Radioactive materials inventory The transportation of radioactive materials has potential environmental effects (to be discussed in Section 5.3). In this Section the radioactive materials to be transported to and from the site should be described.
A brief paragraph for each important terrestrial species, which provides key data on habitat requirements and life history as necessary to support an assessment of potential effects from the project.


*
Describe the type of fresh fuel to be used and the quantity to be shipped to the site each year. The form of fuel, enrichment, cladding, total weight per shipment, and expected form of packaging should be discussed.
A discussion related to any correspondence that has been initiated with the FWS or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies on important species or habitats (Table 2-1) including endangered, threatened, or special status species. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).
Table 2-1.  Important Species and Habitats to be considered in the ERa Species Habitat Federally threatened or endangered and proposed species for listing by FWS or National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) that occupy habitat or have an ecosystem function that may be affected by the proposed project Candidate species for Federal listing by the FWS or NMFS of particular interest to the review that occupy habitat or have an ecosystem function that may be affected by the proposed project Representative State status species of particular interest to the review Other species for which a Federal or State agency has established a monitoring requirement at or near the site Representative commercially or recreationally valuable species Potentially significant nuisance or invasive species Other species of known or indicated interest Federally designated or proposed critical habitat or essential fish habitat.


Protected areas such as sanctuaries, parks, refuges, or preserves, including marine protected areas Habitats identified by Federal or State agencies as unique, rare, or of priority for protection; e.g., areas that have been designated as habitat for an evolutionary significant unit, distinct population segment, critical habitat, or essential fish habitat Other habitats of known or indicated interest, e.g., known breeding, spawning, nesting, or nursery grounds
Estimate the weight of irradiated fuel to be shipped from the site per year, the number of shipments per year, the average and maximum burnup for each shipment, the cooling time required prior to each shipment, and the expected form of packaging to be used.


(a) The criteria presented in this RG represent updated guidance developed by the NRC subsequent to the publication of RG 
Estimate the annual weight, volume and activity of radioactive waste materials (e.g..
4.11.
spent resins and air filters) to be shipped from the site. Categorize the wastes according to whether they are liquid, solid or gaseous. Any processing that may be required before shipment, such as compacting or consolidating with vermiculite and cement, should he described.


2.3.2 Aquatic Ecology The ER should include a baseline description of the potentially affected aquatic resources. The description should also include any waterbodies that could reasonably be expected to exhibit detectable changes to aquatic resources from building and operating of the new facilities. This includes waterbodies associated with offsite transmission and pipeline corridors, large component transport routes, and any other affected offsite areas. The description should focus on the information that is needed for the evaluation of potential impacts to the aquatic environment that may result from building and operating the facilities. The extent of the description should extend to any potentially affected habitats, including rivers, perennial and intermittent streams, reservoirs and impoundments, estuaries, lakes, ponds, and ocean areas and should, when appropriate, consider effects on a watershed basis.
3.9 Transmission facilities The Environmental Report should contain sufficient information to permit evaluation of the environmental impact of transmission lines and related facilities that must be constructed to convey energy from the proposed nuclear installation to an interconnecting point or points on the existing distribution system. For material useful in preparing this subsection.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 39 Regulatory Guide 4.24 provides guidance on designing and implementing aquatic environmental studies for baseline descriptions and for impact analysis. The subsections below address specific elements of characterizing baseline aquatic conditions, including aquatic habitats, organisms, and important species and habitats. Guidance on consultation under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act or under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act is provided in Appendix B.
the applicant is advised to consult the Department of Interiot/Department of Agriculture publication entitled
"Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission Systems"
(U.S.


Aquatic Habitats The ER should include the following information to characterize aquatic habitats:
Government Printing Office, 1971) and the Federal Power Commission publication
*
"Electoic Power Transmission and the Environment."
A description of the aquatic environment, including the relative significance of habitats in waterbodies onsite or in the landscape surrounding the site, including those that would be used for plant cooling or that could be affected by other activities.
This portion of the Report should identify and discuss parameters of possible environmental significance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise, induced or conducted ground currents, and ozone production.


*
The applicant should supply contour maps and/or aerial photographs showing the proposed right-of-way and identifying any existing substation(s) or other point(s) at which the transmission line(s) will connect with the existing distribution system. The lengths and widths of the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. Any access roads, maintenance roads and new facilities located on or near the right-of-way should be shown. The applicant should indicate whether the land adjacent to the right-of-way has residential, agricultural, industrial or recreational uses. Any area where construction of the transmission line(s)
Maps or figures, including electronic layers, showing waterbodies and aquatic habitats on the proposed site and in the vicinity and region, including the natural structure of the benthic habitat (when readily available), the location and depth of any associated underwater structures in the vicinity of the site (e.g., submerged dams), and the proposed location of the intake and the discharge systems. Similar maps and figures of transmission and pipeline corridors that extend offsite or other affected offsite areas and their relationships to waterbodies and aquatic habitats.
will require permanent clearing of vegetation, changes in topography, or removal of manmade structures should also be indicated as well as areas where the transmission line(s) will be placed underground. Indicate the degree to which the above-ground lines will be visible from frequently traveled public roads.


*
II
A discussion of the existing aquatic habitats in the landscape surrounding the proposed intake and discharge structures and associated systems.


*
Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related facilities, such as substations, should be included in the Report. This portion of the Report should provide detailed profile drawings of the various types of transmission structures, including dimensions and specifying their color and finish. The type, number and configuration of conductors and the color, number and configuration of insulators should be described and illustrated as appropriate.
Bathymetry, substrate, and other habitat information, including maps or figures, for the affected aquatic habitats in the vicinity of plant structures including the discharge and intake facilities.


*
4.
A description of any natural, anthropogenic, and pre-existing environmental stressors and the current ecological conditions indicative of such stresses.


Aquatic Organisms The ER should include the following information to characterize the aquatic organisms: 
ENVIRONMENTAL
*
EFFECTS
Distribution and abundance data for fish and macroinvertebrates found on the site and in other potentially affected waters. Data should be collected for a sufficient period of time and frequency and from locations that will provide an understanding of the long term (annual) and short term (seasonal or other) variations in distribution and abundance of species potentially affected by building and operation. Studies would ideally show the condition of the ecological resources that existed no more than 5 to 10 years prior to NRC receiving the application. If older ecological baseline data is used, a discussion of the basis for determining that the data provides for an accurate and meaningful evaluation of potential impacts should also be included. Data collection should be consistent with the guidance on baseline studies presented in RG 4.24.
OF
SITE
PREPARATION, PLANT AND TRANSMISSION
FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION
The construction of a nuclear power plant and related faci.ities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects will be adverse.


*
Effects are considered adverse if environmental change or stress causes some biotic population or nonviable resource to be less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, less aesthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; or if the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair the recycling of depletable resources. The severity of unavoidable adverse effects should be reduced to minimum practicable levels.
Locations and values of local commercial, subsistence, and recreational fisheries and the historic and current seasonal distributions of harvest by species.


*
In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental effects, it should be made clear which of these are considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible. Those effects which represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion,
List and description of species essential to the maintenance and survival of commercially or recreationally valuable species.
"irretrievable commitment of resources" alludes to natural sources and means a permanent impairment of these, e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding or nursing areas; interference with migratory routes;
loss of valuable or aesthetically treasured natural areas; as well as expenditure of directly utilized resources.)
4.1 Site preparation and plant construction The applicant should organize the discussion in terms of the effects of site preparation and plant construction on (a) land use and (b)
water use. The applicant should consider consequences to both human and wildlife populations and indicate which ate unavoidable, reversible, etc. according to the categorization set forth earlier in this Section.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 40
In the land use discussion, describe how construction activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as creating building material supply areas; building temporary or permanent roads, bridges, service lines;
*
disposing of trash, excavating and land filling.
Presence, distribution, and abundance of key aquatic indicator organisms (e.g., diatoms, benthic macroinvertebrates, submerged aquatic vegetation, and fish) that could be used to gauge changes in habitat quality, biodiversity, and the distribution and abundance of species populations. Key indicator organisms are those that would be particularly vulnerable to impacts on forage or habitat.


*
Provide information bearing on suL.h questions as: How much land will be torn up? For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?
A brief discussion of trophic interactions between predators and prey potentially occurring on or near project activities. This discussion may be generalized and qualitative.
What explosives will be used? Where and how often?
Indicate proximity of human populations and identify undesirable impacts on their environment arising from noise, from inconvenience due to the movement of men, material, machines, including activities associated with any provision of housing, transportation, educational facilities for workers arI
their families.


*
Describe any expected changes in accessibility of historical and archaeological sites in the region. Discuss measure!. designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects, such as erosion control, dust stabilization, landscape restoration, control of truck traffic, restoration of affected animal habitat.
Presence of nuisance, invasive, and introduced species, including fish, aquatic vegetation, and benthic invertebrates (e.g., Corbicula spp. or Mytilus spp.) onsite or in the vicinity.


*
The discussion should also include any effects of site preparation and plant construction activities whose consequences may be beneficial to the region, as, for example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and/or recreational facilities.
Presence of disease and parasite outbreaks (e.g., viral hemorrhagic septicemia affecting North American salmon and trout, the myxosporean parasite (Myxobolus cerebralis) that causes whirling disease, or the marine dinoflagellate responsible for red tide (Karenia brevis) that could potentially be affected by operations.


Important Species and Habitats The ER should provide the following information to characterize important species and habitats as defined in Table 2-1: 
The discussion of water use should describe the impingement of site preparation and construction activities on regional water (lakes, streams, ground water, etc.). Such activities would include the construction of cofferdams, and/or storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins or other structures enabling ingress or egress from the plant by water. Examples of other pertinent activities are the construction of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening a water channel and operations affecting water levels (flooding), etc. The applicant should describe the effects of these activities on navigation, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water supply, aesthetics and so on as applicable. Measures to mitigate undesirable effects, such as flood and pollution control, installation of fish ladders or elevators and other procedures for habitat improvement should be described.
*
A description of important aquatic species or habitat using the guidelines in Table 2-1 and a brief description of why each meets the criteria in Table 2-1. Additional guidance on identifying important species and habitats is provided in RG 4.24.


*
I
A brief discussion for each important species (or representative species as indicated in Table 2-1),
I
which considers all life stages necessary to support an assessment of potential effects on the species from the project. Include a description of their temporal and spatial (including depth)
I
distribution and abundance and any observed occurrence in relationship to the intake and discharge sites and frequency of observations, if appropriate.
12


*
4.2 Transmission facilities construction The effects of construction and installation of transmission line towers and facilities on the land and on the people, including those living in and those visiting or traveling through the adjacent area, should be discussed in this Section. (Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.)
A summary related to any correspondence or discussions with the FWS, NMFS, or State, local or Tribal natural resource agencies on important species or habitats associated with the proposed project (Table 2-1) including endangered, threatened, or special status species and federally designated critical habitat. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries). 
The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion but the applicant should include additional material if it is relevant:
When proposed new transmission corridors, pipeline corridors, or affected offsite areas would intersect or be adjacent to aquatic resources, the following information should be included in the ER to the extent the information is available to the applicant:  
a)
*
Any permanent changes that will be induced in the physical and biological processes of plant and wild life through the changes in the hydrology, topography or ground cover during construction and installation of the transmission lines.
A map or figure and description of the location of important aquatic species and habitats known or expected to be potentially affected by the transmission and pipeline corridors. Consideration should be given to affected offsite areas together with any specific habitat requirements or community interrelationships; e.g., areas that have been designated as an evolutionary significant unit, distinct population segment, critical habitat, or essential fish habitat.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 41
b)
2.4 Socioeconomics The applicant should provide sufficient data and information in the ER to establish the environmental baseline for estimates of socioeconomic effects, including: the demographic region, and the economic region. The NRC considers the demographic region to be defined as the site and the surrounding area within a 50-mi radius from the center of the proposed site, and should encompass the majority of population groups potentially affected by building and operations.3 The economic region is considered to be defined as the subset of counties (or other appropriate identifiable geographic grouping)  
Total length of new lines and number of towers through and in various categories of visually sensitive land .(that is sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers)  
within the 50-mi demographic region where the applicant believes the majority (typically around 75 to 80
such as natural shoreline, marshland, wildlife refuges, parks, national and state monuments, scenic areas, recreation areas, historic areas, national forests and/or heavily timbered areas, shelter belts, steep slopes, wilderness areas.
percent) of socioeconomic impacts will be experienced. Socioeconomic assessments should also include the following:
*
reasonable projections about the affected region for the expected license period of the proposed project; and  
*
a detailed discussion of the methodologies used to develop each projection.


2.4.1 Demographics The ER should provide detailed information about the characteristics for the proposed demographic region, with special emphasis on the economic region, to define the magnitude of any potential social or economic impacts from building or operating the proposed project. The applicant should rely upon the most recent demographic estimates available (preferably from a single source) for the demographic region that can be disaggregated to the Census block group (CBG) level for all of the demographic subcategories identified below and for environmental justice (EJ) reviews of low-income populations. The data source used should match the data source used for EJ analyses performed in the ER.4 The ER should include the following information related to demographics:
c)  
*
Number and length of new access and service roads required.
Racial and ethnic categories by county or other important geographical area in the demographic region (see the discussion of environmental justice in this RG for additional guidance). At a minimum, demographic data should include the following racial and ethnic categories: 
- White (Not Hispanic or Latino)
- African American or Black
- American Indian or Alaska Native
- Asian
- Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander 


3 In most cases, the 50 mile radius will be sufficient to encompass all of the perceivable environmental impacts, but the applicant should be sensitive to site-specific pathways that have the potential for extending that boundary beyond the suggested 50 miles. Potential pathways would include such things as downstream river-borne impacts, road and rail transportation impacts.
d)
Erosion directly traceable to construction activities.


4 Because the decennial Census no longer reports individuals or households in poverty, those data are only available at the Census block group level through the American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates. For consistency, these ACS data have become the NRC staffs principal source for all demographic analyses (including environmental justice analyses) for new reactor licensing.
e)  
Plans for protection of wildlife, for disposal of slash and unmerchantable timber, and for cleanup and restoration of area affected by clearing and construction activities.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 42
4.3 Resources committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources (loss of land, destruction of biota, etc.) which are expected should site preparation and plant and transmission facilities construction proceed.
- Other Race (including races not mentioned above and Two or More Races)
- Ethnicity: Hispanic, Latino, or Spanish origin (may be of any race)
- Aggregate minority (calculated as Total Population minus White, not Hispanic or Latino)  
*
An overview map and accompanying tables identifying the counties and principal cities and towns that pertain to the demographic region and the economic region.


*
Such losses should be evaluated in terms of their relative and long term net, as well as absolute, impacts. (See Section 5.8 of this Guide for more detailed consideration.)
A table providing historic and projected population data for the counties of the demographic region, with summary totals for the counties pertaining to the economic region. Population values should include historic data for the previous two decennial censuses and extend forward to at least the decennial year after the expected license period of the proposed project.
5.


*
ENVIRONMENTAL
A table providing the current racial and ethnic distribution of the population, accompanied by discussion of expected trends in racial and ethnic distribution over the license period.
EFFECTS
OF
PLANT
OPERATION
This Section describes the interaction of the plant (discussed in Section 3) and the environment (discussed in Section 2). To the extent possible, the applicant should avoid repeating the material presented in Sections 2 and 3. Measures planned to reduce any undesirable effect of plant operation on the environment should be described in detail.


*
In the discussion of environmental effects, as in Section 4. effects that are considered unavoidable but either inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.
A discussion of any current migrant workforce or other migrating population (see latest Census of Agriculture). Discuss the historic and expected trend for migrant populations.


*
Those effects which represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detaill.d consideration in Section 5.8.
A table and accompanying discussion of transient populations affected by the proposed project, including an assessment of local public venues (e.g., stadiums or arenas, resident camps, large employers, and parks and recreation areas) with the following information:
- distance from the site
- peak visitation levels
- timing of the peak visitation levels
- attendance levels
- dates of activities
- other pertinent information 
*
A table presenting the current income distribution, including household income by segments (e.g., by quartiles), Federal median household income level, and the number and percent of households below the Federal poverty level for each county in the demographic region, and each State within the demographic region. Discuss current trends affecting incomes within the demographic region.


Information on how to perform population counts and estimate future populations can be found in the American National Standard Institute/American Nuclear Society (ANSI/ANS) ANSI/ANS-2.6-2018, Standard Guidelines for Estimating Present & Forecasting Future Population Distributions Surrounding Power Reactor Sites (Ref. 38).  
The impacts of operation of the proposed facility should be, to the fullest extent practicable.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 43
quantified and systematically presented.'
2.4.2 Community Characteristics Sufficiently detailed information about the economic characteristics of the proposed site and its surrounding economic impact region forms the baseline for estimating the economic impacts that might occur because of building- or operation-related activities at the proposed site. The ER should focus primarily on the community characteristics for the economic region surrounding the proposed site.
In the discussion of each impact. the applicant should make clear whether the supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, on-site, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact-the plant subsystem, waste effluent-and the population or resource affected should be made clear in each case The impacts should be distinguished in terms of their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, and land.


However, there may be areas beyond the demographic region that have a unique importance to the project or for cumulative impact purposes, and the applicant should include such areas in the discussion when identified.
Finally, as directed by the Guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (36 F.R. 7724, April 23,
1971), the applicant should discuss the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity. In accordance with this directive, the applicant should assess the action for cumulative and long-term effects from the point of view that each generation is trustee of the environment for each succeeding generation. This means considering, for example, the commitment of a water source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impairment of other actual or potential uses, and any other long-term effects to which the operation of this facility may contribute.


The ER should include information related to community characteristics including a table and/or chart illustrating the following:
S.1 Effects of operation of heat dissipation system Waste heat, dissipated by the system described in Section 3.4, alters the thermal conditions of the environment. In all cases the heat is eventually transferred to the atmosphere.
*
Information related to the current site labor force (if the proposed site is co-located with an existing power plant), including the peak number of operations workers, a characterization of all temporary outage workers, and the county-level residential distribution of the current operations workforce and temporary outage workers.


*
Since the transfer is usually effected through the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary or ocean or by the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the hydrology of the
Housing information, including sales and rental markets in the economic region, the number and types of units available for rent or sale, vacancy rates, and trends. The applicant should only include habitable structures and the location of existing and projected housing developments.
* 'Quantincation of environmental costs is discussed in Section 10.


*
13
The regions current and historic economic base, including important regional industries by category, employment, and size. Trend data should be of sufficient depth and scope to provide an accurate account of the changes in the regions economic history, and an indication as to where those changes are most likely leading the regions economy. Describe the nature of the heavy construction industry and construction labor force in the region and the total regional labor force, regional unemployment levels, and future economic outlook projected for the proposed license term.


The ER should identify local and regional planning and administrative organizations and discuss their analyses and trends that may affect conditions, including:
environment (Section 2.5) and thd aquatic ecology (Section
*
2.7)
The regions current governmental structure including regional political jurisdictions, school districts, and taxing jurisdictions (including those taxing jurisdictions that would be most affected by the proposed project). Tax rate data should be provided for:
are of primary importance in determining what effects the released heat will have on the environment.
- Federal, State, county, regional, school district, sales and use, and other applicable tax sources and their rates;
- any current agreements for the proposed or existing site for special property tax rates;
- payment-in-lieu-of-taxes; and
- other in-kind payments to local jurisdictions.


*
Describe the effect that the heated effluent will have on the temperature of the receiving body of water with respect to space and time.
The current educational system within the economic region (i.e., public and private primary and secondary schools and higher education institutions) including capacity; student counts; present percentage of utilization; student-teacher ratios; and expected trends affecting these resources.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 44
Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model studies that have been performed to determine these characteristics, giving references to reports that provide supporting details. Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality of the waters of any other State or States.
*
A review and discussion of the local land-use plans and zoning information relevant to population growth, housing, and changes in land-use patterns within the economic region and relevant trends that would affect the development of the economic region.


*
Describe the thermal standards applicable to the water source (including maximum permissible temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and whether, and to what extent, these standards have been approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.
A summary, in tabular form, of local social services and public facilities (e.g., water and sewer);
present and projected police and fire capabilities; and medical information including hospitals (available beds and occupancy rates) and number of medical doctors and specialized health facilities.


*
Describe the effects of released heat on marine and fresh.water life. Give basis for prediction of effects.
The name and location for each water- and sewer treatment facility, its design capacity, current usage rate, and any information about future expansions or other pertinent changes, in each county and community in the economic region.


*
In this discussion, appropriate references to the baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.7 should be made.
A summary, in tabular form, of access routes to the site of roads (including highways), rail, and waterways. For each mode of transportation, provide a discussion of significant proposed and potential expansions, improvements, and upgrades. Information on transportation should be consistent with information provided in the land use; non-radiological health; and fuel cycle, transportation and decommissioning sections in this RG.


- Roads: A brief summary of which roads will be used for site access should be included in this section. Detailed information regarding roads should be provided in Section 2.8.3.
Expected thermal effects should be related to the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for important (as defined in Section 2.7)
aquatic species and the food base which supports them. The evaluation should consider not only the mixing zone, but the entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by operation of the proposed plant.


- Rail: Describe railroads with regard to quality, capacity of the tracks, proximity to the proposed site, road crossings, and the availability of spurs to the proposed site.
Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and discharge structures (described in Section
3A) to fish species and food base organisms should be identified and steps planned to measure and minimize the hazards should be discussed.


- Waterways: Waterway infrastructure refers to freshwater and ocean barge facilities.
Diversion techniques should be discussed in light of information obtained from ecological studies on fish population, size, and habitats.


Describe all barge facilities (e.g., size, size limitations, and depth of channel).
The effects of passage through the condenser on zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small nektonic forms such as immature fish and the resultant implications for the important species and functional groups should be discussed.
*
 
Potentially affected visual resources within the expected viewshed of the station (e.g., light pollution). Describe any existing standards or applicable regulations affecting the viewshed of the site. Highlight any viewshed management plans or other documents that discuss the current and expected impacts of normal development of the viewshed.
The applicant should discuss the potential biological effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water body, especially where water is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into another. This includes such factors as dissolved oxygen, nutrients, scouring, and suspended sediments.


*
Plant-inJuced changes in the temperature of the discharged water subsequent to environmental stabilization, can affect aquatic life in the receiving body.
Recreation venues, parks, protected lands, and other visitor attractions in the vicinity of the site.


Describe the type of venue, capacity, occupation rate and seasonal characteristics.
Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary related conditions) including the dependence of effects on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be indicated, particularly where temperature cycling in the receiving waters is likely to be large (e.g.,
refueling in winter). Discuss steps to be taken to mitigate the effects of shutdown.


*
Discuss the expected environmental effects, if any, of heat dissipation facilities such as cooling towers, lakes, spray ponds, or techniques such as dilution with additional water or diffuser systems on the local environment and on agriculture, housing, highway safety, airports, or other facilities with respect to meteorological phenomena including fog or icing, cooling tower blowdown and drift, noise.
Characteristics of distinctive communities (e.g., historic districts, tourist attractions, cultural resources, American Indian lands and resources, and other popular resources). Discuss any expected trends affecting these resources.


2.5 Environmental Justice Environmental justice (EJ) refers to a Federal policy established by Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations (59 Federal Register [FR] 7629) (Ref. 39), under which each Federal agency identifies and addresses, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of its programs, policies, and activities on minority or low-income populations.5 Although it is not subject to
If fog or icing may occur, the estimated hours per year, distances, directions, and transportation arteries potentially affected should be presented.


5 The U.S. Census Bureau list of minority and ethnic categories and the definition of low-income can be found at http://ask.census.gov/.  
Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing with other effluents in the atmosphere.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 45 the Executive Order, the Commission has voluntarily committed to undertake environmental justice reviews and issued its policy statement on the treatment of EJ matters in licensing actions. NUREG-1555 provides the staffs methodology for performing EJ analyses.
(Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from cooling tower blowdown Ind drift should be discussed in Section 5.4).
5.2 Radiological impact on biota other than man In this Section the applicant should consider the impact on biota other than man attributable to the release of radioactive materials from the facility. Specifically, the discussion should include an estimate of typical maximum dose rates (rad/year) for species of local flora and local and migratory fauna considered to be "important" as defined in Section 2.7i
4
4 I
14


The EJ review involves starting with all of the Census block groups within the 50-mi demographic region and identifying the subset of those block groups that have minority and low-income populations that could experience disproportionately high and adverse health or environmental effects from building and operating a new nuclear power plant (potentially affected EJ populations). To assist the NRC staff in its review of potential human health or environmental effects that could occur, the applicant should identify: 
5.2.1 Exposure pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of the important local flora and local and migratory fauna should be identified and described in textual and flowchart format. (An example of an exposure pathway chart is given in Appendix 3.) The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading to important species) to organisms or sites.
*
minority or low-income Census block groups that qualify as potentially affected EJ populations that could be disproportionately affected by building and operating the proposed project; 
*
potential sources of adverse impacts from the construction and operation of the project; and 
*
pathways that could result in any disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects from an identified source to potentially affected EJ populations.


2.5.1 Identification of Potentially Affected EJ Populations The applicant should use the following process to identify and characterize the demographic region in terms of its minority and low-income populations and communities residing in a 50-mile radius (the demographic region). The principal steps in the process of identifying potentially affected EJ
5.2.2 Radioactivity in environment In Section
populations include:
3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the liquid and gaseous effluents from the facility are listed. In this Section, the applicant should consider how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the environment.
*
A quantitative assessment of minority and low-income populations (see Section 2.4.1) living in the demographic region (performed at the CBG level) and a determination of whether or not the identified minority or low-income populations in the CBGs are of sufficient size to merit further investigation (i.e., potentially affected EJ populations). 
The NRC includes two additional minority or low-income groups in its analyses: 
- Other Race (including subcategories of the races mentioned above) or Two or More Races 
- Aggregate Minority (calculated as Total Population minus White (Not Hispanic or Latino)).
*
Investigation of the demographic region to determine whether any potential minority or low-income populations that could be considered potentially affected EJ populations exist in the region and were overlooked during the quantitative assessment.


*
Specifically, estimates should be provided for the radionuclide concentrations in any surface waters (including the water that receives any liquid radioactive effluents),
Identification of communities with unique characteristics including migrant worker communities or minority or low-income elderly or home-bound communities.
on land areas, and on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs. If there are other components of the physical environment that may become contaminated and thus cause the exposure of living organisms to nuclear radiations, they should be identified and their radioactivity burden estimated.


Information on how to perform population counts and estimate future populations can be found in the ANSI/ANS-2.6-2018.
In addition, information concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the environment, such as in sediments, should be presented and discussed.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 46 Methodology and Analysis Potentially affected EJ populations should be identified in the following three step process. First, the NRC has established specific criteria (see NUREG-1555) to identify a potentially affected EJ
5.2.3 Dose rate estimates From considerations of the exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, the applicant should estimate the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and the resultant dose rates (rad/year).  
population through Census data:  
Values of bioaccumulation factors2 used in preparing
*
2The bloaccumulation factor is the equilibrium ratio:
Any CBG having a minority or low-income population with 50 percent or more of the total population in the CBG, or
(concentration in organLsm)/(concentratIon in water). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such references as:
*
W. H. Chapman, H. L. Fisher, M. W. Pratt, "Concentration factors of chemical elements in edible aquatic organisms",
Any CBG having a minority or low-income population with a proportion 20 or more percentage points greater than the same minority or low-income proportion measured at the State level.
University of California Radiation Laboratory report UCRL,- 50564 (December 30, 1968).
A. M. Freke, "A Model for the Approximate Calculation of Safe Rates of Discharge of Radioactive Wastes Into Marine Environments" Health Physic, 13, 734 (1967).
the estimates should be based on site.specific data if available- otherwise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations.


For example, if the State-level proportion of a minority or low-income population were 20
Since the region may contain many important specics, the applicant should limit the calculations to estimating the dose rates experienced by selected species (indicator organisms)
percent, to meet the potentially affected EJ population threshold a specific CBGs minority, or low- income population proportion, would need to be at least 40 percent. By the same criteria, if the State proportion of the population were 60 percent and the CBGs proportion were 52 percent, then the CBG
from habitats (terrestrial and/or aqueous) having the highest potential for radiation exposure.
would cross the 50 percent threshold and would be considered a potentially affected EJ population, even though the proportion was not 20 percentage points greater than the State average.


Second, potentially affected EJ populations may exist that are too small to be identified using the above percentage criteria. For example, the demographic region may include a CBG that contains small but highly concentrated minority population that is diluted by the larger demographic component within a block group. Consequently, identification of populations of interest at the CBG level should not be considered sufficient by itself for the purposes of the EJ analysis. The existence of unique populations can be found through public outreach and field investigations in the demographic region to determine whether the CBG analysis did not capture any potentially affected EJ populations.
5.3 Radiological impact on man In this Section the applicant should consider the radiological effects of facility operation and transportation of radioactive materials on manl.


Third, the potentially affected EJ population should then be examined more closely to determine whether or not a pathway exists by which that minority or low-income population could experience a disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental impact (an EJ impact). The applicant may also look to NUREG-1555 for further insight and clarification on any part of this guidance.
Estimates of the radiological impact on man via various exposure pathways should be provided.


There are also other available EJ guidance and source documents for additional insight into the EJ
5.3.1 Exposure pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of man should be identified and described in textual and flowchart format.
process, such as:
*
Council on Environmental Quality, Environmental Justice Guidance Under the National Environmental Policy Act, (NEPA) (Ref. 40) 
*
EPA: The Promising Practices Report (Ref. 41) is a compilation of methodologies gleaned from current agency practices identified by the NEPA Committee concerning the interface of EJ
considerations through NEPA processes, 
*
EJSCREEN: Environmental Justice Screening and Mapping Tool (Ref. 42): A new EJ tool based on nationally consistent data and an approach that combines environmental and demographic indicators in maps and reports.


Description in the ER
(An example of an exposure pathway chart is given in Appendix 3.) As a minimum, the following pathways should be evaluated:
The applicant should describe their analysis and all public outreach and field investigations performed to develop the demographic data for the ER. The ER should also include the following information:  
drinking; swimming; fishing: eating fish.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 47
invertebrates, and plants.
*
A series of maps, one for each important potentially affected EJ population, identifying the CBGs within the demographic region that meet either of the above criteria for minority or low-income populations. The maps should note the location of the proposed site, principal cities and towns, roads, and any other relevant features. The maps should indicate which, if any, CBGs trigger the EJ threshold proportion. Each map should be accompanied by a table containing a count of the CBGs within the demographic region that meet or exceed the comparative threshold criteria (see example Table 2-2 below).
*
Discussion of the specific methods used to develop the maps and tables, including references to all data sources and literature cited and a discussion of the specific geospatial information system methods and data used.


Table 2-2. CBGs in the demographic region by EJ status State/
5.3.2 Liquid effluents Estimate the expected annual average concentrations of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (if discharges are intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual averages should be estimated.)
County Total Census Block Groups Number of Census Block Groups with Potentially Affected Minority Populations Number of Census Block Groups with Potentially Affected Low- Income Populations Black or African American American Indian or Alaska Native Asian Native Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander Other Race
Specify the dilution factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations where the dilution factors are applicable.


Hispanic, Latino, or Spanish Origin Aggregate
Provide data on recreational and similar use of receiving water and its shoreline, e.g.,
swimming, fishing, picnicking, hunting, clam digging. Include any persons who derive the major parts of their incomes from water adjacent to the site and Indicate the amount of time spent per year in this activity.


State 1
i5


County 1
Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should be included, such as the number of acres irrigated, points at which irrigation water is drawn (downstream from the site), what type(s) of crops are produced within 50 miles of the site and the yield of each crop per acre.


County 2
Provide data on the commercial fish and seafood catch (number of pounds per year of each species within the region). Include any harvest and usage of seaweed or other aquatic plant life.


County 3  
Determine the expected radionuclide concentrations in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human food chains. Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 5.2.3 or supply others as necessary.


State 2
Calculate the following, using the above information and any other necessary supporting data (provide details and models of the calculation as an appendix):
Total body and significant organ doses (rem/year)
to individuals in the population from all receiving water-related exposure pathways, i.e.,
all sources of internal and external exposure.


County 4
5.3.3 Gaseous effluen:.
From release rates of radioactive gases and meteorological data (Sections 3.5 and 2.6, respectively), estimate total body and significant organ doses (rem/year)
to individuals exposed at the point of maximum ground-level concentrations off-site.


County 5
Assume annual average meteorological conditions for a BWR and limiting meteorological conditions for a PWR. Identify locations of points of release (stack, roof vent, etc.) used in calculations.


Total
Estimate deposition ot radioactive halogens and particulates on food crops and pasture grass.


Shaded rows indicate counties in the economic region.
Consider maximum ground-level deposition on pasture grass, even though milk cows may not be grazing there at the present time. Estimate total body and thyroid doses (rem/year) and significant doses received by other organs via such potential pathways (include, in particular, the air-grass-milk pathway).
Provide an appendix describing the models used in these calculations.


*
5.3.4 Direct radiation
Discussion of minority or low-income migrant communities. Migrant communities refer to communities that may establish residence temporarily or seasonally, based on the availability of agricultural or construction work. For example, migrant agricultural workers may move in to local campgrounds or establish makeshift camps during particular harvest seasons. Migrant construction workers may do likewise during construction of a new subdivision or other substantial projects near the site.
5.3.4.1 Radiation from facility The applicant should provide, an estimate of the total external dose (rem/year) anC the total population external dose (man-rem/year) received by individuals outside the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation emitted by turbines and radioactive waste vessels.


2.5.2 Identification of Potential Pathways and Communities with Unique Characteristics The applicant should identify any potential pathways that could result in disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects to potentially affected EJ populations.
In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates received by individuals in nearby schools, hospitals. or other publicly used facilities.


Methodology and Analysis Subsistence practices and communities with unique characteristics should be a focus of the analysis of potential pathways considered in the EJ analysis. The applicant should coordinate its EJ
5.3.4.2 Transportation of radioactive materials Radioactive materials to be shipped to and from the plant during its operation have been identified and described in Section
3.8.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 48 analysis with the historic and cultural resources analysis to identify any potential American Indian Tribal linkages to traditional or culturally important resources (e.g., culturally important activities, lands, or waters).
In this Section the direct radiation exposure of man attributable to the transportation of these materials should be estimated.
Subsistence Subsistence refers to the activities of low-income communities, households, or individuals to acquire resources by nonmarket means such as home gardening, fishing, hunting, and gathering.


Subsistence practices can accomplish the following:
The applicant should identify the supplier of the fresh fuel and the most likely route to be taken by the carrier from the point of supply to the plant.
*
Provide direct income through sale of harvested resources (e.g., cord wood or mistletoe sales).
*
Supplement household income by substituting wild or home produced foods for commercially purchased foods, freeing up available income to be applied to other expenses.


*
The distance, most likely mode of transport and details of shipment should be described.
Facilitate participation in a traditional ecologically based American Indian lifestyle through the consumption of traditional animal or plant species or through activities on traditional lands.


The existence of specific subsistence and related resource dependencies attributable to any site are most commonly documented by direct observation and interviews with local minority and low-income community leaders. The applicant should determine whether any EJ communities in close proximity to the site or proposed offsite facilities exhibit these practices. Outreach activities should provide a basis for identifying whether such activities may be present near the site.
The latter discussion should include information on the number of fuel elements per package, number of packages per vehicle (truck, barge, railroad car)and the probable number of shipments per year. The applicant should estimate the radiological dosage, if any, to drivers, helpers and population along the transport route.


EJ Communities with Unique Characteristics For the purposes of NRC environmental reviews, unique EJ communities refers to traditional, cultural or religious communities with specific ties to the lands or waters near the site. For example, American Indian Tribes may have specific rights or a cultural or spiritual attachment to natural resources at a site (e.g., wild rice, sweet grasses, and other traditional medicines). However, unique EJ community characteristics can also be physical, such as local community access routes that facilitate a communitys ability to function normally.6 Low-income communities with unique characteristics may be found in areas of low-income housing (private or federally subsidized). The nature of the unique characteristic of a low- income community may need to be determined by interviews and community visits. The applicant should remain sensitive to how project-related activities at the proposed plant could create pathways for a disproportionately high and adverse impact on such communities.
Similar information concerning shipments of irradiated fuel should be
,upplied by the applicant.


Description in the ER
In connection with the description of shipment details, the applicant should indicate the method of in-transit cooling and the methods used to contain leaking fuel assemblies. The applicant should estimate the radiological doses in man-rem per trip and per year to drivers, helpers and population along the transport route.
The ER should contain the following:
*
Discussion highlighting the methods used to identify EJ-related practices or resources described above.


6 For instance, in the case of Louisiana Energy Services (CLI-98-3, 47 NRC 77 (1998)) (Ref. 43), the planned closure of a small rural road would have prevented the north-south movement of a local low-income African-American community to and from their local church. And in the case of the V.C. Summer new reactor combined license (Ref.
4 I
4
16


44), traffic during commute times was found to impede local low-income foot traffic that served the local communitys most used route to market.
For other radioactive wastes to be shipped from the plant, the applicant should identify the disposal site and its distance from the plant, the most likely route of transport, mode of transport as well as the type of packaging, the number, weight and activities of packages to be shipped each year.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 49
The applicant should estimate the radiological doses in man-rem per trip and per year to driver, helpers and population along the transport route.
*
Description of any potential pathways that could result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts to minority or low-income populations that would require further analysis in Chapters 4 and 5.


2.6 Historic and Cultural Resources Historic and cultural resources are the remains of past human activities and include prehistoric and historic era archaeological sites, historic districts, and buildings, as well as any site structure or object that may be considered eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP). Historic and cultural resources also include traditional cultural properties important to a living community of people for maintaining its culture. Historic and cultural resources are deemed to be historically significant if they have been determined eligible for or have been listed on the NRHP. A historic property is a historic or cultural resource that is eligible for or listed on the NRHP.7 National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), requires Federal agencies to take into account the potential effects of their actions on the cultural environment.
5.3.5 Other exposure pathways Provide estimates of individual total body doses (rem/year)
and population total body doses (man-rein/year) that could be received via pathways other than those previously discussed. Discuss any exposure pathways.


The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (NHPA) (54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.) requires Federal agencies to consider the impacts of their undertakings on historic properties and consult with the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO) or a American Indian Tribes on a government-to-government basis, and other parties with an interest in the effects of the undertaking, including local governments and the public, as applicable.
if they exist, involving radionuclides accumulated in sediments or in other components of the environment.


The applicant should use Section 106 of the NHPA, and implementing regulations at 36 CFR
(See Section 5.2.2.)
Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties (Ref. 46), as a guide for providing historic and cultural resource information in the ER. In accordance with 36 CFR Part 800, an applicant should engage with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties for the purposes of gathering information in developing its ER. 8 Information gathering by an applicant is not considered consultation pursuant to
5.3.6 Summary of annual radiation doses The applicant should present a table that summarizes the estimated radiation dose to the regional population from all plant-related sources using values calculated in previous Sections.
36 CFR 800. Consultation with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties is the responsibility of the NRC.


The applicant should determine the boundaries of the proposed direct (e.g., physical) and indirect (e.g., visual and auditory) area of potential effects (APE) 9 to be recommended to the NRC. Once the proposed APE has been determined, the applicant should conduct cultural resource investigations to identify historic and cultural resources located within the APE, determine if they are eligible for listing on the NRHP, assess affects, and develop avoidance or mitigation plans to resolve adverse effect
The tabulation should include (a) the total body doses to the population (man-rem/year)  
from all receiving water-related pathways and (b) the total distances from the point of discharge should be provided. The effects on terrestrial and aquatic environments from chemical wastes which contaminate ground water should be included.


====s. The NRC ====
The effects of chemicals in cooling tower blowdown and drift on the environment should also be considered in this Section.
will use this information to support its Section 106 consultation and assessment of effects for the proposed project.


7 As defined in 36 CFR 800.16(l)(1), Historic property means any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, structure, or object included in, or eligible for inclusion in, the National Register of Historic Places maintained by the Secretary of Interior. This term includes artifacts, records, and remains that are related to and located within such properties. As defined in 36 CFR 800.16(l)(2), The term eligible for inclusion in the National Register includes both properties formally determined as such in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of the Interior and all other properties that meet National Register listing criteria. National Register criteria for listing are found in 36 CFR Part 60
5.5 Effects of sanitary and other waste discharges Sanitary and other waste systems have been described in Section 3.7. Treat the expected discharges as in Section 5.4.
(Ref. 45), National Register of Historic Places.


8 Pursuant to 36 CFR 800.2(c)(2)(ii), the NRC is responsible for consulting with American Indian Tribes that attaches religious and cultural significance to historic properties that may be affected by an undertaking.
5.6 Effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system The environmental effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the pre-existing network must be evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear the applicant's plans for maintenance of the right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of use.Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land resources, and scenic values should be evaluated.


9 As defined in 36 CFR 800.16(d), Area of potential effects means the geographic area or areas within which an undertaking may directly or indirectly cause alterations in the character or use of historic properties, if any such properties exist. The area of potential effects is influenced by the scale and nature of an undertaking and may be different for different kinds of effects caused by the undertaking.
This Section of the Report should also reference the applicant's estimate of any electrical effects of potential environmental significance which were, previously identified and discussed in Section 3.9.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 50
5.7 Other effects The applicant should discuss any effects of plant operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic of Sections 5.1 to 5.6. These may include changes in land and water use at the plant site, interaction of the plant with other neighboring plants, and disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those discussed in Sections 5.3 through 5.5.
Consistent with 36 CFR 800.16(d), the NRC typically defines the APE as the area or areas at the power plant site and the immediate environs that may be directly or indirectly impacted by building and operating the proposed new unit(s). The applicant should describe the proposed project area and provide the following information in the ER:
*
A U.S. Geological Survey Quadrangle map that identifies the direct and indirect APEs.


*
5.8 Resources committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources due to plant operation. This discussion should include both direct commitments,. such as depletion of uranium resources, and Irreversible environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife habitat.
Legal description of the APE appropriate for the proposed project area. Note that not all areas of the U.S. (i.e., the original 13 colonies) use the Public Land Survey System (e.g., township, range, and section information).
*
Aerial photos of the proposed project site before any land disturbing activities commence.


*
body doses t
Identification of any parts of the APE that are Federal, State, or Tribal-owned (i.e., not privately owned) lands.
(man-rem/year)  
ati effluents out to a miles from the site.


2.6.1 Cultural Background This section of the ER should provide a discussion of the historic use of the land and the activities that have occurred within the APE and the surrounding area. This includes a description of the cultural history of the region (including the proposed project site) from the beginning of human settlement to the present, and summarizes how this information was collected for the proposed APE. Information can be derived from background research (literature review and site file search) and from the use of plat and other historic maps showing ownership, acreage, property boundaries, and the location of existing or former historic structures. Other sources that can assist with description of the cultural background include land records, archival sources, local museums or historical societies, libraries, planning documents, mapping/imaging, and online sources. If available, consult ethnohistoric sources to identify American Indian Tribes and other groups that may have historic and cultural ties to the proposed project area.
o the population tributable to gaseous distance at least of 50
5.4 Effects of chemical and biocide discharges Chemical and biocide discharges have been described in Section 3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections 2.5 and 3.3. In this Section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be compared with natural ambient concentrations without the discharge and also compared with applicable water standards.


2.6.2 Historic and Cultural Resources at the Site and in the Vicinity This section of the ER should provide a description of historic and cultural resources identified within the direct and indirect APEs (e.g., transmission line corridors, and in the vicinity). All cultural resource survey reports that are developed to identify and assess effects to historic and cultural resources should be referenced and submitted with the license application. However, information (i.e., reports, maps, and site forms) that discloses the locations of unevaluated, potentially eligible, or eligible historic properties (e.g., archaeological sites) should be withheld from public disclosure. This information may be protected under NHPA Section 304 (54 U.S.C. 100707), especially if there is a risk of harm to the resource. The NRC protects cultural resource information disclosing the location of cultural resources (e.g., maps) under Section 304 of the NHPA, consistent with 10 CFR 2.390(a)(3). Section 304 of NHPA
The projected effects of the effluents for both acute and chronic exposure of the biota (including any long-term buildup in sediments and in the biota) should be identified and discussed.
requires the NRC to withhold from disclosure to the public, information about the location, character, or ownership of a historic resource if the agency and the Secretary of the Interior agree that disclosure may
(1) cause a significant invasion of privacy, (2) risk harm to the historic resource, or (3) impede the use of a traditional religious site by practitioners. Applicants should discuss with the staff during pre- application interactions how to handle sensitive historic information.


The applicant should rely on qualified professionals who meet the Secretary of Interiors standards, 36 CFR Part 61, Professional Qualification Standards (Ref. 47), to develop the historic and cultural resource sections in the ER. The applicant is encouraged to engage the NRC staff as early as possible in the planning process, in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff, to
Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving waters should be discussed in detail and estimates of concentrations at various
17


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 51 avoid issues related to disclosing sensitive location information related to historic and cultural resources when drafting the ER.
In this discussion the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the immediate region. Such a loss however, in the case of a small local population, could be less serious if the same species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in the environs. These relative assessments should accordingly include statements expressed in percentage terms in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in which tile total in the immediate region is related to that in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in terms of areas and distances from the site.


The ER should provide the following information:
In evaluating long-term effects for their net consequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, the impact of thermal and chemical discharges on fish. There may be severe losses in the local discharge area. However, the slight temperature elevation of neighboring regions of the water body, together with possible synergistic effects of diluted chemical discharges, may augment the spawning rate. In such a case the local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important species, caused by, or expected to be caused by, the operation of the plant should be examined with the view of determining whether they represent long-term net losses or long-term net gains. The considerations are also applicable to Sections 9 and 10 of the Report.
*
description of all past and current historic and cultural resource investigations conducted to identify historic and cultural resources within and surrounding the APE 
*
documentation of field methods used to identify resources within the APE, 
*
description of all historic and cultural resources, (e.g., prehistoric and historic archaeological sites, standing structures, cemeteries, and traditional cultural properties), and isolated finds and features
*
evaluation of historic and cultural resources for NRHP eligibility (i.e., historic properties)
including:
- description of the process and methods used to evaluate these resources
- documentation of SHPO, THPO, and American Indian Tribes concurrence with process, methods, and conclusions
2.6.3 Consultation Consultation is the responsibility of the Federal agency, and the NRC is required to take the lead on consulting with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes (on a government-to-government basis),  
and interested parties as outlined in 36 CFR 800; consultation is not the responsibility of the applicant. 10
The applicant should engage with these parties to gather sufficient information pertinent to the NHPA
Section 106 review process in order to assist the NRC in the timely completion of its NHPA Section 106 compliance requirements. The ER should contain a summary of the applicants initial outreach efforts to date, including the process used to identify American Indian Tribes and potential interested parties about the proposed project. The applicant should evaluate the significance of the historic and cultural resources and assess any effects the proposed project may have on them. For areas not surveyed (e.g., areas too disturbed or devoid of potential historic and cultural resources), proper documentation, a basis for exclusion, and concurrence on survey methodology from the SHPO should be provided.


The ER should contain copies of all correspondence with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, or members of the public with whom the applicant engaged to gather information about historic and cultural resources within the APE. These documents should be included in an Appendix of the ER.
6.


Applicants may refer to NEI 10-07 regarding the information gathering process, engaging with potential consulting parties, and the importance of early coordination.
EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURE-
MENTS AND MONITORING PROGRAMS
The purposes of this Section are to describe in detail the means by which the applicant collected the baseline data presented in other Sections and to describe the applicant's plans and programs for monitoring the environmental impacts of site preparation, plant construction and operation.


10 
Section 6.1 is addressed to the measurement ot pre-existing characteristics of the site and the surrounding region. This program will establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent environmental effects attributable to the activity.
If an applicant is corresponding with Indian tribes before the NRC initiates government-to-government consultation, then the applicant should clarify to the Indian tribes that the NRC will be initiating and conducting government-to¬
government consultation at a later date for the project. A federally recognized Indian tribe is not obligated to consult with an applicant or share information about properties of religious and cultural significance with an applicant. A
federally recognized tribe may prefer to communicate directly with NRC at the government-to-government level.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 52
The applicant's attention is directed to two considerations pertinent to this Section. First, the term "pre-existing" means, in all cases, at least pre-operational. A given characteristic or parameter may or may not require assessment prior to site preparation and plant construction, depending on whether that particular characteristic may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this Guide indicates the specific environmental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the parameters to be measured will be apparent. In some cases, it may be necessary for the applicant to establish a monitoring program based on his own identification of potential or possible effects and to provide his underlying rationale for such. Accordingly, the applicant should carefully review the plans for measurement of pre-existing conditions to ensure that these plans include all factors which must be subsequently monitored during plant operation, as discussed in Section 6.2.
2.7 Air Resources The applicant should describe the climate, meteorology, and air quality of the site and surrounding region, summarize atmospheric dispersion characteristics at the site, and provide details of the onsite meteorological monitoring program. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data used, resulting output, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


2.7.1 Climate The applicant should provide a description of the regional climate and meteorological conditions at the site and include sufficient data to permit an independent evaluation by the NRC staff. The following information should be provided:
Sampling design, frequency, methodology (including calibration and checks with standards)
*
and instrumentation for both collection and analysis are to be discussed and justified as applicable.
A discussion of the sources of climate and meteorological information (e.g., nearby National Weather Service stations and onsite meteorological stations), periods of record, station locations, and station representativeness of local and regional meteorology.


*
Information should be provided on instrument sensitivity and, especially for highly automated systems, reliability.
A description of the general climate of the region with respect to types of air masses, synoptic features (e.g., high- and low-pressure systems and frontal systems and principal storm tracks),
general airflow patterns, temperature and humidity characteristics, precipitation, and any mesoscale circulations (e.g., valley flow and land-sea/lake breeze).
*
Description of topographic features in the immediate vicinity of the onsite meteorological tower and within a 50-mi radius of the proposed plant, including any modifications attributable to the proposed plant that could influence meteorological instrumentation.


*
6.1 Applicant's pre-operational environmental programs The programs for collection of environmental data prior to operation should be described in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The description of these programs should be confined principally to technical descriptions of instrumentation, technique, and procedures. Organizational aspects such as scheduling or validation are relevant only as they may bear upon technical program characteristics.
Summaries of onsite monthly and annual wind roses and comparisons to nearby representative stations using the wind speed classes defined of RG 1.23, Meteorological Monitoring Programs for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 48), for a consecutive 24-month period of data that is not older than 10 years from the date of the application (and preferably three or more years of data if available).
*
Summaries of onsite diurnal, monthly, and annual air temperatures and comparisons to regional climatic averages and extremes. Climatic normals are typically defined as 30-year averages.


*
Where information from the literature has been used by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and documented by reference to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support important conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide either extensive quotations or references to accessible secondary sources.' In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicant's field measurements.
Summaries of onsite diurnal, monthly, and annual dewpoint temperatures (or other measurements of atmospheric moisture) and comparisons to climatic averages and extremes.


*
'Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environmental impact of the proposed action should be included as appendices or supplements to the Environmental Report, unless the reports are otherwise generally available.
Summaries of onsite monthly and annual precipitation and snowfall amounts and comparisons to climatic averages and extremes.


*
4
Summaries of monthly and annual occurrences of heavy fog (i.e., visibility less than 0.4 km
4
(0.25 mi)) and appropriate summaries of other parameters (e.g., icing) to support the description of cooling-system impacts.
!
18


*
6.1.1 Surface waters When a body of surface water may be affected by the proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the applicant should describe the programs by which the background condition of the water and the related ecology were determined. In cases where a natural water body has already been subjected io environmental stress from pollutant sources, the nature of this stress and its consequences should be evaluated.
Summaries of onsite monthly and annual atmospheric stability.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 53
The applicant should then estimate the potential quality of the affected water body, assuming removal of the existing pollutant ,,ources; knowledge of this quality level will permit evaluation of any adverse effect of the proposed facility.
*
Annual joint frequency distributions of wind speed and wind direction by atmospheric stability class for measurement heights and wind speed classes as defined in RG 1.23.


*
6.1.1.1 Physical and chemical parameters The programs and methods for measuring physical and chemical parameters of potentially affected surface waters should be described.
Estimates of monthly and seasonal mixing-heights, including frequency and duration (persistence) of inversion conditions.


*
The sampling program should be presented in sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth) and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling frequency),
A description of the severe weather phenomena (e.g., hurricanes, tornadoes and waterspouts, thunderstorms, severe wind events, lightning, and hail) affecting the site and vicinity, including seasonal and annual frequencies.
giving due consideration to seasonal changes in effluent. This description of data collection programs should include methods used in determining the pre-existing condition of the surface waters with respect to any parameters which might change as a result of plant operation.


*
This discussion should include a description of the techniques used to identify any condition that might lead to interactions with plant discharges, for example, the presence of impurities in a water body which may react synergistically with heated effluent.
Discussion of potential climate change in the vicinity of the site over the period encompassing the licensing action and impacts on relevant meteorological parameters (e.g., temperature, precipitation, and the frequency and severity of storms). This discussion should be based on assessments conducted by Federal agencies with a mandate to evaluate the effects of climate change (e.g., latest U.S. Global Change Research Program Report), but applicable regional and local studies conducted by other entities may be included. Climate change in the affected environment section should cover the project life and resources that are likely to be impacted by climate change during this period.


2.7.2 Air Quality The applicant should describe the air quality at the site and surrounding region and provide sufficient detail to evaluate impacts from building and operating the plant. The following information should be provided:
In addition to describing the programs for obtaining the data, the applicant should also describe the computational models used in predicting effects. The applicant should indicate how the models were verified and calibrated.
*
A description of the site and regional air quality, including the Air Quality Control Region as listed in 40 CFR Part 81, Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes (Ref. 49).
*
Identification of any nonattainment or maintenance areas with respect to criteria air pollutants identified in 40 CFR Part 50, National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards (Ref. 50). This should include the county the site is located and surrounding counties
*
Location of nearest Mandatory Federal Class 1 Areas (40 CFR Part 81), where air quality and visibility are protected under the Regional Haze Program.


*
6.1.1.2 Ecological parameters The applicant should describe the preoperational program used to assess the ecological characteristics identified in Section 2.7. Those portions of the program concerned with determining the presence and abundance of species should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern and duration of observation.
Discussion of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and estimates of yearly emissions (expressed in units of carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalents11) at a global, national, and State level and, if available, provide State or Public Utility Commission GHG emission reduction goals. This discussion should be based on values provided by Federal agencies with a mandate to estimate GHG emissions and is needed to provide context for GHG emissions from the proposed project (Ref. 15.). 
2.7.3 Atmospheric Dispersion The applicant should provide short-term dispersion estimates for use in evaluation of dose from design-basis accidents and long-term dispersion and deposition estimates for evaluation of radiological impacts from normal operations. The applicant should provide meteorological data from at least two


11 Carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalents is a metric used to compare the emissions of GHG based on their global warming potential (GWP). GWP is the total energy that a gas absorbs over a period of time, compared to CO2. Carbon dioxide equivalent is obtained by multiplying the amount of the GHG by the associated GWP.
The applicant should describe how taxonomic determinations were made and validated.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 54 consecutive annual cycles (and preferably three or more entire years), including the most recent one-year period, at the time of application submittal. If two years of onsite data are not available at the time the application is submitted, the applicant should provide at least one annual cycle of meteorological data collected onsite with the application. Hourly averages of onsite meteorological parameters should be provided using the recommended electronic data format described in Appendix A of the most current revision of RG 1.23. Sufficient input data should be included to permit independent evaluations and assessments of atmospheric diffusion characteristics and station impacts on the environment.
In this connection, the applicant should discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or other means whereby consistent identification will be assured.


Short-Term Dispersion Estimates Consistent with RG 1.206 (Ref. 10), the applicant should provide estimates of atmospheric dispersion factors (/Q values) at the site exclusion area boundary (EAB) and at the outer boundary of the low-population zone (LPZ) for appropriate time periods using realistic (50th percentile) meteorology. For the EAB, provide the 2-hour 50th percentile /Q estimate. For the LPZ, provide the 50th percentile /Q
Describe the methods used or to be used for observing natural variations of ecological parameters.
estimate for: (1) the 8-hour time period from 0 to 8 hours; (2) the 16-hour period from 8 to 24 hours; (3)
the 3-day period from 1 to 4 days; and (4) the 26-day period from 4 to 30 days.


RG 1.145, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 51), provides guidance for calculating EAB and LPZ /Q values. The applicant should adequately describe the methods for generating these distributions. Discussion of the effects of topography and nearby bodies of water on short-term dispersion estimates should be provided.
If these methods will involve indicator organisms, the criteria for their selection should be presented.


Long-Term Dispersion Estimates Consistent with NRC guidance in RG 1.111, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors (Ref. 52),
The applicant should discuss the rationale for predicting which non-lethal physiological and behavioral responses of important species may be affected because of construction and operation of the facility.
the applicant should provide estimates of annual average /Q and deposition (D/Q) at appropriate locations (e.g., site boundary, nearest vegetable garden, nearest residence, nearest milk animal, and nearest meat cow in each 221/2-degree direction sector within a 5-mi radius of the site), at points of maximum individual exposure, and at points within a radial grid of sixteen 221/2-degree sectors (e.g., centered on true north, north-northeast, northeast) and extending to a distance of 50 mi from the station. A set of data points should be located within each sector at increments of 0.25 mi out to a distance of 1 mi from the plant, at increments of 0.5 mi from a distance of 1 to 5 mi, at increments of 2.5 mi from a distance of 5 to 10 mi, and at increments of 5 mi thereafter to a distance of 50 mi. Estimates of /Q
(undecayed and undepleted; depleted for radioiodines) and D/Q radioiodines and particulates should be provided at each of these grid points.


Regulatory Guide 1.111 presents criteria for characterizing /Q and D/Q conditions for evaluating the consequences of routine releases. The applicant should describe the methods for generating these /Q
This discussion should be appropriately correlated with the description of the monitoring program.
and D/Q values. The applicant should provide a detailed description of the model inputs, including the suitability of input parameters, source configuration, and topography. The meteorological data used as input to the models should be provided.


2.7.4 Meteorological Monitoring The applicant should describe the preoperational and operational programs for meteorological measurements at the site, including all data-collection programs used to describe the site meteorological and atmospheric dispersion characteristics. The description should include the following:
Sources of parameters of lethality for organisms potentially affected by plant discharges should be identified.
*
A site map showing tower locations with respect to man-made structures, topographic features, and other site features that may influence site meteorological measurements.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 55
The methodology for determining such parameters should be reviewed with respect to applicability to actual local conditions to be anticipated during operation, including interactive effects among multiple effluents and existing constituents of the surface water body concerned.
*
Distances to nearby obstructions of the flow in each downwind sector.


*
6.1.2 Ground water In those cases in which the proposed facility or a practicable design alternative may potentially affect local ground water, the program leading to assessment of potential effects should be described.
Discussion of measurements made; instruments and performance specifications; measurement elevations and instrument siting; calibration and maintenance procedures; data output and recording systems and locations; and data processing, archiving, and analysis procedures.


*
6.1.2.1 Physical and chemical parameters The properties and configuration of the local aquifer will have been defined in sufficient detail (in Section
Estimates of overall system accuracy for each meteorological parameter measured.
2.5) to permit a reasonable projection of effects of plant operation on the
19


Regulatory Guide 1.23 provides guidance for an onsite meteorological measurements program that the NRC staff considers acceptable for the collection of basic meteorological data needed to support plant licensing and operation.
ground water. Methods for obtaining information on ground water levels and ground water quality should be described.


2.8 Nonradiological Health The applicant should describe the environment at the site and within the vicinity of the site with respect to existing nonradiological human-health. This includes the identification of people or groups that could be vulnerable to nonradiological health impacts including public health, etiological agents, transportation activities, noise and electromagnetic fields. This section provides the basis for evaluation of impacts on human health from building and operating the proposed project.
6.1.2.2 Models Models may be used to predict effects, such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion of contaminants, and eventual transport through aquifers to surface water bodies. The models should be described and supporting evidence for their reliability and validity presented.


2.8.1 Public and Occupational Health The applicant should identify the State agency or office or Federal agency with regulatory jurisdiction over the public and occupational health at the site and in the vicinity. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
6.1.3 Air The applicant ,!-ould describe the program for obtaining information on local air quality, if wIlcv:,nt, and local meteorology.
*
Description of the regulations related to potential impacts on public and occupational health at the site and in the vicinity,  
*
Identification of people or groups in the vicinity that could be vulnerable to nonradiological health impacts from building- and operations-related activities (e.g., construction workers, workers at any co-located plants, nearby residents, transients and recreational visitors).
*
Description of any existing issues involving hazardous chemicals on or near the site.


Occupational Injuries
The description should show the basis for predicting such effects as the dispersion of gaseous effluents and alteration of local climate (e.g., fogging and icing) as well as present the methodology for gathering baseline data.
*
A discussion of Federal and State statistics for occupational injuries and illnesses related to similar projects. Federal statistics are available from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.


*
6.1.3.1 Meteorology The applicant should identify sources of meteorological data relevant to such effects as the dispersion of water vapor, dissolved solids and particulates carried by droplets. Locations of observation stations, instrumentation, and frequency and duration of measurements should be specified both for the applicant's measuring activities and for activities of governmental agencies or other organizations on whose information the applicant intends to rely.
A description of existing safety standards, practices, and mitigation procedures for avoiding or minimizing the incidence of injuries and illnesses to workers and the public.


Etiological Agents and Emerging Contaminants Etiological agents are disease-causing organisms that affect human health. Some of these disease- causing organisms have been associated with the operation of station cooling systems. Etiological agents have been referred to as thermophilic microorganisms in previous NRC documents (e.g., NUREG-
6.1.3.2 Models Any models used by the applicant either to derive estimates of basic meteorological information or to estimate the effects of effluent systems should be described and their validity and accuracy discussed.
1555). Etiological agents associated with nuclear power stations include more than just thermophilic microorganisms and may be present in elevated numbers in unheated systems as well as in cooling systems, receiving and source waterbodies, and site sewage treatment facilities.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 56 Contaminants and materials are being discovered in water where they previously had not been detected or are being detected at levels that may be significantly different than expected. The proposed use of reclaimed water or impaired water sources for station cooling raises a potential human health and ecological concern related to the release of these chemicals and materials to the environment. These chemicals or materials, found in reclaimed and contaminated source water in very low concentrations, potentially could be harmful to humans and the environment.
6.1.4 Land Data collection programs concerning the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility should be described and justified with regard to both scope and methodology.


The applicant should provide the following information:
* 6.1.4.1 Geology and soils Geological studies conducted in support of safety analyses should be briefly summarized and reference made to the rulevant safety reports for a more detailed presentation. The applicant should describe the collection of data on any soil conditions that may be altered by plant construction and operation. The description should include identification of the sampling pattern and the justification for its selection, the sampling method, holding periods and pre-analysis treatment, and analytic techniques.
*
A description and the incidence of organisms of concern for public and occupational health, including enteric pathogens (e.g., Salmonella spp. and Pseudomonas aeruginosa), thermophilic fungi, bacteria (e.g., Legionella spp. and Vibrio spp.), dinoflagellates (Karenia brevis), blue- green algae, and free-living amoeba (e.g., Naegleria fowleri and Acanthamoeba spp.) during the previous 10 years in the state that the site is located.


*
6.1.4.2 Land use and demographic surveys The applicant should describe his program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring demographic data for the region.
Characteristics of the site that could encourage the growth and distribution of etiological agents.


*
Sources of information should be identified and their accuracy assessed.
A summary of all the chemicals and materials that are known from the influent for stations using reclaimed water or impaired water for cooling.


*
Methods used to forecast from data should be described.
The ER should reference information from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, State public health agencies, and local health agencies.


2.8.2 Noise The applicant should characterize the existing noise environment at the site. The description should include the following:
6.1.4.3 Ecological parameters In this Section the applicant should discuss the program used to assess the ecological characteristics of the site with primary reference to important terrestrial biota.
*
General description of the site with respect to noise (e.g., rural, industrial, etc.).
*
Location of the closest noise-sensitive human receptors, including (if within a reasonable distance) closest residence, closest public building, closest recreational area, and closest industrial site.


*
In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic biota (Section
Results of any ambient noise studies that have been conducted, including the locations of noise sources and measurements, and corresponding noise levels, including meteorological conditions during the measurement period and the resulting effects on the measured noise levels. Any such ambient noise studies should be performed at a representative number of locations, including measurement at the closest noise-sensitive human receptors (see next bullet), each of which is sampled over a number of days that include weekday, weekend, and seasonal variations in noise levels.
6.1.1.2).
However, the difference in habitat, differences in animal physiology and other pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design of the assessment program.


*
The applicant
Noise regulations or ordinances, including Federal, State, and local code and regulations.
.ý.,ould present, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its predictive aspects and the details of its methodology.


2.8.3 Transportation The applicant should describe the existing road transportation networks for the site, vicinity and region. These discussions will become the basis for analyses in the land use and socioeconomic sections.
6.1.5 Radiological surveys This Section of the Environmental Report should discuss the methods used to determine the pre-operational radiation levels at the site and environs and the
4
4
4
20


The description should include the following:
concenlrations of any radioactive materials occurring in important local and regional biota, as well as in soil, rocks and surface waters (see Section 2.8).
The methods used should be thoroughly described and documented. The discussion should include identification of sampling or collection sites, sampling methods, duration and frequency, and analytical procedures (including pre-analysis treatment, instruminentation and mininiuni sensitivities) as applicable.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 57
6.2 Applicant's proposed operational monitoring programs Tile applicant should present the proposed operational monitoring program for the facility.
*
Roads: Include carrying capacity and condition, availability and type of public transportation; and planned modifications that might affect traffic flow to and from the proposed plant site. Describe road and highway use in industry-standard terms (e.g., Level of Service designation or similar process). Discuss current and projected trends for usage of these routes, including any existing plant-related commuter patterns for operations and outages. State whether or not heavy-haul roads will be needed.


*
Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant includes maps of observation sites and tabnlar presentation of summary descriptors of such facto:s as frequency, type of sampling, method of collection, analytic method, holding times and pre-analysis treatment, instrumentation, and minimum sensitivities. The program description should be explidt with respect to the parameter limits that are not to be exceeded under normal operating conditions and with regard to the actions planned in the event th'!
Current accident statistics for the regional transportation networks.
limits are exceeded.


2.8.4 Electromagnetic Fields The applicant should provide information about the existing sources of electromagnetic fields (EMFs) in the vicinity and region and the electric shock and chronic effects of transmission lines. The information provided in the ER should include the following:
6.2.1 Radiological monitoring The applicant's operational monitoring program for radiological effects should be described both for the plant monitoring system and the environmental monitoring program.
*
Electric and magnetic fields for existing or anticipated transmission lines. In the United States, transmission lines operate at a frequency of 60 Hz (60 cycles per second), which is considered to be extremely low frequency.


*
6.2.1.1 Plant monitoring system Describe, in general, in-plant monitoring systems for radioactive liquid and gaseous effluents. Discuss the sensitivity limits for detecting radioactivity corresponding to rc:,,drnely expected release rates. List the effluent streams, if any, that wili not be monitored and provide brief rationale for the absence of monitoring.
Electric shocks from exposure to energized conductors or from induced charges in metallic structures.


*
6.2.1.2 Environmental radiological monitoring The operational surveillance program should be described in detail, with specific allention given to lhe types of samples to be collected, sampling locations and frequency, and tlhe analyses to be performed on each sample.
Any new information regarding whether a consensus has been reached by the appropriate Federal health agencies pertaining to the effects of long-term or chronic exposure to EMFs. These health effects have been studied for several years and were evaluated in NUREG-1437, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants, Initial (Ref. 53), and Revision 1 (Ref. 54), (NUREG-1437).
2.9 Radiological Environment and Radiological Monitoring The purpose of a radiological environmental monitoring program (REMP), which is located in the Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, is to provide a basis for evaluating concentrations of radioactive materials and radiation levels in the environment from radiological releases once a reactor is operational.


A well-designed and well-implemented environmental program will characterize the environment before operations to allow future reasonable, direct comparison with data collected after power operation begins.
The analytical sensitivity (detection threshold) for e.jclh analysis and tile schedule for reporting data collected froni the surveillance program should be discussed.


The preoperational program can also be used for all or some of the operational REMP.
6.2.2 Chemical effluent monitoring The proposed measurement program, including instrumentation, locations and frequencies, and analytical techniques, should be fully described. The description of the program should include inst r u me ntation sensitivity and.


According to RG 4.1, Radiological Environmental Monitoring for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref.
particularly in the case of automated systems, reliability. Monitoring procedures prescribed by local. State.


55), the preoperational monitoring program should be established and implemented at least 2 years before the initial facility operation; however, the preoperational REMP should be described in the ER.
or Federal agencies as conditions placed upon operation should be so identified.


For a partially developed or undeveloped site that does not have operating or permanently shut down reactors, the applicant should summarize any information available from the appropriate literature about background radiological characteristics of the site. This characterization should address the sources of natural background and the background radiation levels from those sources in the area surrounding the site. The naturally occurring background radiation dose rates at the site should be estimated and provided in the ER.
The criteria for setting threshold levels for corrective action should be presented. In the case of prescribed quantitative standards set by agencies, the applicable regulation should be cited. In the case of quantitative limits set by tile applicant to conform to qualitative standards or rest rictions, the applicant's rationale should be presented. In either case, the action to be taken if measurements exceed thresholds should be specified.


For a proposed new nuclear unit being constructed on or adjacent to currently operating or permanently shut down nuclear plants, information on background radiological characteristics should be provided from the Annual Radiological Environmental Operating Report and the Annual Radioactive
If the program for monitoring chemical effluents does not include monitoring substances which are naturally present in the intake water and are routinely discharged from the facility, the bases for these omissions should be verified.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 58 Effluent Release Report. The applicant should review approximately 5 years worth of data from the past reports and make a comparison of the exposures and concentrations in air, water, and vegetation between the preoperational monitoring and the operational monitoring results. A 5-year period provides a data set that covers a broad range of activities that occur at a nuclear power plant, such as refueling outages, routine operation and maintenance activities that can affect the generation and release of radioactive effluents into the environment. In addition, any special reporting requirements or special monitoring programs (e.g., groundwater-monitoring programs), whether industry- or NRC-initiated programs, and any event reports for groundwater contamination should be noted in the ER. The applicant should also review the volume and radioactivity content of radioactive solid waste generated each year and the number of shipments of waste and where the waste would be shipped.
6.2.3 Thermal effluent monitoring The proposed program for monitoring thermal effluents should be described and sampling sites located on maps or diagrams.


The type of data and information needed will be affected by site- and station-specific factors, and the degree of detail should be modified according to the anticipated magnitude of the potential radiological impacts of the radioactive effluents from the plant. The specific criteria for a radiological monitoring program can be found in RG 4.1.
Sampling procedures, schedules, and instrumentation sensitivity and reliability should be described.


To the extent the information is available, the ER should include the following information:
Applicable water quality standards should be cited. It should be made clear how conformance to such standards is verified.
*
A discussion of the environmental exposure pathways (i.e., air, water, and direct) as they relate to the type of reactor and local geography and terrain.


*
In particular, if conformance is inferred by extrapolation from measurements using a computational model, the validity of the
A map or aerial photograph of the site vicinity with proposed monitoring and sampling locations clearly identified and keyed to indicate the medium sampled at each location. The map or photograph should be suitable to show distance and direction of each location from the plant, particularly with regard to the effluent release points.
21


*
model should be reviewed. The applicant should present the criteria used to determine the action to be taken when surveillance indicates non-conformance:
A description of the existing monitoring program when appropriate, including (1) the number and location of sample collection points and measuring devices and the pathway sampled or measured; (2) sample size, sample collection frequency, and sampling duration; (3) type and frequency of analysis; (4) general types of sample collection and measuring equipment; (5) lower limit of detection for each analysis; (6) the approximate date on which the proposed program will be effective; and (7) the quality-assurance program for REMPs (see RG 4.15, Quality Assurance for Radiological Monitoring Programs (Inception through Normal Operations to License Termination)Effluent Streams and the Environment (Ref. 56)).
the specific remedial actions should be identified.
*
A discussion justifying the choice of sample sites, analyses, sampling frequencies, sampling and measuring durations, sample sizes, and lower limits of detection.


*
Obligations for reporting results should be stated and schedules presented.
A discussion of the amount of radioactive solid waste generated and transported from the five years of reports reviewed above.


*
6.2.4 Meteorological monitoring The applicant's program for monitoring meteorological phenomena should be described. In cases where possible fogging and icing in the environs are predicted. the quantitative levels of the phenomena to be observed should be specified. The applicant should describe plans for compiling data, verifying models, and accumulating results useful in planning other facilities. Means by which the meteorological effects of plant operation can be isolated from natural meteorological phenomena should be described. (This may include correlation of data with observations made at a site nearby, but out of range of significant effects originating within the site.) The applicant should indicate the action planned to mitigate adverse effects (e.g.,
If applicable, a description of NEI 07-07 Industry Ground Water Protection Initiative implementation (Ref. 57).  
Ihghway icing) in the event a real hazard develops.
*
A description of any NRC initiatives or radiological environmental reporting requirements.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 59 Chapter 3
6.2.5 Ecological monitoring In the pre-operational surveillance program the applicant will have established methodology for determining the ecological characteristics of the region. In principle, this methodology should be appropriate for the subsequent monitoring program to be maintained during plant operation. However, the applicant may choose to modify some aspects of his methodology in view of the requirement for protracted monitoring. Such aspects, may include frequency, observation sites and so forth. These should be described and justified. Also, the applicant should, in this Section, indicate how changes in the physiological and behavioral characteristics of the observed biota will be ascribed either to specific effects of plant operation or to natural variation.
3.0
Site Layout and Project Description As specified in 10 CFR 51.45(b), the environmental report (ER) shall contain a description of the proposed action. The ER should include sufficient information to describe the site layout, design, and the activities required to construct and operate the plant and associated structures and facilities as well as the physical activities involved in constructing and operating the plant. This description should be sufficiently detailed to support the staffs environmental impact conclusions.


3.1 External Appearance and Plant Layout A description of the overall appearance of the proposed plant and all associated facilities is needed to assess the physical scope of the proposed project and visual impacts. Associated facilities include any proposed new structures or structure modifications (onsite or offsite) that need to be completed for the proposed plant to be constructed or operated (e.g., transmission lines; road, rail, barge, or other transportation-related improvements; water-management structures or impoundments; borrow pits; and spoils storage areas).
6.3 Related environmental measurement and monitoring programs When the applicant's site lies within a region for which environmental measurement and/or monitoring programs are carried out by public or other agencies not directly supported by the applicant, these programs should be identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent findings to the proposed facility's effects should be described and plans for exchange of information should be presented.
The applicant should clearly define and use consistent site terminology (e.g., site, property, or project boundaries) throughout the ER. The ER should include the following information relating to the external appearance and layout of the proposed plant:
*
topographic maps of the proposed site and vicinity showing the layout of the proposed plant relative to the site and vicinity; the exclusion area; site boundary; waterbodies; existing and planned roads, rail lines, and utility corridors; liquid and gaseous release points (and their elevations); meteorological towers; land to be cleared; waste disposal areas; and other buildings and structures (both temporary and permanent) associated with the proposed project;
*
the relationship between the proposed plant and any existing units, structures or facilities, including removal or modification of existing structures;
*
whether proposed and existing units would share any proposed or existing facilities or structures;
*
a description of the proposed plant including any aesthetic principles and concepts used in the design and layout of the proposed facilities, and any plans to seclude and screen the facilities and to architecturally integrate the buildings and landscaping into the environs;
*
representative ground-level photographs of the site on which major station features are superimposed;
*
a low, oblique aerial photograph of the site and vicinity on which major station features are superimposed; and
*
an architectural rendering of the proposed project to include landscaping and all major station features.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 60
Agencies responsible for the programs should be identified and. to the extent possible, the procedures and methodologies employed should be described in the same manner as for the applicant's own programs.
3.2 Proposed Plant Structures, Systems and Components A description of the overall proposed nuclear energy generating system is important for the evaluation of environmental impacts resulting from the proposed project. The rated and design core thermal power, the rated and design gross electrical output, and the rated and design net electrical output (in megawatts [MW]) should be stated. The rated power is defined as the power level at which each reactor would be operated if licensed, and the design power is defined as the highest power level that would be permitted by the proposed plant design. The gross electrical output is the power level measured at the output terminals of the generator and expressed in MW(e). The net unit electrical output is equal to the gross electrical output minus the nominal service and auxiliary loads. The following information relating to the reactor-power-conversion system for the proposed plant should be included in the ER:
*
Reactor-power-conversion system, including the manufacturer and the design status (i.e., certified design or design control document revision).
*
The number of units and description of each reactor, including (as applicable) reactor type, vendor, architect-engineer, contractor, fuel assembly description, total quantities of uranium, and percentage uranium-235 enrichment.


*
7.
The planned average irradiation level of spent fuel, in megawatt days/ton.


*
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS
A description of the turbines and condensers.
The applicant should discuss thie environmental effects of possible accidents which may occur within the plant or during transportation of radioactive materials.


*
7.1 Plant accidents'
A simplified flow diagram for the reactor-power-conversion system.
Postulated accidents are discussed in another context in applicant's safety analysis reports.


*
The principal line of defense is accident prevention through correct design, manufacture, and operation, and a quality assurance program is used to provide and maintain the necessary high integrity of the reactor system. Deviations that may occur are handled by protective systems to place and hold thie plant in a
Service or auxiliary power load.
safe condition.


*
Notwithstanding all this, the conservative postulate is made that serious accidents might occur, in spite of the fact that they are extremely unlikely, and engineered safety features are installed to mitigate the consequences of these unlikely postulated events.
Type of cooling system.


A description of all proposed plant structures, systems, or components is needed to clarify the physical scope of the proposed project for assessing the impacts of building and operation. The description should include, but is not limited to the following:
In the consideration of the environmental risks associated with the postulated accidents, the probabilities of their occurrence and their consequences must both be taken into account.
*
Plant grade and major structure elevations, using a consistent vertical datum.


*
Since it is not practicable to consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of accidents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is divided into classes.
Stormwater drainage system (e.g., number, location, and size of temporary and permanent retention/detention ponds, diversion structures, or other hydrological alterations).
*
Site layout with the location and dimensions (e.g., area and height above grade) of structures and support facilities (e.g., switchyard, laydown areas, parking areas, future independent spent fuel storage installation (ISFSI), warehouses, and training facilities), including offsite support facilities and substations. Indicate permanent and temporary areas of land disturbance.


*
Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate and a set of consequences.
Heat-dissipation system flow diagram; design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes or ponds, spray canals or ponds.


*
Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be considered by applicants in preparing the
Creation or modification of any water storage (reservoir) or cooling pond, including dams or dikes. For any water-storage facility, describe the total and usable storage capacity, surface area, evaporation rate, flow control structures or components, and associated water transfer systems (e.g., refill, withdrawal and conveyance).  
'The text of this Section was published in 36 F.R.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 61
228S5-22854, December 1, 1971.
*
Water-intake systems, including plan view and cross-sectional view scale drawings. The description should include location, size, height, and depth of structure; number and size of intake bays and pumps; screen types and sizes; type of screen cleaning system; fish-return system; and associated pipelines or other conveyance structures.


*
4
Water discharge system, including plan view and cross-sectional view scale drawings. The description should include the location and type of discharge structure(s) including depth below surface and relationship to bottom of receiving waterbody; discharge receiving area alterations;
4 I
and associated pipelines or other conveyance structures.
22


*
section of Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents, from t(ie most trivial to the most severe, is divided into nine classes, sorne of which have subclasses. The accidents stated in each of the first eight classes tabulated below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental Reports: however, other accident assumptions may be more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions as not specified, or where those specified are deemed unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the stale of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the specific design arid operational characteristics of tile plant under consideration.
Other water systems (e.g., service, fire, potable, and sanitary systems) with source, delivery, and discharge (if applicable) identified.


*
For each class, except Class I and 9, the environmental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated. Those classes of accidents, other than Classes I and 9, found to have significant adverse environmental effects shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of occurrence, to permit estimates to be made of environmental risk or cost arising from accidents of tile given class.
Well structures (use, depth, diameter, construction, location, pumping rate or discharge rate for injection wells).  
*
Supplemental water sources, onsite or offsite (location, design, construction and management).
*
Transportation infrastructure (e.g., location, extent, and number of roads, culverts, bridges, rail, barge slip, and barge facilities).
*
Other in- or over-water structures.


*
Class I events need not be considered because of their trivial consequences.
Transmission (e.g., location, extent, voltage, and number of existing transmission facilities, modifications to existing transmission facilities, use or modification of existing transmission corridors, new transmission corridors, new transmission lines, transmission structure types, and switchyards).
3.3 Building Activities Building activities, methods, and durations influence the environmental impacts of the proposed project. The applicant should describe the type of activities needed to build or install the proposed structures and associated facilities described in Section 3.2, and should indicate the sequencing and estimated duration of activities, especially when multiple units are proposed. The ER should include consideration of seasonal constraints on building activity. If multiple units are proposed or if the proposed project is co-located with an existing facility, the ER should include consideration of activities and workforce related to concurrent building and operation.


The description of building activities in the ER should also include the following:
Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis reports and AEC
*
staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the design-basis events to establish the performance requirements of engineered safety features. The highly conservative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk evaluation, because their use would result in a substantial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically. Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe than those given for the same events in safety analysis reports where more conservative evaluations are used.
Applicants should be prepared to provide spatial data in electronic format (current industry- standard format) for the proposed plant (permanent as-built structures) and associated building uses (including temporary structures and use areas).
*
Maps or scale drawings showing the extent of area to be disturbed during building (both onsite and offsite) and the construction use of the site or project areas (e.g., laydown, spoils stockpile or disposal, concrete batch plant, module assembly, temporary roads, or parking) relative to the as-built proposed structure locations.


*
The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of postulated successyive failures more severe than those postulated for the design basis for protective systems and engineered safety features. Their consequences could be severe.
Extent, equipment, and methods for land clearing, grading, and excavation.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 62
However, the probability of their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and conservative design are all applied to provide and maintain the required high degree of assurance that potential accidei.:s in this class are, and will remain.
*
Depths of excavations, particularly deep excavations that could require dewatering; and width and depth of trenches (e.g., for pipelines).
*
In-water and nearshore activities (e.g., dredging, excavation, dewatering, filling, and impoundments). 
*
Equipment and methods should be described, as well as extent and duration of shoreline and in- water disturbance and any temporary structures (e.g., cofferdams, barge moorings, and silt curtains).
*
Source of water for building purposes, estimated rate and quantity of water use, and proposed wastewater-management practices for building activities.


*
sufficiently remote in probability tha tile environmental risk is extremely low. For these reasons, it is riot fcccssar, to discuss such events in the Enviiitomiental Reptrt.
Source and quantity of fill material for construction purposes.


3.4 Operational Activities The applicant should describe the type of activities involved in operating the proposed plant and the associated structures and facilities described in Section 3.2. Descriptions should provide sufficient detail to assess specific effects of all operating systems on the environment. All modes of operation should be described, including normal operation, refueling, and emergency shutdown situations. Seasonal and operational variations that change amounts of water intake or discharge, gaseous effluent releases, or other potential environmental releases should be discussed.
Furthermore, it is not necessary it) take into account those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and thereby the calculated risk to the environment made equivalent It) that which might be hypothesized for a Class 9.


3.4.1 Plant-Environment Interfaces during Operation The applicant should describe plant design and heat-dissipation system parameters and their associated site interface values, clearly indicating the units of measure for the interface value and whether the value is for a single unit or all proposed units. The applicant should also describe the operational activities for structures and facilities associated with the transmission system, transportation infrastructure, and the stormwater-management system. Information on operational environmental interfaces should include, but is not limited to, the following:
event.
*
Water Interfaces
- A quantitative water-use diagram showing anticipated flow rates to and from the various station water systems (e.g., heat-dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, and process water systems), including the source of water for each system and the receiving water for any liquid discharge to a waterbody.


- A table of anticipated normal operational flow rates and maximum flow rates, indicating assumptions and conditions for each.
The applicant may substitute other accident class breakdowns and alternative values of radioactive material releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution is justified in the Environmental Report.


- The flow diagram and tabulated information that clearly presents the operating plant water balance by accounting for withdrawals, consumptive use (water that is not returned to the source water body, for example, water from a river that is lost to evaporation in the cooling towers), and liquid discharges.
ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS
ACCIDENT- 1.0 Trivial itcidents These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 [Sec Appendix 4 of this Guide] .
A CCIDEN T- 2.0
Small Release Outsile Contaiwnent These releases shall include such things as releases through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks of radioactive materials outside containment. These releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of 10
CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]
ACCCIDEANT-3.0 Radwaste Svstem 1ailure
3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (Includes operator error)
(a)
Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average inventory in the larges storage tank shall be assumed to be released.


- A description of intake operation, including approach and through-screen velocities, debris, and fish-return-system operation at all intake or pumping locations.
(b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values are to be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 63
2 Copies of these Guide(s), dated November 2, 1970. are available at the Commission's Public Document Room. 1"17 1i Street, N. W. Washington, D.C. and (in request to the Director.
- Pertinent temperatures and methods used for estimating evaporation and drift rates.


- Cooling-tower blowdown volume, flow rates, temperature range, and number of cycles of concentration assumed for normal operation and any other modes of operation considered.
Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission.


- Description of chemicals (e.g., corrosion inhibitors, antifouling agents) to the intake and discharge system.
Washington, D.C. 20545.


- Estimated temperature and chemical constituent concentrations in wastewater at the discharge point.
23


- A description of controlling structures and flow patterns, residence times, rate of temperature changes, evaporation rate, and seepage rate for any cooling-water reservoirs or discharge canals.
(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


- Maintenance procedures and frequency for the intake and discharge structures (e.g., dredging or mucking, biofouling treatment, screen maintenance, and pump maintenance), including proposed waste- or debris-disposal practices.
3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents (Includes failure of release valve and rupture disks)
(a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be assumed to be released.


- Maintenance procedures and frequency for the stormwater-management system, including proposed waste- or debris-disposal practices.
(b) Meteorology assumptions: y/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


*
(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by die frequency of the wind blows in each direction.
Land Interfaces
- Maintenance procedures and frequency for transmission corridors and switchyards, roads, parking areas, rail lines, and other infrastructure, including proposed waste- or debris- disposal practices.


*
3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents (a) Radioactive liquids:
Air Interfaces
100% of the average storage tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the floor of the building.
- Location, including elevation, of plant vents and other exhaust vents. The number and capacity of diesel/turbine generators and other emission sources, estimated frequency of operation, and associated emissions. If air is used for heat dissipation or for the main operational cooling system then describe the system. If a dry cooling tower is used instead of a wet cooling tower then the information for cooling water intake/discharges consumptive water use and aquatic impacts should be adjusted accordingly.


3.4.2 Radioactive Waste Management Radioactive waste-management and effluent-control systems should be designed so as to control and maintain the radioactive material released annually in liquid and gaseous effluents from normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, to a level that is as low as is reasonably achievable in accordance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34a, Design objectives for equipment to control releases of radioactive material in effluents-nuclear power reactors. The information should be taken from the final safety analysis report (FSAR) and summarized in the ER. References to the FSAR
(b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain in[,,A.
sections should be made in the ER. The following information relating to the radioactive waste- management system should be included in the ER:
*
a summary description of the liquid and gaseous radioactive waste-management and effluent-control systems;


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 64
(c) Meteorol.,gy assumptions: xJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
*
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
process and instrumentation diagrams and system process flow diagrams of the liquid and gaseous radioactive waste-management and effluent-control systems referenced from the FSAR;
*
identification of sources of radioactive liquid and gaseous waste material within the proposed plant;
*
identification of principal release points for radioactive materials to the environment;
*
elevation of gaseous effluent vents;
*
identification of direct radiation sources stored onsite as solid waste (e.g., an ISFSI or permanently shutdown units on the site);
*
information requested in Appendices A and B of RG 1.112, Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors (Ref. 58); 
*
a summary description of the solid radioactive waste-management system to include the expected total volume of the solid radioactive waste that would be shipped offsite annually;
*
solid radioactive waste storage plans and capabilities, including annual quantities of waste produced;
*
a discussion on where the Class A, B, and C low-level waste will be sent;
3.4.3 Nonradioactive Waste Management The applicant should describe any nonradioactive solid or liquid-waste materials such as water- management waste, solid waste, gaseous waste, and hazardous waste that may be generated during building and operation. The description should include estimates of the quantities of wastes to be disposed of, their pollutant concentrations, the manner in which they will be treated and controlled and the procedures for disposal. The information related to these waste systems for the proposed plant should include, but are not limited to the following:
*
description of liquid effluents, including treatment, characteristics, rate and frequency of release,
*
for effluents containing chemicals or biocides, a list of chemicals, annual amounts used, frequency of use, and concentration in waste stream,
*
sanitary effluent discharges, treatment, and disposal,
*
estimates for quantities of solid waste, collection, and disposal,
*
location and elevation of gaseous effluent vents,
*
description of gaseous effluents, including treatment, characteristics, quantity and frequency of release; and
*
hazardous waste accumulation, treatment, and disposal.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 65
(d) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the, wind blows in each direction.
*
description of plant systems producing mixed waste (hazardous and low-level radioactive), and minimization plans;
*
mixed-waste storage plans and capabilities, including annual quantities of waste produced; and
*
mixed-waste disposal plans.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 67 Chapter 4
ACCIDENT-4.0 Fission Products to Primary System (BIVR)
4.0
4.1 Fuel cladding defects Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of
Environmental Impacts from Construction of the Proposed Project The applicant must describe the impacts of building the proposed project as specified in 10 CFR  
10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]
51.45(b)(1) and 51.45(c). For each impact category in Chapter 4, the applicant should identify the measures and controls that would be used to mitigate and limit adverse environmental impacts. As discussed in Part B, to the term building includes all preconstruction and construction activities. The definition of what is construction and what is not construction can be found in 10 CFR 51.4. As discussed previously in Section C.VI, under the revised limited work authorization rule, the applicant should separate the impacts of preconstruction and construction activities to address the latter, as they are the activities being authorized. However, the applicant should also describe the impacts associated with preconstruction activities (e.g., site-preparation activities, transmission lines) so they can be evaluated as part of the cumulative impacts related to the proposed action. Specific information to include in the environmental report (ER), as part of or in addition to the description of impacts, is covered in the following sections.
4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures above those expected (Such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions)
(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and 0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.


4.1 Land-Use The applicant should describe the land- or ground-disturbing alterations of building activities and the resulting impacts on land use and resource use. All impacts should be quantified to the extent possible using acreage, volumetric, or chronological measures. Applicants should be aware of nearby Superfund and/or industrial or previously industrial sites in order to avoid interference with nearby clean-up activities or site disturbances. The applicant can contact State agencies or regional EPA Superfund divisions for site specific information if necessary. In addition, if the site is industrial or a previously industrial site, the applicant should consider contacting EPA or State agencies to see if there is any possible contamination from previous industrial activities that may require clean-up. If any such site could affect land use or resource use impacts, these impacts should be described in the ER.
(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steam.


4.1.1 Onsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts from building activities should be included in the ER:
(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal of the steam line.
*
Land disturbance related to building activities on a short-term or long-term basis tabulated and summarized in terms of acreage of land area by activity (e.g., grading, excavation, trenching, dredging, borrow pits, and clearing vegetation).
*
Disposition of spoils from excavation work or dredging, including volumes of excavated or dredged material and ultimate disposition location by volume to onsite or offsite locations.


Include the acreage required for spoils disposal.
(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10%
of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at
0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 horus).
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3.


*
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
A summary of the proposed footprint of land disturbance (by acre) for permanent and temporary uses (e.g., power block, auxiliary buildings, cooling infrastructure, laydown areas, batch plants, parking, and administration).
*
Impacts to any affected local or regional land-use or economic-development plans.


*
.4CCIDENT-5.0 Fission Products to Primary and Secondary Systems (Pressurized Water Reactor]
Discussion of possible zoning conflicts.
5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leak Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of
10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]
5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions)
(a) 0.02% of'the core inventory of noble gases and 0.02% of the core inventory and halogens shall be assumed to be released into tlhe reactor coolant.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 68
(b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
*
 
Disruption to ongoing natural resource management activities, including agricultural, forestry, and mineral extraction activities.
4 (c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior to ftie transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a
10
gpm blowdown rate.
 
(d) All noble gases and
0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.
 
(e) Meteorology assumptions: X]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 4.
 
(f) Consequcnces should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
5.3 Steam generator tube rupture (a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary
0
24
 
coolant shall be assumed to be released into the secondary coolant.
 
The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.
 
(b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and a 10
gpm blowdown rate.
 
(c) All noble gases and 0.1%
of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.
 
(d) Meteorology assumptions: X/Q values shall be 1110 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 4.
 
(e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind
,blows in each direction.
 
ACCIDENT- 6. 0 Refuieling Accidents
6.1 Fuel bundle drop (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin).
(b) One week decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.
 
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
 
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.
 
(f) Meteorology assumptions: xjQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
 
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin).
(b) 100 hours of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.


*
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
Disruption to land- or water-resource access.


*
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%
Disruption to existing land uses or private land access caused by building activities.
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.


*
(1) Meteorology assumptions: y]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Characterization of raw material resource-extraction volumes associated with building activities (e.g., reservoir timber clearing and sand and gravel mining).
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
*
Impacts to legislatively designated lands (e.g., prime farmland) or activities in designated coastal zones and a discussion on the status of any agency coordination or permitting undertaken regarding such lands.


*
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
Impacts to floodplains and wetlands (can cross-reference other ER sections).12
*
Maps depicting the locations of expected land-use impacts including footprints for temporary and permanent facilities.


4.1.2 Offsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts of building offsite facilities (including new offsite transmission lines and other linear facilities, as well as alterations to existing offsite facilities)
ACCIDENT- Z70 Spent Fuel Handling Accident
should be included in the ER:
7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool (a) The, gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin).
*
(b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall be assumed.
Characterization of land uses that will be altered by offsite development activities.


*
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
A summary of the proposed footprint of land disturbance (by acre) for permanent and temporary uses (e.g., transmission towers, substations, intake structures, and pipelines).
*
Resulting land-use classification conversions summarized by acreage.


*
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.
Impacts to any affected local or regional land-use or economic-development plans.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
 
(0 Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin).
(b) 30
days decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.
 
(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.
 
(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
 
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
7.3 Fuel cask drop (a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel cask (120 day cooling)
shall be assumed to be released. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in the pins).
25
 
ACCIDENT--8.0 Accident Initiation Events Conshiercd in Design Basis Evaluation in the Safety Analysis Report
8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents Small Pipe Break (6-in. or less)
(a) Source term: the average radiocictivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel).
(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.
 
(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.
 
(d) For the effects of plateout, sprays, decontamination factor in pool, and core sprays the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
For pressurized water reactors: 0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.
 
For boiling water reactors: 0.2.
 
(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time shall be assumed.
 
(f) Meteorology assumptions: YQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
 
(g) Consequciwes should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
Large Pipe Break (a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus release into the coolant of:
For pressurized water reactors: 2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.
 
For boiling water reactors: 0.2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.
 
(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.
 
(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.
 
(d) For the effects of plateout, containment sprays, core sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic form) the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
For pressurized water reactors: 0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.
 
For boiling water reactors: 0.2.
 
(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed.
 
(f Meteorology assumptions: XJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
 
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment (Lines not provided with isolation capability inside containment).
(a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
 
(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed constant for the four hour duration of the accident.
 
(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.
(d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be
0.1.
 
(e) Meteorology assumptions: >/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3.
 
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reactor)
(a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be assumed to be released into the primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
 
(b) Loss-of-coolant accident occurs with break size equivalent to diameter of rod housing (See assumptions for Accident 8.1).
I
I
26
 
8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)
Radioactive material released (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and 0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the coolant.
 
(b)
1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.
 
(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on the streamline.
 
(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10%
of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at
0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours).
(e) Meteorology assumptions: X/Q values shall be i/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 3.
 
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors-outside containment)
Break size equal to area of safety valve throat Small break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
 
The primary system contribution during the course of the accident shall be based on a 20 gal/day tube leak.
 
(b) During the course of the accident a halogen reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary coolant source when the steam generator tubes are covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered.
 
(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:
(a) 20
gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.
 
(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm.
 
(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.
 
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 4.
 
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed. fuel.
 
The primary system contribution during the course of the accident shall be based on a 20 gal/day tube leak.
 
(b) A halogen reduction factor of O.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the accident.
 
(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:
(a) 20
gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.
 
(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.
 
(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.
 
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC
Safety Guide No. 4.
 
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighing the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling water reactor)
Small pipe break (of ' ft2 )
(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
 
(b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is received.
 
(c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at
1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.
 
(d) Meteorology assumptions: XJQ values shall be 1/10 of these in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.
 
(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.
 
(b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail
27
 
releasing that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 second isolation time.
 
(c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.
 
(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No..`%
(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.
 
.7.2 Transportation accidents3 The potential environmental effects from a transportation accident involving radioactive materials should be evaluated. Even though the probability of such an accident may be low and its consequences small, the applicant should identify the environmental effects that might result.
 
Adequate documentation should be presented to provide assurance that all safety requirements will be met prior to transportation of radioactive materials.
 
7.3 Other accidents In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity to the environs, there may be accidents that, although radioactive materials are not involved, do have consequences that affect the environment. Such accidents as chemical explosions or fires, steam boiler failures, leakage or ruptures of vessels containing toxic materials can have significant environmental impacts. These possible accidents and associated effects should be identified and evaluated.
 
8.
 
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF PLANT
CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
Social and economic effects of a nuclear power plant may be mixed. Some may be beneficial, as exemplified by increased employment opportunities and augmented commerce. Other effects may be adverse, such as the loss or displacement of local agricultural or residential property.
 
The applicant should assess the social, cultural and economic consequences of achieving the objectives of the facility. Any additional effects resulting from the proposed plant which are not in themselves direct objectives of the facility and its operation
3The radiological impact of transportation In the absence of accidents if to be. discussed in Section 5.3.4.2.
 
may also be discussed in this Section. Such effects would include attraction of industrial or other activities. The discussion of these effects should include both beneficial and adverse social and economic consequences.
 
The Commission recognizes that some effects cannot be monetized, particularly in the area of social impact. The applicant may, accordingly, elect to use other than monetary measures. Where monetary measures are used, dollar estimates should be discounted to their present value using a prescribed rate of 10% as suggested by OMB for Federally sponsored projects. The applicant may select a different rate; if so, the choice should be justified and well documented.
 
In any case, documentation of the analysis should be provided in sufficient detail to permit the AEC to make an independent calculation of present value.
 
AEC Form provides for the summary display of benefit measures.1
8.1 Value of delivered products In this Section the applicant may, in presenting the value to society of the proposed facility, provide a breakdown of the distribution of the plant products (electric energy, steam, etc.) to the various sectors of customers served. The discussion should include present and projected values of electrical energy and any by-products generated by the facility. In addition, the applicant may detail expected end uses of the products. In the case of electrical energy, it would be appropriate to quantify, where possible, such uses in terms of major consumer applications.
 
Residential applications might include examples of ways in which electric power contributes to raising the standard of living, i.e., improved lighting and heating, frostless refrigeration and air conditioning, home entertainment, air cleaners, trash compactors. Particular attention may be given to any significant public benefit such as might be associated with security, safety, general convenience including adequate street lighting, power for hospitals, rapid transit systems and other public facilities.
 
Conversely, the discussion may include consideration of any important regional deficiencies which would be ameliorated by operation of the proposed facility. This might include retirement of polluting industrial facilities through substitution of electric power or use of power for operating water treatment or pollution
'This and other forms appear after Section 13 of this Guide.
 
0
0
11
28
 
control facilities. Dis-benefits associated with thie projected benefits should be identified and discussed.
 
8.2 Income Expenditures for the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant represent an addition to national as well as regional income.
 
While the total expenditure would add to national income, expenditures within a
particular region would constitute a local income gain.
 
Thus, the applicant -should identify the 'amount of outlay for labor, materials and equipment that will be expended in the region in which the plant will be constructed and that which will be expended nationally. Successive rounds of local income, beyond the direct plant expenditure, will be generated by the construction and continued operation of the facility, so that the total addition to regioml income will be much greater than the initial expenditure. The applicant may therefore estimate an income multiplier for tIle region.
 
8.3 Employment The construction and operation of a nuclear power plant will have an impact on regional employment. It may create jobs in the national economy, as well as in local industrial and service sectors in addition to those jobs directly created by the construction and operation of the plant. As in the case of income, a local multiplier is involved and the applicant may estimate an employment multiplier for the region in which it is proposed to construct the plant in order to determine the total effect on regional employment.
 
Conceptually this may be regarded as a form of double-counting, because the incremental regional income is roughly proportional to the incremental regional employment. However, this approach may be useful because incremental employment may be easier to estimate.
 
8.4 Taxes Local tax revenues may be significantly increased by the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant. The tax base would be increased by the addition of the plant itself, other new commercial property, and by new residential property as required. The applicant should estimate the addition to the region's tax base and revenues and provide the basis for the estimates.
 
8.5 Externalities The production of more, and perhaps lower cost electricity, could induce local industry to increase the production of goods and services, thereby increasing the region's gross product and employment. This increment would he in addition to the increase resulting from the construction and oper'tion of the proposed plant. Conversely, increased industrial activities could lead to adverse environmental effects in themselves, such as increased air pollution. The applicant should estimate both favorable and unfavorable effects.
 
There could be other adverse effects on a region's economy. While the proposed facility would increase a region's tax base, it would also add an additional burden to local services, such as water, sewage, education, and transportation.
 
The applicant should therefore estimate such adverse effects as well as the benefits.
 
8.6 Other effects The applicant may wish to consider other economic and social effects beneficial to the region, such as increased recreational activity, improvements in navigation in adjacent waters, and increased educational and environmental research benefits.
 
Recreational benefit may be projected on the basis of expected annual user-days or the present value in dollars of future use.
 
Evaluation of benefits achieved by facilitating navigation in affected water bodies may follow the guidelines of the Army Corps of Engineers.' The applicant should select and justify appropriate measures for evaluating these and any other benefits described.
 
The applicant should summarize information from Section
2.2 concerning present and projected land and water use in the region and should supply a
documented
"qualified opinion" of the associated economic and social consequences.
 
Additional benefits may be discussed by the applicant and presented to AEC Form I. Both quantitative measurements and qualitative assessments should be used in deriving an evaluation of the net of the benefits and adverse effects caused by the plant construction and operation.
 
Department of the Army. Office or the Chief of Engineers.
 
Regulation No. 1120-114, dated June I. 1968, entitled "Survey Investigations and Reports:
Water Improvement'
Studies-Navigation Benefits."
29
 
9.
 
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES
In this Section of the Environmental Report the applicant's choice of a particular proposed nuclear facility at a particular proposed site will be supported through a comparative evaluation of available alternatives.
 
The AEC will consider available alternatives which may reduce or avoid adverse environmental effects expected to result from construction and operation of a proposed nuclear facility. The AEC will not specify in advance which alternatives should be selected by the applicant for consideration: rather, the applicant should make this selection and also make clear the basis for the choices in regard to number, availability and suitability, as well as factors limiting the range of alternatives.
 
Two classes of alternatives should be considered:
those which can meet the power demand without requiring the creation of new generating capacity and those which do require the creation of new generating capacity.
 
9.1 Alternatives not requiring the creation of new generating capacity.
 
Practicable means which meet the projected power demand with adequate system reliability and which do not require the creation of additional generating capacity should be identified and evaluated. Such alternatives may include purchased energy, reactivation or upgrading an older plant, and/or base load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environmental impact, adequacy, reliability and other pertinent factors. The applicant is advised that this analysis is of major importance because it provides the basis for justifying the creation of a new generating capability.
 
9.2 Alternatives requiring the creation of new generating capacity.
 
In this Section an alternative requiring new generating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. By site-plant combination is meant a combination of a specific site (which may include the proposed site) and a particular category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydroelectric, geothermal) together with the transmission hook-up.
 
A
given site considered in combination with two different energy sources is regatded as providing two alternatives.
 
9.2.1 Selection of candidate regions Meaii ngful evaluation of site-plant alternatives can be made only after a selection process which identifies realistic candidate choices within the larger group of technically feasible site-plant combinations. In the initial screening, the applicant should identify geographical regions (both within and outside of the applicant's franchise service area) which may contain potential site locations. It is expected that these regions will be small enough so that any site developed within a given region would have approximately the same type of environmental relationship (i.e., thermal discharge to some body of water, proximity to urban areas, etc.):
however, actual sites may not be owned within these areas; detailed land availability may not be known; detailed transmission line routings will be unspecified.
 
In this Section the applicant should appraise the identified regions with respect to power network considerations, environmental considerations and energy type and source considerations.
 
This appraisal will result in the elimination of certain geographical regions because of such disadvantages as poor location with respect to the applicant's power network, lack of cooling water, or obvious environmental incompatibility.
 
The remaining regions will be those in and from which candidate site-plant alternatives will be selected. (The latter selection process is discussed in Section 9.2.2.)
As an initial step in appraising the identified regions, the applicant should prepare two sets of maps, one of which will be related to power network considerations and the other to environmental considerations. Each map should clearly show all regions considered. (The regions should be numbered and the same numbering system used on all maps in which they appear.)
Power network considerations. 2 The map or maps related to power network considerations should show the following:
a.
 
The applicant's total service area.
 
As used ia Section 9, the term "region" is defined as several square.:.piles (large enough to contain several sites).
'To avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate, to material presented in Section 1. 1,
4 I
.4
30
 
b.
 
Relevant service subareas.
 
c.
 
Regions considered by applicant.
 
d.
 
Major urban areas, water bodies, and political boundaries such as county lines where significant.
 
e. Primary generating plants, together with effective operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and thermal, and indication of fuel type (all plants of same type at same location should be lumped together).
f.
 
Transmission lines of
115 kV or higher, and termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility.
 
g.
 
Major interconnections with other power suppliers.


*
If other generating additions to the network are to be installed before the proposed facility goes on-line, these should also be shown.
Disruption to land- or water-resource access caused by offsite activities.


*
Where the following considerations affect the decision process. separate tables should indicate, for each of the subareas shown under (b) above:
Disruption to existing land uses at the site or vicinity caused by building activities (e.g., private land access for transmission tower erection).  
a.


12 Executive Order 11988 (Ref. 59), Floodplain Management was issued on May 24, 1977 to restore and preserve the natural and beneficial values served by floodplains. This Executive Order directs agencies to, among other things, determine whether the proposed action will occur in a floodplain, to evaluate the potential effects of any actions that may take place in a floodplain, and to consider alternatives to avoid adverse effects and incompatible development in floodplains.
The estimated peak and average power demand;
b.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 69
The generating capacity;
*
c.
Maps depicting the locations of expected land-use impacts including footprints for temporary and permanent facilities.


*
Firm net power to be exported or imported at major interconnections (transient load swinging and through-power transfers should be eliminated).
Discussion of possible effects on floodplains, wetlands, agriculture, forestry, mineral extraction, and hazardous waste cleanup activities (can cross-reference other sections of ER where possible).  
All amounts should be estimated for load conditions during initial year of full operation of the applicant's proposed facility, using data consistent with power projections.
4.2 Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater)
The applicant should describe the hydrologic alterations associated with building activities and the resulting impacts on consumptive and nonconsumptive water use13 and on water quality. Water use and discharge of effluents during building are described as part of the site layout and plant description (Chapter 3).
4.2.1 Hydrologic Alterations The applicant should identify and describe the building activities, including site preparation, onsite activities and offsite activities that could result in hydrologic alterations at the site, within transmission corridors, and offsite within the resource impact area (see Chapter 2). The description should include analyses of the resulting hydrologic alterations and the physical effects of these alterations on water uses and users (quantity and quality); practices proposed to minimize hydrologic alterations having adverse impacts; and an assessment of compliance with the applicable Federal, State, regional, local, and American Indian Tribal standards and regulations.


Activities resulting in hydrological alterations that could affect water use and water quality may include, but are not limited to, the building of cofferdams and stormwater management and drainage systems, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside facilities. Other examples include building of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening of a water channel, building in a floodplain, clearing and grading, excavation, and groundwater dewatering of excavations.
Environmental considerations. The map or maps related to environmental considerations should show the following:
a.


The ER should include a description of the following:
The applicant's total service area, b.
*
modification of site drainage patterns (e.g. storm water modifications, ditches, drains);
*
change in floodplain capacity, and expected changes in water levels and groundwater heads;
*
effects of alterations on the quantity and availability of water within the resource impact area;
*
effects of alterations to river discharge, including changes in the seasonal variation of flow, or groundwater discharge to wetlands;
*
effects of effluent discharge on the water quality of the receiving waterbodies, including the effects of erosion and sediment transport;
*
effects of alterations or dewatering activities on the movement or extent of existing groundwater contaminant plumes;


13 Consumptive water use reduces the available water supply. For instance, evaporation due to cooling-tower operation results in a transfer of water from the cooling system to the atmosphere, thereby reducing the volume of water in the water source. Nonconsumptive water use does not reduce the available water supply, rather it is discharged back into the river and is not consumed by the plant.
Adjacent service areas, c.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 70
Regions considered by the applicant, d.
*
proposed actions to minimize the effects of the hydrologic alterations; and
*
identification of applicable standards and regulations.


When a mathematical model is used to evaluate the effects of hydrologic alterations, the applicant should describe the conceptual basis for the model, including the rationale for eliminating plausible alternative conceptualizations, the assumptions used in developing the model, the range of applicability of the model, input data used, the resulting output, the basis for boundary conditions, parameter estimation and calibration procedures followed, and estimates of uncertainty in model forecasts. The applicant should provide sufficient data to permit staff evaluation of modeling results. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, data used, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e.,
Major areas of population density (urban, high, medium, low density or similar scale),
Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
e.


4.2.2 Water-Use Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users (Chapter 2 of this RG) that are potentially affected by the changes in the quantity and/or availability of water resulting from hydrologic alterations during building. The applicant should evaluate the water-use impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in water availability for each water use, including the projected duration of any forecast reduction, and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts.
Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems.


4.2.3 Water-Quality Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users (Chapter 2 of this RG) that are potentially affected by the changes in water quality resulting from hydrologic alterations during building.
f, Railroads, highways, and waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation, g.


The applicant should evaluate the water-quality impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in use resulting from the changes in water quality and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts.
Unsuitable topographic features (such as mountains marshes, fault lines),
h.


4.2.4 Water Monitoring The overall plan for protection of waterbodies that may be affected by building activities should be discussed. A description of the proposed measures to ensure compliance with applicable water-quality and water-use standards and regulations should also be provided. When compliance involves monitoring, the monitoring program should be described in sufficient detail to justify the ability of the monitoring to provide timely and accurate information so that appropriate actions can be taken to limit building impacts.
Dedicated land-use areas (parks, historical sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports, etc.).
and any other environmental factors.


4.3 Ecological Resources This section addresses the information related to terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecological impacts from building activities at the proposed site. The applicant should provide adequate details in the ER to fully determine the impacts to terrestrial and aquatic species and habitats as a result of building activities.
suitable for display, which are appropriate to the discussion under 9.2.2 below.


4.3.1 Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts Impacts to terrestrial resources should be based on a conservatively estimated footprint of ground disturbance encompassing the plant and associated facilities. The estimated footprint should also account
The number of maps to be furnished will depend on the number of geographical regions considered during the selection process.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 71 for temporary features, such as laydown areas. Estimates of the footprint used in the ER should be conservative enough to characterize terrestrial impacts in a way not overwhelmed by future minor adjustments to the proposed site layout. Supplementary guidance on some of the more common environmental impact analyses capable of providing some of the information outlined below is available in RG 4.11.
Maps of regions outside the service area should include the likely transmission corridor to the applicant's system interconnection.


Terrestrial Habitats The ER should address the following potential effects on terrestrial habitats from building the proposed facilities:
Supplementary important environmental information should be included with the environmental maps for completeness.
*
Proposed methods for land clearing and grubbing vegetation; temporary and permanent erosion, runoff, and sedimentation control; and dust suppression and construction best management practices (BMPs) that might be used.


*
The supplementary information should include:
Overlays of the estimated footprint of disturbance on terrestrial habitat maps, with separate indications for permanent and temporary disturbance.
a.


*
Prevailing meterological conditions, b.
Tables quantifying each terrestrial habitat type within the estimated footprint with separate quantifications for permanent and temporary impacts for the site and for each offsite corridor or parcel.


*
General environmental characleristics of rivers, lakes (capacity, biota, applicable standards),
Tables or text comparing estimated losses of each terrestrial habitat type against total extent in the vicinity and a discussion of the relative importance of habitat types lost based on functions (e.g., importance to wildlife).
c.
*
Description of any plans for restoration (e.g., grading, contouring, seeding, and planting) of temporarily disturbed terrestrial habitats and an estimate of the time required for restored habitats to regain pre-disturbance conditions and functionality.


*
Local habitat (animal population, vegetation, bird migration or nesting),
Determination of whether excavation or other site-preparation activities might substantially dewater wetlands or surface waterbodies (e.g., ponds, springs, and seepages) or alter surface drainage patterns in a way that might affect terrestrial biota and a discussion of possible impacts to affected habitats and wildlife.
d.


Wetlands Information on wetland impacts should be as consistent as possible with Federal, State, and local wetland permit applications, and possible discrepancies should be explained. Wetland permit applications are sometimes prepared subsequent to the ER; in such cases, wetland impact data presented in the ER
Prevailing and projected land use.
should be conservative enough to account for likely impact levels ultimately reported in permit applications. The ER should also include information on unregulated wetland impacts, including impacts to wetlands not under regulatory jurisdiction. The ER should include the following:
*
Estimated disturbance footprint overlaid onto the wetland maps developed for Chapter 2.


*
Suitable cross-referencing may be made between the maps. For example, one or more of the environmental maps may be to the same scale as the power map; or, current generation sites and major transmission lines may be overlaid on the environmental maps, where this is appropriate to the discussion of 9.2.2.
Tables estimating wetland impacts using a widely recognized wetland classification system (e.g., the National Wetlands Inventory). Separate data should be provided for each wetland classification and each category of impact (e.g., permanent fill, temporary fill, permanent dredging, and temporary dredging). Separate tables should also be provided for the site and for each offsite parcel or corridor.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 72
Energy type and source considerations.
*
Discussion of wetland impacts and their effect on the functions and values of wetlands.


*
The applicant should present a summary analysis of the availability of fuel or other energy source actually assumed in the planning process. It is recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel will vary greatly for different applicants. Oil and coal may be readily available in many areas, although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transportation costs may restrict or prevent their use. Natural gas may be an available alternative in some areas. The applicant should make clear at what point considerations of reliable fossil fuel supply and facilities for its transportation, as well as of hydroelectric and geothermal sources, entered the planning process.
Discussion of construction BMPs that may be used to protect wetlands (e.g., buffers, mats, seasonal work limitations, signage, barriers, special erosion, and sedimentation control methods).  
*
Discussion of applicable Federal, State, and local wetland permit requirements and status of the application(s).
*
Discussion of anticipated wetland mitigation. Address opportunities for avoidance and minimization of wetland impacts as well as possible compensatory mitigation. For mitigation required by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), discuss how it would comply with 33 CFR 332 Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources (Ref. 60). If possible, provide a tabular comparison of possible wetland losses and mitigation gains using a common metric such as functional service units (preferred approach) or acreage.


Wildlife Qualitative discussions of possible effects on terrestrial wildlife are generally sufficient for an ER. However, evaluations should be based on quantitatively estimated causal factors (e.g., noise levels, structure heights, and corridor widths). The ER should include a discussion of the following:
The
*
31
Possible mortality or physical injury to wildlife, especially immobile or weakly mobile species or life stages (e.g., eggs and juvenile stages).
*
Increased traffic from construction workers that might injure terrestrial wildlife. The proximity of traffic to habitat and possible routes of wildlife movement should be considered.


*
discussion should clearly establish the energy source alternatives.
Noise from building activities that could startle wildlife or alter behavior (e.g., feeding, sheltering, movement, and reproduction).
*
Habitat losses or degradation that could reduce carrying capacity of habitats in the surrounding landscape.


*
Using the materials prepared as described above, the applicant should provide a condensed narrative description of the major issues which led to the elimination of certain regions and to the final selection of the candidate regions.
Habitat losses and fragmentation that may affect movement and migration of wildlife.


*
The following remarks may apply in specific instances:
Tall structures or equipment (e.g., cranes) that might injure birds and bats, considering height and proximity to migration routes and areas of wildlife concentration.
a.


Important Species and Habitats The ER should include discussions related to the effects of building the proposed project on important terrestrial species and habitats:  
It is anticipated that the first general geographic selection will be based on power load and transmission considerat ions:
*
b.
The effects on each terrestrial species identified as important using the criteria in Table 2-1.


*
In selecting candidate regions, the applicant may consider expansion of currently used and/or owned sites:
The effects on future viability of Federal or State-listed endangered, threatened, or special status species.
c.


*
Certain promising regions may be pinpointed early in the decision process and, because of transportation or geophysical characteristics, may be suitable for only one type of fuelk d.
Any relevant correspondence that has been initiated with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies about endangered, threatened, or other


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 73 special status species and habitats. The ER should briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mails, or phone call summaries).
Other regions may be rather broadly defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of coast line) and may admit several fuel type solutions:
*
e.
Cross references to the aquatic ecology section below may be appropriate for important species using both terrestrial and aquatic habitats (e.g., crocodilians and some waterfowl).
4.3.2 Aquatic Impacts This section addresses the information related to aquatic ecological impacts from building activities at the proposed site. Applicants should consider the important aquatic species and habitat identified in Chapter 2 that may be affected by the proposed project. Supplementary guidance on some of the more common environmental impact analyses capable of providing some of the information outlined below is available in RG 4.24.


The following information relating to aquatic impacts should be included in the ER:
Not all regions will receive the same detailed consideration in the selection process; for example, some regions will be eliminated early in the selection process by consideration of environmental impacts or transmission or operating costs. Other regions may be preferred in the final selection because their dominance over other possibilities is based on a mixture of environmental and engineering factors.
*
Identification of the aquatic habitats that may be affected or lost by proposed building activities and description of the proposed construction methods used at these locations.


*
f.
Discussion of the construction BMPs that might be used to minimize impacts to aquatic resources.


*
Only salient characteristics of the identified regions need be considered.
Basis for the proposed location of the intake and discharge structures in relationship to the presence and function of aquatic habitats and biota.


*
Specific tracts need not be identified, unless already owned by the applicant.
Quantity and quality of habitat temporarily or permanently modified, lost, or fragmented as a result of building activities.


*
g.
Discussion of the tolerances and/or susceptibilities of important aquatic species on the site and in the vicinity to physical or hydrological alterations, runoff, turbidity, and chemical and noise (both surface and subsurface) pollution that may result from building activities.


*
If regions outside the service area were not considered during this phase of the decision process, the reasons for their elimination should be discussed.
Spatiotemporal distribution shifts or behavioral alterations of important species that may result from building activities.


*
h.
A summary of any correspondence or discussions with FWS, National Marine Fisheries Service or, State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies about the effect of building activities on important species or habitats, including federally designated critical habitat. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mails, or phone call summaries).
*
Discussion of anticipated stream mitigation. Address opportunities for avoidance and minimization of stream impacts as well as possible compensatory mitigation. For mitigation required by the USACE, discuss how it would comply with 33 CFR 332. If possible, provide a tabular comparison of possible stream losses and mitigation gains using a common metric such as functional service units (preferred approach) or linear feet.


4.4 Socioeconomics The ER should describe socioeconomic impacts that could occur in the region surrounding the proposed site as a result of building activities. Socioeconomic impacts from building activities occur primarily within the economic region identified in Chapter 2 of this RG. The NRC staff considers the
If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting candidate regions because of predicted nonavailability or economic factors, appropriate supporting evidence should be provided.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 74 economic region to be defined by the demographic characteristics as a subset of the 50-mi region surrounding the proposed site. The scope of the review should be guided by the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts of building the proposed project and by the site-specific community characteristics that may be affected by these activities.
The applicant is reminded that the purpose of this Section is to exclude from further consideration those identified regions having less desirable characteristics which are readily recognizable without extensive analysis. This stage v' the selection process can thus be regarded as a screening procedure.


4.4.1 Physical Impacts This section should address the direct physical impacts to the community, including people, buildings, transportation infrastructure (roads, railways, and waterways), and the aesthetic quality of the local viewsheds directly attributable to building activities. The geographic scope for this discussion may be smaller than the economic region because, with the exception of aesthetics, physical impacts typically attenuate rapidly with distance. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER for: 
9.2.2 Selection of candidate site-plant alternatives At this point the applicant should identify, within each of the selected regions, practicable potential site(s)  
*
and the associated energy source(s)
Potential impacts of noise from building activities on nearby residents, and nearby users of recreational facilities. The analysis should be based on the expected exposure of the closest residents to the proposed plant.
considered suitable for each site. From these identified site-plant combinations the applicant should then select those regarded as most suitable, i.e., those whose construction and operation would result in incurring minimal environmental and other costs without compromising the projected benefits.


*
The criteria to be used in selecting the candidate site-plant alternatives from all the identified site-plant combinations are essentially the same as the criteria already used in selecting candidate regions. The criteria, however, must now be applied in greater depth because the differences in desirability of the various site-plant combinations will be less obvious than those of the initially identified regions.
Potential impacts of changes in air quality from building activities on nearby residents, and nearby users of recreational facilities. (e.g., odors, fugitive dust, and vehicle and machinery exhaust from building activities).
*
Potential impacts to onsite and offsite structures from building activities (e.g., foundation damage from vibration caused by blasting or driving of piles).
*
Description of the impacts resulting from any transportation infrastructure (e.g., roads, railways)
realignments necessary to accommodate the project.


*
Furthermore, while the unsuitability of a rejected identified region could be established by noting one major overriding disadvantage, the suitability of a given site-plant combination must be determined by balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors (benefits versus environmental and other costs).
The extent of expected road deterioration caused by heavy-haul activities, normal deliveries, and construction worker commuting. Any discussion of traffic-related impacts (e.g., additional congestion) should be deferred to the community infrastructure impacts section below.
The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil, gas, hydro, geothermal)  
as practicable.


*
The applicant should discuss in detail the process of selection used and clearly identify the bases for the choice or rejection of each candidate site-plant alternative.
Anticipated increases in the repair and maintenance of transportation infrastructure necessary to compensate for expected deterioration.


*
The applicant's discussion should include consideration of the compatibility of the proposed development of the site with sound principles of land use planning.
State or local ordinances, if any, that would require the applicant to contribute to transportation infrastructure improvements or repairs to support the project.


*
Views of cognizant local planning groups and interested citizens should be solicited and summarized. Areas of both consistency and conflict of the proposed site use with any regional development program should be specified and discussed.
Description of degradation in the aesthetic quality of the viewshed visible to the general public (discussion of aesthetic impacts to recreation should be deferred to the discussion of community infrastructure impacts), including:
- Day and night visibility of the proposed site from changes to the existing landscape (e.g., timbering, clearing, and leveling),
- Tall structures and equipment (e.g., cranes and towers), and
- Night-time light nuisances (e.g., light pollution from work area illumination, aircraft warning lights, and light from night delivery vehicles).  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 75
4
- Description of all mitigating actions to be taken by the applicant and any Federal, State, local, Tribal, and industrial standards, regulations, ordinances, and practices related to reducing the direct physical impacts of building activities.
4
4
32


4.4.2 Demographic Impacts The ER should contain a high-level discussion of expected population changes from building the proposed station with emphasis on demographic subcategories. The discussion of population changes should cover the entire demographic region with a focus on the economic region where the majority of impacts are expected to occur. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:  
In addition to criteria already cited; the applicant should note:
*
a.
Text and summary tables presenting the expected direct workforce impacts on the local population from in-migrating construction workers. The information should account for the incremental increase in employment from operations staff present on the site while the plant is being built.


*
If considerations of alternative transmission hook-ups are required by other local, State, or Federal agencies, or if the applicant has made a choice between practicable alternative hook.ups, these alternatives should be identified and describea.
Estimates, and accompanying assumptions and bases related to the general classifications of labor to be used for the proposed project, and the workforce scheduling, including the following:
- starting date,
- workforce schedule (e.g., hours per week, days per week, number of shifts, and percent of workforce by shift);
- quantified monthly workforce increases and decreases over the entire construction period;
- the magnitude and duration of the peak workforce;
- post-peak workforce reductions; and
- the number and timing for all operations workforce members present on the site during building.


*
b.
Discussion of expected residency patterns for in-migrating construction workers, including the following:
- expected geographic origin of workers, including from within and outside the economic region, and within and outside the demographic region;
- expected residential distribution of in-migrating workers within the economic region and the demographic region; and
- expected in-migrating family characteristics, including family size, children disaggregated by age group (i.e., generally by non-school, elementary, middle, and high school ages, but may include other cohorts).
*
Discussion of existing site employment (including outage workers) and the proposed projects workforce (i.e., construction and operations workers) for proposed projects co-located with an operating power station.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 76
In eliminating a fuel source at a site on the grounds of cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess costs over a preferred alternative outweigh any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel with respect to environmental protection.
4.4.3 Economic Impacts to the Community Economic impacts from building activities include the stimulation of local economies toward new employment and new businesses. By definition, the area where these impacts are expected to occur is the economic region. Information from this section will inform the benefit-cost conclusions in Chapter 10 of the ER. The applicant should use an industry-standard economic input-output model to derive the impacts to the economic region from building activities. The discussion should include monetized estimates, to the extent practicable.


Economy The applicant should include the following information in the ER on local economic impacts during building activities:
9.3 Comparisen of practicable alternatives and the proposed facility The purpose of this Section is to show, by direct comparison of realistic alternatives, in terms of both economic and environmental criteria, why the proposed site and nuclear fuel are preferred over any other alternatives for meeting the power demand.
*
Identification and description of the input-output model, input parameters used, and results generated. The output from most regional input-output models includes:
- expected direct and indirect employment attributable to building activities; and
- expected direct and indirect income effects attributable to purchases and wages in support of building activities.


*
In presenting the results of comparison of site-plant alternatives, the applicant should utilize, in so far as posrible, a tabular format showing side-by-side comparison of alternatives with respect to relevant factors.
Description of all assumptions affecting the conclusions drawn from this section, including the number of workers that drive the model, who will receive the benefits, and where in the economic region those benefits would most likely be found. If impacts are derived from a maximum impact as an input (e.g., peak employment), the discussion should describe how the models conclusions are affected by changes in that maximum impact.


Taxes The applicant should provide a comprehensive list and discussion of the direct tax-revenue impacts attributable to building activities. Typical tax revenues include the following:
It is recommended that comparisons first be made separately between fossil-fueled alternatives, nuclear-fueled alternatives, and other alternatives (including those discussed in Section 9.1), if any exist. The comparison should clearly indicate, in terms of economic and environmental factors, the basis for the preferred site-plant alternative in each energy source category.
*
Income - Federal, State, County, and local income taxes should be described. The applicant should include in this discussion all assumptions about the number of workers, their wages, and their work schedules that serve to fully inform the calculation of taxes.


*
A further tabular presentation should then be made, demonstrating the balanced preference of the proposed site with nuclear fuel over the best fossil fuel and best other, if any, alternatives (including those discussed in Section 9.1). Tabular presentations should be supplemented with brief resumes of the factors which ruled out alternatives other than the applicant's preferred choice.
Sales and use - the applicant should ensure that, if present, State, County, and local sales and use taxes should be based on the contributions from new residents (i.e., in-migrating workers and their families), and from the applicants estimated local purchases of construction-related services, materials, and supplies. The discussion should include an explanation of the tax rate, the assumptions behind the calculation of revenues, and a monetized estimate for each tax entity.


*
Quantification, while desirable, is not mandatory for all factors used when it can be made clear that data are not reasonably available for comparison.
Property - local property taxes may or may not include revenues from the partially completed project and may be subject to special government incentives, payment-in-lieu-of-tax agreements, or other assessment processes that differ from those for the general public. The discussion should include an explanation of the tax rate, the assumptions behind the calculation of revenues, and a monetized estimate for each tax entity.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 77
Under such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements are permissible. The basis for such statements should be made clear by accompanying documentation.
4.4.4 Community Infrastructure Impacts Community infrastructure impacts include the expected changes to the communities and governments of the economic region attributable to building activities. Beginning with the baseline assessments found in Chapter 2 of this RG, the applicant should assess the change in each of the following categories and provide a detailed discussion of process and assumptions along with tables and/or figures that illustrate conclusions.


Traffic The infrastructure impact to traffic differs from the physical impact to roads in that this assessment should discuss the consequences of the proposed project in terms of changes to the welfare and behavior of local residents. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The applicant should include the following information in the ER:
Where possible, operating experience from nearby plants may be helpful in appraising the nature of environmental impacts to be anticipated.
*
traffic assessments discussing the magnitude and schedule of each shift relative to the baseline traffic for key affected roads; 
*
congestion and accident-related consequences of additional traffic from operations and outage workers for projects co-located with an operating nuclear station; and
*
congestion and accident-related consequences of additional traffic from construction workers for the proposed project.


Recreation Recreation impacts are the changes in recreational experience caused by changes to the viewshed, local environment, or quality and quantity of access to recreation venues. The applicant should base its recreation-impact determination on the local recreational venues, capacity, occupation rate, and seasonal characteristics provided in Chapter 2 of this RG. The analysis should include the following information:
This guideline does not make mandatory any specific list of criteria with respect to which alternatives and the proposed facility must be compared. The factors presented should be those used by the applicant in a selection process which weighs the projected benefits against environmental and other3 costs. While the comparative analysis should clearly set forth the general environmental and other relevant features, it is not expected that the applicant will conduct extensive field studies at each of the alternative sites. The following list of additional evaluatory considerations is offered for further guidance.
*
Aesthetic changes (e.g., lighted heavy machinery, worksite lighting and visual impacts of tall structures or equipment, as discussed under physical impacts) that reduce the attractiveness and enjoyment of recreational venues.


*
Benefits:
Dust and other visible degradation that could reduce the attractiveness of recreational venues.
Contributions to generating capacity and system reliability.


*
Possibilities for the beneficial delivery of waste heat.
Timber harvesting, other resource-extraction or other activities that could reduce the quantity of or eliminate recreational areas.


*
Creation of additional benefits such as added park land and recreational facilities, reductions in air pollutant emissions where existing old capacity is partially or entirely replaced.
Demographic changes caused by in-migrating construction workers that could increase competition for access to recreational venues and the impact such increased demand could produce.


Housing The applicant should describe the expected impacts on local housing resources attributable to the site workforce during building activities. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The housing assessment should include the following:
Engineering Constraints of the Site:
*
Geology Seismology Hydrology Population density in site environs Access to road, rail, and water transportation Fuel supply and waste disposal routes Cooling water supply Constraints of Transmission Hook-Up:
Expected number of in-migrating workforce members.
Access to transmission system in place Problems of routing new transmission lines Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses Construction Constraints:
Access for equipment and materials Access, housing, etc., for construction workers SThe applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the method for calculating generating cost discussed in Section t0.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 78
33
*
The underlying assumptions, including:
- family size,
- in-migrating family residential geographical distribution, and
- assumptions related to housing choice (e.g., rental housing; temporary or mobile housing, such as campgrounds and recreational vehicle parks; and permanent single-family housing options),
- the property tax impacts from new construction of residential properties.


- The location of expected housing resources by type in the context of the total housing resource for each affected county in the economic region (from Chapter 2 of this RG).
Land Use Constraints Costs:
*
Construction costs Costs of transmission hook-up Operating costs Environmental Constraints:
Whether the housing demand from new residents creates adverse impacts on the rental market.
Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Risks and uncertainties with regard to potential impacts Commitment of resources Projected recreational usage Scenic values Operating Constraints:
Load-following capability Transient response.


Public Services The applicant should describe the expected impacts to public services in the economic region attributable to the building-related in-migrating population. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The assessment of public services should include the impacts of increasing demand for public services by in-migrating workers and their families:
10. PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES
*
Most of the environmental effects of a nuclear power plant will be associated with the operation of certain identifiable systems.
Estimate of the expected contribution to water and sewer use for each affected community, and the resulting impact to each service in the economic region.


*
The applicant's proposed plant should incorporate a combination of these identifiable systems each of which has been selected, through evaluation of environmental.
Identification of the potential impact on police or fire services for each affected community in the economic region, including the expected increase in the number of employees (differentiated between duty officers and support staff), and the change in ratio of police or firefighters to the population in order to maintain the current level of service.


*
economic and other costs, as the optimal choice within its category.
Identification of the expected number of new volunteer staff (as opposed to employee staff)
needed to maintain the same ratio of first responder staff to the population served.


*
In some instances, the interaction of these systems may be such as to require their selection on the basis of an optimal combination rather than on the basis of individual optimal systems. For example, an alternative cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be used with it, The applicant should, in this Section, show how the proposed plant design was arrived at through consideration of alternative designs of identifiable systems and through t'e;r comparative assessment.
Estimate of the expected impacts to medical facilities in the demographic region.


*
The applicant's discussion shauld be organized on the basis of plant systems, arranged a,.cording to the following list:
Estimate of the number of students that would be added to schools because of in-migrating families, including the expected change in student-teacher ratios, with a comparison to any mandated maximum ratio.
I. Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)


4.5 Environmental Justice This section should assess whether the pathways identified in the environmental justice (EJ)
===2. Intake system===
section of Chapter 2 of this RG result in any disproportionately high and adverse environmental and human health effects to potentially affected minority or low-income populations (potentially affected EJ
populations) because of building the proposed project. Impacts to minority or low-income populations may arise from building activities at or near the site, in the local communities affected by the proposed project, including in offsite areas such as transmission-line corridors, and in the wider economic and demographic regions.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 79
===3. Discharge system===
4.5.1 Environmental Impacts An impact area that had been found to have a minor impact on the general public may still have a disproportionately high and adverse impact on a minority or low-income population. Consequently, the applicant should consider each impact area previously considered for socioeconomics, even if the area had a minor impact. The applicant should discuss in detail only those areas where a potential pathway could result in a disproportionately high and adverse effect on potentially affected EJ populations. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not impacts of building would result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts on potentially affected EJ populations. The ER should also address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts.


4.5.2 Human-Health Effects The applicant should include a qualitative (or quantitative, if more appropriate) discussion in the ER of the human-health pathways by which any environmental impact during building could result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts on any potentially affected EJ population, including cultural and economic factors. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not human health impacts of building may result in disproportionately high and adverse human-health effects on any potentially affected EJ population. The ER should also address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts.
===4. Chemical systems===


4.5.3 Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics The applicant should describe the effects of building activities on any established resource dependencies, cultural practices, or subsistence behaviors at or in the vicinity of the site, or at offsite areas. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects occur as a result of building the proposed project. The ER should address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts. Such information may include, but is not limited to:
===5. Biocide systems===
*
6. Sanitary waste system
subsistence behavior (i.e., home gardening, hunting, fishing, or other natural resource exploitation as an income supplement),
7. Liquid radwaste systems
*
8. Gaseous radwaste systems
unique cultural practices (e.g., American Indian religious and ceremonial reliance on natural resources such as sweet grasses, fish, and wild rice),
9. Transmission facilities
*
1'0. Other systems The following should be considered in preparing the discussion:
special circumstances or unique characteristics, (e.g., minority communities identifiable in compact (smaller than a Census block group) locations, such as American Indian communities);
a.
and
*
any disproportionately high socioeconomic characteristic (e.g., a high dependence on pedestrian transportation).
4.6 Historic and Cultural Resources Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA) (54 U.S.C.


300101 et seq.), requires that Federal agencies consider the effects of the agencys undertaking on historic properties included in, or eligible for, the National Register of Historic Places and, before approval of an undertaking, give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking. The NHPA defines undertakings as any project or activity that is funded or under the direct jurisdiction of a Federal agency, or any project or activity that requires a Federal
Range of alternatives-The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative plant systems that appear promising in terms of environmental protection. Different designs for systems that are essentially identical with respect to environmental effects should be considered only if their costs are appreciably different.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 80
The applicant should include alternatives which provide levels of environmental protection above those of the proposed facility when, although not necessarily econormically attractive, they are practicable on technological grounds.
permit, license, or approval. The ACHPs regulations at 36 CFR Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties, set forth the procedures that define how Federal agencies meet Section 106 responsibilities.


If an applicant decides to commence building activities (e.g., site-preparation activities), the applicant should be cognizant of the anticipatory demolition statutory provision in Section 110(k) of the NHPA (54 U.S.C. 306113).14 For additional information, the applicant should refer to 36 CFR 800.9(c).
b.
The applicant is encouraged to engage the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff as early as possible in the planning process, in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff, to avoid issues such as anticipatory demolition.


The applicant should provide the information and analysis needed for the NRC to comply with Section 106 requirements in a manner that minimizes the potential for delays in the environmental review.
Normalization of cost comparison-Alternatives should be compared on the basis of assuming a fixed amount of energy generated for distribution outside the plant. (Thus, any effect of an alternative on plant power consumption should be discussed.)
c.


The applicant should identify any activities and impacts associated with building that could affect historic and cultural resources within the APE (onsite or offsite, direct and indirect effects). Applicants should involve the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), local historic preservation officials, Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO), and American Indian tribes in the assessment. The ER should include the following information (with appropriate reference to Chapter 2 of the ER to avoid duplication of information):
Effect of capacity factor-Where the cost of operation affects the plant capacity factor, the effect of alternatives on the plant capacity factor should be documented.
*
Description of ground-disturbing activities (e.g., land clearing, grading, excavating, road work, and building the facility), increases in traffic, and audio and visual intrusions that could affect onsite and offsite resources located within the direct and indirect APEs.


*
d.
Description of historic properties found in the direct and indirect APEs that may be affected by the proposed project. Use the criteria specified in 36 CFR 800.5 to assess adverse effects on historic properties. Provide a basis and documentation for how a conclusion is reached.


*
Monetized costs-The acquisition and operating costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well as costs of the total plant and transmission facility and alternatives) are to be expressed as power generating costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized values.
Description of historic and cultural resources that are not determined to be historic properties, but may be considered important in the context of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (e.g., sacred sites, cemeteries, local gathering areas).
*
Discuss the direct and indirect effects (e.g., ground disturbance, physical, visual, auditory, atmospheric such as fugitive dust, light, and traffic), if any, from the proposed project, and from any associated transmission lines on nearby historic properties or important historic and cultural resources.


- For indirect effects, the assessment should include drawings or modified photographs indicating the station facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these nearby important vantage points.
The method of computation is shown in Table I and t[ie individual cost items in this table are to be used as applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:
Capital to be expended between the date of submission of the Environmental Report and the scheduled date of operation.


The assessment should lead to one of three conclusions (see 36 CFR 800.4):
Interest to the date of operation on all expenditures prior to that date.
- No historic properties present.


- Historic properties present, but the undertaking will have no effect upon them.
Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of operation discounted to that date.


14 The NRC is required to comply with the NHPA including the anticipatory demolition clause, Section 110(k) of the NHPA (54 USC 306113).  
In calculations, the applicant should assume a 30-year plant life.'
Use 30-year life for steam-electric generating plants. For other types of electric generating plants, use generally accepted values.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 81
4
- Adverse effect: The undertaking will harm one or more historic properties (see 36 CFR
.4 I
800.5).  
34
If a qualified professional has recommended a no historic properties present determination, then the applicant should provide supporting documentation in the ER.


If a qualified professional has recommended a finding of no adverse effect to historic properties, the applicant should develop a plan that outlines protective measures to minimize or avoid these effects.
In computing thie annualized present value of plant systems and their alternatives, the following cost elements are suggested as allowable:
Engineering design and planning costs.


The applicant should engage the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties in the formalization of these protection plans and document this within the ER.
Construction costs.


If a qualified professional determines that adverse effects to historic properties could occur, the applicant should engage with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian tribes, and interested parties and document this determination in the ER. The ER should describe any procedures and cultural resource management plans developed by the applicant to protect historic and cultural resources during building activities as well as any measures to avoid, minimize or mitigate adverse effects. These procedures should also include steps to take in the event of inadvertent discoveries, including the discovery of human remains.
Interest on capital expended prior to operation.


The applicant should be aware that the NRC, as a Federal agency, is responsible for consulting with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian tribes, and interested parties as part of the Section 106 compliance process. If the NRC determines an adverse effect may occur, it will, in accordance with
Operating, maintenance and fuel (if applicable) costs over the 30-year life of the plant.
36 CFR Part 800, develop proposed measures in consultation with identified consulting parties that might avoid, minimize, or mitigate such effects. Such measures, as appropriate, would be discussed in the NRC
staffs environmental impact statement. If the NRC staff determines that adverse effects would occur, it can develop a Memorandum of Agreement or Programmatic Agreement (See 36 CFR Part 800.6), as appropriate. See Appendix B for additional information on consultation.


4.7 Air Resources The applicant should describe meteorological and air-quality impacts associated with building activities. The description should include the following:
Cost of modification or alteration of any other plant system if required for accom- modation of alternatives.
*
Identification of applicable local, State, and Federal air regulations and required air permits for construction.


*
Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if applicable).
Sources and types of air pollutant emissions, including mitigating measures and plans to minimize air emissions.
Cost of supplying make.up power during a delay resulting from an alternative design choice which will not meet tile power requirement by the scheduled in-service date.


*
e.
Estimates of building schedule and associated annual air emissions for criteria air pollutants identified in the National Ambient Air Quality Standards from sources such as on-road construction vehicles, commuter vehicles, fugitive emissions, non-road construction equipment, marine engines, and/or locomotive engines. If the proposed site is located in a nonattainment or maintenance area with respect to a criteria pollutant, the emission estimates can be used as a basis for assessing the applicability of a conformity analysis (see 40 CFR 93, Determining Conformity of Federal Actions to State or Federal Implementation Plans, Subpart B (Ref. 61), and NRC
Memorandum, Revision to Staff Guidance for Conducting General Conformity Determinations (Ref. 62)).
*
Estimates of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (expressed in units of carbon dioxide (CO2)
equivalents), including GHG emissions from on-road construction vehicles, commuter vehicles,


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 82 non-road construction equipment, marine engines, and/or locomotive engines and comparison of these GHG emissions to State and national GHG emissions from Chapter 2. The applicant may provide either a site-specific analysis or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a 1000-MW(e)
Environmental costs. Environmental effects of alternatives should be fully documented. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where' quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations should be expressed in terms of comparison to the effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design. In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should be completely documented.
reactor. The analysis should be adjusted according to the proposed action (number of units, electrical output). The assumptions, factors, and other information used in any site-specific analysis should be described in sufficient detail to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the resulting GHG emissions estimate (Ref. 15). 
*
The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data used, resulting output, and approaches used in the analyses for building impacts to inform NRC staffs evaluation in the EIS. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


4.8 Nonradiological Health The applicant should describe the non-radiological health impacts associated with building activities, including impacts to public and occupational health, noise, and traffic.
Both short-term and long-term environmental effects should be reported by the applicant.


4.8.1 Public and Occupational Health The applicant should describe the impacts from building activities on public and worker nonradiological health. The description should include the following:
Table
*
2 provides three key elements of environmental cost evaluation:
public health risks from building activities (e.g., air pollution from dust and vehicle emissions)  
(1) A description of each effect to be measured (column 3).
*
(2) Suggested units to be used for measurement (column
occupational health risks to workers and onsite personnel from activities such as building, maintenance, testing, excavation and modifications
4)
*
The AEC
estimate of the total occupational injuries and illnesses for building activities anticipated for the project, including information on interpretation of the statistical results
recognizes the difficulty, if not the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 2 in each case, given the current state-of-the-art.
*
description of safety standards, practices, and mitigation procedures that will be used to reduce public and occupational health risks
4.8.2 Noise The applicant should describe noise impacts associated with building activities, including the following:
*
applicable Federal, State, and local regulations and/or ordinances governing noise from building activities
*
background noise measurements and closest noise-sensitive receptors or sensitive areas (Chapter 2 of this RG)
*
types of sources of noise at the site or along transportation routes, such as graders, jackhammers, dump trucks, etc.


*
The applicant may elect to use other units, provided they are meaningful to the informed public and adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.
predicted peak noise level measurements for each identified source type, along with estimated noise levels at representative distances, with attenuation by distance alone (i.e., not taking


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 83 advantage of any intervening foliage, terrain changes, or permanent barriers between the source and the receptor), measured or calculated at the closest noise-sensitive human receptors identified in Section 2.8.2, 
(3) A suggested methodology of computation (column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 2, e.g., 1.1,
*
1.2 etc.,  
any BMPs and any other mitigation strategies required or planned for noise abatement.
should be given without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the sFai, p'pulation or resource affected. How,,.c,.
nrovision is made in Table 2 (i.e.. 1.9 and 4.9) to account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.


If the measured or calculated noise level from any identified source type exceeds 65 dBA (see NUREG-1437, Initial and Revision 1, for additional information) at any noise-sensitive human receptor or at the site boundary when calculated with attenuation by distance alone, the applicant should determine the noise level that would result from taking advantage of natural attenuation, such as intervening foliage, natural barriers, and changes in terrain. The determination of natural attenuation may be accomplished by the applicant performing a series of leaf-on and leaf-off noise surveys or by using an industry standard modeling or calculation process. If the measured or calculated noise level from the source exceeding the
In discussing environmental effects, the applicant should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed, acres of a particular habitat destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is the fraction of the population or resource that is affected. See discussion in Section 5.8.
65 dBA threshold cannot be demonstrated to be reduced through natural attenuation to below the threshold, the applicant should describe specific mitigation measures to be used to reduce the noise level to below 65 dBA.


4.8.3 Transportation of Construction Materials and Personnel to and from the Proposed Site The applicant should provide estimates of the potential health impacts from nonradiological traffic-related accidents related to transporting construction materials and workers to and from the proposed site. Nonradiological impacts refer to the accidents, injuries, and fatalities estimated to occur from traffic accidents during movement of construction materials and personnel to and from the proposed site during building. Where possible, the impacts should be estimated using information specific to the proposed site (e.g., by using county-specific accident statistics). The following information should be provided:
In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be commensurate with the value of the infomation to be obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a preferred measure which conservatively estimates environmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realistically evaluates the potentially detrimental (i.e., worst case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is applied consistently to all alternatives.
*
Summary of provisions for site access during building, including during outages of co-located operating units.


*
In the following subsections, the applicant is to discuss design alternatives for each of the relevant plant systems (i.e., cooling system, intake system.
Description of the method(s) used to estimate nonradiological traffic-related accident impacts, including traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities. Traffic-related accident impacts should be estimated using round-trip distances. The impacts should account for both construction workers and shipments of construction materials.


*
etc.).
Specification of input parameters and sources used in the impact assessment. Parameters and source documents should be defensible and should be consistent with parameters used for socioeconomic analysis to determine physical impacts to road and traffic assessments for key roads. If assumptions are used to fill in missing or highly uncertain data (e.g., commute distances, persons per vehicle, and shipping distances for materials), the assumptions should be bounding and reasonable (i.e., the assumptions used in the analysis would be broad enough to overestimate the transportation impacts yet not so broad that they could mask the true environmental impacts of the reactor and lead to invalid conclusions). The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation, indicate where in those documents this information can be found 
The discussion should describe each alternazive and should present estimates of the difference between its environmental impact and that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the estimates are based should be presented, and the results should be entered in the appropriate forms. In the columns headed
*
"Page," the applicant should cite the appropriate references to the text of his Report. Note that, in the forms, the categorization and numerical identification of each environmental effect corresponds to that of Table 2. In each of the forms used in the subsections 10.1 to 10.9 the applicant must include, in the first "A" column, data on the system selected in the applicant's proposed design.
Annual number of traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 84
Each supplemental form provides space for the display of data regarding four alternatives; however, the applicant is neither obligated to consider, nor limited to, any precise number. The applicant should limit the discussion to those alternatives which the current state-of-the-art indicates are technically practicable.
4.9 Radiological Health The applicant should evaluate the potential radiological impacts on the proposed projects construction workforce that includes the radiological sources located on the project site or adjacent to the site, such as an operating or shutdown nuclear plant or other nuclear fuel-cycle facility.


For multi-unit sites, the applicant should provide estimated annual doses to construction workers in a new unit construction area, as a result of radiation from onsite radiation sources from the existing operating unit(s). Examples of typical onsite radiation sources include the turbine systems (for boiling water reactors), stored radioactive wastes, the independent spent fuel storage installation, auxiliary and reactor buildings, and radioactive effluents (i.e., direct radiation from the gaseous radioactive effluent plume). The ER should be consistent with the applicable sections of the FSAR, especially for the location of the maximum exposure. Sections 12.3 and 12.4 of the Standard Review Plan (SRP), NUREG-0800
The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives to be entered in the supplemental forms are to be presented on an incremental basis. This means that the costs of the proposed systems would
(Ref. 63), directs the staff to perform an assessment of dose to construction workers on a facility adjacent to an existing nuclear unit or units. The applicant should provide the annual person-rem (or person- Sievert) doses associated with such construction areas, providing detailed information as to the estimated number of construction workers and estimated annual doses (from direct, gaseous, and liquid sources) to these workers, including bases, models, assumptions, and input data. The applicant should also describe any additional dose-reducing measures taken as a result of the dose assessment process for specific functions or activities. The applicant should indicate whether it has followed the guidance in the most recent version of RG 8.19 (Ref. 64), Occupational Radiation Dose Assessment in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants - Design Stage Man-Rem Estimates and how the applicant has followed this guidance, if the applicant has done so. Conversely, if the applicant has not followed this guidance, then the specific acceptable alternative methods used should be described in sufficient detail.
35


The ER should use the same units of measure as used in the FSAR. The ER should include the following:
appear as zeroes in the "A" columns of the forms and that the costs of' the other alternative systems (B, C, D, etc.) should appear as cost differences, i.e.,
*
B-A, C-A, etc., with the appropriate sign. Tihe environmental costs are not incremental and the supplemental forms should therefore show these as the total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry should be preceded by a negative sign.)
the physical layout of the site, including the location and orientation of onsite, adjacent existing operating nuclear units or permanently shutdown units
In addition to the infolmation displayed on forms, the applicant should provide a verbal description of the process by which the trade-offs were weighed and balanced in arriving at the propos-d design. This discussion may include any factors not provided for on the forms supplied.
*
whether the construction worker would be considered a member of the public or a radiation worker and the basis for that assumption
4.9.1 Direct Radiation Exposures In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
*
The sources of direct radiation exposures: These sources should include, but not be limited to, independent spent fuel storage facilities, radioactive waste handling facilities, low-level waste storage facilities, condensate storage tanks, skyshine, and operating or permanently shutdown nuclear facilities co-located at the site.


*
10.1 Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)
The estimated dose rate from direct radiation to construction workers from each source and the assumptions and methods used for estimating the dose.
The applicant should identify and describe cooling system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
Form
10.2 Intake system The applicant should identify and describe intake system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
Form
10.3 Discharge system The applicant should identify and describe discharge system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
Form
10.4 Chemical systems Alternative chemical systems that have the potential for reduced adverse environmental effects should be described and the environmental impacts of effluents should be fully identified. Corrosion products as well as corrosion inhibitors should be considered.


*
The description should include specification of both maximum and average concentrations and dilution sources. (Where a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule should be spiecified.)
The number and principal locations of construction workers who will be exposed to the radiation sources described below and the total amount of time per year that they will spend at those locations.
Any toxicity and lethality to affected biota should be documented for all potential points of exposure. Specifically, information should be sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms at their points of exposure as well as the impacts beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
10.5 Biocide systems The applicant should describe alternative systems for control of fouling organisms, including both mechanical and chemical methods where such alternative systems may be expected to have less severe environmental effects than the proposed system.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 85
The treatment of chemical biocides should be similar to that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.
4.9.2 Radiation Exposures from Gaseous Effluents In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
*
Radioactive gaseous release data from the operating units, co-located units, or permanently shutdown units. The applicant should provide the location of the major gaseous effluent release points. The applicant should address the assumptions for using this release data (the year or years of data used and why this data is used or other release data is used, such as from the design control document (DCD) for the reactor design).
*
An estimate of the annual total effective dose equivalent from the gaseous effluents to a construction worker, providing the assumptions and methods used to make the estimate.


4.9.3 Radiation Exposures from Liquid Effluents In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
*
10.6 Sanitary waste system Alternative sanitary waste systems should be identified and discussed with regard to the environmental implications of both waste products and chemical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC
Radioactive liquid effluent release data from the operating units, co-located units, or permanently shutdown units. The applicant should provide the location of the major liquid effluent release points. The applicant should address the assumptions for using this release data (the year or years of data used and why this data is used or other release data is used, such as from the DCD for the reactor design).
Form
*
10.7 Liquid radwaste systems For proposed light-water cooled reactor installations in which the quantities of radioactive material in effluents will be limited to levels that are within the numerical guides for design objectives and limiting conditions of operation set forth in the Commission's proposed amendments (dated June 9, 1971)
An estimate of the annual total effective dose equivalent from the liquid effluents to a construction worker, providing the assumptions and methods used to make the estimate.
to 10 CFR Part 50 and embodied in a new Appendix I (reproduced in Appendix 4 of this Guide), no further consideration need be given to the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light-water cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of an alternative radwaste system which reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the levels proposed in Appendix 1.


4.9.4 Total Dose to Construction Workers In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
In any case, for reactors to which the proposed Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative radwaste systems and of their radiological output to assure that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as practicable.
*
Estimated annual dose to an individual construction worker, including the location of maximum exposure, all models, assumptions, and input data used in arriving at the dose.


*
4
Estimated annual collective dose to the construction work force, including all models, assumptions, and input data used in arriving at the dose.
4
36


*
10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted under 10.7 above.
If construction workers are classified as members of the public, a comparison of the estimated annual dose to an individual construction worker to the dose criteria for a member of the public
(10 CFR 20.1301, Dose limits for individual members of the public; 20.1302, Compliance with dose limits for individual members of the public). If construction workers are classified as radiation workers (which would require certain training), compare the individual construction worker dose to; 10 CFR 20.1201, Occupational dose limits for adults; 20.1203, Determination of external dose from airborne radioactive material; and 20.1204, Determination of internal exposure (Ref. 65).
4.10
Nonradioactive Waste Management The applicant should describe the environmental impacts that could result from the generation, handling, and disposal of nonradioactive waste during building activities. As discussed in Chapter 3 of this RG, the types of nonradioactive waste that would be generated, handled, and disposed of during building activities should be described. These would include cleared vegetation, building material debris,


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 86 municipal waste, spoils, stormwater runoff, sanitary waste, dust and other air emissions, used oils and lubricants from vehicle maintenance, and other hazardous chemicals.
10.9 Transmission facilities The applicant will discuss the cost and environmental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative routes. These maps should clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of thie routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find thie documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
10.10 Other systems Any plant system, other than those specified above, which is associated with an adverse environmental effect, should be discussed in terms of practicable and feasible alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environmental effect.


4.10.1 Impacts to Land The applicant should describe the impacts to the land resulting from generation, handling and disposal of nonradioactive waste during building of the project. The description should include the following:
10.11 The proposed plant Having identified the preferred alternative system, the applicant should now provide the cost description of the proposed facility and transmission hook-up. AEC Form is provided for this purpose. In addition to those elements previously suggested as allowable in computing plant system costs, the applicant may include the cost of site and right-of-way acquisition and preparation.
*
summary of pertinent portions of the discussion from the section related to land-use impacts from building activities;
*
plans for storing and disposing of cleared vegetation or soil, rock or other resulting debris;
*
general description of onsite waste expected to be generated, including types and approximate quantities, from building and equipment maintenance activities and the workforce; and  
*
plans for disposal of waste, including plans to minimize or recycle generated waste.


4.10.2 Impacts to Water The applicant should describe the impacts from liquid waste generated during building activities.
Note that the generating and transmission cost entries on AEC Form are not to be incremental and, hence, should appear as total values.


The description should include the following:
11. SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS
*
In this Section the applicant's summary bcnefit-cost statement will be presented. The presentation should be made in the form of a narrative with accompanyiag tables and charts. The presentation should make clear what the applicant considers to be the important benefits and costs of the proposed facility and why in the judgment of the applicant, the former outweigh the latter.
Types of liquid waste generated during building and equipment maintenance activities.


*
The applicant will have to develop criteria for assessing and comparing benefits and costs where these are expressed in nonmonetary or qualitative terois. The rationale for the selection among site-plant alternatives, as well as am0ong subsystem alternatives, should be presented. In any case, the applicant should carefully describe any aggregation of effects and discuss in detail the trade.offs that were made in order to justify the proposed plant. If any of the benefits or costs are deleted from the applicant's analysis. the rationale for doing so should be explained. The applicant should key all the terms used in the summary benefit-cost analysis to the relevant Sections of the Environmental Report.
Typically, liquid wastes are from sanitary wastewater-treatment systems and stormwater runoff or from vehicle maintenance activities.


*
1
Plans for onsite or offsite treatment of liquid waste.


*
===2. ENVIRONMENTAL ===
Any State or local codes or regulations that require provisions for treatment.
APPROVALS
AND
CONSULTATION
List all licenses, permits and other approvals of plant construction and operations required by Federal. State, local and regional authorities for the protection of the environment. List those Federal and State approvals which have already been received, and indicate the status of matters regarding approvals yet to be obtained. '
For general background, submit similar information regarding approvals, licenses and contacts with local authorities..
List all licenses, permits and other approvals and cite laws and regulations applicable to the transportation of fresh fuel, irradiated fuel, and radioactive wastes. Include restrictions on routes or specification of routes imposed by cognizant local, State or other authorities.


*
List all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.
Permits required for treatment and disposal of liquid waste.


4.10.3 Impacts to Air The applicant should describe the building activities that would generate impacts to air quality, including GHGs. The applicant should identify if these impacts have been addressed in the Air Resources section of this Chapter. The description should include the following:
The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the construction and/or operation of the plant and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.
*
Activities that would generate dust or emissions that might impact the air quality (e.g., burning vegetation and combustion of fuel in equipment). Include any temporary activities that might be necessary for building activities (e.g., an onsite concrete batch plant). Activities could be onsite or along transmission corridors.


*
'Includes. for example. the status of applications to the U.S.
Any State or local codes that govern air quality (e.g., bans on burning materials).  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 87
Army Corps of Engineers for permits to dredge, to discharge or deposit materials into navigable waters or their tributaries as required by Sec.
4.11 Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Construction Activities Environmental measures and controls may be required by Federal, State, and local agencies during building activities to minimize effects to the environment. The applicant should identify in Table
4-1 the Federal, State or local requirement or best management practice (BMP) for the measure or control.


In addition to the discussion of the effects of building, the applicant should furnish details of the programs with which it plans to monitor activities affecting site-related environmental resources and quality, and describe the duration of these efforts. A description of the measures and monitoring required for compliance with Federal, State, and local environmental regulations and laws should also be provided for each resource area. The description should include plans for restoration, protection of resources or development of appropriate substitutes, and measures taken to control adverse impacts to resources. The applicant should describe measures designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects such as those described previously for each resource area. Table 4-1 is an example of the types of measures and controls to be documented.
10 (33 U.S.C. 403) and Sec. 13
(33 U.S.C. 407. "The Refuse Act") of the Rivers & Harbhors Act of 1899.


Table 4-1. Summary of Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Construction Activities Impact Category Planned Measures and Controls During Construction Land-Use Impacts
37


Site and Vicinity Measures and controls that minimize impacts Transmission Corridors Measures and controls that minimize impacts Offsite Areas Measures and controls that minimize impacts Water-Related Impacts
10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted under 10.7 above.


Hydrologic Alterations Measures and controls that describe alterations to surface waters and flow and groundwater Water Use Measures and controls that describe availability of use of surface water and groundwater resources Water Quality Measures and controls that minimize impacts on surface water and groundwater resources Ecological Impacts
10.9 Transmission facilities The applicant will discuss the cost and environmental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative route


Terrestrial Ecosystems Measures and controls to minimize adverse impacts on terrestrial resources (including wetlands) onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Aquatic Ecosystems Measures and controls to minimize adverse impacts on aquatic resources onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Socioeconomic Impacts Physical, Economic (Economy and Taxes), and Socioeconomic (Traffic-,
====s. These maps====
Recreation-, Housing-, Public Services- and Education-related) measures and controls to mitigate impacts.
:;hould clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysi


Environmental Justice Measures and controls that minimize impacts Historic and Cultural Resources Measures for identification, consultation, and preservation following discovery Air Resources Controls to minimize dust, emissions
====s. Estimates====
*of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form
10.10 Other systems Any plant system, other than those specified above, which is associated with an adverse environmental effect, should be discussed in terms of practicable and feasible alternative"
that may reduce or eliminate this environmental effect.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 88 Impact Category Planned Measures and Controls During Construction Nonradiological Health Measures and controls for worker safety Radiation Exposure to Construction Workers Controls and monitoring for minimization of dose to construction workers Nonradioactive Waste Disposal plan for solid, liquid, gaseous wastes, sanitary waste
10.11 The proposed plant Having identified the preferred alternative system, the applicant should now provide the cost description of the proposed facility and transmission hook-up. AEC Form is provided for this purpose. In addition to those elements previously suggested as allowable in computing plant system costs, the applicant may include the cost of site and right-of.way acquisition and preparation.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 89 Chapter 5
Note that the generating and transmission cost entries on AEC Form are not to be incremental and, hence, should appear as total values.
5.0
Environmental Impacts from Operation of the Proposed Plant The environmental report (ER) should adequately describe the impacts of operating the proposed plant as required in Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR) 51.45(c), including offsite facilities that support operation of the plant (e.g., transmission lines, pipelines). For each impact category in Chapter 5, the ER should identify the measures and controls that would be used to mitigate and limit adverse operational environmental impacts. Specific information to include in the ER, as part of, or in addition to, the description of impacts, is covered in the following sections.


5.1 Land Use The greatest land-use impacts are typically associated with building activities. Land-use impacts associated with operations are expected to be minimal because activities are generally restricted to previously disturbed areas of the site or offsite areas (e.g., outage worker parking, temporary access routes, periodic vegetation clearing, landscaping, and sporadic access closures). The scope of the review is guided by the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts associated with proposed plant operations and site-specific characteristics. Impacts should be quantified to the extent possible using acreage, volumetric, or chronological measures.
11, SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS
In this Section the applicant's summary benefit-cost statement will be presented. The presentation should be made in the form of a narrative with accompanying tables and charts. The presentation should make clear what the applicant considers to be the important benefits and costs of the proposed facility and why in the judgment of the applicant, the former outweigh the latter.


5.1.1 Onsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts associated with operations should be included in the ER:
The applicant will have to develop criteria for assessing and comparing benefits and costs where these are expressed in nonmonetary or qualitative terms. The rationale for the selection among site-plant alternatives, as well as among subsystem alternatives, should be presented. In any case, the applicant should carefully describe any aggregalion of effects and discuss in detail the trade-offs that were made in order to justify the proposed plant. If any of the benefits or costs are deleted from the applicant's analysis, thie rationale for doing so should be explained. The applicant should key all the terms used in the summary benefit-cost analysis to the relevant Sections of the Environmental Report.
*
characterization of any land-disturbance activities expected during operations (e.g., maintenance and operations activities and construction of additional waste storage facilities, including an independent spent fuel storage installation [ISFSI])
*
discussion of any anticipated land-use classification conversions summarized by acreage
*
discussion of any changes in land uses on agricultural, forestry, or mineral extraction activities or on floodplains or wetlands (can cross-reference other sections of ER where possible)
*
description of impacts to the provisions of any affected local or regional land-use or economic- development plans associated with operations
*
description of any disruption to land- or water-resource access issues or concerns during operations
*
description of any disruption to existing land uses or private land access issues or concerns at the site or vicinity caused by operations
5.1.2 Offsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts associated with operations in offsite areas should be included in the ER:


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 90
1
*
discussion of expected transmission-line corridor maintenance activities during operations affecting land use
*
characterization of any land-disturbance activities in other offsite areas expected during operations
*
discussion of land-use classification conversions summarized by acreage
*
description of impacts to local or regional land-use or economic-development plans from operations in offsite areas
*
description of any disruption to land- or water-resource access required to facilitate operations
*
description of any disruption to existing land uses or private land access at the site or vicinity caused by operations
*
description of any possible disruption to hazardous waste cleanup activities
*
discussion of any changes in land uses on agricultural, forestry, or mineral extraction activities or on floodplains or wetlands (can cross-reference other sections of ER where possible)
5.2 Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater)
The applicant should describe the hydrologic alterations associated with station operation and the resulting impacts on consumptive and nonconsumptive water uses and on water quality. In evaluating water-related impacts, the applicant should consider the effects of reasonably foreseeable changes in the hydrologic environment (e.g., climate, land use, and water use) over the duration of the license for the resource impact area.


5.2.1 Hydrologic Alterations The applicant should describe the operational activities expected to result in hydrologic alterations at the site, within transmission corridors, and offsite within the resource impact area. Examples of operational activities that might affect water use and water quality include withdrawal of water for station use, surface-water diversions, maintenance dredging, groundwater dewatering, and effluent discharge, etc. The description should include analyses of the resulting hydrologic alterations and the physical effects of these alterations on water uses and users (quantity and quality); practices proposed to minimize hydrologic alterations having adverse effects; and an assessment of compliance with the applicable Federal, State, regional, local, and American Indian Tribal standards and regulations.
===2. ENVIRONMENTAL ===
APPROVALS
AND
CONSULTATION
List all licenses, permits and other approvals of plant construction and operations required by Federal, State, local and regional authorities for [ie protection of the environment. List those Federal and State approvals which have already been received, and indicate the status of matters regarding approvals yet to be obtained. '
For general background, submit similar information regarding approvals, licenses and contacts with local authorities.


Station water use and discharge of effluents during operation are requested in Chapter 3 of this RG. The applicant should identify those water supply and water quality conditions under which station operation would be affected (e.g., high-water levels, derating caused by insufficient supply of cooling water, etc.).  
List all licenses, permits and other approvals and cite laws and regulations applicable to the transportation of fresh fuel, irradiated fuel. and radioactive wastes. Include restrictions on routes or specification of routes imposed by cognizant local, State or other authorities.
The ER should include a description of the following:
*
Anticipated hydrologic alterations resulting from station operation. For example, the applicant should discuss alterations in water levels and groundwater heads; alterations in flow rates and circulation patterns caused by diversion, intake, and discharge structures; and alterations in erosion, deposition, and sediment transport characteristics.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 91
List all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.
*
The effects of these alterations on the quantity and availability of water within the resource impact area. For example, the applicant should assess, as applicable, how hydrologic alterations affect river discharge (including changes in the seasonal variation of flow) or groundwater discharge to wetlands.


*
The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the construction and/or operation of the plant and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.
The effects of effluent discharge on the water quality of the receiving waterbodies. Thermal, chemical, and radiological effects should be evaluated.


*
Includes, for example, the status of applications to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for permits to dredge, to discharge or deposit materials into navigable waters or their tributaries as required by Sec. 10 (33 U.S.C. 403) and Sec. 13
The proposed actions to minimize the effects of the hydrologic alterations.
(33 U.S.C. 407," "The Refuse Act") of the Rivers & Harhors Act of I 899.


*
37
List of required permits and certifications under the applicable Federal, state and local standards and regulations.


When a mathematical model is used to evaluate the effects of hydrologic alterations, the applicant should describe the conceptual basis for the model (including the rationale for eliminating plausible alternative conceptualizations), the assumptions used in developing the model, the range of applicability of the model, input data used, the resulting output, the basis for boundary conditions, parameter estimation and calibration procedures followed, and estimates of uncertainty in model forecasts. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, data, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended. If not already obtained, indicate when ce tification is expected. If certification is not required, explain.


5.2.2 Water-Use Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users discussed in Chapter 2 of this RG
If the discharge could alter the quality of the water of another State, indicate the State or States that may be affected and their applicable water quality standards.
that are potentially affected by the changes in the quantity and/or availability of water resulting from hydrologic alterations. The applicant should evaluate the water use impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in water supply reliability for each water use and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts during operations.


5.2.3 Water-Quality Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users discussed in Chapter 2 of this RG
In view of the effects of the plant on the economic development of the region in which it is located, the applicant should also note the State, local, and regional planning authorities contacted or consulted. The OMB Circular A-95 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional clearinghouses that should be contacted as appropriate. (A listing of applicable clearinghouses may be obtained from the AEC.)
that are potentially affected by the changes in water quality resulting from hydrologic alterations during operations. The applicant should evaluate the impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in each use resulting from the changes in water quality and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts.
Cite meetings held with environmental and other citizen groups with reference given to specific instances of the applicant's compliance with citizen group recommendations.


5.2.4 Water Monitoring The overall plan for protection of waterbodies that may be affected by station operations should be discussed. A description of the proposed measures to ensure compliance with applicable water quality and water use standards and regulations should also be provided. When compliance involves monitoring, the operational monitoring program should be described in sufficient detail to establish the ability of the monitoring to provide timely and accurate information so that appropriate actions can be taken to limit the impacts of station operations.
1


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 92
===3. REFERENCES===
5.3 Ecological Resources This section addresses the information related to terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecological impacts from operations at the proposed site. The applicant should provide adequate details in the ER to fully determine the impacts to terrestrial and aquatic species and habitats resulting from nuclear power plant operations.
The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the Environmental Report. References cited should be keyed to the specific sections to which they apply.


5.3.1 Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts Operation of a nuclear power plant, once built, does not normally involve further physical loss of terrestrial habitats or wetlands but can still affect habitat quality and wildlife. Supplementary guidance on some of the more common terrestrial ecology environmental impact analyses is available in the most recent revision of RG 4.11.
4
4
38


Terrestrial Habitats The ER should include a discussion of the following potential effects on terrestrial habitats from operating the proposed facilities:
Table I-MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTS*
*  
ITEM
Effects on terrestrial habitats from land-disturbance activities expected (e.g., construction of additional waste storage facilities, including an ISFSI installation if the applicant has current plans to build such a facility).
SYMBOL
*
UNITS
Effects on terrestrial habitats from facility and landscape maintenance activities (e.g., pesticide use, mowing, danger tree trimming and removal, and trampling by heavy equipment).
ITEM DESCRIPTION
*
4.
Effects of runoff and stormwater management on wetlands and other terrestrial habitats. Ensure compatibility with hydrology sections.


*
1
Salinity from cooling-tower drift, or drift from operating other facilities (e.g., evaporation ponds)
.4 Total Outlay Required to Bring Facility to Operation Annual Operating Cost Annual Fuel Cost Cost of Make-up Power Purchased or Supplied in Year t Discount Factor Total Generating Cost-Present Value Total Generating Cost-Present Value Annualized CI
that potentially could affect terrestrial resources. If the maximum estimated ground-level salinity deposition exceeds 1 kg/ha/mo at any location at any time, also include deposition isopleths overlaid on terrestrial habitat maps and an estimate of the area of each habitat type included in each isopleth band.
Ot Ft Pt GCp GCa All capital outlays including interest expense to be invested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled in-service date of operation.


*
This is the total operating and maintenance cost of plant operation in year t.
Fogging and icing that could affect terrestrial species and habitats.


*
This is the total fuel cost in year t.
Operation of cooling ponds, evaporation ponds, and other operational water features that could affect adjoining wetlands and other terrestrial habitats.


*
Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year t to make up deficiency of power associated with any alternative which introduces delay.
Use of groundwater and surface water that could affect terrestrial habitats (e.g., wetlands, shorelines, and riparian habitats). An overlay of modeled groundwater withdrawal isopleths over terrestrial habitat maps may be helpful if withdrawals could be capable of causing substantial habitat modifications. Information should be consistent with similar information presented in the aquatic ecology and hydrology sections of the ER.


Wetlands Operating a nuclear power plant does not normally involve filling wetlands. However, wetlands are a habitat type that should be addressed together with upland (non-wetland) terrestrial habitat types.
v = (I + ij'
where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this plant.


Particular attention should be paid to the possibility that groundwater withdrawals could affect the
30
30
GCP = C1 + FLvt (01 + Ft) + ;tI
GCa= G,~ X
*For conventionalI (niuclear or fossil fuel) ste~am-electric plants.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 93 hydrology of nearby wetlands and that surface-water withdrawals could affect nearby shorelines and wetlands fringing water sources.
39


Wildlife The ER should include a discussion of the following potential effects on terrestrial wildlife during operations:
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
*
Primary impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Effects of operational noise (e.g., mechanical noise, vehicular noise, and noise from cooling towers) on terrestrial wildlife. Estimated noise isopleth overlays may be helpful if noise levels exceeding 85 dBA are anticipated in areas of high-quality habitat.
Computation
1. Natural surface water body
1.1lmpingement.


*
or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
Loss or injury of wildlife caused by traffic. Wildlife movement and migration patterns over the surrounding landscape should be considered. The discussion should remain consistent with traffic-related discussions presented elsewhere in the ER.
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems (Specify natural water body affected)
1.1.1 Fish'
Juveniles and adults are subject to attrition.


*
Plankton population may be reduced due to mechnical, thermal and chemical effects.
Effects on terrestrial wildlife from maintaining transmission-line rights-of-way and other exterior areas and corridors.


*
Pounds per year (as adults by species of interest).
Injury to birds and bats colliding with tall structures (e.g., natural draft cooling towers, communication towers, and electric transmission lines).  
Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
*
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
Electrocution of birds and other wildlife by transmission lines and other electrical facilities.
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat All life stages (eggs. larvae, etc.) which reach the condenser are subject to attrition.


*
The rate of dissipation of the excess heat, primarily to the atmosphere, will depend on both the method of discharge and the state of the receiving water, in respect to ambient temperature and water currents.
Effects on terrestrial wildlife from electromagnetic radiation generated at switchyards and along electric transmission lines.


Important Species and Habitats Applicants should carefully consider which species and habitats that meet the criteria for importance in Table 2-1 could potentially be affected over the operational life of the proposed plant. The ER should include the following information with respect to potential effects of operations on important species and habitats:
Dissolved oxygen concentration of receiving waters may be modified as a consequence of changes in the water temperature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.
*
A discussion of how operation could affect terrestrial species and habitats identified as important using the criteria in Table 2-1.


*
Primary producers and consumers (including fish) may be affected directly or indirectly due to adverse conditions in the plume.
A discussion of any relevant correspondence that has been initiated with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies about endangered, threatened or other special status species and habitats. The applicant should briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (including requests and responses by letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).
*
Cross-references to the aquatic ecology section below may be appropriate for important species using both terrestrial and aquatic habitats (e.g., crocodilians and some waterfowl).
5.3.2 Aquatic Impacts Operation of a nuclear power plant would affect the aquatic environment. Supplementary guidance on aquatic ecology environmental impact analyses is available in RG 4.24.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 94 The ER should include the following information relating to operational aquatic impacts:
Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
*
Acres and acre-feet.
Description of the water withdrawal and consumptive water use from station operations and its effects on aquatic resources.


*
Identify all important species. Estimate the annual weight of each species that will be destroyed.
Discussion of the conformance of the proposed intake structure to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Clean Water Act Section 316(b) national technology-based performance and proportional-flow requirements (66 FR 65256) (Ref. 66) for Phase I for new facilities.


*
For young-of-the-yeax destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.
Information on National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits for the proposed site and/or current NPDES permit for existing units sited in proximity to the proposed units.


*
Field measurements are required to establish the average weight of organisms per unit volume by group (e.g.,
Description of the susceptibility of important aquatic species at specific life stages to entrainment, and impingement in conjunction with operation of the plant cooling-system and entrainment or impingement rates from operation of the plant using data from studies as discussed in RG 4.24, including existing historical data from studies from co-located or nearby nuclear or fossil units.
diatoms, green algae, zooplankton, etc.).
Determine the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include indirect3 effects which affect mortality. Translate loss to pounds of fish.


*
Identify all important species. Estimate the annual weight of each species that will be destroyed. For larvae, eggs, and young-of-the-ycar destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.
Discussion of stock assessments, if available and appropriate, as a metric for impact to the species for those important species potentially affected by station operation.


*
Estimate the average Btu's per hour dissipated to the receiving water at full power. Estimate the water volume and surface areas within differential temperature isotherms of 2%, 30, and 5VF under conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.
Discussion of species and habitats that may be adversely affected by periodic operations (e.g., thermal backwashing).
*
Discussion of species that may be affected by potential adverse effects from recirculation of heated effluent from the plant-discharge system, and altered hydrodynamic characteristics including altered circulation or current patterns. Discussion of habitats affected by the cooling- water system including bottom scouring near the discharge.


*
Estimate volumes of affected waters with concentrations below 5, 3, and I ppm under conditions that would tend to maximize the impact.
Discussion of the temperature tolerance, duration of exposure, and avoidance behavior of susceptible important aquatic species in relation to thermal discharge, including heat shock and cold shock, at all affected life stages. This discussion should be based on a model, map and description of the thermal plume and should include variation seasonally and throughout the water column.


*
Field measurements are required to establish the average weight of organisms per unit volume by group. Estimate the mortality of organisms in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects. Translate loss to pounds of fish.
Description of any potential changes to vectors causing aquatic species disease as a result of thermal discharges.


*
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability Acre-feet.
Description of any potential changes to numbers of nuisance, invasive, and introduced species, including fish, aquatic vegetation and benthic invertebrates (e.g., Corbicula spp. or Mytilus spp.)
onsite or in the vicinity of the proposed plant as a result of thermal discharges.


*
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
Discussion of effects on important aquatic species resulting from chemical alterations (e.g., changes in salinity, dissolved oxygen, and biocides) to the receiving waterbody. Consider effects from both cooling-tower drift and cooling-system discharges.
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


*
I "Fish" as used In this table Includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.
Discussion of effects on important aquatic species resulting from physical alterations (e.g., maintenance dredging to the receiving waterbody) including its substrate and aquatic vegetation.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 95
5Indirect effects could Include increased disease Incidence, increased predation. interference with spawning, reduced metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food organisms.
*
Description of any transmission-line and pipeline corridor maintenance practices anticipated to adversely affect aquatic biota.


*
w w
Summary of any relevant correspondence or discussions with FWS, National Marine Fisheries Service or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies on the endangered, threatened or other special status species and habitats, including federally designated critical habitat. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (including requests and responses by letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).  
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Lw Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Description Measure'
5.4 Socioeconomics The ER should describe the socioeconomic impacts from operations on the economic region identified in Chapter 2 of this RG. However, the analysis should consider the entire 50-mi radius of the demographic region surrounding the site when appropriate. The scope of the review is guided by the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts associated with operations and by the site-specific community characteristics.
Computation
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles).
Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.


5.4.1 Physical Impacts This section should address the physical impacts to the community, including people, buildings, roads, and the aesthetic quality of the local viewsheds directly attributable to operations. Physical impacts include the effects of noise, odors, exhausts, thermal emissions, and visual intrusion. The geographic scope for this discussion may be smaller than the economic region, because physical impacts typically attenuate rapidly with distance. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
A thermal barrier may inhibit migration, both hampering spawning and diminishing the survival of returning immature fish.
*
Potential noise impacts directly attributable to operational activities to nearby residents and nearby users of recreational facilities. The applicant should base its analysis on the impacts to the closest residences, recreation areas, and facilities to the proposed plant.


*
Acres.
Potential impacts of odors from operational activities on nearby residents and nearby users of recreational facilities. The analysis should be based on the expected exposure of the closest residences, recreation areas, and facilities to the proposed plant.


*
1.3.5 Fish, migratory Pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).
Potential impacts of changes in air quality from operational activities (e.g., auxiliary generator exhaust) on nearby residences, recreation areas, and facilities.
Determine the area of wet land or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of thermal discharges, including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.


*
Estimate the fraction of the stock that is prevented from reaching spawning grounds because of plant operation.
Potential impacts to structures from operational activities (e.g. damage to structures from cooling tower drift (salt deposition)).
*
The extent of expected deterioration in the transportation infrastructure (roads, rails, waterways)
caused by heavy-haul activities, normal deliveries, and worker commuting, including any anticipated increases in necessary road repair and maintenance. Discussion of traffic-related impacts (e.g., additional congestion) should be deferred to the discussion of community infrastructure impacts.


*
Prorate this directly to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, .xperience at other sites, and applicable State standards.
Description of degradation in the aesthetic quality of the viewshed visible to the general public (discussion of aesthetics impacts to recreation should be addressed as community infrastructure impacts), including:
- day and night visibility of new structures or the cooling tower plumes at the proposed site in conflict with the existing viewshed (e.g., tall structures blocking views), and  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 96
1.4 Chemical effluents
- nighttime light nuisances (e.g., light pollution from the security lighting, warning lights for aircraft and lights from night delivery vehicles)
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical Water quality may be impaired.
*
Description of all mitigating actions to be taken by the applicant and any Federal, State, local, and Tribal, regulations, ordinances, and practices for mitigating the direct physical impacts of operational activities.


5.4.2 Demographic Impacts The ER should contain a high-level discussion of expected population changes from operation with emphasis on demographic subcategories. The discussion of population changes should cover the entire demographic region with a focus on the economic region where the majority of impacts are expected to occur. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
Acre-feet, %.  
*
The volume ,f water required to dilute the average daily discharge of eachchcemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume required to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration (e.g.. LDI .) for the most sensitive organism of commercial or ecological significance in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of the daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be expressed as a percentage, and the largest such percentage reported. Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers.
Total expected in-migrating operations workforce by county and, if appropriate, community, including:
- family size and age of children disaggregated into age group as discussed in Chapter 4,  
- discussion and rationale for the expected residency
- summary tabular presentation of expected operations and outage workforce impacts by geographic area (i.e., by county and, if useful, major urban area)
*
Discussion of the expected geographic location of operations workers already within the economic and demographic regions.


5.4.3 Economic Impacts to the Community Economic impacts from operation activities include the stimulation of local economies toward new employment and new businesses. By definition, the area where these impacts are expected to occur is the economic region. Information from this section will inform the benefit-cost conclusions in Chapter 10
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms Aquatic populations may be affected by toxic levels of discharge chemicals or by reduced dissolved oxygen concentrations.
of the ER. The applicant should use an industry-standard economic input-output model to derive the impacts to the economic region from operation activities. The discussion should include monetized estimates, to the extent practicable.


Economy The applicant should include in the ER the following information relating to local economic impacts during operations over the licensed life of the proposed plant:
Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.
*
Identification and description of the input-output model, input parameters used, and results generated. The output from most regional input-output models includes:
- expected direct and indirect employment attributable to operations
- expected direct and indirect income effects attributable to purchases and wages in support of operations
*
Description of all assumptions affecting the conclusions drawn from this section, including the number of workers that drive the model, who will receive the benefits, and where in the economic


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 97 region those benefits would most likely be found. The discussion should describe how the models conclusions are affected by changes in the assumed number of workers.
Recreational water uses may be inhibited.


Taxes To the extent possible the applicant should quantify direct tax-revenue impacts attributable to operation of the proposed project, based on the tax rate data from Chapter 2. Typical tax revenue discussions include the following:
Pounds per year (by species as fish).
*
1.4.3 Wildlife (Including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles).
Income - Federal, state, and county income taxes during operations. The applicant should include in this discussion all assumptions about the number of workers, their wages, and their work schedule to fully inform the calculation of taxes.
1.4.4 People Acres.


*
Total chemical effect on aquatic biota should be estimated. Biota exposed within the facility should be considered as well as biota in receiving waters. Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged and Ib'.r toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.
Sales and use - If present, state, county, and local sales and use taxes should be reported based on the contributions from new residents (i.e., in-migrating workers and their families) and from the applicants estimated local purchases of operations-related services, materials, and supplies. The discussion should include an explanation of the tax rate, the assumptions behind the calculation of revenues, and a monetized estimate for each tax entity.


*
Estimate the area of wet land or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of chemical contamination including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.
Property - Local property taxes during operations will most likely be the largest beneficial impact from the proposed project and may be subject to special government incentives, fee-in-lieu-of-tax agreements, or other assessment processes that differ from those for the general public. The discussion should refer to the baseline in Chapter 2 and include quantifying (in monetary terms)
property tax payments over the 40-year life of the project.


5.4.4 Community Infrastructure Impacts Community impacts include all changes to the communities and governments of the economic region attributable to operations. Beginning with the baseline assessments found in Chapter 2, the applicant should assess the change in each of the following categories and provide a detailed discussion of process and assumptions, tables and/or figures that support the applicants conclusions:
Volume of the net flow to the receiving waters required for dilution to reach established water quality standards must be determined on the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross section and annual minimum flow characteristics should be incorporated where applicable. User density for the locality must be obtained.
Traffic The infrastructure impact to traffic differs from the physical impact to roads in that this assessment should discuss operations-related changes to the welfare and behavior of local residents primarily through traffic congestion during commuting times. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The applicant should include traffic assessments discussing the magnitude and schedule of each shift relative to the baseline traffic for the key affected roads for all operations workers, as well as congestion and accident-related consequences from outage workers.


Recreation Recreation impacts are the changes in recreational experience caused by operations-related changes to the viewshed, local environment, or quality/quantity of access to recreation venues. The applicant should base its recreation impact determinations on the local recreational venues, capacity, occupancy rate, and seasonal characteristics provided in Chapter 2 of this RG. The analysis should include, but not be limited to, the following information:
Lost annual user days and area for dilution.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 98
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure., where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
*
Aesthetic changes (e.g., impaired views and visible emissions) as discussed under physical impacts that reduce the attractiveness of and enjoyment of recreational venues.


*
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Dust, plumes or any other degradations to visibility that could reduce the attractiveness of recreational venues.
Computation This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Indirect recreation losses due to eutrophication and decrea3.-d fishing shall be included.


*
l.SRadionuclides discharged to water body
Potential noise impacts directly attributable to operational activities to nearby recreational venues.
1-5.1 Aquatic organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level which adds to natural background radiation.


*
Radionucide discharge may introduce radiation level which adds to natural background radiation for water users.
Demographic changes resulting from the in-migrating operations workforce that could cause additional competition for access to recreational venues and the impact that such increased demand could produce.


Housing The applicant should describe the expected impacts on local housing resources attributable to the operations workforce over the 40-year life of the proposed project. Sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis should accompany all discussion. The housing assessment should include the following:
Radlonuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level which adds to natural background radiation for ingested food and water.
*
The expected number of in-migrating workforce members.


*
Drinking water supplies drawn from the water body may be diminished.
The underlying assumptions, including:
- family size
- operations worker residential distribution
- assumptions related to housing choice (e.g., rental housing, purchase of existing homes versus new construction)
- the property tax impacts from new construction of residential properties.


*
Water may be withdrawn from agricultural usage and use of remaining water may be degraded.
The location of expected housing resources by type in the context of the total housing resource for each affected county in the economic region (from Chapter 2).
*
Whether the housing demand for new residents creates adverse impacts on the rental market.


Public Services The applicant should describe the expected impacts to public services in the economic region attributable to the operations-related in-migrating population. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The assessment of public services should include the impacts of increasing demand for public services by workers and their families:
Turbidity, color or temperature of natural water body may be altered.
*
Estimate of the expected contribution to water and sewer use for each affected community, and the resulting impact to each service in the economic region.


*
Rad per year.
Identification of the potential impact on police or fire services for each affected community in the economic region, including the expected increase in the number of employees (differentiated between duty officers and support staff), and the change in ratio of police or firefighters to population in order to maintain the current level of service.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 99
Rem per year for individual;
*
man-rem per year for estima- ted population as of the Irust scheduled year of plant opera- tion.
Identification of the expected number of new volunteer staff (as opposed to employee staff)
needed to maintain the same ratio of first responder staff to population served.


*
Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of first scheduled year of plant operation.
Estimate of the expected impacts to medical facilities in the demographic region.


*
Gallons per year.
Estimate of the number of students that would be added because of in-migrating families, including the expected change in student-teacher ratios, with a comparison to any mandated maximum ratio.


5.5 Environmental Justice This section should assess whether the pathways identified in the environmental justice (EJ)
Acre-feet per year.
section for the affected environment (Chapter 2 of this RG) result in any disproportionately high and adverse environmental and human health effects to minority or low-income populations (potentially affected EJ populations) during operation. Impacts to the minority and low-income populations could arise from operational activities at or near the site, in the local communities affected by the proposed project (including in offsite areas such as transmission-line corridors), and in the wider economic and demographic regions.


The applicant should consider the potential for disproportionately high and adverse impacts for each socioeconomic impact area even if that area was determined to have a minor impact for the general population. The applicant should assess each of the pathways identified in Section 2.5.2 of this RG
Sum dose contributions from radionuw!ides expected to be released.
against each socioeconomic impact area with regard to the potential for operation-related EJ impacts. The applicant will need to consult across the resource areas covered in the ER to determine whether impacts from operations could create a pathway leading to disproportionately high and adverse impact on potentially affected EJ populations.


5.5.1 Environmental Impacts The applicant should consider each impact area previously identified in the socioeconomics section for operation, even if the area had a minor impact, and discuss those impact areas where a potential pathway could result in a disproportionately high and adverse effect on potentially affected EJ
Sum annual dose contributions from nuciidie; expected to be released. Calculate for above-water activities (skiing, fishing, boating), in-water activities (swimming), and shoreline activities.
populations. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not impacts of operations would result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts on potentially affected EJ populations. The ER should also address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that could reduce negative impacts.


5.5.2 Human-Health Effects The applicant should include a qualitative (or quantitative, if more appropriate) discussion in the ER of the human-health pathways by which any environmental impact during operation could result in disproportionate impacts on any minority or low-income population (including radiological, cultural and economic factors). The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not human health impacts of operation could result in disproportionately high and adverse human-health effects during operations. The ER should address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts.
Estimate biological accumulation in foods, and intake by individuals and population. Calculate doses by summing results for expected radionuclides.


5.5.3 Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics The applicant should describe the effects of operational activities on any established resource dependencies, cultural practices, or subsistence behaviors at or in the vicinity of the site, or at offsite
Where users withdraw drinking water supplies from the affected water body, lost water to users should be estimated.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 100
Where users withdrawing irrigation water are affected, the loss should be evaluated as the sum of two volumes: the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to reduce concentrations of dissolved solids in remaining water to an agriculturally acceptable level.
areas. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects could occur as a result of operations. The ER should address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts. Such information may include, but is not limited to:  
*
subsistence behavior (i.e., hunting, fishing, or other natural resource exploitation as an income supplement)
*
unique cultural practices (e.g., American Indian Tribal religious and ceremonial reliance on natural resources such as sweet grasses, fish, and wild rice)
*
special circumstances or unique characteristics, (e.g., minority communities identifiable in compact (smaller than a census block) locations, such as American Indian communities)
*
any disproportionately high socioeconomic characteristic (e.g., a high dependence on pedestrian transportation.)
5.6 Historic and Cultural Resources Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA)
(54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.), requires that Federal agencies consider the effects of the agencys undertaking on historic properties included in, or eligible for, the National Register of Historic Places and, before approval of an undertaking, give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking. The NHPA defines undertakings as any project or activity that is funded or under the direct jurisdiction of a Federal agency, or any project or activity that requires a Federal permit, license, or approval. The ACHPs regulations at 36 CFR Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties, set forth the procedures that define how Federal agencies meet Section 106 responsibilities.


Although the NRC retains the responsibility to formally initiate the Section 106 review, the applicant should provide information and analysis for the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) to comply with Section 106 requirements in a manner that minimizes the potential for delays in the environmental review. The applicant should identify any activities and impacts associated with the period of plant operations, including maintenance-related and reasonably foreseeable future construction activities (e.g., warehouse, ISFSI), that could affect historic and cultural resources within the area of potential effects (APE) (onsite or offsite, direct and indirect effects). The applicant should provide a site utilization plan that includes the location of reasonably foreseeable future construction activities.
The volume of dilution water required to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. The real extent of the effect should be estimated.


Applicants should involve the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), local historic preservation officials, Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO), and American Indian Tribes in the assessment.
To the extent possible, the applicant should treat problems of spills and drainage during construction in the same manner as 1.4.1.


The ER should include the following information (with appropriate reference to Chapter 2 of the ER to avoid duplication of information):
1.6Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
*
1.6.1 People
Description of any operational activities, including maintenance activities that could affect onsite or offsite resources (e.g., ground-disturbing activity not discussed in Chapter 4, increases in traffic, and noise and visual intrusions (i.e., cooling towers and other plant structures)).
1.6.2 Property
*
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
Description of historic properties found in the direct and indirect APEs that may be affected by operational activities. The criteria specified in 36 CFR 800.5 should be used to assess adverse effects to historic properties. The assessment should provide a basis and documentation for how a conclusion is reached.
1.7.1 Water quality, physical Acre-feet and acres.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 101
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical Water quality may be impaired.
*
Description of the effects associated with operation, including maintenance activities on historic and cultural resources that are not determined to be historic properties, but may be considered by SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, or members of the public to have cultural significance/importance in the context of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (e.g., sacred sites, cemeteries, local gathering areas).
*
Discuss the direct and indirect effects (e.g., ground disturbance, physical, visual, auditory, atmospheric such as fugitive dust, light, and traffic), if any, from the period of plant operations, including maintenance-related and reasonably foreseeable future construction activities (e.g.,
warehouse, ISFSI), on nearby historic properties or important historic and cultural resources.


*
Acre-feet, %.
For indirect effects, the assessment should include drawings or modified photographs indicating the station facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these nearby important vantage points.
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of meaure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be. applied consistently to alt alternatives for the effect being measured.


The assessment should lead to one of three conclusions (see 36 CFR 800.4):
w w
- No historic properties present.
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued w
Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Description Measure, Computation
1.8 Other impacts
1.9Co mbined or interactive effects The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.


- Historic properties present but the undertaking will have no effect upon them.
Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequatety indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total, combined effect should be described.


- Adverse effect: The undertaking will harm one or more historic properties (see 36 CFR
1.10 Net effects See discussion in Section 5.8.
800.5).
If a qualified professional (see Section 2.6.2) has recommended a no historic properties present determination, then the applicant should provide supporting documentation in the ER.


If a qualified professional has recommended a finding of no adverse effect to historic properties, the applicant should develop a plan that outlines protective measures to minimize or avoid these effects.
1 Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure. where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


The applicant should engage the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties in the formalization of these protection plans and document this within the ER.
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Computation I. Ground Water
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants Availability or quality of drinking water may be decreased and the functioning of existing wells may be impaired.


If a qualified professional determines that adverse effects to historic properties occur, the applicant should engage with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes and interested parties and document this determination in the ER. The ER should describe any procedures and cultural resource management plans developed by the applicant to protect historic and cultural resources during operations, as well as any measures to avoid, minimize or mitigate adverse effects. These procedures should also include steps to take in the event of inadvertent discoveries, including the discovery of human remains.
Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may be affected.


The applicant should be aware that the NRC, as a Federal agency, is responsible for consulting with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian tribes and interested parties as part of the Section 106 compliance process. If the NRC determines an adverse effect will occur, it will, in accordance with Part
Drinking water of nearby communities.
800, develop proposed measures in consultation with identified consulting parties that might avoid, minimize, or mitigate such effects. Such measures, as appropriate, would be discussed in the NRC staffs environmental impact statement (EIS). If the NRC staff determines that adverse effects would occur, it can develop a Memorandum of Agreement or Programmatic Agreement (See 36 CFR Part 800.6), as appropriate. See Appendix B for additional information on consultation.


5.7 Air Resources The ER should adequately describe the impacts to the atmosphere from cooling-system operations, as well as the impacts to air quality from operation of the proposed plant and associated
Gallons per year.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 102 transmission lines. The scope of the review is based on the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts associated with the operations and the characteristics of the site and vicinity. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data used, resulting output, and approaches used in the analyses for operation impacts to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
Volume of replacement water for local wells actually affected must be estimated.


5.7.1 Cooling-System Impacts The applicant should describe atmospheric impacts from cooling-system operations. The description should include the following:
Estimate the area in which ground water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation. Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreatioiual. agricultural and residential.
*
type of cooling system
*
cooling-system characteristics (e.g., the number of towers and fans, location, elevation above sea- level, tower physical dimensions, and release height)
*
performance characteristics (e.g., air and water mass flow rates, water temperature entering and leaving the tower, air temperature leaving the tower, and amount of heat released)
*
drift characteristics (e.g., drift rate, drift droplet size distributions, and concentration of dissolved and suspended solids).
*
analytical technique(s) for estimating cooling-system impacts (e.g., model and meteorological data used)
*
estimates of cooling-system impacts at the site and vicinity, including the following:
- monthly and/or seasonal and annual plume lengths
- monthly and/or seasonal and annual additional hours of fogging and icing
- monthly and/or seasonal and annual amounts and locations of salt deposition
- monthly and/or seasonal and annual increases in humidity and precipitation, including snowfall
- potential local weather modification from cloud formation/shadowing
- interactions of plume with other pollutant sources
5.7.2 Air-Quality Impacts The applicant should describe air-quality impacts associated with operations. The description should include the following:
*
Identification of applicable Federal, State, and local air regulations and required air permits for operation.


*
Acres.
Sources and types of air pollutant emissions, including mitigating measures, and plans to minimize air emissions.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 103
2.2C h e m i c a I
*
contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
Estimates of annual air emissions for criteria air pollutants identified in the National Ambient Air Quality Standards from sources such as diesel generators, engines, boilers, cooling towers, and commuter vehicles. If the proposed site is located in a nonattainment or maintenance area with respect to a criteria pollutant, the emission estimates can be used as a basis for assessing the applicability of a conformity analysis (see 40 CFR 93, Subpart B and NRC Memorandum Revision to Staff Guidance for Conducting General Conformity Determinations).
2.2.1 People
*
2.2.2 Plants
Estimates of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (expressed in units of CO2 equivalents) resulting from station operation, including GHG emissions from standby diesel generators and workforce transportation. The applicant should compare these GHG emissions to State and national GHG
2.3.1 People Galloas per year.
emissions and, if available, State or Public Utility Commission GHG emission reduction goals (from Chapter 2). The applicant may provide either site-specific estimates or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a 1000-MW(e) reactor. The analysis should be adjusted according to the proposed action (number of units, electrical output). The assumptions, factors, and other information used in any site-specific analysis should be described in sufficient detail to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the resulting GHG emissions estimate (Ref. 15). 
5.7.3 Transmission-Line Impacts The applicant should describe air-quality impacts associated with transmission lines, including a description and quantification of ozone (O3) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) production associated with power transmission.


5.8 Nonradiological Health The applicant should address nonradiological human health impacts of operating a new nuclear power plant. This includes a discussion of health impacts on the public and workers from operation of the cooling system, noise generated by operations, electromagnetic fields (EMFs), and transportation. In addition, the applicant should address any other sources of potential nonradiological health impacts (e.g., chemical).
Compute annual loss of potable water.
5.8.1 Etiological Agents and Emerging Contaminants The applicant should describe the operation of systems that might increase the presence and distribution of etiological agents and emerging contaminants that affect human health. These include the operation of cooling systems (e.g., release of thermal discharges into reservoirs or rivers, and cooling towers). The discussion should include the following:
*
Type of cooling system, the source and discharge waterbody.


*
Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may experience toxic effects.
Types of etiological agents that may be present.


*
Radionuclides which enter ground water may add to natural background radiation level for water and food supplies.
Temperature increase expected for the aquatic environment from the plants thermal discharge. If discharge of blowdown water is to a river, the contribution of discharge to total flow and the change in water temperature should be described. Seasonal differences in temperature should also be described.


*
Acres.
The pathways for public and worker exposure from cooling system discharge (e.g., use of reservoir for recreational activities, collection of shellfish in thermal discharge, or workers performing cooling tower maintenance).  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 104
Estimate area affected and report separately by land use.
*
Suspected contributing factors related to the incidence of disease should be discussed. Potential linkage between operation and these agents should be provided. Historical records of disease incidence should be presented.


*
Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural and residential.
The potential pathways for the transfer of contaminants and materials in the reclaimed water or impaired surface waters to both the public and station workforce should be addressed. Transfer of these chemicals and compounds to members of the public and the workforce could occur as a result of maintenance and operation of the station cooling systems as well as from the disposal of sanitary wastes. Releases from the proposed facility in the form of drift or blowdown should be evaluated.


*
Estimate intakes by individuals and populations. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.
The effect of cycles of concentration associated with the use of closed-cycle cooling on the release of chemicals and materials in the reclaimed water or impaired water sources to the public, the workforce and the environment from cooling tower drift or station blowdown.


*
2.3 R a d i o n u c Ii d e contamination of ground water Rem per year for individ uals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of year of first scheduled year of plant opera- tion.
The effect of discharges to the environment from the sanitary waste system and its potential impact on humans should be discussed.


*
Rad per year.
A discussion of State and local restrictions or requirements on the use of reclaimed or polluted water by the proposed facility.


*
2.3.2 Plants and animals Radionuclides which enter ground water may add to natural background radiation level for local plant forms and animal population.
Any BMPs and any other mitigation strategies required or planned to address the impacts of etiological agents or emerging contaminants.


5.8.2 Noise Impacts The applicant should describe noise impacts associated with operations. The description should include the following:
Estimate uptake in plants and transfer to animals. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.
*
applicable Federal, State, and local regulations and/or ordinances governing noise from building activities
*
background noise measurements and closest noise-sensitive human receptors or sensitive areas (Chapter 2 of this RG)
*
sources of noise from the proposed plant (e.g., operation of mechanical draft cooling towers and intake pumps) 
*
peak noise level measurements for each identified source type, along with estimated noise levels at representative distances, with attenuation by distance alone (i.e., not taking advantage of any intervening foliage, terrain changes, or permanent barriers between the source and the receptor)
*
measurement or calculation of the levels of noise from each of the identified sources at the closest noise-sensitive human receptors identified in Section 2.8.2, including a description of any noise- abatement models 
*
any BMPs and any other mitigation strategies required or planned for noise abatement for operation of the proposed plant


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 105 If the measured or calculated noise level from any identified source type exceeds 65 dBA (see NUREG-1437, Initial and Revision 1, for additional information) at any noise-sensitive human receptor or at the site boundary when calculated with attenuation by distance alone, the applicant should determine the noise level that would result from taking advantage of natural attenuation, such as intervening foliage, natural barriers, and changes in terrain. The determination of natural attenuation may be accomplished by the applicant performing a series of leaf-on and leaf-off noise surveys or by using an industry standard modeling or calculation process. If the measured or calculated noise level from the source exceeding the
The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.
65 dBA threshold cannot be demonstrated to be reduced through natural attenuation to below the threshold, the applicant should describe specific mitigation measures to be used to reduce the noise level to below 65 dBA.


5.8.3 Electric Shock Impacts The applicant should describe electric shock effects of EMFs associated with transmission lines.
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


The description should include the following:
w MW
*
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continuwd Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Description Measuret Computation
types of transmission lines (Chapter 3 of this RG)
3. Air
*
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
types of potential exposures to transmission lines (e.g., electric shock from direct contact or induced charge to metal structures)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
*
3.1.2 Air transportation
impact to human health compared to national standards (e.g., National Electric Safety Code) and State and local codes and regulations 
3.1.3 Water transportation
5.8.4 Chronic Effects of Electromagnetic Fields Operating power transmission lines in the United States produce EMFs of non-ionizing radiation at 60 Hz, which is considered to be an extremely low frequency (ELF)-EMF. NRC has reviewed the available scientific literature on chronic effects on human health from ELF-EMF and concurs with the conclusions of the Advisory Group on Non-Ionising Radiation as stated in Power Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Melatonin and the Risk of Breast Cancer (Ref. 67); by the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) as stated in NIEHS Report on Health Effects from Exposure to Power-Line Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields (Ref. 68); and the World Health Organization as stated in Extremely Low Frequency Fields (Ref. 69). The NIEHS report contains the following conclusion:
3.1.4 Plants
The NIEHS concludes that ELF-EMF exposure cannot be recognized as entirely safe because of weak scientific evidence that exposure may pose a leukemia hazard. In our opinion, this finding is insufficient to warrant aggressive regulatory concern. However, because virtually everyone in the United States uses electricity and therefore is routinely exposed to ELF-EMF, passive regulatory action is warranted such as a continued emphasis on educating both the public and the regulated community on means aimed at reducing exposures. The NIEHS does not believe that other cancers or non-cancer health outcomes provide sufficient evidence of a risk to currently warrant concern.
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3.1 People, external Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.


See also the discussion of this issue in NUREG-1437 (Initial and Revision 1) and Table B-1 in 10
Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.
CFR Part 51. The applicant should review and report whether there is any new information regarding whether a consensus has been reached by the appropriate Federal health agencies pertaining to the effects of long-term or chronic exposure to EMFs.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 106
Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions In all seasons.
5.8.5 Occupational Health The applicant should describe human-health risks for operations personnel engaged in activities such as maintenance, testing, and plant modifications for the proposed project. The description should include the following:
*
The incidence of occupational health risks described in Chapter 2 of this RG.


*
Damage to timber and crops may occur through introduction of adverse conditions.
Occupational health risks compared to the incidence rate for workers in similar occupations (e.g., electric power generation, transmission, and distribution). Include State and Federal labor references in the discussion.


*
Pollutant emissions may diminish the quality of the local ambient air.
Standards, practices, and procedures to reduce the potential for occupational injury and fatality risk.


5.8.6 Human Health Impacts from Transportation The applicant should provide estimates of the potential human-health impacts related to nonradiological traffic-related accidents from commuting operations and outage workers and transportation of supplies, equipment, and nonradiological waste to and from the proposed site.
Odor in gaseous discharge or from effects on water body may be objectionable.


Nonradiological traffic-related impacts refer to the accidents, injuries, and fatalities estimated to occur from traffic accidents during movement of operations workers to and from the proposed site during operations. Where possible, the impacts should be estimated using information specific to the proposed site (e.g., by using county-specific accident statistics). The following information should be provided:
Radionuclide discharge or direct radiation may add to natural background radiation level.
*
Summary of provisions for site access during operations, including during outages.


*
Hours per year.
Description of the method(s) used to estimate nonradiological traffic-related accident impacts, including nonradiological traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities. Nonradiological traffic-related accident impacts should be estimated using round-trip distances.


Specification of input parameters and sources used in the impact assessment. Where assumptions are used to fill in missing or highly uncertain data (e.g., commute distances, persons per vehicle, and number of deliveries), the assumptions should be bounding and reasonable (i.e., the assumptions tend to overstate transportation impacts yet are not so conservative that they could mask the true environmental impacts of the reactor and lead to invalid conclusions). The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to inform NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation, indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
Hours per year.


*
Hours per year.
Annual number of traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities.


5.9 Radiological Health during Normal Operation and Radioactive Waste Management The applicant should evaluate the potential radiological impacts to the public, workers and nonhuman biota that includes the radiological sources from operation of the proposed facility. This includes a discussion of the estimated radiation dose to members of the public, workers, and to the nonhuman biota inhabiting the area around the proposed site. The applicant should also evaluate the environmental impacts from low-level solid waste management (LLW) and onsite storage of spent fuel.
Acres by crop.


The ER should use the same units of measure as used in the FSAR.
% and pounds or tons.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 107
Compute the number of hours per year that driving hazards will be increased on paved highways by fog and ice from cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should include the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.
5.9.1 Exposure Pathways The applicant should provide the following in the ER:
*
The environmental pathways by which radiation from radioactive effluents can be transmitted from the proposed plant to living organisms. Figure 5-1 identifies the exposure pathways to humans and Figure 5-2 addresses the exposure pathways to nonhuman biota.


*
Compute the number of hours per year that commercial airports will be closed because of fog from cooling towers.
The sources of direct radiation exposures. These sources should include, but not be limited to, independent spent-fuel storage installations, radioactive waste handling facilities, low-level waste storage facilities, condensate storage tanks, fuel buildings, turbine buildings, and skyshine.


*
Compute the number of hours per year ships will need to reduce speed because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or warm water added to the surface of the river, lake or sea.
The pathways for gaseous effluents considering immersion in the gaseous plume, inhalation of iodines and particulates, ingestion of iodines and particulates through the milk cow, milk goat, meat animal and vegetation pathways, radiation from iodines and particulates deposited on the ground.


*
Estimate the acreage of potential plant damage by crop.
The pathways for liquid effluents considering drinking water, ingestion of fish and invertebrates and shoreline activities for water containing radioactive effluents.


*
The actual concentration of each pollutant in ppm for maximum daily emission rate should be expressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Report weight for expected annual emissions.
Site-specific unusual pathways uniquely associated with the proposed facilities.


5.9.2 Radiation Doses to Members of the Public In the ER, the applicant should provide an estimate of the maximum annual individual dose and the annual total collective doses to the population within 50-mi (80-km) from radioactive gaseous and liquid effluents released from the plant during operation. The ER should provide the inputs for these calculations as well as the source of the data used. The information in the ER should be consistent with the information in the FSAR.
A statement must be made as to whether odor originating in plant is perceptible at any point off-site.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 108
Sum dose contributions from nuclides expected to be released.


Figure 5-1. Example Exposure Pathways to Humans (adapted from Ref. 70)
tl.A
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air Statement.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 109
3.3 R a d i o n u c lid e s discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported).
Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of year of first scheduled operation.


Figure 5-2.  Example Exposure Pathways to Nonhuman Biota (adapted from Ref. 70)
Rem per year for in divi duals (whole body and organ); man-rcm per year for
3.3.2 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may add to the natural radioactivity in vegetation and in soil.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 110
For radionuclides expected to be teleased estimate deposit and accumulation in foods. Estimate intakes by individuals and populations and sum results for all expected radionuclides.
Liquid Effluent Pathway The ER should contain the following:
* Liquid pathway doses to the maximally exposed individual (MEI) calculated using the current NRC-approved computer code (e.g., LADTAP II) (Ref. 71), that comply with RG 1.109, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man From Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purposes of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix I (Ref. 72). The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to inform NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references),
indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


*
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the eifect being measured.
The activities considered in the dose calculations: (1) consumption of drinking water affected by liquid effluents; (2) consumption of fish and invertebrates from water sources affected by liquid effluents; (3) direct radiation from swimming, boating, and shoreline activities on waterbodies affected by liquid effluents; and (4) ingestion of irrigated foods.


*
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Other parameters used as inputs to the current approved computer code including effluent discharge rate, dilution factor for discharge, transit time to receptor, and liquid pathway consumption and usage factors (i.e., shoreline usage, fish consumption, and drinking water consumption).
Computation population as of year of fisst scheduled operation.
*
The location of the MEI, the age of the MEI (i.e., infant, child, teen, or adult), and source of the majority of the dose. In addition, the ER should provide the maximally exposed organ, and source of that dose.


*
3.3.3 Plants and animals Radionuclide discharge may add to Rad per year.
The calculated annual collective population doses in units of person-rem for this pathway based on an estimated population distribution late in the timeframe of the proposed license.


In the ER, the applicant should provide the doses to the MEI in a table similar to Table 5-1.
natural background radioactivity of local plant and anjmal life.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 111 Table 5-1. Annual Doses to the Maximally Exposed Individual for Liquid Effluent Releases from the Proposed Facility
Estimate deposit of radionuclides on, and uptake in plants and animals. Sum dose contributions for radionuclides expected to be released.


Pathway
"Re applicant should describe and quantify any other envixonmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.


Age Group
3.4 Other impacts on air
1 Applicant may substitute an altemalive unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measur- ihodld be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


Total Body (mrem/yr)
JOE
Maximum Organ (mrem/yr)
Thyroid (mrem/yr)
Drinking Water


Adult
w W
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued W
Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Computation


Teen
===4.  Land===
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land,amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
Land will be preempted for construction of nuclear power plant, plant facilities, and exclusion zone.


Child
There will be a loss of desirable qualities in the environment due to the noise and movement of men, material and machines.


Infant
of Historical sites may be affected by construction of Construction activity may impinge upon sites of archaeological value.


Fish and Invertebrate
Acres.


Adult
4.2.2 People (accessibility historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected.


Teen
Number by category, years.


Child
Visitors per year.


Direct Radiation
Qualified opinion.


All
Qualified opinion.


Source: [Provide all sources of data.]
Cubic yards and acres.


Gaseous Effluent Pathway The ER should contain the following:
Number of residents, school populations, hospital beds.
Gaseous pathway doses to the MEI using the currently NRC-approved computer code (e.g., GASPAR II) (Ref. 73), at the nearest residence, garden, and meat animal and the exclusion area boundary (EAB) that comply with RG 1.109. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to inform NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


*
Qualified opinion.
The calculated annual collective population doses in units of person-rem for this pathway based on an estimated population distribution late in the timeframe of the proposed license.


- The following activities should be considered in the dose calculations: (1) direct radiation from immersion in the gaseous effluent cloud and from particulates deposited on the ground; (2) inhalation of gases and particulates; (3) ingestion of meat and milk from animals eating grass affected by gases and particulates deposited on the ground; and  
State number of acres preempted for plant. exclusion zone, and accessory facilities such as cooling towers and ponds. By separate schedule slate the type and class of land preempted (e.g.. scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.).
(4) ingestion of garden vegetables affected by gases and particulates deposited on the ground.
The disruption of community life (or alternatively the degree of community isolation from such irritations.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 112
should be estimated. Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Estimate the duration of impacts.
*
The gaseous effluent releases used in the estimate of dose to the MEI and population and other parameters used as inputs to the computer program should be provided (e.g., population data, atmospheric dispersion factors, ground deposition factors, receptor locations, and consumption factors).
The doses to the MEI should be presented in a table similar Table 5-2.


Table 5-2. Doses to the Maximally Exposed Individual from Gaseous Effluent Pathway Pathway Age Group Total Body Dose (mrem/yr)
Determine historical sites that might be displaced by generation facilities. Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.
Max Organ (Specify)
(mrem/yr)
Skin Dose (mrem/yr)
Thyroid Dose (mrem/yr)
Plume (distance and direction)


Ground (distance and direction)
Summarize evaluation of impact on archeological resources in terms of remaining potential value of the site.


Inhalation Nearest residence (distance and direction)
Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State or Federal agencies, if available.


Vegetable (distance and direction)
Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse affects.


Meat animals (distance and direction)
Estimate soil displaced by construction activity and erosion. Beneficial and detrimental effects should be reported separately.


Milk animals (distance and direction)
Use the Proposed
!!UD
Criterion Guideline for Non-Aircraft Noise to establish areas receiving noise in the categories of
"Cleariy Unacceptable,"
"Normally Unacceptable" and "Normally Acceptable." For each area report separately the number of residences, the total school population, and the total number of hospital beds.


5.9.3 Impacts to Members of the Public This section describes the applicants evaluation of the estimated impacts from radiological releases and direct radiation from the proposed facility. The evaluation should address dose from operations to the MEI located at the proposed site boundary and the population dose (collective dose to the population within 50 mi) around the proposed site.
Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and regional authorities when available.


Maximally Exposed Individual The applicant should provide the total body and organ dose estimates to the MEI from liquid and gaseous effluents for the proposed facility and compare it to the design objectives of 10 CFR Part 50,
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
Appendix I. A comparison of the dose estimates for the proposed facility should be presented in a table similar to Table 5-3.
4.3.1 People (amenities)
Site preparation and plant construction will involve cut and fill operations with accompanying erosion potential.


For multiple units, or building of a new unit adjacent to an operating unit, the applicant should compare the combined dose estimates from direct radiation and gaseous and liquid effluents from the operating facility and the proposed facility. The data should be provided in a table similar to Table 5-4 and compared to the dose standards in 40 CFR Part 190, Environmental Radiation Protection Standards for Nuclear Power Operations, (Ref. 74).
4.3 Plant operation Noise may induce stress.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 113 Table 5-3.
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
The local landscape as viewed from adjacent residential areas and neighboring historical, scenic, and recreational sites may be rendered Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


Comparison of MEI Annual Dose Estimates from Liquid and Gaseous Effluents to 10
Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measure'
CFR Part 50, Appendix I Design Objectives Radionuclide Releases/Dose Applicant Assessment Appendix I
Computation aesthetically objectionable by the plant facility.
Design Objectives Gaseous effluents (noble gases only)
Beta air dose (mrad/yr)


20
4.3.3 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected.
Gamma air dose (mrad/yr)


10
4.3.4 Land, flood control
Total body dose (mrem/yr)
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People Health and safety near the water body may be affected by flood control.


5 Skin dose (mrem/yr)
Intrusion of salts into groundwater may affect water supply.


15 Gaseous effluents (radioiodines and particulates)
Deposition of entrained salts may be detrimental in come nearby regions.
Organ dose (mrem/yr)


15 Liquid effluents Total body dose (mrem/yr)
Qualified opinion.


3 Maximum organ dose (mrem/yr)
Reference to Flood Control District approv- al.


10
Pounds per square foot per year.
Table 5-4. Comparison of Doses to 40 CFR Part 190
Radionuclide Dose Operating Facility Proposed Facility Site Total dose (mrem/yr)
40 CFR Part 190
Dose Standards (mrem/yr)
Combined liquid, direct and gaseous dose (mrem/yr)
Combined liquid, direct and gaseous dose (mrem/yr)
Whole body dose


25 Thyroid
4.4.2 Plants and animals Acres.


75 Any other organ
Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.


25 Source: [Provide all sources of data.]
Reference must be made to regulations of cognizant Flood Control Agency by use of one of the following terms: Has NO IMPLICATIONS
Population Dose The applicant should estimate the annual collective population total body dose in units of person- rem within a 50-mi radius of the proposed site. The estimated collective dose to the same population from natural background radiation should also be estimated and the two values compared. The dose from natural background radiation should be calculated by multiplying the 50-mi population estimate for the year operation is expected to cease (for the 40-year license including through one license renewal) by the average annual background dose rate of 311 mrem/yr from the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), Ionizing Radiation Exposure of the Population of the United States (Ref.
for flood control, COMPLIES with flood control reguL-tion.


75), or the currently accepted natural background dose rate at the location being considered for the proposed site.
Estimate the amount of salts discharged as drift and particulates. Report maximum deposition. Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.


5.9.4 Occupational Doses to Workers The applicant should provide an estimate for the annual occupation dose to workers, including outage activities, in units of person-rem. This value can either be estimated from the DCD for the reactor
Salt tolerance of local affected area vegetation must be determined. That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 114 design, from the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, FSAR or from reports on doses to workers at operational units at the site.
agricultural and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected identify populations.


5.9.5 Doses to Nonhuman Biota The applicant should determine if there is any potential for significant radiological impacts to biota other than members of the public and, if so, estimate the nature and magnitude of the impact. The scope of the review should include an analysis of radiation-exposure pathways to biota.
If salt spray impinges upon a local community, then property damage may be estimated by applying to the local value of buildings, machinery, and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable sea-coast community.


In the ER, the applicant should include the following:
State total length and area of new rights-of-way.
*
Pathways identified in Section 5.9.1 of this RG.


*
Total length of new transmission lines and area of right-of-way through various categories of visually sensitive land.
Biota to be evaluated. The biota to be considered are those species of local flora and local and migratory fauna defined as important (Table 2-1) and whose terrestrial and/or aquatic habitats provide the highest potential for radiation exposure. Or, the applicant should specify surrogates for aquatic species (e.g., fish, invertebrates, and algae) and for terrestrial species (e.g., muskrats, raccoons, herons, and ducks).
*
An estimation, considering exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, of the following: (1) the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and (2) the internal dose rates (millirad/year) that may result from those concentrations. Values of bioaccumulation factors, concentration ratios, and transfer factors used in preparing the estimates should be based on site-specific data, if available; otherwise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations. Dose rates to important local flora and local and migratory fauna that receive the highest external exposures should be provided along with a description of the calculational models. The bioaccumulation factor for aquatic organisms is the value of the ratio: (concentration in organism)/(concentration in water). The soil-to-plant concentration ratio is the ratio of plant concentration (dry weight)/(the concentration in dry soil). The feed-to-organism transfer factor is the ratio of (concentration in fresh tissue)/(daily intake of the radionuclide by the organism).
Values of bioaccumulation factors, concentration ratios, and transfer factors can be obtained from the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) documents Sediment Distribution Coefficients and Concentration Factors for biota in the Marine Environment (Ref. 76) and Handbook of Parameter Values for the Prediction of Radionuclide Transfer in Terrestrial and Freshwater Environments (Ref. 77).
The applicant should provide the doses from the liquid and gaseous pathways and the total body nonhuman biota dose from all pathways.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 115 Table 5-5 is an example of how to present the data.
Estimate total number of visually undesirable features.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 116 Table 5-5. Nonhuman Biota Doses for Proposed Reactor(s)
such as: Number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection or interchanges. Number of major waterway crossings. Number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings. Number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.
Biota Liquid Pathway Dose (mrad/yr)
Gaseous Pathway Dose (mrad/yr)
Total Body Biota Dose All Pathways (mrad/yr)
Fish


Invertebrate
4.4.3 Property resources
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount Structures and movable property may suffer degradation from corrosive effects.


Algae
Land will be preempted for construction of transmission line systems.


Muskrat
Lines may pass through visually sensitive (that is sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers) areas, thus impinging on their present and potential use and value.


Raccoon
Lines may present visually undersirable features.


Heron
Dollars per year.


Duck
Miles, acres.


Source: [Provide all sources of data]
Miles, acres.
The applicant should then compare the estimated total body dose rates to surrogate biota species that would be produced by releases from the proposed facility to the IAEA guidelines in Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Plants and Animals at Levels Implied by Current Radiation Protection Standards (Ref. 78) and the NCRP biota dose guidelines in Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Aquatic Organisms (Ref. 79). The results of the analysis should be provided in a table similar to Table 5-6.


Table 5-6. Comparison of Biota Doses from the Proposed Reactor(s) to Relevant Guidelines for Biota Protection Biota Total Body Dose (mrad/d)  
4.S.2 Land use and land value
IAEA/NCRP Dose Guidelines for Protection of Biota Populations (mrad/d)
4.5.3 People (aesthetics)
Fish
"!umber of such teatures.


1000
'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.
Invertebrate


1000
w Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued W
Algae
Primary I mpact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'
Computation
4.6 Transmission facilities
4.6.1 Land adjacent to Constructing new roads for access to Miles.


1000
Estimate length of new access and service roads required construction right-of-way right-of-way may have environmental impact.
Muskrat


100
Soil erosion may result from construction activities.
Raccoon


100
for alternative routes.
Heron


100
Estimate area with increased erosion potential traceable to construction activities.
Duck


100
4.6.2 Land, erosion Tons per year.
5.9.6 Radiological Monitoring Regarding the radiological environmental monitoring program (REMP), located in the Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, for the site, the applicant should provide the following:
*
The dates when the preoperational REMP began and when the operational REMP began. If the site does not have an operational reactor or does not have a permanently shutdown reactor, the applicant should provide the date when the preoperational REMP is expected to start.


*
Qualified opinion.
A brief summary of the REMP.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 117
4.6.3 Wildlife
*
4.7.1 Land Use Widlife may be affected.
If there is an operational REMP at the site, the applicant should address whether the current REMP will be used or if there will be changes to the REMP from the addition of the proposed plant.


5.9.7 Solid Waste Management and Onsite Spent Fuel Storage Based on the information provided in Section 3.4.2, Radioactive Waste Management, the applicant should provide the following:
4.7 Transmission line operation Land preempted by right-of-way may be used for additional beneficial purposes such as orchards, picnic areas, nurseries.
*
A summary of plans for minimizing the production and processing of Class A, B, and C LLW
onsite.


*
hiking and riding trails.
An estimate of the amount of Class A, B, and C LLW that can be stored onsite and an estimate for how long it would take for storage to meet maximum capacity.


*
Modified wildlife habitat may result in changes.
A discussion about whether there are plans for constructing temporary storage facilities onsite.


*
%6
An estimate of the quantity of spent fuel that will be able to be stored onsite in both the spent fuel pool and in an ISFSI and provide an estimate of when the spent fuel storage would meet maximum capacity.
4.7.2 Wildlife Qualified opinton.


*
4.8 Other land impacts
Information on whether there are plans for building an ISFSI, being cognizant of the analysis in NUREG-2157.
4.9Co mbined or interactive effects Estimate percent of right-of-way for which no multiple use activities are planned.


5.10
Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.
Nonradioactive Waste Management Liquid and gaseous radioactive releases from the reactor are considered effluent releases and are evaluated in Section 5.9. The applicant should describe the environmental impacts that could result from the generation, handling, and disposal of nonradioactive waste during operation. The types of nonradioactive waste that would be generated, handled, and disposed of during operation include municipal solid waste, industrial solid wastes, stormwater runoff, sanitary waste, liquid effluents containing chemicals or biocides, industrial liquid wastes, used oils and lubricants from vehicle maintenance, and combustion emissions. In addition, small quantities of hazardous waste, including mixed waste, may be generated during operations. Mixed waste is waste that is a combination of hazardous and low-level radioactive waste.


5.10.1 Impacts to Land The applicant should describe the expected nonradioactive waste streams destined for land-based treatment or disposal during operation. The description should include the following:
The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.
*
Type of waste streams. Typical solid waste generation comes from water-treatment wastes, laboratory wastes, trash, sanitary waste, cooling-water intake screen debris, and small quantities of hazardous and mixed waste.


*
Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.
Actions to address waste streams, including waste minimization, recycling, transportation, storage, and disposal.


*
See discussion in Section 5.8.
Federal, State, and local codes and regulations that address solid waste, including any permits necessary for solid waste at the site.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 118 The applicant should then describe the expected impacts to land use associated with the disposal of nonradioactive waste.
q.10 Net effects
1 Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should he applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.


5.10.2 Impacts to Water The applicant should describe nonradioactive liquid-waste streams associated with operations.
AEC FORM_
BENEFITS FROM THE PROPOSED FACILITY
Direct Benefits Expected Average Annual Generation in Kilowatt-Hours ......................
Capacity in Kilowatts .................................................
Proportional Distribution of Electrical Energy Expected Annual Delivery in Kilowatt-Hours:
Industrial ...................................................
Com m ercial .................................................
Residential ..................................................
O ther ......................................................
Expected Average Annual Btu (in millions) of Steam Sold from the Facility .......
Expected Average Annual Delivery of Other Beneficial Products (appropriate physical units) ...................................................
Revenues from Delivered Benefits:
Electrical Energy Generated
........................................
Steam Sold .....................................................
O ther Products ..................................................
Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)
Taxes (Local, State, Federal) ...........................................
Research ...........................................................
Regional Product ....................................................
Environmental Enhancement:
R ecreation ......................................................
N avigation ......................................................
Air Quality:
S0 2 .......................................................
NOX
..................................................
Particulates ..................................................
O thers .....................................................
Employment
...
Education .........
........
O thers ............................................................
50


The description should include the following:
COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP
*
(All monetized costs expressed in terms of their present and annualized values)
Type of waste streams. Typical liquid-waste generation comes from cooling-water blowdown, auxiliary-boiler blowdown, water-treatment wastes, discharge from floor and equipment drains, stormwater runoff, effluents from the sanitary sewage-treatment system, and facility and vehicle maintenance activities.
Generating Cost Present Worth Annualized Present Worth Transmission and Hook.up Cost Annualized Environmental Costs UNITS
MAGNITUDE
] PAGE
1. Natural surface water body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1..-1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic biota
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fis


*
====h. migration====
Actions to address waste streams, including waste minimization and treatment, recycling, storage, and disposal.
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Radionuclides discharged to water body
1.5.1 Aquatic organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 Peopl


*
====e. ingestion====
Federal, State, and local codes and regulations that address liquid waste, including any permits necessary for liquid-waste disposal at the site.
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction lincluding site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical
1.8 Other Impacts
1.9 Combined or intrractive effects
1.10 Net effect
51


The applicant should then describe the expected impacts to water resources associated with the releases of nonradioactive waste.
COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP
(Continued)
Environmental Costs
]
UNITS
MAGNITUDE
I
PAGE


5.10.3 Impacts to Air The applicant should describe nonradioactive gaseous waste streams associated with operations.
===2. Ground water===
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water lexcluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 ":I.,
s
3.2 Cl-ori.*-i
:* charge to ambient air
1 2.1 Ai, u jalit


Identify if these impacts have been addressed under Air Resources Impacts. The description should include the following:
====y. chemical====
*
3.2.2 Air teualit
Type of waste streams. Typical gaseous waste generation comes from emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels, volatile emissions from those fuels, and other volatile organic compounds from the use of materials such as paints, oils, and solvents.


*
====y.  odor====
Actions to address waste streams, including any emission-control systems and waste minimization.
3.3 Radionuclldes discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials
3.3,1 People, external
3.3.2 People, ingestion
3.3.3 Plants end animals


*
===4.  Land===
Federal, State, and local codes and regulations that address gaseous emissions. Include any permits necessary for liquid-waste disposal at the site.
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenitles)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.6 Land
52 I


The applicant should then describe the expected impacts to air quality associated with the emissions of nonradioactive waste.
COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP
(Continued)
Environmental Costs
[
UNITS
I
MAGNITUDE
PAGE
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People lamenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Lan


5.11 Environmental Impacts of Postulated Accidents The applicant should evaluate the radiological consequences to the environment from potential accidents at the proposed site. The term accident refers to any off-normal event due to equipment failure or malfunction that results in the release of radioactive materials into the environment. The evaluation should be site-specific and focus on events that could lead to releases substantially in excess of permissible limits for normal operations (i.e., design-basis accident (DBAs) and severe accidents). Severe accident mitigation alternatives (SAMAs) should be evaluated to determine if there are any procedures, training activities, or plant-design alternatives (i.e., severe accident mitigation design alternatives (SAMDAs)) that could significantly reduce environmental risks at the site. As discussed below, the
====d. flood control====
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount
4.5.2 land use and land value
4.5.3 People (aesthetics)
4.6 Transmission facilities construction
4.6.1 Land adjacent to right-of-way
4.6.2 Land, erosion
4.6.3 Wildlife
4.7 Transmission line operation
4.7.1 Land use
4.7.2 Wildlife
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or Interactive effects
4.10 Net effects
53


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 119 applicants evaluation should be performed in accordance with the current version of NRC guidance documents.
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS
(exclusive of intake and discharge)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
o INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1,1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Radlonuclides discharged to water body
1.5.1 Aquatic organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion


5.11.1 Design-Basis Accidents DBAs are evaluated in the FSAR, and include a spectrum of events that the plant should be designed specifically to accommodate. DBA analyses have a direct impact on the design of safety-related systems, structures, and components that are designed to ensure adequate protection of the public health and safety. These safety analyses are intentionally performed in a very conservative manner to compensate for uncertainties in accident progression. The radiological consequences of DBAs are assessed as part of the safety review to demonstrate that the plant can be sited and operated without undue risk to the health and safety of the public.
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
a C
I D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Pogp Magnitude Pagp Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.5.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including esie preparation)
1.7.1 Water qualit


Due to the conservatisms used in modeling of accident progression and atmospheric transport in the safety evaluation of DBAs in the FSAR, these analyses do not provide a realistic picture of the environmental consequences of accidents that the plant is designed to accommodate. The environmental impacts evaluation of DBAs using realistic assumptions on accident progression and atmospheric transport would be expected to result in estimated dose consequences lower than those documented in the FSAR. Therefore, for the environmental report it is appropriate to evaluate the DBAs using the FSAR
====y. physical====
accident release assumptions in conjunction with realistic atmospheric transport assumptions.
1.7.2 Watr quality, chemical
18 Other Impacts
1,9 Combined or interacthe effects
1.10 Not effects


Within the ER, the applicant should evaluate DBAs using site-specific data and realistic meteorology (i.e., 50th percentile atmospheric dispersion) to estimate doses at offsite locations. The radiological consequences of the DBAs are assessed, and the resulting doses compared to relevant dose criteria used in the NRC staffs safety review of DBAs (see NUREG-0800, Chapter 15). The applicant should provide the following information to support the NRC staffs environmental review of DBAs:
===2. Groundwater===
*
2.1 Rl*lglalowring of ground water levels
list and description of each DBA being considered as having a potential for releases to the environment; the DBAs should be consistent with the DBAs listed in applicable guidance (e.g., those described in RG 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Plants [Ref. 80]), and analyzed in the FSAR
2.1.1 People
*
%
time-dependent isotopic activities (i.e., the source term) released to the environment for each DBA
2.1.2 Plants
*
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
estimated doses for each DBA using realistic (i.e., 50th percentile) atmospheric dispersion factors
2.2.1 People
(/Q values) for the site (see Chapter 2 of this RG), taking into account the following:
2.2.2 Plants
- for the EAB, the dose should be calculated for a 2-hour period 
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water
- for the low-population zone (LPZ), the dose should be calculated for the course of the accident (i.e., 30 days, including 0-8 hr, 8-24 hr, 1-4 days, 4-30 days).
2.3.1 People
- comparison of the DBA doses with review dose criteria given in regulations related to the application (e.g., 10 CFR 50.34(a)(1), 10 CFR 52.17(a)(1), and 10 CFR 52.79(a)(1)
2.3.2 Plants and animals
standard review plans (i.e., SRP criteria, Table 1 in SRP Section 15.0.3 of NUREG-0800)
2.4 Other impects on ground woe
and regulatory guides, (e.g., RG 1.183), as applicable.
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing lcaused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Waewr transportation


COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
___________
I
*  
*  
conclusion on the degree of environmental impact caused by postulated DBAs at this site
I
I
ENVIRONMENTAL. COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page ENIOMNA
COSTS__________
-
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chamical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Radlonuclides discharged to amtbent air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported)
3.3.1 People, external
3.3.2 People, Ingestion
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other impacts on air


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 120
===4. Land===
5.11.2 Severe Accidents The applicant should evaluate the mean environmental (i.e., individual, population, economic, and contaminated land area) probability-weighted consequences, or risks, of severe accidents involving radioactive material within a 50 mi radius of the site. Severe accidents involve multiple failures of equipment or function and, therefore, the likelihood of occurrence is lower for severe accidents than for DBAs; however the consequences of such accidents may be higher. The risks for specific severe accident types are defined as the product of the probability of that type of accident occurring multiplied by the estimated consequences for that type of accident. Severe accident types (or major release categories),
4.1 Site selection
source terms, and associated probabilities (i.e., core damage frequencies) are reactor-specific and determined from the design (i.e., Level 1 and Level 2) probabilistic risk assessment (PRA).
4.1.1 Land, amount oA
The Level 1 and Level 2 PRAs should be consistent with NRC staffs safety review guidance for PRAs (see SRP Chapter 19 of NUREG-0800). The site-specific environmental risks of severe accidents (i.e., Level 3 PRA) should consider all severe accident types from the Level 1 PRA, and apply all source terms from the Level 2 PRA. The Level 2 PRA information for the transition from radioactive material release to Level 3 PRA needs to have clear traceability of the release category quantifications back to the radioactive material release analysis. This would ensure that the necessary event information (e.g. event frequencies, source term release fractions and plume segments) from internally initiated events, fire events, flooding events, low power and shutdown events, and externally initiated events that could affect the Level 3 PRA analysis is provided in a suitable form for the NRC staff environmental review.
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological site,)
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (asthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals


The ER should estimate the risks applying an acceptable methodology that uses onsite and regional meteorology, population, and land-use data (see Chapter 2 of this RG for relevant site-specific meteorological, population and land-use guidance.) Relevant environmental pathways that lead to radiation dose should be considered in the consequence assessment, including the air, ground, food, surface water, and groundwater. The applicant should provide the following information to support the NRC staffs environmental review of severe accidents:
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)
*
ALTERNATIVES
reference for the reactor design and the associated PRA (through Level 2) used in the severe accident risk analysis;
A
*
1 C
list of severe accident release sequences and their associated core damage frequencies (CDFs)
0
from the Level 1 PRA and source terms for internally initiated events, fire events, flooding events, low power and shutdown events, and externally initiated events as are appropriate for the application (e.g., high winds and other external hazards) as determined from the Level 2 PRA;
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
*
UNITS
description of the methodology used to estimate site-specific severe accident risks (i.e., Level 3 PRA), including the computer code(s) to be used in the analyses, such as MELCOR Accident Consequence Code System (MACCS) code package (see NUREG/CR-6613, Code Manual for MACCS2: Users Guide, Volume 1, (Ref. 81)).
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
*
4.4.3 Property resources
sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
4.5 Not applicable
4.6 Not applicable
4.7 Not applicable
428 Other land Impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects UI
-.J
I


*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS
description of the meteorological data and years used in the analysis and an estimate of severe accident population dose risks from the air pathway
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
'Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
I
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnltude Page Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or enrtenpment by cooling water Intake sructure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplenkton and zooplankton
1.22 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic urganisms td'
0o
1.3A Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Not applicable
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation
1.7.1 Water quality, physical


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 121
W
*
w__
description of any emergency response scenarios, including evacuation, sheltering, and dose- dependent relocation assumptions used in the analysis;
W
*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS (Continued)
description of the demographic and population data used in the analysis based on the 50-mi population estimate for the year operation is expected to cease;
ALTERNATIVES
*
A
description of the land-use characterization (e.g., farmland) and land fractions used in the analysis and an estimate of the contaminated land area risks from severe accidents;
_
*
_B.
description of the food pathway model information for the nuclides to be considered, crop categories to be used, transfer factors, and possible mitigative actions;
*
description of the economic input data (e.g., land values, relocation costs, and cleanup costs) used in the analysis and an estimate of the economic cost risks from severe accidents;
*
description of surface-water users and watershed data used in the analysis and an estimate of severe accident population dose risks from the surface-water pathway;
*
description of aquifers used in the analysis and an estimate of severe accident population dose risks from the groundwater pathway;
*
description of the comparison of the core damage frequencies estimated for the reactor to those for current-generation reactors and the comparison of the population dose risks to the mean and median values for current-generation reactors undergoing license renewal; 
*
description of individual (i.e., early fatality and latent cancer) risks and population dose risks from severe accidents; these risks should be compared to the Commissions Safety Goals
(51 FR 30028 (Ref. 82)) and with dose risks from routine and anticipated operational releases, 
*
description of the methodology used to estimate site-specific accident risks (i.e., Level 3 PRA)
including the computer code applied, such as MACCS code package, and
*
description of the parameter information applied in the Level 3 PRA. Note that NUREG/CR-
4551, Evaluation of Severe Accident Risks: Quantification of Major Input Parameters (Ref.


83), demonstrates the development of the parameter information for the offsite environmental risk analysis of severe accidents (i.e., Level 3 PRA) that supported NUREG-1150, Severe Accident Risks: An Assessment for Five U.S. Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 84).
1___
5.11.3 Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives The applicant should evaluate SAMAs, including procedures, training activities, and plant-design alternatives (i.e., SAMDAs), that could significantly reduce the environmental risks from a severe accident. SAMAs can reduce risk by preventing substantial core damage or by limiting radiological releases from containment in the event of substantial core damage. The current regulations and staff guidance discussed in this section and developed after the Limerick decision (Limerick Ecology Action vs.
1 C
I__
D
_
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page I
J.


NRC, 1989, 869 F.2d 719, 3d Cir. 1989 (Ref. 85)) directs the NRC staff to consider SAMAs for new reactor licensing actions. Therefore, a SAMA evaluation is required in ERs for combined licenses.
4.


In preparing SAMA analyses, the applicant should apply the latest regulatory guidance as it relates to the determination and estimation of values and impacts, including a sensitivity analysis (e.g., see NUREG/BR-0058, Regulatory Analysis Guidelines of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
&
4 I
4
1.7.2 Water qualit


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 122 Commission (Ref. 86); and NUREG/BR-0184, Regulatory Analysis Technical Evaluation Handbook (Ref. 87)). Values are the potential benefits of implementing the SAMA and are usually calculated for public health, occupational health, offsite property, and onsite property (see the prior discussion on severe accident analyses). The applicant should apply both a best estimate, or baseline, 7 percent and a sensitivity 3 percent real discount rate as specified by Office of Management Budget in Regulatory Analysis (Ref. 88), in NUREG/BR-0058, and in NUREG/BR-0184 as part of the value determination.
====y. chemical====
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


Impacts are the costs of implementing the SAMA. In addition, the applicant could consider methods and processes used in past applications as well as relevant industry guidance on SAMA analysis (e.g., the selection of SAMAs based on NEI 05-01, Revision A, Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives (SAMA)  
===2. Ground Water===
Analysis, Guidance Document, (Ref. 89)). 15 For those situations that are relevant to the quality of the Level 2 PRA being considered in the application, include design-specific PRA information for consideration of potential design improvements, as provided by 10 CFR 50.34(f).
2.1 Ralsing/lowering of ground water levels
The applicant should provide the following information to support the NRC staffs environmental review of SAMAs:
2.1.1 People
*
2.1.2 Plants
reference for the reactor design and the associated PRA used in the SAMA analysis;
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
*
2.2.1 People
list of leading contributors to the reactor design core damage frequency (e.g., from dominant severe accident sequences or initiating events) and site-specific risks (e.g. population dose) for each release class and associated source term for both internal and external events;
2.2.2 Plants
*
2.3 Not applicable
methodology, process, and rationale used to identify, screen, and select SAMAs that can reduce severe accident dose consequence risk, considering internal events, fire, flooding, low power and shutdown, and external events;
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
*
3. Air
methodology, process, and rationale used to further analyze any selected SAMAs to determine the amount of risk reduction that the SAMA could reasonably achieve;
3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
*
3.1.1 Ground transoortation
estimated cost and risk reduction for the selected SAMAs and the assumptions used to make these estimates; and
3.1.2 Air transportation
*
3.1.3 Water transportation
description and list of any SAMAs that have been or will be implemented to prevent or mitigate severe accidents or reduce the risk of a severe accident.
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.4 Other impacts on air


5.12 Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts during Operation Environmental measures and controls may be required by Federal, State, and local agencies during operation to minimize effects to the environment (10 CFR 51.50(a)). The applicant should furnish details of the programs and compliance activities with which it plans to monitor operation activities affecting site-related environmental resources and quality. The applicant should also describe the frequency of these efforts. The applicant should state the specific nature of its control programs and the control procedures it intends to follow as a means of implementing adherence to environmental quality control limits, as applicable. A description of the measures and monitoring required for conformity to Federal, State, and local environmental regulations and laws should also be provided for each resource
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A  
B
C
0
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page


15 NEI 05-01, Revision A, Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives (SAMA) Analysis, Guidance Document, provides a template for completing SAMA analysis in support of reactor license renewal. If applied as a guidance document for new reactor applications, the applicant should justify its use in the ER.
===4.  Land===
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Landamount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (smenities)
4.3.2 People (eesthb.,:s)
a',
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.5 Not eplicable
4.6 Not applicable
4.7 Not applicable
4.2 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 123 area. Table 5-7 on the following page is an example of the measures and controls for environmental impact categories.
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Pag Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrament by cooling woter intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systenm
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge was and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, exam heat
1.3.2 VWter quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organium
1.3.4 Wildlife (induding birds, aquatic and asaphiblous nmrmals, and reptiles$
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chermical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Not applicable
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative lossesi
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site -
preparation
1.7.1 Water quality, physical


Table 5-7. Summary of Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Operation Impact Category Planned Measures and Controls During Operation Land-Use Impacts
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A T..
D
_
_c
_
_
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical
19 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or intaractrw affects
1.10 Nut effects


Site and Vicinity Measures and controls that minimize impacts Transmission Corridors Measures and controls that minimize impacts Offsite Areas Measures and controls that minimize impacts Water-Related Impacts
===2. Ground Water===
2.1 Raising/iowering of ground water kosy
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical cntamination of ground water lexcdudng salt)
2.2.1 People t.J
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not appicable
2.4 Other inpects on ground vat
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to mbiaent air
3.2.1 Air quality, clemijcl
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3A Other Impacts on air UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Mnonitude Pn t*,en~t,,Rk Pm Magnitude
_____
--
it I
-
4
-wI
o


Hydrologic Alterations Measures and controls that monitor surface waters and flow and groundwater Water Use Measures and controls that monitor use of surface water and groundwater resources Water Quality Measures and controls that monitor and minimize impacts on surface water and groundwater Ecological Impacts
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page


Terrestrial Ecosystems Measures and controls to monitor and minimize impacts on terrestrial resources (including wetlands) onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Aquatic Ecosystems Measures and controls to monitor and minimize impacts on aquatic resources onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Socioeconomic Impacts Community traffic and access to public services measures Environmental Justice Measures or controls to minimize impacts Historic and Cultural Resources Measures for identification, consultation, and preservation following discovery Air Resources Controls to monitor and minimize dust, emissions Nonradiological Health Measures and controls for worker safety during operation and maintenance activities Radiation Exposure Controls and monitoring for minimization of dose to workers, the public, and biota Nonradioactive Waste Disposal plan for solid, liquid, gaseous wastes, and sanitary waste generated Accidents Controls and measures for minimization of impacts
===4.  Land===
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People leccessibility of archeological site%)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
CsW
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts disdtuai from oooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.5 Not applicable
4.6 Not applicable
4.7 Nc: applicable
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
'..,0
Net effects


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 125 Chapter 6
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS
6.0
ALTERNATIVES
Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning Impacts The environmental report (ER) should address the environmental impacts from the uranium fuel cycle and solid waste management, the transportation of radioactive material, and the decommissioning of the proposed nuclear plant.
A
6 C
D
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Pres CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Pger Magnitude
1 P-ge Magnitude P*
CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED (LIST
BELOW) (indicate concentrations at point of discharge)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1,2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fis


The applicant should summarize information provided in Chapter 3 of this RG on the vendor and type of reactors that are proposed in the application, and the power rating in MW(t). The applicant should also provide the assumed capacity factor.
====h. migratory====
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms


6.1 Fuel-Cycle Impacts and Waste Management The applicant should discuss the environmental impacts from the uranium fuel cycle and solid waste management for the appropriate light water reactor (LWR) design. The environmental impacts of this design are evaluated against specific criteria for LWR designs in 10 CFR 51.51, Uranium fuel cycle environmental dataTable S-3.
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B3 I
C
I j
0 D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.4A4 People
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water quality, chemical
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net elfects Ln


The regulations in 10 CFR 51.51(a) state that:
===2. Ground Water===
Under §51.50, every environmental report prepared for the construction permit stage or early site permit stage or combined license stage of a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor, and submitted on or after September 4, 1979, shall take Table S-3, Table of Uranium Fuel Cycle Environmental Data, as the basis for evaluating the contribution of the environmental effects of uranium mining and milling, the production of uranium hexafluoride, isotopic enrichment, fuel fabrication, reprocessing of irradiated fuel, transportation of radioactive materials and management of low-level wastes and high- level wastes related to uranium fuel-cycle activities to the environmental costs of licensing the nuclear power reactor. Table S-3 shall be included in the environmental report and may be supplemented by a discussion of the environmental significance of the data set forth in the table as weighed in the analysis for the proposed facility.
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not applicable
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation


The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
*  
ALTERNATIVES
The type of fuel and the enrichment that will be used in the proposed reactor and whether the type of fuel is appropriate for analysis of environmental impacts against Table S-3 in 10 CFR
CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (Continued)
51.51(b).  
A
*
_
Using the Table S-3 values that are normalized for a reference 1,000-MW(e) LWR at an 80
_
percent capacity factor, the applicant should provide the power rating for the each of the proposed units according to the vendor power rating and the assumed capacity factor.
I
B
C
I
D
0
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page M*anitud**
P*D
IUl*n; e, irtn P*n*
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Planis
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality. odor Mantd P e'__
-
n+ud
-
e  
1
_
3.3 Not applicable
3.4 Other impacts on air


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 126 In its ER, the applicant should provide an assessment of the environmental impacts of the fuel cycle as related to the operation of the proposed project based on the values given in the current Table S-3 as well as the radiological impact from radon-222 and technetium-99 as described in the NUREG-1437 (Initial), Addendum 1 (Ref. 90), and NUREG-1437, Revision 1.16
===4. Land===
6.1.1 Land Use For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
4.1 Site selection
*
4.1.1 Land, amount
total annual land requirement;
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
*
4.2.1 People (amenities)
approximate number of acres that are permanently committed land; and
4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)
*
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
approximate number of acres that are temporarily committed and the number of those acres undisturbed and disturbed.
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation (including site preparation)
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources


6.1.2 Water Use For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (Continued)
*
ALTERNATIVES
the total annual water use (in gal or m3) required to remove waste heat from the power stations supplying electrical energy to the enrichment step of this cycle; and
A
*
B
other water uses that involve the discharge to air (e.g., evaporation losses in process cooling) (in gal/yr or m3/yr) and water discharged to the ground (e.g., mine drainage, deep well injection) (in gal/yr or m3/yr).
C
6.1.3 Fossil Fuel Impacts For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
D
*
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
a comparison of direct and indirect consumption of electric energy for fuel-cycle operations; and
UNITS
*
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
a discussion of the largest use of electricity in the fuel cycle.
4.8 Other land Impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS
estimates of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (expressed in units of CO2 equivalents) resulting from the fuel cycle, including uranium mining and milling, the production of uranium hexafluoride, isotopic enrichment, fuel fabrication, reprocessing of irradiated fuel, transportation of radioactive materials and management of low-level wastes and high-level wastes. The applicant should compare these GHG emissions to State and national GHG emissions. The applicant may provide either site-specific estimates or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a
ALTERNATIVES
1000-MW(e) reactor. The analysis should be adjusted according to the proposed action (number of units, electrical output). The assumptions, factors, and other information used in any site-
A
8 C
D
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
.Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED ILIST
BELOW) (indlcate conmntrations at point of dschagme)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Inpingement or entrapment by cooling vow Intake suructure
1.1.1 FIsh
00
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling Systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 DIscharge area and thernml plume
1.3.1 Water quality, exces heat
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms


16 The License Renewal GEIS (NUREG-1437) was originally issued in 1996. Addendum 1 was issued in 1999.
4w COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
1
8
1 C
I
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mezrunalso and reptiles)
1.4A
People
1.6 Consumptiv use (evaporative losse)
1.6.1 People
1.62 Pirp*Wsty
1.7 Plant conainction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Watw quality, dchmlcal
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or Intoac*iv effects
1.10 Net effects


NUREG-1437, Revision 1, was issued in June 2013. The version of NUREG-1437 cited, whether 1996 or 2013, or Addendum 1 in 1999, is the version in which the relevant technical information is discussed. NUREG-1437, Revision 1 is cited in cases in which the relevant technical information is discussed in both documents.
===2. Ground Water===
2.1 RaisinglowJering of ground watr levls
2.1:1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding walt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not appllcable
2A Other impacts on ground watr
3I Air
3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 127 specific analysis should be described in sufficient detail to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the resulting GHG emissions estimate (Ref. 15). 
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)
6.1.4 Chemical Effluents For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
ALTERNATIVES
*
A
A comparison of the principal effluents (i.e., sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, and particulates) for the estimated MWh of electricity for the proposed plant against the most current estimate of MWh of electricity generated in the United States. This value should be a percentage. For example, if the proposed 1000-MW(e) plant required 969,000 MWh of electricity a year and the United States produced 4.1 billion MWh of electricity in a year, then the proposed plant would produce 0.024 percent of the generated MWh in the United States and therefore the chemical effluents from the fuel-cycle processes to support the proposed plant would be 0.024 percent of the national gaseous and particulate chemical effluents for a year of electricity generation.
e C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
3.1,3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Not applicable
3.4 Other Impacts on air


*
===4.  Land===
An assessment of the liquid chemical effluents produced in the fuel-cycle processes.
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Lan


*
====d. amount====
An assessment of the tailings solutions and solids generated during the milling processes.
4.2 Construction activities (Including site
4.2.1 People (emenities)
4.2.2 People (aaceubillty of historical sit")
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2h5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant opration (Including site preparation)
4.3.1 People (emenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood m-ntvo
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources


6.1.5 Radiological Effluents For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)
*
ALTERNATIVES
The estimated total overall whole body gaseous dose commitment and the whole body liquid dose commitment (in person-rem or person-sieverts) from the fuel cycle, excluding reactor releases and dose commitments because of the exposure to radon-222 and technetium-99.
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects
-.J


*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM
An estimate of the 100-year environmental dose commitment to the U.S. population (in person-rem or person-sieverts) for both the gaseous and liquid pathway from the fuel cycle.
ALTERNATIVES
A
8 C
0
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude j
Page Magnitude I
Page CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED (LIST
BELOW) (indicate concentrations at point of discharg)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Inipingement or entrapinent by cooling
~vater intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systerM
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharve area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water qualit


*
====y. excess heat====
The estimated releases of radon-222 (in curies or becquerels) based on the 1996 version of NUREG-1437. This includes the percent that would be from mining and milling operations, and inactive tails before stabilization, as well as the radon releases (in curies or becquerels) from stabilized tailings.
1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability
1.3,3 Aquatic organiuss
1.34 Wildlife (including birds. aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fis


*
====h. migratory====
An estimate of the 100-year dose commitment from radon-222 to the whole body (in rem or sieverts) using the organ-specific dose-weighting factors from 10 CFR Part 20, Standards for Protection Against Radiation.
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4,2 Aquatic organisms


*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)
An estimate of the 100-year dose commitment from mining, milling, and tailings before stabilization for each site year and an estimate of the 100-year environmental dose commitment from stabilized tailings piles (in rem or sieverts).  
ALTERNATIVES
*
A
Following the methodology in the 1996 version of NUREG-1437 , Section 6.2.2 Uranium Fuel Cycle Environmental Impact, an estimate of the releases of technetium-99 (in curies or becquerels) from the chemical processing of recycled UF6 before it enters the isotope enrichment cascade and the release to the groundwater (in curies or becquerels) from a repository.
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)
1.4.4 People
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
1.7.2 Water qualit


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 128
====y. chemical====
*
1.8 Other impacts
The total body 100-year dose commitment from technetium-99 to the whole body (in rem or sieverts) determined by applying the organ-specific dose-weighting factors from 10 CFR 20.1003 to the gastrointestinal tract and kidney.
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


6.1.6 Radiological Wastes For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should describe the following:
===2. Ground Water===
*
2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels
The annual total number of curies from low level reactor solid wastes and if it is within the bounds of the estimated total of curies of solid waste identified in Section 3.4.2 Radioactive Waste Management.
2.1:1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)
2.2 1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Not applicable
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation


*  
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)
Being cognizant of the analysis in NUREG-2157 Generic Environmental Impact Statement for Continued Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel. Final Report, describe the plans for offsite storage of spent fuel.
ALTERNATIVES
A
____
j C ___
0
__D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
3.1.3 .Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discuarge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical
3.2.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Not applicable
3.4 Other impacts on air
4. Lad
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site prep*ration)
4.2.1 Pe:op (amenities)
4.2.2 People (acasaubility of historical sites)
4.2.3 People (accessiblllty of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation lincluding site preparation)
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Land, flood control
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4A.3 Property resources


6.1.7 Occupational Dose For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the annual occupational dose attributable to all phases of the fuel cycle for the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled mode
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net eftectm


====l. This is based on a ====
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE GASEOUS RADWASTE SYSTEMS
600-person-rem occupational dose estimate attributable to all phases of the fuel cycle for the model
ALTERNATIVES
1,000-MW(e) LWR (see 1996 version of NUREG-1437, Section 6.2.2.3 Occupational Dose).  
A
6.1.8 Transportation Dose The annual transportation dose to workers and the general public for the uranium fuel cycle for the reference 1,000-MW(e) LWR is 2.5 person rem per Table S-3 in 10 CFR 51.51. For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
B
*
C
The corresponding transportation dose for the proposed reactor(s) (in rem or sieverts).  
o INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
*
Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
The collective transportation dose for the population within 50 mi of the site for the year operation is expected to start. Using 311 mrem/yr as the average dose to a U.S. resident from natural background radiation (NCRP Report No. 160), determine the collective dose to the same population and compare the two collective doses (in person-rem or person-sieverts).
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
6.2 Transportation of Fuel and Wastes The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) performed a generic analysis of the environmental effects of the transportation of fuel and waste to and from LWRs in the Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials To and From Nuclear Power Plants, WASH-1238 (Ref. 91), and in Supplement 1 to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038 (Ref. 92), and found the impact to be small. These documents provided the basis for Table S-4 in 10 CFR 51.52, Environmental effects of transportation of fuel and waste, which summarizes the environmental impacts of transportation of fuel and waste to and from one 3,000 to 5,000 MW(t) [1,000 to 1,500 MW(e)] LWR. Impacts are provided for normal conditions of transport and accidents in transport for a reference 1,100-MW(e) LWR. Dose to transportation workers during normal transportation operations was estimated to result in a collective dose of 4 person-rem per reference reactor-year. The combined dose to the public along the route and the dose
UNITS
Magnitude Paegnitude
-
Magnitude Page RADIONUCLIDES EMITTED (List on separate sheet for each alternative)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.5 Radionuclides Discharged to Water Body
1.5.1 Aquatic Organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion
1,8 Other Impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 129 to onlookers were estimated to result in a collective dose of 3 person-rem per reference reactor-year. The environmental risk of radiological effects from accidents in transport, as stated in Table S-4, is small. The environmental risk of common (nonradiological) causes from accidents in transport was one fatal injury in 100 reference reactor-years and one nonfatal injury in 10 reference reactor-years.
===2. Ground Water===
2.3 Radionuclide ontemination of ground water C'
2.3.1 People
2.3:2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.3 Radionuclides discharged to ambient air
3.3.1 Peopl


The NRC has generically considered the environmental impacts of spent nuclear fuel with uranium-235 enrichment levels up to 5 percent and irradiation levels up to 62,000 MWd/MTU and found that the environmental impacts of spent nuclear fuel transport are bounded by the impacts listed in
====e. external====
10 CFR 51.52, Table S-4, provided that more than 5 years has elapsed between removal of the fuel from the reactor and shipment of the fuel offsite (see NUREG-1437, Revision 1). However, these analyses apply to license renewal and cannot serve as the initial licensing basis for new reactors.
3.3.2 People, ingestion
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other impacts on air


In accordance with 10 CFR 51.52(a), the ER shall contain a statement concerning transportation of fuel and radioactive wastes to and from the reactor. A full description and detailed analysis of transportation impacts are not required when licensing a LWR, if the reactor meets the following criteria:
===4. Land===
*
4.8 Other land impacts
The reactor has a core power level that does not exceed 3,800 MW(t).  
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
*
4.10 Net effects
Fuel is in the form of sintered uranium oxide pellets having a uranium-235 enrichment not exceeding 4 percent by weight; and pellets are encapsulated in zirconium alloy-clad fuel rods.17
5
*
5
The average level of irradiation of fuel from the reactor does not exceed 33,000 MWd/MTU and no irradiated fuel assembly is shipped until at least 90 days after it is discharged from the reactor.
1"
i S
.4  
.4
.5


*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE LIQUID RADWASTE SYSTEMS
With the exception of irradiated fuel, all radioactive waste shipped from the reactor is packaged and in solid form.
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
Present Worth
1 INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
-
_
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnizude
=
Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page RADIONUCLIDES EMrT'ED (List onseparate sheet for each alternative)
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.5 Radionuclides Discharged to Water Body
1.5.1 Aquatic Organisms
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 Peopl


*
====e. ingestion====
Unirradiated fuel is shipped to the reactor by truck; irradiated (spent) fuel is shipped from the reactor by truck, railcar, or barge; and radioactive waste other than irradiated fuel is shipped from the reactor by truck or railcar.
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors meets the criteria listed in 10 CFR 51.52(a), the ER need only contain a statement that the environmental impacts are as set forth in Table S-4 of 10 CFR Part 51. No further discussion of such environmental effects is required in the ER.
===2. Ground Water===
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground
-4 water
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.3 Radionuclides discharged to ambient air
3.3.1 Peopl


If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors does not meet the criteria listed in 10 CFR 51.52(a), 51.52(b) requires a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental impacts of transportation of fuel and wastes to and from the reactor, including values for the environmental impact under normal conditions of transport and for the environmental risk from accidents in transport, is required.
====e. external====
3.3.2 Peopl


6.2.1 Components of a Full Description and a Detailed Analysis of Transportation Impacts A full description and detailed analysis of transportation impacts should include the following:
====e. ingestion====
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other impacts on air


17 Regulations in 10 CFR 51.52(a)(2) specify the use of zircaloy as the fuel rod cladding material. The NRC has also specified in 10 CFR 50.46 that ZIRLO' is an acceptable fuel rod cladding material, and that with regard to the potential environmental impacts associated with the transportation of the M5 clad fuel assemblies, the M5 cladding has no impact on previous assessments determined in accordance with 10 CFR 51.52 (65 FR 794) (Ref. 93). 
===4. Land===
4 8 Other land impacts
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 130
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTES
*
ALTERNATIVES
Transportation of unirradiated fuel. The analysis should include the radiological impacts associated with the normal conditions of transport and the nonradiological impacts associated with transportation accidents.
A
B
C
D
Present Worth INCREM61ENTAL GENERATING COST
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS.


*
UNITS
Transportation of irradiated fuel. The analysis should include the radiological impacts associated with the normal conditions of transport and the radiological and nonradiological impacts associated with transportation accidents.
Magnilude Pge Magnitude P9e Magnitude I
Page Magnitude POW
1. Land Use (R;xnk alternative routes in terms of amount of conflict with present and planned land usel
2. Property Values (Rank alternative rou.es in terms of total loss in property values)
3. Multiple Use (Rank alternative routes in terms of envisioned multiple use of land preempted by rights-of- way)
4. Length of rew rights-o


*
====f. way required====
Transportation of radioactive waste. The analysis should include the radiological impacts associated with the normal conditions of transport and the nonradiological impacts associated with transportation accidents.
-J
5. Number end length.0f new access and service roads required
6. Number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection or interchanges
7. Number of major waterway crossings
8. Number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings
9. Number of -long views" or tran*.tission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways
10. Length of above transmission line in or through the following visually sensitive areas
10.1 Natural water body shoreline
10.2 Marshland
10.3 Wildlife refuges
10.4 Parks M


The transportation impacts analysis should use the latest versions of transportation computer codes. For example, SAND2013-8095, RADTRAN 6/RadCat 6 User Guide (Ref. 94), and ORNL/NTRC-006, Revision 0, Transportation Routing Analysis Geographic Information System (TRAGIS) Users Manual (Ref. 95). The following data should be provided in the ER:
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTES (Continued)
*
ALTERNATIVES
reactor type and rated core thermal power
A
*
B
fuel assembly description
C
*
D
average irradiation level of irradiated fuel
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
*
UNITS
the capacity of the onsite storage facilities to store irradiated fuel and the minimum fuel storage time between removal from the reactor and transportation offsite
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
*
10.5 National and state monuments
treatment and packaging procedures for radioactive wastes other than irradiated fuel
10.6 Scenic areas
*
10.7 Recreation areas
general description of transportation packaging systems to be used for fresh fuel, spent fuel, and other radioactive wastes (e.g., packaging system capacity, approximate dimensions, and weight)  
10.8 Historic areas
*
10.9 Residential areas
radiation dose rates for loaded packages
10.10 National forests and/or heavily timbered areas
*
10.11 Shelter belts
shipping route information based on the locations of fuel-fabrication facilities and potential destinations for shipments of spent fuel and radioactive waste
10.12 Steep slopes
*
10.13 Wilderness areas
transport mode for new fuel shipment to the plant
10.14 [Other sensitive or critical areas, specify)
*
10.15
transport mode for irradiated fuel shipments offsite
10.16
*
--
transport mode for other radioactive waste shipments offsite 
.
*
10.17
shipping route data (e.g., distances and population densities in urban, suburban, and rural population density zones by State) from the fuel-fabrication plant to the reactor and from the reactor to the facilities to which irradiated fuel and radioactive waste will most likely be sent, if applicable
10.18
*
10.19
average heat load for irradiated fuel casks in transit
10.20
*
10.21 Total length through sensitive areas (sum 10.1-10.20)
maximum gross vehicle weight for truck and rail shipments of unirradiated fuel, spent fuel, and radioactive waste
10.22 Total net length through sensitive areas (sum 10.1-10.20 eliminate duplication)


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 131 The methods and data used to estimate transportation impacts should be described and the following should be provided:
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
*
SYSTEMS
Descriptions of the method(s) used to estimate routine (incident-free) radiological impacts, including impacts to populations and maximally exposed individuals.
ALTERNATIVES
A
a C
D
Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST
Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude P tude age Magnitude Page
1. Natural Surface Water Body
1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure
1.1.1 Fish
1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems
1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton
1.2.2 Fish
1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume
1.3.1 Water qualit


*
====y. excess heat====
Descriptions of the method(s) used to estimate accident nonradiological and radiological impacts, including nonradiological traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities, and radiological accident risks.
1.3.2 Water quality. oxygen availability cc
0
1.3.3 Aquatic organisms
1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)
1.3.5 Fish, migratory
1.4 Chemical effluents
1.4.1 Water quality, chemical
1.4.2 Aquatic organisms
1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious rnannals, and repitles)
1.4.4 People
1.5 Radionuclides discharged to water body
1.5.1 Aquaticorganisus
1.5.2 People, external
1.5.3 People, ingestion
1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)
1.6.1 People
1.6.2 Property


Nonradiological impacts should be estimated using round-trip distances.
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
_____
________
D
____
_______
___
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Pag.


*
Magnitude Page
Specification of input parameters and sources used in the impact assessment. Parameters and source documents should be defensible, and where assumptions are used to fill in missing or highly uncertain data, the assumptions should be conservative and reasonable (i.e., the assumptions tend to overstate transportation impacts yet are not so conservative that they could mask the true environmental impacts of the reactor and lead to invalid conclusions).
1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)
*
1.7.1 Water quality, physical
Presentation of results, including population doses, maximally exposed individual doses, and health effects for transportation crews and the general public for the following:
1.7.2 Water qualit
- Workers and the public under normal transport conditions. Results should be presented for workers, onlookers, and persons along the route.


- Maximally exposed individuals under normal transport conditions. Results should be presented for truck crew members, inspectors, residents along the transport routes, and persons at a truck service station.
====y. chemical====
1.8 Other impacts
1.9 Combined or interactive effects
1.10 Net effects


- Annual radiological and nonradiological transportation impacts. Results should be presented for the proposed site and the alternative sites.
===2. Ground Water===
2.1 Ralsing/iowerlng of ground water levels
2.1.1 People
2.1.2 Plants
2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water
00
(including salt)
2.2.1 People
2.2.2 Plants
2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water
2.3.1 People
2.3.2 Plants and animals
2.4 Other impacts on ground water
3. Air
3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)
3.1.1 Ground transportation
3.1.2 Air transportation
3.1.3 Water transportation
3.1.4 Plants
3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air
3.2.1 Air quality, chemical


*
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches used to estimate transportation impacts to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnilude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
3.3.2 Air quality, odor
3.3 Radlonuclides discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported)
3.3.1 Peopl


6.2.2 Estimating the Number of Shipments and Normalization of Shipments The impacts presented in Table S-4 are based on WASH-1238 (Ref. 91), and in Supplement 1 to WASH-1238, NUREG 75/038 (Ref. 92) for a 1,100-MW(e) LWR with an 80 percent capacity factor. To facilitate comparison of transportation impacts with the impacts presented in Table S-4, the number of shipments should be normalized to a 1,100-MW(e) LWR with an 80 percent capacity factor or a net electrical output of 880 MW(e):
====e. external====
=
3.3.2 People, ingestion
3.3.3 Plants and animals
3.4 Other Impacts on air


()     ()  
===4.  Land===
In addition to normalizing the number of shipments to the 880-MW(e) reference reactor, for shipments of irradiated fuel, a transportation cask capacity of 0.5 MTU per shipment should be used to estimate the number of shipments. For shipments of radioactive waste, the number of shipments should be normalized to the 880-MW(e) reference reactor and a shipment capacity of 2.34 m3 per shipment should be used to estimate the number of shipments.
4.1 Site selection
4.1.1 Land, amount
4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)
4.2.1 People (amenities)
00
4.2.2 People (accoesibility of historical site)
4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)
4.2.4 Wildlife
4.2.5 Land (erosion)
4.3 Plant operation
4.3.1 People (amenities)
4.3.2 People (aesthetics)
4.3.3 Wildlife
4.3.4 Lan


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 132 For shipments of unirradiated fuel, the ER should first estimate the total number of shipments over a 40-year plant license, accounting for the initial core load plus average annual reloads for a period of 39 years.
====d. flood control====
4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers
4.4.1 People
4.4.2 Plants and animals
4.4.3 Property resources


Total Shipments = Initial Core Shipments + 39 x Average Annual Reload Shipments The number of shipments should then be normalized to the 880-MW(e) reference reactor and the annual number of shipments estimated assuming a 40-year plant license.
COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE
SYSTEMS (Continued)
ALTERNATIVES
A
B
C
D
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS
UNITS
Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page
4.5 Transmission route selection
4.5.1 Land, amount
4.5.2 Land use and land value
4.5.3 People (aesthetics)
4.6 Transmission facilities construction
4.6.1 Land adjacent to right-of-way
4.6.2 Land, erosion
4.6.3 Wildlife
4.7. Transmission tine operation
4.7.1 Land use
4.7.2 Wildlife
4.8 Other lend impects
4.9 Combined or interactive effects
4.10 Net effects


6.3 Decommissioning At the end of the operating life of a power reactor, NRC regulations require that the facility undergo decommissioning. In 10 CFR 50.2 Definitions and 10 CFR 52.1 Definitions, decommission means to remove a facility or site safely from service and reduce residual radioactivity to a level that permits(1) Release of the property for unrestricted use and termination of the license; or (2) Release of the property under restricted conditions and termination of the license. The regulations governing decommissioning of power reactors are found in 10 CFR 50.75, Reporting and recordkeeping for decommissioning planning, 10 CFR 50.82 Termination of license and 10 CFR 52.110, Termination of license. The radiological criteria for termination of the NRC license are in 10 CFR Part 20, Subpart E.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50
Title I1O-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter k-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental-flicy Act of 1969 k)/*lr:*P
l i971, .l cq, J- -lucr,
,  
/Ii. )
* !.ectiorn'-I i..uc:-
APrzENtix D--lNTsrrM STATEMENT Or OE.?-
rRtrL4 POLICy AND PROCDURE: IMPLZMtNTA-
TION
O(F THE
NATIONAL
ENVIRONMENTAL
POLICY ACT or 19630
.PclILIC LAW 91-100)
INTRODUC'ION
On July 2.1. 1971, the U.S. Court of Appeals for tile District of Columbia Circuit rendered Its decision in Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee.


Requirements relating to the minimization of contamination and generation of radioactive waste in facility design and procedures for operation are addressed in 10 CFR 20.1406, Minimization of contamination. Requirements for applicants for a COL to provide reasonable assurance that funds will be available for the decommissioning process are given in 10 CFR 50.75(b).  
Inc., et ao. v. United States Atomic Ensrgy CommLission. et al.. Nos, 24.839 and 24,871. holding that Atomic Energy Com- mlssion regulations for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of IU69 iNEPA)
The NRC has developed NUREG-0586, Final Generic Environmental Impact Statement on Decommissioning of Nuclear Facilities: Supplement 1, Regarding the Decommissioning of Nuclear Power Reactors, (Decommissioning GEIS) (Ref. 96). At the time of decommissioning, if the predicted environmental impacts from decommissioning activities fall within the bounds of the GEIS or of another EIS related to the facility then no site-specific analysis will be required. For any decommissioning activity that does not meet these conditions, the regulations at 10 CFR 50.82 (a)(6)(ii) Termination of license and 10 CFR 52.110 (f)(2) state that licensees shall not perform any decommissioning activitiesthat (2)
in AEC licensing proceedings
result in significant environmental impacts not previously reviewed and therefore prohibits the licensee from undertaking the activity until it performs a site-specific analysis of the activity.
,did not comply In several specified respects with the dictates of that Act, and remanding the proceedings to the Commission for rule making consistent with the court's opinion.


In the ER, an applicant should address the following:  
The Court of Appeals' decision required. In summary, that the Commisslon's rules make provision for the following:
*
I. Independent substantive review of en- vironmental matters in uncontested as well rau contested cases by presidinit Atomic Safety snd Licensing Boards.
Whether the proposed reactor designs fall within the bounds of the current Decommissioning GEIS. If the proposed design is outside the design envelope evaluated in the current version of the Decommissioning GEIS, then the applicant should address how the design could affect the impact conclusions presented in the Decommissioning GEIS.


*
2. Consideration of NEPA environmental lirues In connection with all nuclear power reactor licensing actions which took place after January 1, 1970 (the effective date of N EPA).
Air-quality impacts from greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with plant decommissioning. The description should include the following:
3. Independent evaluation and balancing of certain environmental factors, such as thermal effects, notwithstanding the fact that other Federal or State agencies have already certified that their own environ- mental standards are satisfied by the pro- posed licensing action. In each individual cas.e, the benefits of the licensing action must be assessed and weighed against en- vironmental costs; and alternatives must be considered which wouinld affect the l)ai- Iiile i:
- Estimates of GHG emissions (expressed in units of CO2 equivalents) over the decommissioning period, including GHG emissions associated with decommissioning equipment and workforce commuting. The applicant may provide either site-specific estimates or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a 1,000-MW(e) reactor (Ref. 15).  
Of vale Jis.
SAFSTOR emissions may be added if the applicant plans on using this decommissioning option. Assumptions, factors, and other information sufficient to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the GHG emission estimate.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 133
===4. NEPA ===
*
review, and apprmpriate action after such revlew. fur cotnstructlitU pieriLts issued prior to Januiary I.
Reference the section in the application that certifies that sufficient funds will be available to provide for radiological decommissioning in accordance with 10 CFR 50.75(b)(1) and required by 10 CFR 50.33(k)(1).  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 135 Chapter 7
1070, iln cases where an ittratinlig liecnuse htis not its yet been iissued. The coort's opluion lso sutstcs thatO.
7.0
Cumulative Impacts In this chapter, the applicant should describe any past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the geographic area of interest surrounding the site that would affect the same resources that would be affected by building and operation of the proposed project, regardless of what agency or person would be responsible for such other actions. The basis for the guidance includes the following:
*
10 CFR 51.10(a) with respect to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) policy to voluntarily take account, subject to certain conditions, of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA). The CEQ regulations specify that an EIS discuss cumulative impacts
(40 CFR 1508.25(c)(3)).
*
10 CFR 51.45 with respect to the need to discuss cumulative impacts in an environmental report (ER).
*
40 CFR 1508.25) with respect to the scope of an EIS and consideration of the cumulative impacts of connected, cumulative, and similar actions.


CEQ defines cumulative impact (also known as cumulative effect) in 40 CFR 1508.7 as the impact on the environment which results from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertakes such other actions. Cumulative impacts can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time. The goal of the analysis is to introduce environmental considerations into the planning process as early as needed to improve decision-making.
in order that this review be us circe- tlie 1its possibile. the COltIInKioIu rhittild con-
!;Ider the reii*ilrniiettt of it telloritriy hialt InI conirtrtic tiol peldidln1f Ithi review nlid tihe batikiittilig of lechinological iiiitVlition.i.


The NRCs cumulative impact assessment approach is depicted in Figure 7-1. This figure depicts the resource impact area and geographic area of interest conceptually using simple polygons. However, the actual resource impact areas and geographic area of interests for each environmental resource must be suited both to the resource and the individual action under consideration. The geographic area of interest is defined as the area where other actions occur that could potentially have impacts within the resource impact area. The geographic area of interest may be different for each resource.
As Sitirnnuilry hal-k ru*ti td, the Niutlollitl En- virniniental Policy Art of 19`9 i'unblic Law
91. 190)
became effectii'e oil JaiLtuury
1.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 136
11,70. The Commitsion published on April 2.


Figure 7-1.  NRC Approach to Cumulative Impact Assessment The ER should address the following information and analysis:
1970.
*
Complete the list in Table 7-2 of other projects in the geographic area of interest that could contribute to cumulative impacts in the resource impact area.


*
in Its initial Iniplementutitol of thel Act, an Appendix D to Part 50 stailiig geU-
A description of those activities within the geographic area of interest that could contribute to cumulative impacts within the resource impact area for each specific resource area.
eral Coinnillsloti p.'licy and procedure fur ex- ercisinul AEC responsibiiltles inder the Act Ii its licensinr proceedinirs (35 F.R. 546i3).
Substantial ainendments to Appendilx D
were publLshed on December 4. 1970 135 P.R.


CEQ guidance, Considering Cumulative Effects under the National Environmental Policy Act (Ref. 97), recommends applying natural ecological or socio-cultural boundaries to the resource impact area. Possible boundaries that could be used to determine the appropriate geographic area for a cumulative impact analysis are in Table 2-2 of the CEQ Guidance. The EPA guidance in EPA Publication
lR4ri9ti. and further minor amendmentts on July 7, 1071
315-R-99-002, Consideration of Cumulative Impacts in EPA Review of NEPA Documents (Ref. 98),
(30 F.R. 127311.
recommends that the scope of the cumulative impacts analysis include geographical areas that sustain the resources of concern, but not be extended to the point of becoming unwieldy. Geographical proximity to the proposed action should be considered but should not be used to exclude consideration of other actions.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 137 Jurisdictional borders are sometimes useful in defining the geographic area of interest for resource areas such as land use and some socioeconomic areas; however, this approach may not be appropriate for defining the geographical area for ecological resources for which jurisdictional borders may not correspond to a reliable definition of a resource, such as aquatic ecology. Table 7-1 provides general guidance for each resource on what the appropriate resource impact areas may be. However, professional judgment is needed in selecting resource impact area for a particular resource at a specific site.
The amenidments to Appendix D isSetid herewith have been adopted by the Com- nli.ýq1oil to make interim changes in Its reg- ulations for implement atiloll of NEPA
in AEC licensilng proceedings in light of the Court of Appeals' decision.


Table 7-1. Resource Impact Area by Specific Resource Resource Resource Impact Area Land Use The resource impact area should encompass the site, the vicinity, and the extent of offsite areas and transmission-line corridors, pipelines, and other elements of the proposed project.
A. Bcsic procedures. 1. Each applicant I for a permit to constnict a nuclear power reac- tor. testing facility, or fuel repricesI-ing plant, or such other production or utiliza- tion facility whosie constructloli or opera- tion may be determined by the ComnIssioni to have a signilfCicat impact on the environ- nieait, shall submit with Ils application three hundred (3001 copies. in the case of a nu- clear power reactor. testing facility, or fuel reprocessing plant. or two hundred (200)
copies, In the ca-se of such other produc- tion or uti'lization facility, of a separate doc- uiment, entitled "Applicant's Environmental Report-Constriction Permit Stage." which di;cuIese the following environmental con- siderations:
(a)
The environmental impact of the proposed action.


Water Use and Quality The resource impact area should reflect the use of surface water and groundwater sources by the project and by other projects in the vicinity of the site.
(b)
Any adverse environmental effects which Cannot be avoided should the proposal be Implemented, (CI Alternatives to the proposed action, (d) The relationship between local short- term uses of man's environment and the maintentace and enhancement of long-term productivity, and (el Any Irreversible and irretrievable com- mitments of resources which would be in- volved in the propesed action should It be Implemented.


Terrestrial Ecology At a minimum, the resource impact area should encompass the site, any offsite parcels or corridors, and related segments of the surrounding landscape. The resource impact area should also encompass any parcels recognized early in the project design process as likely to be used for mitigation activities. A radial distance from the site, such as 6 mi (i.e., the distance used by the NRC to define the projects vicinity) may be used for terrestrial impacts, if appropriate. If one or more corridors extend farther than the selected radial distance, then the resource impact area should include the extended linear corridors such as transmission lines or pipelines.
2. The discu.eson of alternatives to the proposed action in the Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall be sufficiently complete to aid the Commission In develop- ing and exploring. pursuant to section 102
(2) (D) of the National Environmental Policy Act. "appropriate alternatives I
* I
in any proposal which Involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources."
3. the EnvIronmental Report required by paragrmph I shall Include a cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmentai effects of the fac:1lity end the alternativcs available for reducing or avoiding adveybo environmental effects, as well.as the environmental, economic, tech- nilol and other benefits of the facility. The cost-beneflt analysis shall, to the fullest
'Where the "applicant", as used in this appendix, is a Federal agency, different ar- rangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made, pur- suant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.


Aquatic Ecology The resource impact area should be defined using criteria appropriate to the particular characteristics of the resource, such as salinity regimes, watersheds, substrate, or other environmental characteristics that define suitable habitat ranges and preferences of aquatic resources in the area affected by the project. The resource impact area also includes those areas (such as impoundments or facilities affecting water quality) that have or will add to the incremental effects of the project on aquatic habitats.
exteliL practicable. ilatlitify tie various ra;c- trur.Li cun'itlderd. 'I'0 the extent that Such factors cinlsot be lturuiut1lied. they siall bo disc tlisiu.d inr qu:illtaIt ve iternm.


Socioeconomics and Environmental Justice The resource impact area should encompass the areas of effect and the distances at which impacts of building and operating over the expected license term may occur. The scope will depend on the extent of project activities but normally would include the site, the local community, the economic region, and demographic region identified in Chapter 2.
Ilie E.:nviron- nmental rt,'po-t shouild contali usllicileit duta to alti thie t*'nnmiL- lual lio I i* developmtlenit iof uit I tidepentieiet cost-beinelt anuly',l-j cover- LugL tile farLoii s5peclifd Lit tlhis p.uragrapuh.


Historic and Cultural Resources The resource impact area for the cumulative analysis would be the same APE(s)
*1. ih- lEnivironmenhtal Report requtired by partgr.tagah i li ll Incliide aI
described in Chapter 2.
Let's


Air Quality The resource impact area for criteria pollutants is generally the county where the licensing activity is taking place.
====u. iui of====
0h1 IsLtllt L
Of Coill pl a
*ie of til e fiLtlit)' with alipillc tlch eivirolsohctli nl t


Nonradiological Health The resource impact area changes based on the type of health effect. For example, electric shocks or chronic EMF exposure is possible at the site and along the transmission corridor, whereas etiological agents are a threat in the vicinity of the thermal discharges.
====u. l itky italtitdrdS====
iand requilremenlt :;ll i lri;(,di


Radiological Health The resource impact area is considered to be the area that has the potential to increase radiological exposure at any location within a 50-mi radius of the proposed site.
====r. i but ====
'
otl 1iIIlilte'd tU). thcrniiti unid ot, her water q lla li' .titnt Ui'ds prwirniillarc'ti c
t inder Lite Federatl Witter lol- htitihll Coirlrol Act) whlicih have been Irniptied by Fedrtral. Stlae. tutid rloIIiiil aRg-iicles huav- lng re.uponsibility fur envirwitcnmeilil priitec- thlia.


Postulated Accidents The resource impact area is considered to be the area that has the potential to increase risks at any location within a 50-mi radius of the proposed site.
il addihtitn. the en'vi rotinenital Inipact Of the facillty *hall be fuilly dlicusced with respect tx, .uilttcrs covered by such ntatndards uLid reqltirewenis irrep4,vctivo of wiethlier a certitlelation, frotni the appropriato authority has been obUlined (Iniclding. but not Imi- lt*-l t1. any cerillr.ation obtained puruiant.


Fuel Cycle, Transportation and Decommissioning The resource impact area is a 50-mi radius around the site.
to ts<ctIon 21Wib of the Federal Water Vol- ltlion Control Act '). Such dizacusion hall be reliected In the csut-beiucflt analysis pre- serltxitd ti paragraph 3. Wille a*atLfactclon of AEC
tanda.rdn and criterla pertaining to end loiohleal elff ctA will be necessary wo meiect the ticeuwuig requirements of the Atomic Energy Act. the ca,&#xfd;t-bcleeflt au'tlyiAs pro- scrib'*d In paragrph 3 shall, for the purposes of t*e N'&tionul Elivironmenteal Policy Act, con.sider the radiological effocta. together with the therumal effects and the other on- viroinietitnl elfects. of the Licllity.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 138 The timeframe for the analysis incorporates the sum of the effects of the proposed project in combination with past, present, and future actions because impacts may accumulate or develop over time.
5. Fitch aiplicalnt for ai !I,-,.--I!
"'T
rt'e A
production or utitleattioin fitc&#xfd;:l" :i- i, '
.b' e III
paragraph i. shall submit wlhh hn
:,l)iica- tIon three hundred (300) copies. In tinc caso of a nuclear power reactor, testing furility, or fuel reprocessing plant, or two hundred
(2001 copies, In the case of any other pro- duction or utilization facility described In paragraph 1. of a separate document, to be entitled
"Applicant's Environmental Re- port-Operating License Stage."
which discusses the same environmental considera- tions described iU paragraphs 1-4. but only to the extent that they differ from those dis- cussed In the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted In accordance with paragraph 1. The "Applicant's Environ- mental Report--Operating License Stage- may Incorporate by reference any Informa- tion contained In the Applicant's Environ- mental Report previously submitted in accordance with paragraph 1. With respect to the operation of nuclear power reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall submit the "Appll- cant's Environmental Report--Operating License Stage" only In connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full-power operation of the facility.' except that such report shall be submitted In con-.
nection with the conversion of a provisional operating license to a full-term license.


*
6. After receipt of any Applicant's Environ- mental Report. the Director of Regulation or his designee will cause to be published In the F=CML, RsCtS'"xa a summary notice of the availability of the report, end the report will be placed In the AEC's Public Document Rooms at 1717 H Street ;crw., Washington.
Past timeframe is prior to the receipt of the application. In many cases, discussion of the past actions may entail a brief paragraph telling the story of how the resource has changed to its current condition by describing past actions and, as necessary, referring to the baseline discussion in Chapter 2 of the ER.


*
DC. and In the vicinity of the proposed site.
Present timeframe is from the time of the receipt of the application until issuance of the final EIS.


The present time frame is the shortest among the three timeframes and should capture any ongoing actions. Many of the resource areas measure the environment as it currently exists. These measurements capture the cumulative impact to the resource from the past and present projects and should be part of the baseline for the resource in Chapter 2 of the ER.
and will be made available to the public at s No permit cc license wili. of course, be Issued with respect to an actilvtty for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has not been obtained.


*
'This report Is In addition to the report required at the construction permit stage.
Future timeframe is from issuance of the final EIS through building and operation of the proposed new unit(s) as well as decommissioning. Future actions are those that are reasonably foreseeable; that is, they are ongoing (and will continue into the future); are funded for future implementation; are included in firm near-term plans; or generally have a high probability of being implemented.


In general, the baseline assessment presented in the affected environment for each resource area (Chapter 2) accounts for past and present actions. The direct and indirect impact analyses (Chapters 4 and
85
5) address the incremental impacts of building and operation. This chapter references these analyses, and does not need to be repeated in the cumulative impact analysis.


Both the proposed project and other actions may contribute to cumulative impacts. Because cumulative impacts are additive, the analysis of cumulative impacts should concentrate only on resources that are potentially affected by past, present, and reasonably foreseeable actions as well as by building and operations activities at the proposed nuclear plant during the expected timeframe of the project. Note that cumulative effects may result from the accumulation of similar effects or the synergistic interaction of different effects.
Appendix 1.


7.1 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Projects The ER should provide a table listing past and present projects, facilities, or actions in the geographic area of interest that contribute to the current baseline and future status of the resource. The table should also include the reasonably foreseeable future projects that could contribute to cumulative impacts to the resource during building, operation, and decommissioning of the unit(s). This table should include the following:
Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
*
the appropriate State, regional, and metro- politan clearinghouses.- In addition, a public announcement of the avallability of the re- port will be made. Any comments by inter- ested persons on the report will be considered by the Commission's regulatory staff, and there will be further opportunity for public comment in accordance with paragralpb 7.
project/facility/action name;
*
summary description;
*
location in relation to the proposed unit(s);
*
status (e.g., operational, proposed, ongoing, or existing); and
*
environmental resources affected.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 139 Examples of other present or proposed actions include other electric power generation projects, chemical or paper processing facilities, bridges, roads, conservation or restoration areas, reservoirs for water storage, quarries or mines, and transmission lines. For operational projects, the applicant should indicate whether any changes in the project are anticipated that would result in changes to the projects environmental interface (i.e. a power uprate of a power facility).  
The Director of Regulation or hia designee will analyze the report and prepare a draft detailed statement of environmental con- siderations. The draft detailed statement will contain an assessment of the matters speci- fbed In paragraph
Database tools such as NEPAssist (Ref. 99), may facilitate the environmental review process and project planning in relation to environmental considerations. The web-based application draws environmental data dynamically from EPA Geographic Information System databases and web services and provides immediate screening of environmental assessment indicators for a user-defined area of interest. These features contribute to a streamlined review process that potentially raises important environmental issues at the earliest stages of project development.
1: a preliminary cost- benefit analysis based on the factors specified in paroagrph 3: and an analysis, pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of the National Environ- mental Policy Act, of appropriate alternatives to the proposed licensing acLion in any case which involves unresolved conflicts concern- iog alternative uses of available resources (i.e., an analysis of alternatives which would alter the environmental impact and the cost- benefit balance). The Commasston will then transmlt a copy of the report and of the draft detailed statement to such Federal agencies designated by the Council on Environmental Quality as having "jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any envIron- mental Impact involved" or as "authorized to develop and enforce environmental stand- ards" as the Commission determines are ap- propriate.- and to the Oovernor or appropri- ate State and local oficials, who are author- ized to develop and enforce environmental standards, of any affected State. The trans- mittal will request comment on the report and the draft detailed statement within forty-five (45) days in the case of Federal agencies and severnty-five (75)
days in the ease of State and local officials, or within such longer time as the Commission may deem appropriate. (In accordance with 1 2.101 (b) of Part 2. the Commission will also send a copy of the application to the Governor or other appropriate official of the State in which the facility is to be located and will publish In the Fxiat.


The applicant should discuss the resources used to identify and develop the listings of other projects and associated references, including any consultations with Federal, State, regional, and local regulators, and American Indian Tribes.
Itot'rrm a notice of receipt of the application, stating the pur- pose of the application and specifying the location at which the proposed activity will be conducted.) Comments on an "Applicant's Environmental Report--Operating License Stage" and on theidraft detailed statement prepared In connection therewith will be re- quested only as to environmental matters that differ from those previously considered at the construction permit stage. If any such Federal agency or State or local official falls to provide the Commission with comments within the time specified by the Commission.


Table 7-2 is an example table for listing the projects within the geographic area of interest. This is only an example. Not all applications will have projects listed in all categories.
'Such ctearinghouses have been etaob- lished pursuant to Office of Management and Budget Circular A-95 to provide Iliason and coordination between Federal and State, regional or local agencies with respect to Federal programs. 'he documents will be made available at appropriate State, regional and metropolitan cliaringhouses only with respect to proceedings in which the draft detailed statement is circulated after June 30,
1971.


Table 7-2 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Projects and Other Actions Considered in the Cumulative Analysis
in accordance with the
"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Fed.


Project Name Summary of Project Location Status
oral Actions Affecting the Environment"' of the Council on Environmental Quality (38 P.R. 7724).
[identify projects other than the proposed project]
'Requests for comments on Environ- mental Reports and draft detailed statemente from the Environmental Protection Agency will include a request for comments with re- spect to water quality aspects of the pro- posed action for which a certification pursu- ant to section 21 (b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has been issued, and with respect to aspects of the proposed action to which section 309 of the Clean ALr Act Is applicable.
[provide short summary of project]
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[provide status, including citation]
Nuclear Projects XXX Unit 1 XXX Unit 1 consists of one XXX-MW(e) nuclear power generating plant.


[describe location in relation to proposed project]
It will be presumed that the agency ur official has no comment to make. unlers a specific extes*lon of time has been requested.
[provide status, including citation]
Other Energy Projects Hydroelectric Station [provide short summary of project]
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[provide status, including citation]
XXX Natural Gas Plant
[provide short summary of project]
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[provide status, including citation]
XXX Coal Plant
[provide short summary of project]
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[provide status, including citation]


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 140
7. In addition, upon preparation of a draft detailed statement, the Commiateon will cause to be published In the FiEL.iL nleels- Tim a summary notice of the avaU.ibility of the Applicant's Environmental Report and the draft detailed statement, The summary notice to be published pursuant to this para- graph will request, within sventy-five (75)
Project Name Summary of Project Location Status Transmission Lines
days or such longer period as the Commission may determine to be practicahle. comment from interested persons on the propoeed action and on the draft statement. The sum- mary notice will als*
[provide short summary of transmission system]
Coutaln a statement to the effect that the comments of Federal agencles and State and local officials thereon will be available when received.'
[can reference a figure for location]
8. After receipt of the comments requested pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7, the Director of Regulation or his designee. will prepare a final detailed statement on the environ- mental considerations specified In paragraph
[provide status, including citation for operational as well as proposed transmission lines]
1. Including a discustion of problems and ob- jections rais.d by Federal, State, and local agencies or officials and private organl*zations and Individuals and the disposition thereof.
Mining Projects XXX Quarry


[provide short summary of project]
The detailed statement will contain a final cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for re- ducing or avoiding adverse environmental ef- fects, as well as the environmental, economic.
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[provide status, including citation]
Transportation Projects Strategic Corridor System Plan Strategic system of traffic corridors.


[describe location in relation to proposed project]
technical, and other benefits of the facility.
Planning document with no explicit schedules for projects, however, many strategic corridors coincide with routes that would/could be used for development at the proposed site.


Parks and Aquaculture Facilities XXXX Park
The cost-benefit analysis will, to the fullest extent practicable, quantify the various fac- tors considered. lb the extent that such fac- tors cannot be quantified, they will be dis- cussed tn qualitative terms, In the case of any proposed licensing action that Involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources, the Detailed Statement will contain an analysis, pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of the National Envi- ronmental Policy Act, of alternatives to the proposed licensing action which would alter the environmental impact and the coat- benefit balance. Compliance of facility con- structlon or operation with environmental quality standards and requirements (Includ- Ing. but not limited to. thermal and other water quality standards promulgated under the Federal Water Pollutuon Control Act)
which have been imposed by Federal. State and regional agencies having responsibility for environmental protection will receive due consideration. In addition, the environmental Impact of the facility will be considered in the coat-benefit analysis with respect to matters covered by such standards and re- quirements. Irrespective of whether a certi.


XX-ac park 
fication from the appropriate authority has been obtained (including. but not limited to, any certification obtained pursuant to sec- tion 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act'). While satisfaction of AEC
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
standards and criteria pertaining to radlo- logical effects will be necessary to meet the licensing requirements of the Atomic Energy Act, the cost-benefit analysis will, for the purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act. consider the radiological effects, together with the thermal effects and the other environmental effect-. 'f the facility,
Managed by [Federal, State or local agency]
$This paragraph applies only with respeot to proceedilng In which the draft detailed statement is circulated after June 30. 1971, in accordance with the "Guidelines on State- meats on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Eny"onment" of the Council on Environ- mental 'uallty
(citation).  
(380 FJ. 7724).
Other Actions/Projects City of XXXX
'No permit or license will, of course, be Issued with respect to an activity for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has not been obtained, On the basis of the forei
Municipal water withdrawals from the XX
River
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[provide status, including citation]
Various Hospitals and Industrial Facilities that Use Radioactive Materials Medical isotopes
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
Operational (citation)  
XXX Chemical Plant [provide short summary of project]
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
Various Wastewater Treatment Facilities (WWTF)
Sewage treatment
[describe location in relation to proposed project]
Operational (citation)  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 141 The ER should contain:
====l. oni ev ====
*
:nl:*ttlI0n and analyses, the detailed stalement .will incltide a conclusion by the Director of Reg:lkalion ,r his designee ts to whether, after wei!:i~iu the envlronmnental, eConom11c', tech CCal a
a list of EISs concerning projects in the same geographic area of interest as the proposed project;
:I
*
ld other becwflis agalnst environmental costni Find considering avnitihble alternatives. the action called for is isn.laoce or tillal tif the proposed piermit or iIcettse or Its appr:'priate conditioning to protect etuviro::nmental vatlues.
a description of anticipated regional changes not associated with an individual project (e.g., future urbanization) that could result in cumulative impacts during building, operation, and decommissioning of the unit(s); and
*
a description of how the baseline environment used in Chapters 2, 4 and 5 might change as a result of climate change and a discussion of how impacts discussed in chapters 4 and 5 would either increase, decrease or remain the same in this new baseline environment. This information could be contained in this chapter or as its own separate appendix to the ER and should be based on assessments conducted by Federal agencies with a mandate to evaluate the effects of climate change (e.g., latest U.S. Global Change Research Program Report), but applicable regional and local studies conducted by other entities may be included.


7.2 Impact Assessment The applicant should assess the level of cumulative impacts (adverse and/or beneficial). The impacts analyzed in Chapters 4 and 5 of the ER are brought forward into the ER Chapter 7 cumulative analysis. Typically, one or two sentences describing the impact to the resource from building and operation and referring back to the appropriate chapter is sufficient. The analysis in Chapters 4 and 5 of the ER will have included the past and present impacts to the resource along with the impacts from the project. The cumulative analysis should focus on the reasonably foreseeable future actions that could have a cumulative impact. The applicant should summarize the principal contributor(s) to cumulative impacts for each resource area and describe the interaction between the cumulative outside stresses and those caused by building or operating the proposed project. The ER should also include a discussion of the incremental contribution of the NRC authorized activities related to the proposed action (e.g.,
Detailed statements preparcl in ron:'e-.
constructing or operating the proposed plant) in relation to the cumulative impacts.
tion With unl app~lication for nn operstilni:
license will cover only envirn *me'*il:I
rosi- Ilideratlots whIchR differ fromn. twrl:
d.e Uie.d In the detal.led ;tatement prevlou.iy lrep'iar'td In con:necticon wllth the npplIcation for a con -
structliol permit land nu"y i::corl'wrrte by rfterence any Infurinaticon cnoltalinf- I
tie detailed statement prvvlounly prepared In connection with that applieatil:n for a co::-
structlon permit. Witt% respect to the opera- tion of nuclear power reactors It Is expetted that in most cases the detailed btatement will be prepared only In connection with the first licensing action that authorlies full-power operation of the facility. except tlhat such a detailed statement will be prepared in coal- nection with the converaion of a provisional operating license t-o a full-term license.


The ER should also include:
9. The Commission will traltunit to tIle Council on Environmental Quality copies of (a) each Applicant's Envlronmental Report, (b) each draft detailed statement, (ci coin- ments thereon received from Federal, State, and local agencies and officials and private organizations aind Individumas. and tid cadch detailed statement prepared pursuant to paragraph 8. Copies of such report, draft atatements, comments and statements will be made available to the public as providedt in this appendix and as provided In 10 CFPt Part 9 and will accompany the application through, and will be considered In, the Conm- mission's review processes. After each detailed statement becomes available, a notice of Its availability will be published In the PFsrIssi.
*
any plans for mitigation of adverse cumulative impacts, or modification of alternatives to avoid, minimize, or mitigate cumulative impacts
*
mitigation that may be required by Federal, State, and local authorities, including information about restoration actions by separate entities, required mitigation of other projects, or voluntary mitigation and enhancement by the entity taking an action
*
at the end of the chapter a table summarizing the impact to each resource and mitigation, if any, to reduce the cumulative impact


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 143 Chapter 8
Rxors'ra. and copies will be made available to appropriate Federal. State and local agen- cles and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses.- To the maximum extent practicable, no construction permit or operat- ing lloenae in connection with which a de- tailed statement is required by paragraph 8 will be issued until ninety (90) days after the draft detailed statement so required ha&
8.0
been circulated for comment, furnished to the Counoi on Environmental Quality, and made available to the public, and until thirty
Need for Power The Commission reaffirmed the importance of the agencys need for power analysis in a  
(30) days after the final detailed statement therefor has been made available to the Council and the public. If the filial detailed statement is filed within ninety (901 dnyR
2003 response to a petition for rulemaking (see 68 FR 55905 (Ref. 100)). The goal of the need for power analysis is to provide confidence that the power generated by the proposed project will be produced and consumed in a manner consistent with the stated purpose and need of the project. The analysis also provides the basis for the consideration of baseload alternative generating technologies for the proposed project. The need for power analysis should be limited to the discussion of the supply and demand for electricity. Discussion of ancillary benefits (e.g., reduced greenhouse gas emissions, fuel diversity, or grid stability) should be addressed in the benefit-cost section of the environmental report (ER).
after a draft statement has been circulated for comment, furnished to the Council and made available to the public, the thirty (30)
The need for power analysis should fully describe and characterize the physical, geographic, regulatory, and administrative provisions and constraints which affect the current and forecast supply of and demand for power. The analysis should be in sufficient detail to fully demonstrate how the proposed project would supply some or all of the service areas future need for power. However, while a discussion of need for power is required, the Commission is not looking for burdensome attempts by the applicant to precisely identify future market conditions and energy demand, or to develop detailed analyses of system generating assets, costs of production, capital replacement ratios, and the like in order to establish with certainty that the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant is the most economical alternative for generation of power (see 68 FR 55905). The applicant should specify whether it intends to operate the proposed plant as a baseload generator, and, if so, include a discussion of the need for new baseload capacity.
dsy period and ninety (O0) day perlod may run concurrently to the extent that they overlap. In addition, to the maximum extent practlcable. the final detailed statement will be publicly ovailable at least thirty (30) days before the commencement of any related evidentlary hearing that may be held.


The applicant should explicitly state a feasible future date for commencement of full commercial operation of the proposed project. The need for power analysis in the ER should include a table and/or graph characterizing the service areas most recent annual hourly peak (summer or winter, whichever is greater) electricity demand. The analysis should provide information over sufficient historical and projected periods to permit the staff to complete an independent assessment of the need for the power to be provided by the proposed project. The historical data should include sufficient years to identify any trends or anomalous factors that could affect the future demand for electricity. The projected period should include information out to three years beyond the planned commencement of full commercial operation of the project (referred to herein as the analytical year).
10. In a proceeding for the issuance of a construction permit or an operating licen.se for a production or utilization facility de- scribed In paragraph I In which a hearing is held, the Applicant's Environmental Report, comments thereon, and the detailed state- ment will he offered In evidence. Any party to the proceeding may take a position and offer evidence on environmental aspects of
The following sections describe the need for power analysis process in greater detail, including information needed to adequately describe the power system, power demand, power supply, and the process for assessing the need for power of the proposed project.
' This statement lain addition to the state.


The applicant should identify all sources of data used in the need for power analysis in the ER
ment prepared at the construction permit stage.
and demonstrate how the data upon which the analysis relies was used. For the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff to rely on the analysis in the ER, the analysis should meet the following four acceptance criteria, as discussed in NUREG-1555:
*
Systematic. An analysis that has been performed according to an objective, thorough, methodical, deliberate, and organized manner and that has been presented in a step-wise fashion leading to a logical conclusion supported by the data and reasoning provided.


*
'10
Comprehensive. An analysis that is detailed, broad in scope, and includes a sufficient number of relevant factors so that the reviewer can reasonably conclude that the analysis may be considered
CPR Part 0 Implements the Freedom of Information Act, section 668 of title 6 of the United States Code.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 144 complete. The depth of analysis and discussion for each factor is commensurate with its relative importance.
I
I
86


*
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
Subject to confirmation. An analysis that is independently reviewed or confirmed by another entity (e.g., Federal or State reviews of integrated resource plans, State certificate of necessity proceedings, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission reviews, or independent system operator (ISO) or regional transmission organization (RTO) reports).
the proposed licensing Action in accordance with the provisions of Subpart 0 of 10 CFR
*
'tart
Responsive to forecasting uncertainty. A stable and robust methodology that is not unduly affected by the presence of outliers or other small departures from the modeled assumptions yet remains capable of characterizing the relative importance of uncertainty among input variables during sensitivity analyses.
2.


The applicant may use any data and supporting information it chooses, but the data and information chosen should support an analysis that meets the NRCs four acceptance criteria. Typical sources include:
it. In a proceeding for the Issuance of It construction permit for a production or uti- lt?.ttoti facility described in paragraph 1, and itn a proceeding for the Issuance of all operating license in which a hearing is held and maatters covered by this appendix are it Issue, the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will (a)
*
determine whether the re- quirements of section 102(2)
recent demand for power reports or analyses such as annual integrated resource plans, ISO or RTO power market analyses
IC) and (D)
*
of the National Environmental Policy Act and this appendix have been complied with in the proceeding. (ti decide any matters InI
State utility regulatory filings
controversy among the parties, (c)
*
deter- inile. in uncontested proceedings. whether the NEPA review conducted by the Comnis- sinna regulatory staff hx., been adequate, and (d)
other regional reports or resource assessments completed by an entity other than the applicant If analyses from external sources are not available that meet the staffs acceptance criteria, then the applicants analyses should fully characterize the electricity market and explain how the proposed project would be used in that market. In all cases, the analyses relied upon by the applicant should meet the NRCs four acceptance criteria.
independentiy consider the final balance ntnung conflicting flactors contailned In the record of the proceeding for the permit or license with a view to determining the ap- propriate action to be taken.


8.1 Description of the Applicants Power Market In developing the need for power analysis, applicants should clearly describe the specific market structure (or hybrid thereof) under which the proposed nuclear power plant would operate. Commonly recognized markets that affect a need for power analysis include:
The Atomic 9afety and Licensing Board.
*
Rate-based utility: A rate-based utility provides generation and distribution of electricity under a regulatory obligation to provide electrical service to customers in a non-competitive market with a defined service area. The rate-based utility generally has to seek permission for expanding its generating fleet, typically in the form of a certification from a utility oversight organization. If certification is required, the applicant should provide a detailed discussion of the status of the certification in the power market discussion.


*
on the brais of its eunelsusions on the above nmttcrs. shall determine whether the permit or license should be granted, denied, or ap- propriately conditioned to protect environ- mental valutes. The Atomic Safety and Li- c-risng Board's initial decision will Include findinl;s And conclusions which may aifirm or modify the contents of the detailed state- nlent described in paragraph 8. To the ex- tent that findings and conclusions diffevrent from those li the dectalled statement are reached, the detailed statement shall be deemed modiliied to that extent and, as modi- fied. transmitted to the Council on Environ- ment,.I Quality and nmade available to the pthllc pursuant to paragraph 0. 1V the Com- mtsslon or the Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board. In a decision on review of the initial decision, reaches conclusions different from the Atomic Safety and Licentsing Board with respect to environmnental aspects. the detailed statement shall be deemed modified to that e.tent and, as modified, transmitted to the Council oil Eivironmeistat Quality and made available to tile public pursuant tU parnu:ratph 9.
Merchant generator: A merchant generator produces and sells electricity into a competitive wholesale or retail power market where that electricity is administrated and delivered to the marketplace via an ISO or RTO. Development of new capacity may or may not require approval by a regulatory body. However, even if a new generating unit were to require a certification similar to that of a rate-based utility, the merchant generators energy is not necessarily committed to a specific geographic area, does not have a captive rate base, and customers or retailers are not obligated to purchase it.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 145 The description and details provided in this section should be consistent with the projects stated purpose and need statement from Chapter 1 of the ER. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
12, The Atomic Safety and Licensing Board, during tile course of the hearing on An application fo*r a license to operate a pro- ductoien or utiliatlion facility deserbthed in psratzraph
*  
1, niny authorize, pursuant to I 50.57(c). the loeding of nuclear futel in the reactor core and limited operation within the scope of  
Description of the manner in which the applicant and owners operate to supply power to the service area. This information should be consistent with information provided in the application in response to 10 CFR 50.33(d) and (i). The discussion should include any State, regional, or market-based regulatory requirements that would affect the production, distribution, and consumption of electricity. Examples include, but are not limited to, resource portfolio standards, impacts from known or potential changes to energy-efficiency standards, and potential impacts from changes to Federal and State environmental policies.
1 50 57 (c i.


*
tpon compliance with tile procedures described therein.
Detailed explanation for the selection of the intended service area for the project, including any relevant aspects of the service area which would be supported by the proposed project (e.g., proximity to load centers, shortage of available baseload capacity, portfolio diversity, etc.).
The service area should be defined in terms of some readily accessible analytical area defined by the applicants ISO, RTO, or North American Electric Reliability Corporation subregion.


*
Where any party to the proceeding opposes;
Recognized and anticipated service obligations such as power purchase agreements or any power market-based agreements deployed for stability and reliability (e.g., reserve, sharing agreements, or must-run).
nueh attithirtzaitotn ott the bi6si.s of msatters covered by thls appendix, the provisions of parngraph It shall apply In regard to the Atmlc Safety and Licensin*
*
Btlad'A deter- nl tat.lonl of sulcl satters. Any 7lcetn.e so Is.itild will be without prejudice to nsobe- qtlent licensini: action which may be taken by tile Cmlmlssion with regard to the en- vironmental asvpecta of the facility, and any l leetse i:svud will he cnnld lltned to tIiat c:tct.
Any unique service area or market factors that may affect the accuracy or availability of current and forecast generation, transmission, and distribution of electricity. For example, grid constraints (e.g., congestion and capacity) that limit the proposed projects ability to fully service its geographic market should be identified and discussed.


8.2 Power Demand The purpose of the power demand section is to fully disclose current and forecast demand for baseload and peak power. The level of detail provided should establish a comprehensive assessment of the existing market, and how the capacity and energy of the proposed project will be used (demanded) in that market once commissioned and operated.
1M. The Comrnislont will incorporate In all CO ls:trocilon Iperntolts anid operating licenses for production and utiiliutlous faclities de- scribed in paragraph I. A condition, In addi- tlon to Any conditions Imposed pursuant to paragraph I1. to the effect that tile licensee shall observe such standards and require- rnentn for the protection of the environment nut are validly imposed pursuant to authority e.stahllshed under Federal and State law antd as are determined by the Commli-son to ie applicable to Uie facility that is subject to the lientlsling action Involved. This con- ditios will not apply to radiological effects since radiological effects are dealt with in other provislons of the'construction permit and operating license.


This section of the need for power analysis should discuss factors which affect, or are likely to affect, the current and forecast demand for power. This commonly includes econometric, weather, and demographic data, but could also include explanations of policies and programs implemented or likely to be implemented that may influence the demand for power. Examples include, but are not limited to, discussion of energy-efficiency and conservation programs, demand-side management programs, and potential impacts from changes to energy standards and codes. The applicant should discuss any factors that could affect demand uncertainty.
14. The Coinirlssion hasm deteriuined Utat the fUllowing activities subject t~l tsaterils Itcensing may Also signifieantly affect the quality of the environment: W (a)
Licentses for poss*ssioln and use of special nuclear ma- terial for processItlg and fuel fabrication.


Based on the description, conditions, and constraints of the relevant service area or power market provided in Section 8.1 of this RG, the applicant should provide the following information in the ER:  
scrap recovery rand conversion of uranium hexaflucrlde; ibi licenses for possession and Use of source material for trntiilun milling and productiotl of uranium hexalluoride: and (ci ilcensest authorlzing commercial radio.
*
historical levels of electricity demand, including:
- annual peak hourly demand and annual baseload demand; and  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 146
Active waste di.posal by laJnd burial. Appli- canhts for such l1cesnses tiall aubmlit two hlun- dred 1200) copies of an Environmenttal Re- por". which disctusses the environmenial con- siderations described in paragraphs I-4. Ex- cept As tile context may otherwise require.
- a disaggregation of electricity demand by market sectors (e.g., residential, commercial, and industrial), extending back for a period sufficient to illustrate any current trends or anomalies that affect future projections of electricity demand;
*
current (as close to the application year as practicable) peak total demand and baseload demand for all sectors; and
*
future projections of peak total demand and baseload demand, extending to the analytical year.


Demand Side Management (DSM) and Energy Efficiency (EE) programs affect demand primarily through reductions of peak and intermediate load. Any future DSM or EE should be discussed in the applicants demand forecast as a reduction from annual hourly peak demand, but any calculation of future demand based upon an extrapolation of past demand should not include a calculation of DSM/EE
procedures aind nieasures sinmilar to those described Il Seotions A. Bi. D. and E of this appendix will tie followed in proceedings for the Issuance of such licenrtc. The procedures and me1alures to be followed with respect tO
reductions from that extrapolation. By construction, the forecasted demand already includes consideration of future DSM/EE and any reduction of demand for DSM/EE would result in double counting. For the purposes of a need for power analysis, the NRC staff considers reserve requirements to be a component of electricity demand; therefore, these should be included and quantified by the applicant as part of demand.
mIaterials licenses will, of course, reflect tile fact that. utnlke the Ilicen.ing of productluli and utllLxUtlon facilIUes,.
the lic*i.sing of materials does not require separatw autlhorl- Zritlons for conrstructLion and operation. Ordi- narily, therefore, there will be only unr Ap- plicant,'s Elvirorntental Report requiredi and only ane detailed statement prepared ii con- nection wlt~h an application for a materlials licensee. If a proposed subsequent licensiug action Involves environmental constderaUons which differ significantly from t.hose dig- cussed In the Envirotinental Report filed and the detailed statement prevlously prepared in connection with the original licensing action, a supplementary detailed statement will be prepared. In a proceeding for the Is- anuanice of a materials license within the pur- view of this paragraph where tile require- mcitz of paragraphs 1-9 have not as yet been met. the activIty for which the license Is sought may be authorized with appropriate limitUtIons. upon a showing that the conduct of the activity. so limited, will not have a significant, adverse impact on the quality of the environment. In addition, the Commis- SMon recogntiizes thalt there may be other cir- cuto:ta~cc, where, conistent with appropri- ate reTgard for environmental values, the con- duct of such acliviltes nsay be warranted dur- Ing the period of the ongoing NEPA environ- men'al revvew. Accordingly. the activity for which the license Is sought may be autlbor- Ied with appropriate limitations after con.


Table 8-1 provides a representative format for displaying the changes in baseload and annual peak hourly electricity demand components over the temporal scope of the analysis, noting that the analysis is not necessarily bound or limited to only these data points.
sideratoin and balanctnt:
of the factors decritbed below: Protidrd, howCrcr., That stch activity may not be authorized for a period In excess of four (4) months except upon specific prior approval of the Com- nilsslon. Such approval will be extended only for cs,0,wc cauise shown.


Table 8-1. Demand Forecast Summary (MW(e))  
FAC'TOR.S
(a)  
".hetiher It Is likely that tile act.ivlty conducled during the provpectuve revlew period will gIve rice to a signfilcant, adverse Impact on the environment: the nature and extent of such impact. if any. and whether redr.ss of ally such Adverse enuvirnnmentAl Impnet cats reaionlably he efitected should modification or termination of the license re- stilt from the ongoltW NEPA environtsenttal review.


20WW(a)  
lb)i Whether the Actlvlty conducted dur- Ing the prospective review perio] would fore.
20WW
20XX(b) 20YY(c)
20YY
20ZZ(d)
Total Baseload Demand


Peak Hourly System Demand
cicve subsequent Adoption of altertlahvtes In the conduct of the acUvity of the type Utat could result from the ongoing NEPA environ- menial review.


MINUS: DSM(e) and EE(f)
(c) The effect of delay In the conduct of the activity upon the public Interest, Of
1* Additional activities subject to materials licensing may be determined to signilfcantly elect the quality of the environment and thus be suhject to the provisions of this para- graph.


Total Peak Demand
primary importanve under this criterion are the needs to be served by the conduct of the actirlty;
the availability of alternative sources. If any. to meet those needs on a timely basts: and delay cc-.;ta tO the licensee and to consumerm.


PLUS: Reserve Margin
Aliv license so Wmsed will be without preJ-
tldice to) sii.usequent licensing action which Inay be iNken by Use Comlmisslion with re- anird to the euvir*ninental aspects of the activity. amnd any livense tamed will be cotl- dtitined to Ihat efcu-i.


Total System Demand
B3. Procedures for rct'(ew of Cthlfaln It- ocnise fo cowrtrut or operale productwon or utilizaifon facities and certain lice**e* for rcnrcc matcrtial. speclo2 nuclear material and byproduct material issued in the period Jartuary 1, 1970-Septfcmb"
9. 1971.


(a) 20WW denotes data years before submittal of the application (b) 20XX denotes the year of submittal of the application (c) 20YY represents the intervening years in some useful increment (d) 20ZZ indicates the year three years after commencement of full commercial operations (e) DSM is Demand Side Management (f) EE is Energy Efficiency
I. All holders of (a) construe- linn permt4i or operatine licenses for pro- duetlon or utltl?'ttlon facilities of the type described In sectlion A.1, (ib) licenses for ptn- Aesslon aind use of Ypvclal nuclear material for process*lng and fuel fabrication, scrap relcovery slid conversion of uranilumn hexat- fluoride. {c)  
8.3 Power Supply The intent of the power-supply section is to fully disclose the current and forecast supply of electricity (i.e., capacity), including an analysis of installed capacity, planned capacity, and known or forecast retirements. The applicant should describe and explain the factors that affect, or are likely to affect, the current and forecast supply of electricity in the service area.
ilcenseA for pnssesston and iss*
of source mnateritl for uraniurm milling and production of uranium hexafluorlde. And Id)
licetset"n authorizituur cotmiercial radioactive waste disposal by land burial. Issued durint the period Januarv I,
197I--
Spti...wu;vt V1. 1971.,  
shall submit.


The power supply section should include a description of the regulatory, statutory, and/or business drivers that may influence current fleet and future supply decisions. The applicant should provide any known or forecast factors that could affect uncertainty, with an emphasis on their likelihood.
ast soon aspossiible. but tin later than (d!xtv
(60) days aitet September 9. 1971.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 147 Examples include effects from current Federal emissions regulations; pending Federal regulations on new source review and greenhouse gas emissions; and any potential transition to alternative technologies. To the extent the proposed project addresses any of these factors they should be discussed, quantified, and aligned with the stated purpose and need.
or such later date Ms may bo approved by the Cbmmls.sion upon good cauise shown. the appropriate number of copies of an Environmental Report as specified in sec- tiot A I-5.


The applicant should include the following information in the ER:
If an Environmenttal Report had been nsth- milted prior to the issuance of the permit or ltcenae. a supplement to that report. coer- Ing the matters described in sectlon A
*
1 5 to the extent not prevtounly covered. may be silbnsltted In lieu of a new Envirotmentai Report.
A comprehensive assessment of the existing supply of generating capacity in the service area or power market predicated on the description, conditions, and constraints provided in Section 8.1.


The existing supply of generating capacity should be disaggregated by fuel type and by dispatch (baseload, intermediate, peaking).  
2. After receipt of Any Environmental Re- port or ally x-upplement to An Environtmental Report submitted pursuant to paragraph I
*
of this section, the procedures ret out nit section A 6-9 will be. followed, except that comnments will he reqetertd. and must ba received, within thirty (30i days from Federal agv*tcles. State And local officlals and Inter- ested persons on Enironmetal Reports asid draft detnaled statements. If no comments are submitted within thirty (301 days by such agencles, offlclalan. or persons, it will be presumed that slich agencies, officials or per- sons have no comnments to make. The detailed statement (or supplemental detailed 1tate- neitit, As appropriate) ir,,pnred by the Direr- tur of Ilegillation or his desIgntee pursuant to section A 8 mill. on thc basis of tile analyses and evalluations deieriried therein. Incluscie it conclusion by the Director of Regulation or his deslenee an to whether, after weighitn the envlronmental. ecotntMic. techniclc nad other benefit. alinaint environimental costs and coosisderiliR nvailstle alternatives, the action called for is contituation, ruodificr- tion or terminatiotn of the pernilt or llcnise or Its appropriate condltintiltg to protect environmental vatlnes.
All known or anticipated power purchases or sales which would serve to affect the net supply of power within the area of interest.


*  
3. The Dtreotor of Rcg,,iation will, In the ease of a oonstruction permit foe a nuclear power or test reaotor or a fuel ropceing plant, publish Itn the F-zmrAL
All potential capacity additions, retirements, uprates, and fuel switches for the entire service area.
REOIL*rt a
notice of hearing, In accordaflee with I 2.103 of this rtapter, on NEPA onvironztientid tIsues as defined itn sstion A.11. which hemr- bIg notloo may be iscluded ns the nottce re- quired by paragraph 2. With respect to anly other permit or licerme for a facility of a type descrtbed In section A.l. the Director of riaulatioon wUl publish a notice in the Fn- rRLt.


Recognizing not all planned capacity additions will be built and become operational, the applicant should only include projects currently under construction and/or having an issued certification of need from a utility oversight organization (e.g., a State utility commission) for the projected growth in capacity.
.11GI1Th5. WuIcn5 nMsy be Ircluded In the notice required by paragriph 2, providing X7


Table 8-2 provides a representative format for displaying the supply of power in a service area or power market over the temporal scope of the analysis, noting that the analysis is not necessarily bound or limited to only these data points.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
tMart. within thirty (30) days from the date of publication of the notice, the holder of the permit or license may Mle a roque"t for a hearing Mid any peram stmise Intereut may be alfocted by the proceeding may. in acord- alice With i 2.714 of this chapter, file a petl- tion for leave to intervene and request a elarlig. In uny hearing heold puruiant to tjil paragraph. the provislonsA of sectiont A.10
and 1I will apply. The Comnmission Ce' the presiding Atomic Safety and Llor-slng Boaed.


Table 8-2. Supply Resources Summary (MW(e))
aS ApwoprtatOe, mWay pruicrIbe the time wltt in which prooeedings, or any portions thereof.


20WW(a)
conducted puruant to th;
20WW
parugraph wrlt be conleted.
20XX(b)
20YY(c)
20YY
20ZZ(d)
Baseload Resources


MINUS: Retirements
C. Procedures /or revicw of certain con- sirtctfon per"mits /or production or utilie*-a ion facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970.


PLUS: Additions
for which operating licenses or notice of op- portunity for hearing on the operating license Opplicafitns have not been issued. I. Each liolder of a permit to conrtruct a production or utlllTAstion facility of the type described in section A.1 lrnfued prior to January 1. 1970.


Total Baseload Capacity
for which neither an operating license nor a notice of opportunity for hearing on the op- erating license application had been lssued prior to October 31, 1971. shall wilhmit the appropriate number of copies of an Environs- mental report as specified in sections A.1-4 of this appendix as soon as possible, but no later than sixty (160) days after September 9,
1971. or such later date as may be approved by the Commission upon good cause shown.


Installed System Capacity
It an environmental report had been sub- mitted prior to September 0, 1971, a supple- ment to that report. covering the matters described In sections A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered. may be submitted In lieu of a new environmental report.


MINUS: Retirements
2. Upon reoeipt of an Envirornmental Re- port or supplemental EzvIronmental Report submitted pursuant to paragraph 1. the pro- cedures set out in section A. 0-9 will be followed. except that comments will be re- quested, and must be received, within thirty (30) days from Federal agencies. Slate and local oflict*Ls, and Interested persons on Environmental Reports and draft detailed etatements. If no comments are submitted within thirty (30)
days by such agencIes, officials or perlsons it will be presumed that such agencies, officials or persons have no oomment to make. The detailed statement (or supplemental detailed statement, as ap- prepriate) prepared by the Director of Reu- lation or his designee pursuant to section A.8 will, on the basis of the analyses and evaluations described therein, include a con- clusion as to whether, after weighing the environmental. economic, technical and other benefits against environmental coaste and considering avrallable alternatives, the action called for is the continuation, modification or termination of the construction permit or its appropriate conditlonng to protect en- vironnental values. Upon preparation of the detailed statement, the Director of Regulas- tion will publish in the FtzaAL
s, Ricsri a
notice, which may be included In the notice required by section A.9. setting forth his, Or hbi deeignee's, conclusion as respects the continuatlon, modification or termination of the construction permit or Its appropriate ondIltioning tc protect " envlornmontal values.


PLUS: Additions
7be Direotor of Regulation will Also p"4 ta in tie PWDMAL EZoasm a notiee, which ussy be included in the notice setting foth his or his deasne'
cooclsioc as re- specta the *Oonuo.tiot, modtiJbatn or termlnation at the oosrctitm permit or its eipproprIate condiUoning to protect environ- mantal values, providing that wMhin thirty
(30) dlays from the date of Ito publication.


Total Installed Capacity
any peewi-un wlhixe Interest may be taffcoted by theo proceeding ma


Net Transactions (exported and imported power)
====y. In accoraxrne with====
1 2.714 of thWi chapter. file a petit*on fnr leave to intervene and request a hear- bw.


Total System Supply (a) 20WW indicates data years before the submittal of the application (b) 20XX denotes the year of submittal of the application (c) 20YY represents the intervening years in some useful increment (d) 20ZZ indicates the year three years after commencement of full commercial operations
In any hiearing. the provIsions of section A. 10 Ald it will apply to the extent pertinent. Tlc Om.
8.4 Summary of the Need for Power Analysis and Conclusions This section of the ER should provide a summary of the need for power analysis for the proposed project and disclose the applicants conclusions in accordance with the purpose and need definition in


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 148 Chapter 1 of the ER. The findings summarized in this section should be fully substantiated by data and discussion presented in the preceding sections. This section should result in a final determination of whether or not there is a need for the power from the proposed project in the relevant service area in the analytical year, as defined in Section 8.0.
mIsrlon or the pre.,ldlng Atornic SILfly and LIcensIng Boerd, ai appropriate. may pre.


To provide further insight into the preparation of the need for power assessment in the ER, the following descriptions delineate the types of acceptable analyses that applicants may use to make a positive determination of need. Any one of the approaches listed below is sufficient to demonstrate need for power, but the applicant should show the basis for a positive determination of need as well as the results of the analyses outlined in Sections 8.2 and 8.3.
ccrihe the time within which proceedingq, or any portions thereof, conducted purstiait to this paragraph will be conducted.


*
3. The review of environmental m;Ltters conducted in aoccrdanice with thlr. ,ectilon C
Certification of Need. Demonstrating that the proposed action has obtained formal certification from a utility authority stating the public need for the proposed project is the most direct method for determining the need for power. Because such a certification is made by the State agency authorized to make such a determination, it is presumed to meet the four acceptability criteria described in this Chapter. Therefore, where such regulations are in place and a certificate has been issued, further justification is not necessary. However, the applicant should include descriptions of the power market, power demand forecast, and power supply forecast, as discussed in the preceding sections. The applicant should cite the certification in the conclusions section as the basis for a positive determination of need.
will not be duplicated at the operating lihurnse stage, abient view NIgnificant Informattioll relevant to these maU,
O. Proreduires applicabile to pr put i;a he ar.


*  
in.* or pyoceediag., to be rotniecd in the near future. I. In proceedings In which hearinr.:
Peak Demand Assessment. For the relevant market area, future total system demand for electricity (including reserve requirements) should be compared to future total system supply, based on items provided in Tables 8-1 and 8-2. A positive determination of peak demand can be demonstrated when the projected peak hourly demand for electricity is greater than the projected capacity in the market area by an amount that is greater than (or reasonably close to) the planned capacity of the proposed project in the analytical year. If the entire capacity of the proposed project cannot be accounted for in the relevant service area, the remainder may be accounted for by demonstrating the remaining capacity of the proposed project can be sold to areas outside the applicants relevant service area.
are pending as of September 9, 1971, or Iln which a draft or fial detailed statement of envtronmental considerations prepared by the Director of Regulation or hill dengnee has been circulated prior to said date :1 in the rave of all applicatiol] fur a coniLtruction permit, or its which a notice of opportunity for hearing on tht application has been issued prior to Octotber 31. 1971. In the case of an application for an operating license, the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will. if the requirements of paragraphs 1-9 of soctIon A have not as yet be-en mot, pro- toed expeditlotus.ly with the w-pects of the application related to the Comml*slon's licensing requirements under the Atomic Energy Act pending the submisalon of en- vironmentWl .Veports and detailed str-tements as specified In section A and compliance with other appltiable requirements of vection A.


*
A supplement to the environmental report, covering the matters described in sections A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered.
Baseload Demonstration. A positive determination of baseload need can be demonstrated when the projected baseload demand for electricity is greater than the projected baseload capacity by an amount that is greater than (or reasonably close to) the planned capacity of the proposed project.


The applicant should include a table similar to Table 8-3 that demonstrates the need for baseload capacity greater than (or reasonably close to) the capacity of the proposed project in the analytical year.
may be submitted in lieu of a new environ- mental report. Upon receipt of the supple- mental environmental report, the procedures set out in sections A,6-9 will be followed.


*
except that comments will be requested, and must be received, within thirty (30)
Market-Based Evaluation. A positive need for power determination need not depend on a deficit in the supply of electricity in the analytical year. Rather an applicant can demonstrate a need for power even in a market place that has a surplus of electricity. The applicant can either:
days from Federal agencies, State and local offi- cIals, and interested persons on .environ- mental reports and draft detailed statk*snta.
1. Perform a market-based or auction analysis describing how the applicant will price and bid their electricity to ensure the proposed project will participate in the market at levels consistent with baseload capacity factors. This approach should:
- describe the auction or other mechanism by which the ISO/RTO selects generators to supply power into the market, and


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 149
It no commenta are submitted within thirty
- provide an analysis illustrating how the project can feasibly compete in the hourly market at a lower price than competitors, ensuring the proposed projects continuous access to the electricity market.
(30) days by such agencies, officials, or per- sons, It will be presumed that such agencies, offleials, or persons have no comment to make. In any subsequent session of the hear- ing held on the matters covered by thin ap- pendix, the provisions of sections A.l0 and It will apply to the extent pertinent. The Commission or the presiding Atomic Itdoty and Licensing Board, as appropriate, may prescribe the time within which the proceed- ing, or any portion thereof, will be completed.


Table 8-3. Demand and Supply Forecast Summary (MW(e))  
2. In a proceeding for the Issuance of an operating license where the requirements of paragraphs 1-9 of section A have not as yet been met and the matter Is pending before an Atomio Safety and Lcensing Board, the applicant may make. pursuant to I 50.57(c),
a motion in writing for the Issuance of a license authorizing the loeading of fuel in the reactor core and limited operation within the scope of I 50.57(c). Upon a showing on the record that the proposed Ilceniang action will not have a significant, adverse impact on the quality of the environment and upon satisfaction of the requirements of I 50.57(c).
the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board may grant the applicant's motion. In addition, the Oommlsslon recognizes that there may be other circumstances where, consistent with appropriate regard for envi- ronmental values, limited operation may be warranted during the period of the ongoing NEPA environmental review. 'Such circum- stances Include testing and verification of plant performance and other limited actIvi.


20WW(a)
ties where operation can be Justified without prejudice to the ends of environmental pro- tection. Accordingly, the presiding Atomio
20WW
88 Safety and Licensing Board may. upon natIs- faction of the requIrements of I1 .571cl.
20XX(b)
20YY(c)
20YY
20ZZ(d)
DEMAND
Peak System Demand


MINUS: DSM and EE
grant a motion, pursutant to that ec*il.on.


Total Peak Demand
after consideration and balancing oil tile record of the factors deacrlbedl lic;ow: Pr.-
Hidrd. Itowe'l cr. that operailon beyoud tuent:
percent (20':,) or full power nu"y niut'be it:.
thorized cxcept upon :ipt-olic Ipr.ur upprrv;a.


Plus Reserve Margin
ol the C:*ilnntl:alon.


Total System Demand
(al Whether it Iz, Iktly hli;it liiltcd ;-,
eratIon d uringi the ptrr-p'ctive rev:cw
,r
..td will give rise ti it a ;ig*lMc.atit. iaJv,'r:A.- lIit*',t fin the nuv rou, line the o
li itti r, ani e
it,!t
,,f sulch Itnipact, If any: and w.lhether redt!:.
of tny5 Lsuc is dversLe v ovI ninnin stL1 I nln.sL
can ;ea.5onably be effected should nlkpdilht.-
tion t'r termlination of the lIHnm ted lhn:;e rn'siult, fromn the Mlngolng NEPA erievIroniiniii- tl review.


SUPPLY
(b)
Installed System Capacity
Whether limited operation duelrin: the prco-pectlve revIew period would fomcl-o.e sub.bccluent avdop)tIon of alteruiiatt I
ln I -
cility design or operatlinu of the type that could result from the ougolrrn NVI'IA envtroll- mental review.


MINUS: Retirements
(c)
'he effect of delay In flcrllty opera- lion ilpioo the public Inter.-.t. O
i plrinLry Im-portance under this eriCeilon are the power neede to be ierved iy the acililty: the availability of altersuttlive iitrce e
t.


PLUS: Additions
a**y.


Total Installed Capacity
to meet thnee needs on a timely
.tui;
dtri delay costs to the lIcensec and to consuiml'r.i.


Net Transactions
If any party, Including the staff.


Total System Supply
,,poiimi the recluest, the provisions of 5 50.57 (ci will apply with respect to) the re:-,Wtlouth- tfi lhe objections of such party and the makilig of findings required by 1 50.57 c) afnd this puara- graph. 'The Comlnision Air the pre:ilig Atoric S.Tfety and Licensing Board. A.v aplpIo.


Surplus (Deficit) Without the Proposed Project Project Capacity
prtate, fav-y prescribe the tima within which the procecding, or any portion thereof. will be completed. Any license so is'*sued will le without prejudice to subaequent licerntg action which may be taken by the Connini-q slon with regard to the envirolunmelrltl wspectA of the facility. and any licen-e issued Will be conditioned to that effect.


Surplus (Deficit) With the Proposed Project (a) 20WW denotes data years before submittal of the application (b) 20XX denotes the year of submittal of the application (c) 20YY represents the intervening years in some useful increment (d) 20ZZ indicates the year three years after commencement of full commercial operations.
3. This paragraph applies tl proceeding!
on an application for an operating licentie for which a notice of opportunity for hear- ing was Issued prior to October 31, 1971. and no hearing has been requested. In such pr.-
ceedings an envlronmental report or a supple- ment to the envlIronmental report, covering the matters descrlbed In actlons A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered, shall 1e submitted. Upon receipt of the supplemental environmental report, the procedures aet out in sections A.6-9 will be followed, except that comments will be requested, and 1n0um be received, within thirty (30)  
days from Federal agencies, State and local offilelhi. and interested persons on environmental reports and draft detailed statements. If no com- ments are submitted within thirty (30) days by such ageneles.,
efllals, or persons, It will be presumed that such agencies, oifrlliht. or persons have no comment to make.


2. Provide evidence that the proposed unit(s) intend to enter into an agreement with the ISO/RTO that in exchange for the guarantee of always being able to sell their electricity, the applicant will agree to take whatever price the ISO/RTO establishes as the hourly market price. This approach should include:
In additIon Wo the pert'innt pro- vlakuns off pJxignspbs 1-9 of amctton A. the provisiona of eectSWU
- a description of the existing market area; 
Dq will be f101 lowa,.
- a detailed description of the auction or mechanism by which generators are selected to supply power into the market; and
If In such proceedinf,. the require- menta of paragraphs, 1-9 of &#xfd;ectton A have not as yet been met, the Coinmisslon may issue a license authoriAng tho loafdIng of fuei in the reactor core and limited operation within the Scope of 150.57 (cl, upon a show- Ing that such licensing actlon will not have a Slgnificant. adverse Impact on tile quality of the environment And upon inaking the appropriate findings on the matters specified in
- documentary evidence of the agreement between the applicant and the ISO/RTO.
1 50.57(a). In addition, the Commi-sIon recogntres that there may be other circuin- stances where, consistent with approprIate regard for environmental values, limited operation may be warranted during the pe- riod of the ongoing NEPA envlronmental re- A


In all cases, the applicant is free to employ a need for power analysis that is not explicitly identified by the above list, provided such deviation is accompanied by a detailed explanation as to
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
(1) why the applicant employed a different approach and (2) how the applicants preferred methodology meets the NRCs four acceptance criteria for a need for power analysis described in this Chapter.
view. Such circurnstances include testing and vertifIcation of plant performance and other limited activities whoere operation can be Justified without prejudice to the ends of environmental protection, Accordingly. thie Commission may Issue a license for limited
,peratlon after consideration and balancing of the factors described in paragraph 2. of this section and upon making the appro- priate findlngs on the matters specified in
1 50.57(a); Provided, however. That opera- tion beyond twenty percent (20%.)
of full power will not be authorized except in emer- gency situations or other situations where the public Interest so requires. Any license so Issued will be without prejudice to sub- sequent licensing action which may be taken by the Commission with regard to the en- vironsmental aspects of the facility, and any license Issued will be conditioned to that effect.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 151 Chapter 9
I;. Consfdcratfou of suspension of certain permit.? and licenses pending NEP.4 Enriron- tri'ntal Reinew.
9.0
Environmental Impacts of Alternatives The environmental report (ER) should include a discussion of alternatives to the proposed action that is sufficiently complete to aid the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff in (1) discussing alternatives to the proposed action in the environmental impact statement (EIS) [National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Section 102(2)(C)(iii) (42 U.S.C. 4321, 10 CFR 51.45(b)(3))], and (2) developing and describing appropriate alternatives to recommended courses of action in any proposal which involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources (NEPA Section 102(2)(E)
(42 U.S.C. 4321)). To the extent practicable, the environmental impacts of the proposal and the alternatives should be presented in comparative form (10 CFR 51.45(b)(3)).
A key aspect of the alternatives analysis is that the alternatives presented in the ER should be capable of meeting the purpose and need of the proposed project. Assume, as an example, that the purpose and need for the project includes generating approximately 1,500 megawatt(s) electric (MW(e))
of baseload power by the year 2030 in the region of interest (ROI). An alternative that cannot generate approximately 1,500 MW(e) of baseload power, or cannot be in service by year 2030, or cannot effectively deliver power to the ROI, cannot meet the purpose and need and should not be retained as an alternative. A given project will have its own unique purpose and need statement. Some projects may have very different statements of the purpose and need; however, any alternative that will be evaluated must meet the purpose and need.


Another key aspect of this analysis is that the alternatives presented in the ER should be reasonable18 as defined by the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) (46 FR 18026) (Ref. 30). In other words, there should be a reasonable expectation that the alternative could be implemented. For example, if a proposed plant requires 60 million gallons per day (Mgd) of cooling water, then an alternative site for which no such source exists or is likely to be developed is not a reasonable alternative.
1. In regard to (a) proceedings sutJect to Section D other than those in which a hear- lug on an operating license appllcwion has commenced, ib) proceedings subject to see- tion C Involving nuclear power reactors and ltsting facllities.u and 4c)
proceedlusjs li which the Commission cetimAtes that con- tructLion under a permit will not be cam-
-picLed by January 1. 19*3. the Comnmissio will consider and determine. in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this section E, whether the permit or ii- cerise should be suspended, in whole or in part, pending completion of the NAEPA envi- rotunentail review apeclned In thi g mctlons.


As another example, it is theoretically possible to generate electricity using a fusion reactor. However, as of the date of this publication, commercial power generation with a fusion reactor remains an elusive goal. Therefore, fusion power is not a reasonable alternative. While these are extreme examples, they illustrate the point that, to be considered an alternative, there must be a reasonable expectation that it could actually be implemented.
2. In MnakInr tVe d'eunlnntnion catled for in para..raph
1. the Cbm-nnuzion will con.


Except as described in Appendix A, the ER should include information on four categories of alternatives: the no-action alternative, energy alternatives, site alternatives, and system alternatives.
sider ard balatnce tile following factorn:
(a)
Whether it ini likely that continued COn-trnctlon or operation during the pru- rnpectlve review period will gtive rise to a eignlflncat adverse hnp-w, on the environ- Inent; the natu,-e and extent of such .m- pact. if any: and whether redruax of any such adverse environn;ental impact can reasonably be eflected should modification. eatpension or termination of the pernUt or ltcetae re- suit from the ongoing NEPA envIronmental review.


Specific information to include in the ER is covered in the following subsections.
(b) Whether continued coontructicn or operation during the proapectlse review pe- rnod would foreclose snbsequent adoption of atlterntatives In facility design or operntIon of the type that coud reault from the ongoing XNPA environmental review.


9.1 No-Action Alternative The discussion of alternatives in the ER should include the no-action alternative under which the requested license or permit is not granted by the NRC. The ER should describe under the no-action alternative the impacts of not implementing the proposed action. Guidance from the CEQ states, Where a choice of no action by the agency would result in predictable actions by others, this consequence of the no-action alternative should be included in the analysis (46 FR 18026). For example, if the
(c)
The effect of delay In facility con- struction or operation upon the public In- terest. Of prlnary Importance under this criterion are the power needs to be served by the facility: the availability of alterna- tire sources. If any, to meet thoe needs on a timely basis: and delay costs to the li- censee and to consumers.


18 Identification and evaluation of reasonable alternatives to a proposed action is the intent of NEPA: 
3. Each holder of a permit or license sub- ject to paragraph I at this section E shall turnLLsh to the Conlmission. before 40 clays after September 9, 1971 or such later date As may be approved by the Comxnrsslon. upon good cause Shown, & wrItte statement or any reasons, with supporting factual submtsslon.
Reasonable alternatives include those that are practical or feasible from the technical and economic standpoint and using common sense, rather than simply desirable from the standpoint of the applicant (From the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) (46 FR 18026)).  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 152 proposed nuclear plant would be used to meet a demonstrated need for power, then not building the plant would lead to a failure to meet that need for power. The staff expects that regulatory authorities (typically a State public service commission, or equivalent, in conjunction with any regional transmission operator and electrical reliability council) would take action to meet the need for power before the grid became unreliable. Because of this, the ER should discuss what other steps might be taken to address the need for power, and the associated environmental impacts. For example, if the likely result of the no-action alternative would be that one of the other energy alternatives would be built and operated to meet the need for power, then the ER should include that information and may refer to the discussion of that energy alternative for the associated environmental impacts.
why, with reference to tho criteria In para- graph 2. the permit or license should not be suspended, In whole or It. part. pending com- pletion of the N*A environmental review speclfled in sectionA B, C, or D. Such docu- ments will be publicly available and any Interested person may submIt comments thereon to the Comm'ssion.


9.2 Energy Alternatives The first step in the discussion of energy alternatives should be to evaluate and identify the energy sources other than nuclear energy that have the potential to meet the purpose and need for the project and eliminate from detailed discussion energy sources that cannot meet the purpose and need. The second step should be to evaluate in more detail the impacts of the energy sources that can meet the purpose and need for the project. Finally, the ER should compare the impacts of the energy sources that can meet the purpose and need to the impacts of the proposed project and determine if any of the alternative sources are environmentally preferable to the proposed project.
4. The Commlasson will thereafter deter- mine whether the permit or license shall be suspended pending NEPA envlronmental re- view and will publish that determination In the P=MAt Reclms*. A public announce- ment cf that determination will Also be made.


The discussion of alternatives in the ER should include all energy alternatives that could be used to meet the need for power.19 Energy alternatives can be divided into two categories; those that do not require new generating capacity (e.g., energy conservation), and those that do require new generating capacity (e.g., a natural gas-fired plant).
(a)
For alternatives that do not require new generating capacity, the ER should discuss options that go beyond any already considered in the need-for-power analysis presented in ER Chapter 8. For example, the need-for-power analysis typically has already considered energy savings associated with energy efficiency and conservation programs that the power company plans to implement. Because these programs have already been considered in the need-for-power analysis, they do not represent an alternative to the proposed action. However, for the alternatives analysis the ER should discuss the possibility of implementing additional measures (beyond those already planned) that could obviate the need for the proposed nuclear power plant. These measures may include importing more power from beyond the ROI, additional energy-efficiency, conservation, and demand-side management programs (Ref. 101),20 re-activating plants that have been retired, or extending the lives of plants that are currently assumed to retire in the need-for-power analysis. The analysis of these alternatives should consider if these alternatives are reasonable (i.e., can they meet the purpose and need of the project after considering technical and regulatory challenges). If the alternative cannot meet the purpose and need for the project then it should be eliminated from further consideration. If the alternative can meet the purpose and need then it should be retained for comparison to the proposed project.
It the Corimmtsion determines that the permit or license shall be suspended, an order to show cause pursuant to 12.202 of this chapter shall be served upon the II-
centme ar~l the provisions of that section tolowediJr (b)  
Any person whose Interest may be aftected by the proceeding, other than the ifonse.*
may ifle a request for a hearing within thirty (30)  
days after publIcation of the Commlalon's determination on this matter in the l=zDwAL Rttclirxt. Such re- quest shall set forth the matters, with ref- erence to the criteria set out in paragraph
2, alleged to warrant a suspension determl- naUon other than that made by the Com- mission, and shall set forth the factual basi for the requestL I
the Co-mlaeon deter- ailnes that the mattars stated In such re- quest warrant a herlng, a notice of hesa- Ing vill be published In the ftmn
.c)
IThe Comns.a.lon or the prersding Atomic Safety and Licensinf. Bolard. a-1 ap- propriate, may prencribe the time within whielh a proceedin,. or uny portion thereof.


The discussion of alternatives that would require new generation facilities should include renewable and nonrenewable sources and at least one combination of sources. Examples of renewable
conducted puriuant to this paragraph bliall be completed.


19 As discussed in Appendix A, an applicant for an early site permit is not required to address energy alternatives
it In proceedings In which an applicant's enviroillnethtal report, rather than a draft detailed statcmnent, was circulated by the Cotnntll%%lol. that environmental report shall be deemed a draft detailed statement for the purpoies of this paragraph.
(10 CFR 51.50(b)(2)). However, the applicant can choose to address energy alternatives in such an application.


20 
* ~PUsi reProcesailog plaists; bare been ex- cluded since only one such plant is subject to section C and Its construction is complete,
Energy efficiency, conservation, and demand-side management programs need not be considered by the applicant if the application is for a merchant plant - a plant with no specific service territory. However, if one or more other companies are implementing such programs in the ROI, the ER should include consideration of the effect of those programs on the amount of power needed.
130O GiCP 2202 "Wmong other things. pro- vides for Institution of a prooeeding to mod- ify, suspend, or revoke a iloenat by timsanee of an order to show cause iad provides an opportunity for hearing.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 153 sources are wind, geothermal, hydroelectric, hydrokinetic (e.g., wave and tidal), biomass (e.g., wood residues), municipal solid waste, energy crops, and solar. Examples of nonrenewable sources are coal, natural gas, and petroleum fuels. A combination of alternatives is one that includes a mix of sources that are available in that region. The decision regarding the mix of sources in the combination should be based on consideration of maximizing the renewable portion of the combination and minimizing the environmental impacts to create a competitive alternative. However, the combination must still be capable of meeting the purpose and need for the project. The analysis of alternative energy sources should consider the availability of the source in the ROI, the extent to which the source is already used in the region, and projections in the growth of the source in the region. Projections may be available from organizations such as power companies, public service commissions, Federal agencies, and universities.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
FEDERAL REGISTER,  
VOL. 36, NO. 175- THURSDAY, SEPIEMBIER 9, 1971 Title I1O-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION'AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of National environmental Policy Act of 1969 On July 23. 1971. the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit rendered its decision in Calvert Cliffs&#xfd;
Coordinating Committee. Inc.,
et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission, et al. Nos. 24,839 and 24,871, holding that Atomic Energy Commission regulations for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) in AEC licensing pro- ceedings did not comply in several sped- fled respects with the dictates of that Act, and remanding the proceedings to the Commission for rule making con- sistent with the Court's opinion.


Reasonable energy alternatives are those that can meet the purpose and need of the project. So, for example, if the purpose and need includes providing baseload generating capacity, then any reasonable alternative must also be capable of providing baseload generating capacity.21 If a potential alternative has a capacity factor significantly lower than that of the proposed project (e.g., wind and solar), consider whether the alternative could be feasible if a form of energy storage or backup power is included. However, the feasibility and environmental impacts of energy storage or backup power would have to be included in the evaluation of the alternative.
Revised Appendix D set forth below is an interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the Implemen- tation of NEPA in accordance with the decision of the Court of Appeals.


Once reasonable alternatives have been identified, the ER should evaluate the environmental impacts of those alternatives for comparison to the impacts of the proposed action. In general, applicants should assume siting of alternative energy facilities at the proposed plant site unless the proposed site would not be suitable for the particular alternative. For alternatives that require a cooling system, the ER
The effect of the revised regulations will be to make the Atomic Energy Com- mission directly responsible for evalu- ating the total environmental Impact, including thermal effects, of ndclear power plants, and for assessing this Im- pact in terms of the available alterna- tives and the need for electrLi power.
should assume a cooling system similar to that evaluated for the proposed project.


The environmental impacts of each reasonable alternative should be compared to the impacts of the proposed action. Based on that comparison, the ER should indicate whether any of the alternatives is environmentally preferable to the proposed action. If none of the alternatives are environmentally preferable, then no further action is needed. If any of the alternatives are found to be environmentally preferable, then the ER should determine whether such alternatives are obviously superior to the proposed action by considering other factors (e.g., cost [capital and operating costs], fuel availability, and regulatory issues). As part of the comparison of reasonable energy alternatives, the ER should compare greenhouse gas emissions associated with each alternative to the emissions from the proposed project.
The Commisdon Intends to be respon- sive to the conservation and environ- mental concerns of the public. At the same time the Commission Is also exam- ining steps that can be taken to reconcile a proper regard for the environment with the necessity for meeting the Na- tion's growing requirements for electric power on a timely basis.


9.3 Site-Selection Process The ER should describe the process used by the applicant to identify possible sites for the new nuclear plant and to select the proposed site. The basic steps that should be described in the site-selection process are shown in Figure 9-1.
The procedures In Appendix 0 ripply to licentsing proceedings for nuclear power reactors: testing facilities: fuel reprocessing plants: and other produc- tion and utillzation facilities whrse conrstruction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sic- niflcant Impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedines in- volhing certain specified activitics sub- ject to materials licensing.


21 A baseload power plant is designed to operate continuously to supply all or part of the systems minimum load (DOE/EIAs Electric Power Industry Terms and Definitions, (Ref. 102)). Baseload power plants typically have annual load capacity factors that exceed 75 percent, but usually operate 90 to 98 percent of the time (How to Compare Power Generation Choices in Renewable Energy World North America (Ref. 103)).  
ReL-sed Appendix D Is divided Into five sections. Section A deals with the basic procedures for implementinm, NEPA. including an identification of the information required of applicants. the circulation of environmental reports and detailed statements for comment, and the role of Atomic Safety and Licensino Boards in the environmental review process.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 154
Section B deals with procedures ap- plicable to the specified facility and ma- terials licenses Issued during the period from January 1. 2970. the date of enact- ment of NEPA, to the effective date of this revision.


Figure 9-1.  Site-Selection Process The ER should include the following information:
SOction C deals with the procedure;
*
applicable to oonstructlon permitL
A description of the ROI, candidate areas, potential sites, and candidate sites. If any potential or candidate sites have been designated by a governmental agency as an acceptable site for a new nuclear power plant, this information should be included in the ER.
for the specified facilities issued prior to January 1, 1970, for which operating licenses have not been issued.


*
Section D deals with the procedures applicable to pending hearings and hear- ings to be conducted in the near future.
Selection procedures for the ROI, candidate areas, potential sites, candidate sites, and the proposed site.


*
It makes provision for NEPA review and hearing opportunity on NEPA matters following such review and also provides for possible auhorization of fuel loadlin and limited operation of nuclear power reactors, consistent with appropriate re- gard for environmental values, during the period of ongoing NEPA environ- mental review. Operation beyond twenty percent (20%)
The basis for establishing the geographical scope of the ROI.
of full power would ie- quire the specific prior approval of the Commission and would not be authorized except in emergency situations or other situations where the public Interest so requires. (Counterart provisions for certain materials licensing actions are contained in section A.)
Section E sets forth the factors which will be considered by the Commission in determining whether to suspend, pend- ing the required NEPA environmental review, permits or licenses of the speci- fied types issued during the period from January 1, 1970, and the effective date of this revision and construction permits for the specified facilities Issued prior to January 1, 1970, for which operating Uloenses have not been issued.


*
Sections B, C, and D provide that the Commission or the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board. as appro- priate, may prescribe the times within which the proceedings subject to those sections will be completed. These provi- alons amre In keeping with the Commis- alon's continuing objective of mintlrz- Ing undue delay In the conduct of its licensing proceedings. They would Ilot Impinge upon the basic requiretictnLs for a fair arid orderly hiearing on the NE1'A
Factors considered at each level of the selection process, parameters by which these factors were measured and weighted, and criteria used to define levels of acceptability (e.g., numerical limits or decision standards).
issues.
*
Methodologies used in the potential and candidate site screening process, including (when used)
factors such as (1) importance factors, (2) preference functions, (3) utility functions,
(4) weighting factors, (5) ranking scales, (6) scoring schemes, (7) rating systems, and
(8) sensitivity analyses.


*
Because the revision of Appendix D
For each alternative site, reconnaissance-level information should be included in the ER for the same impact categories used for the proposed site (see Chapters 4 and 5).
which follows is necei*ary to comply with Court of Appeals' decision ill the Calvert Cliffs case. tile Com0UiJ&Mlo lhas found that good cause exists for omitting no- tice of proposed rule inakinh and publiv procedure thereon as tnnecessary and Impracticable and for making the revi- sion effective upon publication in tile FEDERAL REGISTER %kithout the c
While the ER summarizes the process used to select the proposed site, the NRC staff will need to know the details of the process, which is typically described in a more detailed site-selection report prepared by or for the applicant. If such a report was prepared, it should be provided to the NRC staff at the time the application is submitted to inform the staffs review.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 155 The site-selection process should follow a logical path from the definition of the ROI to the identification of candidate areas, potential sites, and candidate sites, to the selection of the proposed site.
====u. stomary====
30-day notice.


The ROI is the geographic area considered in searching for potential and candidate sites. The geographic area of the ROI need not be contiguous, but if it is not, a logical basis for nonadjacent areas should be provided. Candidate Areas are one or more areas within the ROI that remain after unsuitable areas (e.g., unsuitable because of high population, lack of water, fault lines, or distance to transmission lines)
Accordingly, pursuant to thie N:t.nonwil Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. as amended.
have been removed. Potential Sites are those sites within the candidate areas that have been identified for preliminary assessment in establishing candidate sites. Candidate sites are those potential sites within the ROI and that are considered in the comparative evaluation of sites to be among the best that can reasonably be found for the siting of a nuclear power plant. The candidate sites include the proposed site and the alternative sites. The proposed site is the candidate site submitted to the NRC by the applicant as the proposed location for a nuclear power plant. Alternative sites are those candidate sites that are compared to the proposed site to determine if there is an obviously superior alternative site. In general, the identification of three to five alternative sites in addition to the proposed site could be viewed as adequate. Each of the steps in the process is discussed in more detail below.


9.3.1 The Region of Interest The ROI is typically selected based on geographic boundaries (e.g., the State in which the proposed site is located), or the relevant service area for the proposed plant. In cases where the proposed plant would not have a service area, the applicant should define a reasonable ROI and provide a justification. The ROI should be more extensive if the diversity of environmental conditions captured by the ROI would be substantially improved or if candidate sites do not meet initial threshold criteria (including the site criteria in 10 CFR Part 100, Reactor Site Criteria (Ref. 104)), and added geographic areas likely would not increase project costs substantially. The ER should describe how the ROI was selected, the extent of and basis for restrictions to the ROI because of siting constraints, and the extent to which the ROI is constrained based on the major load centers to be supplied by the proposed plant.
and sections 552 wid 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following rc- vision of Appendix D of 10 CIO'R Part 50 is publi!.ned ws a document subject to codification, to be effective upon publi- cation in the FliEPAL RECISTER 09-9-71).
The Commision Invites all interestcd per.-ns who dcsire to sulmnit wriLttin comments or suggestions for considera- tion in comnection with the revision to send them to the Secretary of the Corn- mission. U.S. Atomic Enerry Commission.


9.3.2 Candidate Areas The ER should describe the process used to identify the candidate areas within the ROI. Reasons that areas may be unsuitable include the following:
Washington, D.C.
*
does not meet criteria in 10 CFR Part 100 (e.g., seismic unsuitability, proximity to major centers of population density)
*
lack of existing infrastructure (e.g., roads and railroads)
*
lack of a suitable cooling-water source
*
distance to transmission lines, substations, or load centers
*
unsuitable topographic features 
*
potential to impact valuable agricultural, residential, or industrial areas
*
potential to impact dedicated land-use areas (e.g., parks, historic sites, and wilderness areas)
*
conflicts with land-use planning programs or other restrictions established by State, county, or local governments


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 156 The applicants process to identify candidate areas should consider these and other reasonable attributes to identify areas potentially unsuitable for siting a new nuclear power plant. The ER should present the determining characteristics of the identified areas and need not present other characteristics.
205.15.


For example, if an area has no suitable cooling-water source, then the area would be considered unsuitable and the other factors listed above need not be considered. The areas in the ROI that remain after unsuitable areas are eliminated are the candidate areas.
Attention:
Chief. Public Proceedings Branch, within
60 days after publication of this notice in the FEDERAL REGIsTER. Consideration will be given to such submission with the view to possible further nmendments.


9.3.3 Potential Sites Once the candidate areas have been identified, the ER should describe how potential sites within those areas were identified. In selecting potential sites, applicants should use a logical process that treats all sites in the same way, and would reasonably be expected to produce sites that are among the best potential sites in the candidate areas. Applicants should not use a potential site-selection process that focuses on one group or class of sites to the exclusion of other groups of sites without a defensible technical basis. The process used to identify potential sites should typically consider attributes similar to those used in the process of identifying candidate areas. However, in general this step in the process involves a somewhat more detailed look at those criteria. In addition, in many cases, the applicant can use the inverse of the attributes listed above, looking for positive rather than negative attributes. So, for example, the applicant may identify locations in the candidate areas that have ample water, are close to transmission facilities and load centers, have infrastructure in place, etc. However, negative attributes at a specific location (e.g., seismicity or threatened and endangered species), may also be used to de-select some sites.
Copies of comment,, received by the Commission may be examined [at tile Commission's Public Document Room.


An applicant is not expected to conduct detailed environmental studies for potential sites, only preliminary investigations using reconnaissance-level information.22 A reconnaissance-level investigation should take account of information that is readily available over the Internet and from other sources (e.g., existing studies and State and Federal agencies). The applicant does not have to own the land at potential sites; however, no obvious obstruction should prevent the applicant from obtaining the land (e.g., land that is part of a National Park).  
1717 H Street NWV., Washington. DC.
The goal of this step in the process is not to identify every potential site in the candidate areas.


Depending on the size of the candidate areas, trying to identify all possible sites would yield an unworkable number of possible locations. Instead, the ER should demonstrate that the applicant used a logical process that would reasonably be expected to produce a list of the best potential sites in the candidate areas.
Appendix D 1.' revi.ed to read as follows;
I
L
90


9.3.4 Candidate Sites Candidate sites are those potential sites that are within the ROI and are considered in the comparative evaluation of sites to be among the best that can reasonably be found for the siting of a new nuclear power plant. The applicants review of candidate sites should be directed toward the identification of sites suitable for the size and type of nuclear power plant being proposed. The candidate sites include
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 190-
THURSDAY. SEPTEMBER 30, 1971 Title IO0-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Alomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUJC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the Notional Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9, 1971. the Atomic l.tl".:y Colllni..&#xfd;Slon publiished ill tile FlE*iAL RcItSTrE. '36 F.R. 18071, a revi- sion of Ap)penihx D of its regulation in
10 CF'1 Part 50. effective oil publication.


22 Reconnaissance-level information is defined in RG 4.7 as information that is obtainable from published reports, public records, public and private agencies, and individuals knowledgeable about the locality of a potential site.
Revi*cd Appendix D as published is an interim stat1tItienlt of Commission policy antd procedure tor the implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 'NEPAI in accordance with the deci.isioi of tile U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee.


Although in some cases the applicants may have conducted on-the-spot investigations, it is assumed here that these investigations would be limited to reconnaissance-type surveys at this stage in the site selection process.
Inc., et al. v. United States Atomic lnerry Commision. et al.. Nos. 24.839 and 24,871. The procedures in Appendix L) apply to licensing proceedin':s for nlu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:
fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro- ductiun and utilization facilities whose constructioln or operation may be deter- inined by tile Commission to have a sig- iifiicant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings in- volving certain specified activities subject to materials ihcensing.


Reconnaissance should include more than just a literature search for issues that are critical to the evaluation of sites. So, for example, reconnaissance should include contact with the water-management agency about water availability in most cases, as discussed in RG 4.7. The amount and quality of information must be sufficient based on the expert judgment of the reviewer to make the required determination for which the information is needed.
Revised Appendix D is divided into five scetions. Section A deals with the basic procedtues for implemenLing NEPA,
while sections 13, C. and D deal with pro- oedurets applhicable to certain categories of permits or licenses already issued or for which applications are pending. See- tion E defines the categories of proceed- ings in which the Commission will con- sider and determine whether a permit or license already issued should be sus- pended pending completion of tile NEPA
environmental review and sets out the factors to be considered by the Commis- sion In maniing its determinations.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 157 the proposed site and the alternative sites. The ER should demonstrate that the applicants site-selection methodology resulted in the identification of candidate sites that are potentially licensable by the NRC,  
The Commniission has adopted Ute lunendinients to revised Appendix D
and among the best that can reasonably be found in the ROI. At least four candidate sites should be identified in the ER.
which follow to correct revised Appendix D and clarify the intent of the Commts- slot, with respect to proceedins subject to sectlons C, D. and E.


To be a candidate site, the following minimum criteria should be satisfied:
Section C. Procedures for revh'w of certai con wtruction pcrinils for produc- tion or utilization facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970. /or which optratingf licenses har'e not been issued, has been amended to cover such Ipermit., is4sued prior to ,)antuary 1, 1970 for facilities for which iieither an. operating license nor a notice of opporltutity (or hearing on the operating license had been issued prior to September 9. 1971 ithe effective date of revised AppendLx W'. The exclu- sloft of holders of construction permitu;
*
subject to section D. which is applicable to proceediugs in which lharings were pending as of September 9. 1971, or in which a draft or final detailed statement of environental conbiderations had been circulated prior to that date. has bcen deleted. This has the effect of mak- ing proceedings such as the Calvert Cliffs proceeding. Dockeu; Nos. 50-317 atud 50-
Consumptive use of water should not cause significant adverse effects on other users.
318. subject to sections C and E, as the Commission originally intended.


*
In section D.I.. a fooLuote has bvven added to provide that in proceedings in which an applicant's environnlental re- port, rather tiutn a draft detailed state- ment. was circulated by the Commission that environmental report shall be deemed a draft detailed statement for the purposes of that paragraph.
The proposed action should not appreciably reduce the likelihood of survival or recovery of Federal, State, or American Indian Tribal listed threatened, endangered, or candidate species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.


*
Section E. which presently applies to proceedings subject to sections B and C.
There should not be any potential significant impacts to essential fish habitat or other federally protected aquatic habitats or to known spawning grounds or nursery areas of populations of important aquatic species on Federal, State, or American Indian Tribal lists.


*
has been amended to apply to (a)
Discharges of effluents into waterways should be in accordance with Federal, State, regional, local, and American Indian Tribal regulations and should not adversely impact efforts to meet water-quality objectives.
pro- ceedin!s subject to section B other than thoaw in whlch a hearing on an operating license application has commenced, tb)
proceedings subject to section C involving nuclear power reactors and testing facil- ities. and ic. proceedings in which the Commission estimates that construction under a permit will not be completed by January 1, 1972. This amendment will exclude one fuel reprocessing plant from consideration of suspension pending completion of NEPA environmental re- view. Since that plant has already been completed. and will be subject to section C procedures before the Issuance of an operating license w,1ll be considered, no useful purpose would be served by sus- pension of the construction permit. The amendment will, on the other hand, sub- ject to consideration of suspension. Wn, addition to cases involving nuclear power reactors and testing facilities for which construction permits were issued prior to January 1. 1970. for which operating li- censes or notice of opportunity for hear- log on the operating license application have not been issued proceedings in which the Commission estimates that construction will not be completed by January 1. 1972, even though a notice of opportunity for hearing on the operating license application or a draft or final de- tailed statement of environmental con- siderations has been issued.


*
Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amendments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exi.sts for inakning the amenlihlents effec- live without the custontart,  
There should be no preemption of, or adverse impacts on, land specially designated for environmental, recreational, or other special purposes.
30-day notice.


*
Ac.rodlingly. pursuant to tile National Environmnental Policy Act of 1969, Ill(!
There should not be destabilizing impacts on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, including wetlands that are unique to the resource area.
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.


*
and sections 552 and 553 of Title 5 of the Ulited States Code. tile following amnend- nuents to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulitions. Part 50, are pub- lishced I!; a (documeInt subbject to cxdifica- tion to be effletive upon publication in tile FrDiRAI. l11itsrr.n. (9-30-71):
There should not be other significant issues (e.g., environmental justice, historic and cultural resources, traditional cultural properties, cemeteries, burials) that preclude the use of the site.
1. Iln Alipetnlix I1. tile Dhlras3e, "evlcetivc date of this amended Appendix D- ill S'ctiOrnS B and 1) is change:-c to read
"Slepteuber 9. 1971" wherr it appealrs.


9.3.5 Proposed and Alternative Sites The proposed site is the candidate site identified by the applicant as the proposed location for a new nuclear power plant. Alternative sites are those candidate sites that are compared to the proposed site to determine if there is an environmentally preferable site.
2. Section C.l.


The ER should provide a sufficient description of the alternative sites to allow for an evaluation of the environmental impacts of building and operating the proposed project at each site. A figure showing the proposed plant on each alternative site with the footprint and the environmental interfaces such as cooling-water intakes and discharges should be included.
of Appendix D
is
"imnended to read as follows:
3. A footnote 11 is:udded tosul ion D.1 of Appendix ) followin,:., tile word "date"
to read a*s follows:
4. Sections E.I. ald E.


The evaluation and comparison of the proposed and alternative sites should be performed for each resource area for which an assessment was performed for the proposed site, should consider cumulative impacts and be presented in tabular form. The potential impacts of climate change should be considered under cumulative impacts for alternative sites.
===3. of Appendix D===
are ateueded to read as Iolloa;
91


The evaluation of the cumulative impacts at the alternative sites should be similar to that for the proposed site, except that reconnaissance-level information is used for the alternative sites. If, however, the initial review appears to indicate that an alternative site is environmentally preferable to, or even obviously superior to, the proposed site, then additional reconnaissance-level information can be gathered to further assess whether the alternative site is obviously superior.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 21E-
.THUIRSOAY, NOVEMIU 11, 1971 Title IO-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50--LICENSING
OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9. 1971, the Atomic En- ergy CommLsslon published in the FSD-
ERAL REGISTER (38 P.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of itz regulation in 10 CFR
Part 50. effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the implemenitation of the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA) In accordance with the de- cision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit In "Cal- vwrt Cliffs 'Coordinating Committee, Inc.,
et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.," Nos. 24.839 and
24.871. The procedures In Appendix D
apply to licensing proceedings for nu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:
fuel reproceming plants:; and other pro- duction and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sig- nificant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings In- volving certain specified activities sub- ject to materials licensing.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 158 An applicant can propose to build a new nuclear power plant at a site that was not selected on the basis of a systematic site-selection process (e.g., at the site of an existing nuclear power plant or a site identified by the State). In such a case, the applicant can simply choose the site it is proposing. However, the applicant should still follow the process shown in Figure 9-1 for the selection of alternative sites. The site comparison should be performed in such a case by comparing each of the alternative sites to the proposed site.23 In general, the applicant should consider the same plant design (e.g., cooling-system design and transmission-line voltage) at all of the alternative sites. However, changes to the design may be considered on a site-specific basis if the proposed design could not be used at the alternative site. The applicants review should also take account of the reactor site criteria in 10 CFR Part 100 and RG 4.7.
The Commission adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- lshed in the FEDERAL REcIsTEa on Sep- tember 30, 1971.


The applicant should state in the ER whether any of the alternative sites would be environmentally preferable to the proposed site, and provide an explanation for the determination.
The Commission- has adopted addi- tional amendnsents to revised Appendix D that clarify the intent of the Commis- Sion with respect to proceedings subject to section D.


An environmentally preferred site is a site for which the environmental impacts are sufficiently less than for the proposed site, so that environmental preference for the alternative site can be established. For any environmentally preferable site, the applicant should indicate whether it is obviously superior to the proposed site. See, for example, New England Coalition on Nuclear Pollution v. NRC, 582 F.2d 87, (1st Cir. 1978) (Ref. 105). Whereas the evaluation for an environmentally preferable site considers only environmental impacts, the determination whether a site is obviously superior also considers costs and institutional constraints.
In section 4, Procedures Applicable to Pending Hea-ings or Proceedings to be Noticed in the Near Future, pe.agraph 1 has been amended to make the provi- sions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of that sec- tion applicable to proceedings In which'
hearings are pending as of September 9,
1971. or in which a draft or final detailed statement of environmental considera- tions prepared by the Director of Regula- tIon or his designee hna been circulated prior to sadd date, in the case of an ap- plication for a construcion permit, or in which a notice of opportunity for hearing on the application has been isbuea prior to October 31, 1971, in the Case of aul application for an operating license. A
conforming amendment has been made to section C.A of Appendix D.


Costs should include any additional costs associated with building and operating the proposed unit(s) at the environmentally preferable site. These costs could include items such as the cost of  
Paragraph 3 of section D of Appendix D has been amended to make clear that.
(1) modifying the plant design, (2) additional grading and fill, (3) ecological and cultural resource surveys, (4) the ongoing cost of establishing and operating a new emergency plan (if the proposed site already has such a plan in place), (5) the cost of obtaining the alternative site, and (6) the cost of any delay associated with changing sites. Institutional constraints could include items such as (1) known objections of regulatory agencies, (2) grid stability issues at the alternative site, (3) lack of franchise privileges and eminent domain powers, (4) the need to restructure existing financial and business arrangements, and (5) the feasibility of obtaining the alternative site. The Commission discussed the standards for conducting a cost-benefit analysis related to alternatives in the following cases: Consumers Power Co. (Midland Plant Units 1 and 2), ALAB-458, 7 NRC 155 (1978) (Ref. 106), Public Service Company of New Hampshire et al. (Seabrook Station Units 1 and 2), ALAB-471, 7 NRC 477 (1978)
(Ref. 107). 
If the applicant were to determine that an alternative site was obviously superior to the proposed site, then the NRC staff expects that the applicant would modify its choice of the site. If the applicant determines that an environmentally preferable site is not obviously superior to the proposed site, then the ER should explain in detail the bases for that conclusion.


If the proposed action requires an individual permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), then USACE will perform its own analysis to determine whether the proposed site is the least environmentally damaging practicable alternative (LEDPA) using criteria in 40 CFR, Part 230, Section
In cases where a notice of opportunity for hearing on an operating license ap- plication was issued prior to October 31.
404(b)(1), Guidelines for Specification of Disposal Sites for Dredged or Fill Material (Ref. 108). While the USACE evaluation of the LEDPA site and the NRC staffs evaluation as to whether there is an


23 This approach still involves the applicant identifying alternative sites that are among the best that can be identified in the ROI, and comparing those alternative sites to the proposed site to determine if any is obviously superior. As such, the final result of this approach is the same as the determination between the proposed and alternative sites.
1971, and no hearing has been requosted.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 159 obviously superior alternative site considers similar factors, there are some differences in the focuses of the two evaluations. Regardless, experience has shown that early coordination with the USACE on issues related to siting and LEDPA will reduce the likelihood of significant problems and delays during the review. In addition, because the NRC staff and USACE staff will both review the information in the applications to the NRC (the ER) and the USACE, the applicant should ensure that the information provided in these documents is consistent.
the environmental review procedures set out In section A of Appendix D
will, withi respect to such proceedings, be sub- ject to the limitation that comnment,, will be requested. and must be received.


The impacts described in Chapter 6 of the ER (e.g., nuclear fuel cycle, decommissioning), would not vary significantly from one site to another. Typically, all of the alternative sites and the proposed site are in low-population areas, and the review team assumes the same reactor plant design is applicable for each of the sites. Therefore, the same fuel cycle technology, transportation methods, and decommissioning methods would be used. Because of this, these impacts would not differentiate between the sites and would not be useful in the determination of whether an alternative site is environmentally preferable to the proposed site. For this reason, these impacts are not discussed in the evaluation of the alternative sites.
within 30 days from Fedeml agencies.


Similarly, the nonradiological waste impacts described in Chapters 4, and 5, and the radioactive waste impacts in Chapter 5, would not vary significantly from one site to another. The types and quantities of nonradiological and radioactive waste would be about the same at any of the alternative sites. For each alternative site, all wastes destined for land-based treatment or disposal would be transported offsite by licensed contractors to existing, licensed disposal facilities operating in compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements. All nonradioactive liquid discharges would be discharged in compliance with the provisions of an applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. Also, the amount of nonradioactive, nonhazardous municipal solid waste to be generated annually by the plant would be a relatively small percentage of the total solid waste generated within the geographic area of interest of any of the alternative sites.
State and local oficials and Interested persons on environmental reports -and draft detailed statements. This change conforms paragraph 3 of section D to paragraph I of section D In this respect.


The following sections describe the specific resource area information that should be provided for each alternative site.
Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amend- ments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exists for making the amendments effective without the customary 30 day notice.


Cumulative Impacts The applicant should provide a description of any past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the general area surrounding the alternative sites that would affect the same resources impacted by the proposed units as was prepared for the preferred site (Section 7.0 of this RG). The applicant should use the same approach to establish the resource impact area for each resource area as described in Table 7-1.
Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.


Land Use The characterization and discussion of possible land-use impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the tUntted States Code, the following amend- ments to Title )0, Chapter I, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, are pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER (11-11-71).
in Appendix D. sections C.1, D.1, anud D.3 are amended to read as follows:
(Sec. 102. 83 Stat. 853; secs. 3. 161; 08 Stat.


Hydrology A reconnaissance-level discussion of surface-water and groundwater features, and availability should be made using available water-management-agency information, aerial photographs, maps, and geographic information system (GIS) layers, if available. The characterization and discussion of possible effects to surface-water and groundwater should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
922. 948. as amended: 42 U.S.C. 2013. 2201)
Dated at Gennantown, Md.. this 29th day of October 1971.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 160
For the Atomic Energy Commisslon.
Terrestrial Ecology A reconnaissance-level baseline characterization of terrestrial resources on alternative sites can be expected to rely heavily on aerial photographs, maps, and GIS layers published by Federal and State natural resource management agencies. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information. Adequate information on the possible occurrence of important species and habitats can be obtained from discussions with, or online databases maintained by, the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS),
and State natural heritage programs.


Aquatic Ecology A reconnaissance-level baseline characterization of aquatic resources on alternative sites can be expected to rely heavily on aerial photographs, maps, and GIS layers published by Federal and State natural resource management agencies. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information. Adequate information on the possible occurrence of important species and habitats can be obtained from discussions with, or online databases maintained by, the FWS, National Marine Fisheries Service, and State natural heritage programs. Guidance on sources and use of aquatic reconnaissance level information for alternative sites is found in RG 4.24.
W. B. McCOOL.


Socioeconomics For the alternative sites, an applicant should address the same socioeconomic issues that were addressed for the proposed site. Demographic data for each alternative site should be provided by the applicant at the same level of detail as that presented for Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, including any maps and summary tables. The characterization and discussion of other impact areas should be performed using reconnaissance-level information.
SecretarV of the Commission.


Environmental Justice For the alternative sites, an applicant should address the same environmental justice issues that were addressed for the proposed site, but also look for environmental justice pathways and impacts that are not present at the proposed site. The Census block group assessment of demographic data for each alternative site should be provided by the applicant at the same level of detail as that presented for Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, including any maps and summary tables. The characterization and discussion of other impact areas should be performed using reconnaissance-level information.
[I(
Doc.71-104a9 Filed 11-10-71:8:48 aM1 FEDERAt REGISTER. VOL. 36, NI., 742- THURSDAY, DEcEMO13
16. 1971 PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementations of the Notional En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969;
Correction Onl November 11, 1971, F.R, Doe. 71-
16469, amending Appendix D of 10 CFR
Part 50, wias published in the FEDERAL
REGzSTRn at ip{.e 21579. The foUowing correction Is made to tie amendneni.. to
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix D:
In paragraph 3 in the second colunuh on page 21580, the reference to "9 50.57
'a)"
in the 30th line should read
"*50.571c) ."
(See. IGI, 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201)
Dated at Washington D.C.. tills Dth day of December 1971.


Historic and Cultural Resources Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information on historic and cultural resources for each of the alternative sites being considered. There is a difference between reconnaissance-level information and reconnaissance activities. The applicant should gather information on known historic and cultural resources at the alternative sites, and within the vicinity through a comprehensive literature review. Survey and site information (e.g., historic and cultural resources that are listed on or eligible for the National Register of Historic Places) should be obtained through the State Historic Preservation Office, as well as local historical societies within the vicinity of the alternative site locations, and GIS
For tile Atomic Energy Commission.
tools (e.g., NEPAssist).
Because detailed cultural resource field investigations are not generally performed on alternative sites, there is uncertainty about the direct or indirect effects on historic and cultural resources that may or


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 161 may not be located at or in the vicinity of the alternative site. The applicant should, when determining impacts, base them on known resources and the probability of the area containing resources. For example, if an adjacent area has been surveyed and resources have been found or in the opinion of the qualified professional there are likely to be resources located on the site, then that information should be considered in determining the impact level. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information with the understanding that the NRC does not perform National Historic Preservation Act consultation for alternative sites.
W. B. McCOOL.


Air Quality Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information related to air quality for the region around each alternative site. For criteria pollutants, this is the local/regional area and is generally the county in which the alternative site is located. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
Sccretary of the Commission.


Nonradiological Health Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information for the region around each alternative site. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
FWR
Doc.71-10402 Flied 12-16-71:8:5i ami I
I
92


Radiological Health Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information for the region around each alternative site. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
FEDERAL REOISTEI,
VOL 36, 1O. 218--
*THUIRSOAY, NOVEMBR 11, 1971 Title IO-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART SO--LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9, 1971. the Atomic En- ergy Commission published in the PFD-
ERAL REOxsTrR (36 P.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of it- regulation in 10 CPR
Part 50, effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the implementbi.tion of the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA) in accordance with the de- cision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in "Cal- vert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee, Inc.,
et el. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.." Nos. 24,839 and
24.871. The procedu'es in Appendix D
apply to licensing proceedings for nu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:
fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro.


Postulated Accidents The applicant should evaluate the impacts of postulated accidents at alternative sites using a qualitative analysis to characterize and discuss possible impacts as in Chapters 5 and 7 of this RG.
duction and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sig- niflcant impect on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings in- volving certain specified vxtivitles sub- ject to materials licensing.


9.4 System Alternatives The ER should include information on system design alternatives for the heat-dissipation and circulating-water systems. Specific information to include in the ER is covered in the following subsections.
The Commission adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- liahed in the FEDERAL RzoxSTZR
on Sep- tember 30. 1971.


9.4.1 Heat Dissipation The applicant should discuss alternatives to the proposed heat-dissipation system at the proposed site. Alternatives that should be considered include once-through cooling, mechanical draft wet cooling towers, natural draft cooling towers (including fan assisted towers), wet/dry cooling towers, dry cooling towers, cooling ponds, and spray ponds. The applicant should assess, and document in the ER, whether each alternative (1) is feasible and practical given conditions at the proposed site, and (2) could meet the requirements of Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and associated Federal and State implementing regulations. For alternatives which satisfy those two criteria, information should be included in the ER that compares the environmental impacts of the proposed heat-dissipation system with the alternative system(s). If an alternative system is found to be environmentally preferable to the
The Commisalor- has adopted addl- tional amendments to revised Appendix D that clarify the intent of the Commis- sion with respect to proceedings subject to section D.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 162 proposed system, comparative information on the estimated capital and operating cost of the proposed system vs. the estimated capital and operating cost of the environmentally preferable system should be included in the ER. The applicant should state the basis for choosing the proposed system over the environmentally preferable system.
In section 4, Procedures Applicable to Pending Hearings or Proceedings to be Noticed in the Near Future. paragraph 1 has been amended to make the provi- sions of paragraphs I and 2 of that sec- tion applicable to Proceedings in whiclh hearingg are pending as of September 9.


9.4.2 Circulating-Water System Alternatives The applicant should discuss alternatives to the proposed circulating-water system at the proposed site. The evaluation should address alternatives for the intake, discharge, and water-supply portions of the system. Applicants should assess and document in the ER whether each alternative (1) is feasible and practical given conditions at the proposed site, and (2) could meet the requirements of Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and associated Federal and State implementing regulations. For alternatives which satisfy those two criteria, information should be included in the ER that compares the environmental impacts of the proposed system with the alternative system(s). If an alternative system is found to be environmentally preferable to the proposed system, comparative information on the estimated capital and operating cost of the proposed system vs. the estimated capital and operating cost of the environmentally preferable system should be included in the ER. The applicant should state the basis for choosing the proposed system over the environmentally preferable system.
1971, or In which a draft or final detailed statement of environmental conddera- tions prepared by the Director of Regula- tdon or hris designee hms been circulated prior to said date, in the caze of an ap- plication for a comstructIon permit, or In which a notice of opportunity for hearing on the application has been isLuea prior to October 31, 1971, in the case of an application for an operating license. A
conforming amendment has been made to section C.- of Appendix D.


9.4.3 Other System Alternatives In unusual circumstances, an applicant may find that consideration of alternative designs for other systems (e.g., the cooling system specific to the service water system) may be warranted. This situation could arise if a system other than the cooling water system for the main condensers (already addressed above) (1) would have unavoidable environmental impacts from construction (as defined in 10 CFR 51.4)
Paragraph 3 of section D of Appendix D has been amended to make clear Vhnt.
or operations that are greater than SMALL; and (2) the use of an alternative system design would possibly reduce those impacts to a lower significance level. In such cases, the applicant should develop and compare appropriate alternatives to determine if any is environmentally preferable to the proposed system. This portion of the guidance should not be used if the significant environmental impacts are caused by the project as a whole, as opposed to a discrete system.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 163 Chapter 10
in cases where a notice of opportunity for hearing on an operating license ap- plication was issued prior to October 31.
10.0
Conclusions 
10.1 Impacts of the Proposed Actions The applicant should summarize and reference the impacts of the proposed action from Chapters
4, 5, and 7.


10.2 Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Effects As required by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(2), an environmental report (ER) shall discuss Any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented. Unavoidable adverse environmental impacts are those impacts of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
1971. and no hearing has been reqtueted, the environmental review procedures set out In section A of Appendix D. will, with respect to such proceedings, be sub- Ject to the limitation that comments will be requested, and must be received.
action and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) action (if it is a cooperating agency), that cannot be avoided in the use of the site and associated offsite facilities. The applicant should provide two tables listing the resource area, impacts, mitigation measures, and the unavoidable adverse impacts left after mitigation. One table should list the unavoidable adverse impacts from building, and the other should list the unavoidable adverse impacts from operation.


10.3 Relationship between Local Short-Term Use of the Environment and Long-Term Productivity As required by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(4), an ER shall discuss The relationship between local and short-term uses of mans environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity.
within 30 days from Federal agencies.


The short-term uses of the human environment by the proposed project can be summarized in terms of the unavoidable adverse environmental impacts of building and operation and the irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources. The applicant should describe the principle short-term benefit of the project (typically, the production of electricity) against the long-term uses of the site (agriculture or other productive uses of the site).  
State and local offIcials and interested persons on environmental reports -and draft detailed statements. This change conforms paragraph 3 of section D to paragraph 1 of section D in this respect.
10.4 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Resources As specified by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(5), an ER shall discuss Any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented.


The term irreversible commitments of resources refers to environmental resources that would be irreparably changed by the building and/or operation activities authorized by the NRC or USACE (if a cooperating agency) permit and licensing decisions, where the environmental resources could not be restored at some later time to the resources state before the relevant activities. The term irretrievable commitments of resources refers to materials that would be used for or consumed by the new units in such a way that they could not, by practical means, be recycled or restored for other uses. The applicant should discuss the irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources for each resource area in Chapters 4, 5 and 6. The applicant should indicate if there is no irreversible or irretrievable commitment of resources for a particular resource area.
Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amend- ments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exists for making the amendments effective without the customary 30 day notice.


10.5 Alternatives to the Proposed Action As specified by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(3), an ER shall discuss Alternatives to the proposed action.
Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the Uited States Code. the following amend- ments to Title 10. Chapter I, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, are pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDrRAL REGISTER (11-11-71).
In Appendix D, sections C.1, D.1, and D,3 are amended to read as follows:
(Sec. 102, 83 Stat. 853; secs. 3, 161: 6a Stat.


The applicant should summarize and reference the Chapter 9 analysis of the alternatives to the proposed action.
922, 948. as a*mended; 42 U.S.C. 2013. 22011 Dated at Germantown. Md.. this 29t11 day of October 1971.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 164
For the Atomic Energy Commission.
10.6 Benefits and Costs As required in 10 CFR 51.45(c), the ER should include information on the estimated benefits and costs associated with the applicants proposed project. The NRC staff will review this information and use it, as deemed appropriate, in the NRC staffs balancing of the costs (including environmental costs)
against the anticipated benefits of the proposed action. To the extent possible, the estimated benefits and costs should be quantified. For all qualified and quantified benefit and cost categories, the applicant should provide a discussion commensurate with the importance of the category to the application process.


The applicant should provide separate tabular summarization of the benefits and the costs of the proposed action. This information will be gleaned from building and operations impacts (i.e., Chapters 4,
W. B. McCoOL.
5, and 7), the analysis of need for power (i.e., Chapter 8), and the alternatives analysis (i.e., Chapter 9).
Benefits and costs should be quantified to the extent practicable and presented using standard units for the domain of the resource being quantified (e.g., dollars, acres, and kilowatt hour (kWh)).
10.6.1 Benefits The ER should include information on the estimated benefits of the proposed project in accordance with the projects stated purpose and need (i.e., Chapter 1). Benefits can include, but are not limited to the following: 
*
net electrical generating benefits of the proposed plant 
*
fuel diversity in the generation fleet
*
State or public utility commission greenhouse gas (GHG) emission goals and how the project contributes to the goal
*
energy independence and national security
*
price stabilization and reduction
*
demonstration of technological capabilities
*
compliance with environmental regulations and the reduction of air pollution (e.g., criteria, hazardous, and GHG emissions)
*
by-production of other commercial products (e.g., steam)
*
expected annual tax payments to local and State governments for the building period and during operation of the proposed plant 
*
any estimated incremental increase in regional productivity during building and operating period
*
any nonmonetary benefits (e.g., new recreational facilities and improved road conditions)
10.6.2 Costs The ER should include information on the estimated internal and external costs of building- and operations-related activities. The negative environmental impacts described in the ER may be expressed


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 165 as external or societal costs and should be quantified in the units appropriate to the resource domain estimating the impact.
Secretary of the Commissfon.


Financial costs help the public evaluate the financial benefits of the proposed project in light of its costs. The applicant should provide the same level of cost information to the NRC as would typically be provided to other regulators (e.g., utility commissions). At a minimum, the following internal financial cost information should be provided:
IFR Doc.71-18489 Flied 11-10-71:8:48 am)
*
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, Nf.. 242- THURSDAY.
Overnight capital cost of the proposed action, including the following:
- all building activities at the site and offsite areas
- acquisition and placement of all plant structures and components
- installation of transmission lines, pipelines, access routes, rail spurs, and other utility corridors
* Financing and other costs, including the following:  
- expected financing costs including provisions for the allowance for funds used during building 
- other costs the applicant will be required to disclose to other regulators to provide a complete picture of the financial cost of the project
* Operations costs, including the following:  
- fuel costs
- plant operations and maintenance costs including maintenance and outage costs
- waste disposal and plant decommissioning costs
- additional regulatory compliance costs, taxes, fees, and environmental costs
- other costs the applicant will be required to disclose to other regulators to provide a complete picture of the financial cost of the project
10.6.3 Benefit-Cost Balance A key component of the applicants ER will be comparison of benefits and costs for the proposed action. The applicant should clearly enumerate and explain how the benefits of the proposed action outweigh the expected internal and external costs.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 167 Chapter 11
DECEMBER
11.0
16, 1971 PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
Reference Guidance The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the environmental report (ER). References should be cited and listed at the end of the chapter to which they refer. The applicant should have all reference material used in the ER available for the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission staffs review.
TION AND UTILIZATION
FACILITIES
Implerr.entations of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969;
Correction On November II, 1W71, FR. Doc. 71-
16469. amending Appendix D of 10 CFR
Part 50, wvs Iublished in the FEDERAL
REISTERa (It pae 21579. The following correction is mnatdle to the amendments to
10 CFR Part 50. Appendix D:
In paragraph 3 in the second colunmi on page 21580. the reference to "&sect; 50.57 ia'"
in the 30th line should read
" 50.57(c)."
(Sec. 161. 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201)
Dated at Washington DC., this 9th diay of December 1971.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 169
For the Atomic Energy Corrmmission.


==D. IMPLEMENTATION==
W. B. McCoot.,
The purpose of this section is to provide information on how applicants and licensees24 may use this guide and information regarding the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commissions (NRCs) plans for using this regulatory guide (RG). In addition, it describes how the NRC staff complies with 10 CFR 50.109, Backfitting, and any applicable finality provisions in 10 CFR Part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants.
Sccretary of the Commission.


Use by Applicants and Licensees Applicants and licensees may voluntarily25 use the guidance in this document to demonstrate compliance with the underlying NRC regulations. Methods or solutions that differ from those described in this RG may be deemed acceptable if they provide sufficient basis and information for the NRC staff to verify that the proposed alternative demonstrates compliance with the appropriate NRC regulations.
IFFR Doc.71-18402 Plied 12-15-71:8:51 am)
4
92


Current licensees may continue to use guidance the NRC found acceptable for complying with the identified regulations as long as their current licensing basis remains unchanged.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
*1E5t RfoaMIm, Vet. I7, No. 13- NUS"YAy, JrMuAX7 2C, 1972 Title 10--ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I--Atomic Energy Commission PART 50--UCENSING
OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Enwironmentvl Policy Act of 1969 Ol, September 9. 1971, the Atomic nerg.,
Commission published in the FrnBAL. RZoMisrn (36 F.R. 18011) a revi- sion of ippendix D of its regulation in
10 CFR Part 50. effective on publication.


Licensees may use the information in this RG for actions which do not require NRC review and approval such as changes to a facility design under 10 CFR 50.59, Changes, tests, and experiments.
Revised Appendix D as published Is an tatori statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) In aocordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
"Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee, Inc., et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.". Nos. 24,839 and 24,871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to licensing proceedings for nuclear power reacors: testing facUlItes:
fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro- ductIon and utilimatlon facilities whose eoostrutUon or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have 'a significant Impact on the environment.


Licensees may use the information in this RG or applicable parts to resolve regulatory or inspection issues.
The procedures also apply to proceedings Ianvving certain specified activities msbject to materials licemsing.


Use by NRC Staff The NRC staff does not intend or approve any imposition or backfitting of the guidance in this RG. The NRC staff does not expect any existing licensee to use or commit to using the guidance in this RG, unless the licensee makes a change to its licensing basis. The NRC staff does not expect or plan to request licensees to voluntarily adopt this RG to resolve a generic regulatory issue. The NRC staff does not expect or plan to initiate NRC regulatory action which would require the use of this RG. Examples of such unplanned NRC regulatory actions include issuance of an order requiring the use of the RG, requests for information under 10 CFR 50.54(f) as to whether a licensee intends to commit to use of this RG,  
The Commissio adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- lished in the FEDLRAL REzrsR on Sep- tember 30. 1971. and November 11, 1971.
generic communication, or promulgation of a rule requiring the use of this RG without further backfit consideration.


During regulatory discussions on plant specific operational issues, the staff may discuss with licensees various actions consistent with staff positions in this RG, as one acceptable means of meeting the underlying NRC regulatory requirement. Such discussions would not ordinarily be considered backfitting even if prior versions of this RG are part of the licensing basis of the facility. However, unless this RG is part of the licensing basis for a facility, the staff may not represent to the licensee that the licensees failure to comply with the positions in this RG constitutes a violation.
The Conunisaion has adopted addi- tional amendments to revised Appendix D relating to the procedures for publish- ing notices of hearing or opportunity for hearing with respect to proceedings sub- lec to sections B. C, and D.


If an existing licensee voluntarily seeks a license amendment or change and (1) the NRC staffs consideration of the request involves a regulatory issue directly relevant to this new or revised RG and (2)
Those sections deal respectively %1Lu procedures applicable to certain facility and materials licenses Issued during the period from January 1, 1970. the date of enactment of NEPA, to September 0.


24 In this section, licensees refers to licensees of nuclear power plants under 10 CFR Parts 50 and 52; and the term applicants, refers to applicants for licenses and permits for (or relating to) nuclear power plants under 10 CFR Parts
1971, with the procedures applicable to construction permits for certain facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970. for which operating licenses or notice of oppor- tunity for hearing on operating license applications have not been issued, and with procedures applkcaWe to pending hearings and hearings to be noticed in the near future.
50 and 52, and applicants for standard design approvals and standard design certifications under 10 CFR Part 52.


25 In this section, voluntary and voluntarily means that the licensee is seeking the action of its own accord, without the force of a legally binding requirement or an NRC representation of further licensing or enforcement action.
Under section B, section C, and section D.3 presently in effect, notices of hearing or opportunity for hearing in the li- censing proceedings subject to those sec- tions could not be published until the final detailed statement or supplemental detailed statement had been prepared by the Commission's Director of Regulation or his designee. The basic procedures for implementing NEPA in section A of Ap- pendix D. on the other band. contain no such restriction. Furthermore, the re- striction is inconsistent with the Com- mission's practice of giving early notice of hearing or opportunity for heriing in facility licensing cases-before com- pletion of the reviews of the application by the AEC staff and the Advisory Com- mittee on Reactor Safeguards. That practice results in extra time between the admission of intervening parties and the beginning of the hearing, thus af- fording a longer period for the prepara- tion of intervenors' cases and avoiding unnecessary delays.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 170
Accordingly, the amendments which follow permit, but do not require, the Commission to issue no- tices of hearing or opportunity for hear- ing, an appropriate, for the consideration of NEPA environmental issues in such proceedings, before the final detailed statement has been prepared.
the specific subject matter of this RG is an essential consideration in the staffs determination of the acceptability of the licensees request, then the staff may request that the licensee either follow the guidance in this RG or provide an equivalent alternative process that demonstrates compliance with the underlying NRC regulatory requirements. This is not considered backfitting as defined in 10 CFR
50.109(a)(1) or a violation of any of the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR Part 52.


Additionally, an existing applicant may be required to comply to new rules, orders, or guidance if
Pursuant to the National Environmen- tal Policy Act of 1969. the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following amendments to Title
10 CFR 50.109(a)(3) applies.
10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regula- tions, Part 50, are published as a docu- ment subject to codification to be eff ec- tive upon publication In the Flusta.


If a licensee believes that the NRC is either using this RG or requesting or requiring the licensee to implement the methods or processes in this RG in a manner inconsistent with the discussion in this Implementation section, then the licensee may file a backfit appeal with the NRC in accordance with the guidance in NUREG-1409, Backfitting Guidelines, (Ref. 109) and the NRC Management Directive 8.4, Management of Facility-Specific Backfitting and Information Collection (Ref. 110).  
RZITSTER.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 171 REFERENCES26
In Appendix D. the sxLn sentence in section C.2 is deleted, and section B.3. the fifth sentence in section C. and the fifth sentence in section D.3 are amended to read as follows:
1. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities, Part 50, Title 10, Energy. 27 
93
2. CFR, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants, Part 52, Title 10,
Energy.


3. CFR, Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions, Part 51, Title 10, Energy.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO.


4. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 United States Code (U.S.C.)  
94- SATURDAY,
4321 et seq. 28
MAY 13, 1972 Title 1 O-ATOMIC ENERGY
5. Executive Order 11514, Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality. Federal Register,
Chapter l-Atomic Ene;gy
35 FR 4247. March 5, 1970, Office of the President, Washington, DC.29
. Commission PART 50--LICENSING OF PRODUC-
6. Executive Order 11991, Environmental Impact Statements, Federal Register, 42 FR 2696
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9. 1971. the Atomic En- ergy Commission published in the FED-
BRAL REGISTER (36 F.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of its regulation In 10 CFR
Part 50, effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA) in light of the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs'
Coordinating Committee. Inc., et al. v.


===7. May ===
United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion. et al., Nos. 24.839 and 24.871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to li- ceasing proceedings for nuclear power reactors: testing facilities; fuel reproc- essing plants; and other production and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be determined by the Commission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures alo apply to proceedings involving certain specified activities subject to materials licensing.
25, 1977, Office of the President, Washington, DC.


7. CFR Chapter V - Council on Environmental Quality - Parts 1500 Through 1508, Parts 1500 -  
Paragraph 13 of section A of Appen-
1508, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
'dix D of Part 50 provides that:
The Commission Will Incorporate in all con- struction permits and operating licenses for production and utilization facilities de- scribed in paragraph 1. a condition. in addi- tion to Say conditions imposed pursunflt to paragraph 11, to the effect that the licensee shell observe such standards and requtre ments for the protection of the environment as are validly imposed pursuant to authority established under Federal and Stat: law and as are determined by the Coaroxission to be applicabie to the facility that is subject to the licensing action involved. This condition will not apply to radiological effects since radiological effects ae dealt with In other provisions of the construction permit and operating license.


8. Atomic Energy Act of 1954, 42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.
The central premise of Appendix DV
prior to its revision in light of the earlier referenced Calvert Cliffs' decision, was the concept that the preservation of en- vironmental values could best be ac- complished through the establishment of environmental quality standards and re- quirements by appropriate Federal, State, and regional agencies hi'iAng re- sponsibility for environmental protec- tion. The condition referred to was an aspect of NEPA Implementation by the Commlssion reflecting that concept.


9. Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5801 et seq.
Since the decision in the Calvert Cliffs'
case, the Commission, In compliance with the mandate of the Court of Ap- peals, has revised its NEPA regulations to provide for an Independent review of the environmental Impact of the matters covered by such standards and require- ments. Accordingly, the condition no longer serves the purpose intended. Any license conditions resulting from the Commission's independent review will be tailored to the particular facility. The Commission has, therefore, revoked paragraph 13 of section A of Appendix D of Part 50 since it Is no longer neces- sary or appropriate. This amendment does not, of course, relieve holders of AEC licenses of any obligation which they otherwise have in regard to appli- cable standards and requirements Im- posed by other agencies under Federal or State law, Because this amendment relates solely to elimination of an obsolete require- ment, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public proce- dure thereon as unnecessary and for making the amendment effective with- out the customary 30-day notice, Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United. States Code.


10. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.206, Combined License Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition), Washington, DC.
the following amendment to TItle 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, is pub- lished as a document subject to codifi- cation to be effective upon publication in the FEoRALt. REGsmITR (5-13-72).
In Appendix D, paragraph 13 of sec- tion A is revoked.


11. NRC, RG 4.7, General Site Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations, Washington, DC.
(Sec. 102. 83 Stat, 853; sees. 3. 161: 68 Stat.


12. NRC, RG 4.11, Terrestrial Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations, Washington, DC.
922. D48. ns amended; 42 U.S.C. 2013, 2201)
Dated at Oermantown, Md., this 8th day of May 1972.


13. NRC, RG 4.24, Aquatic Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations, Washington, DC.
For the Atomic Energy Commission.


26 Publicly available NRC published documents are available electronically through the NRC Library on the NRCs public Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/ and through the NRCs Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. The documents can also be viewed online or printed for a fee in the NRCs Public Document Room (PDR) at 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD. For problems with ADAMS, contact the PDR staff at 301-415-4737 or (800) 397-4209; fax (301) 415-3548; or e- mail pdr.resource@nrc.gov.
VW. B. MCCooL,
Secretory of the Commission.


27 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:  
[FR Doc.72-7344 Filed 5-12-72;8:51 amI
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.
94


28 The United States Code (USC) can be obtained electronically from the Office of the Law Revision Counsel of the House of Representatives at http://uscode.house.gov/.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO. 96--
29 Publicly available executive orders and similar documents may be obtained through the National Archives and Records Administration at their Web site (http://www.archives.gov/), by telephone (1-866-272-6272), fax (301-837-0483), or U.S. Mail at The National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Rd., College Park, MD 20740-6001.
WEDNESDAY, MAY 17, 1972 Title 10-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I--Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 The Atomic Energy Commission has adopted an amendment to Appendix D
of 10 CFR Part 50, an Interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)
in accordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit In Calvert Cliffs' Co- ordinating Committee, Thc., et al v.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 172
United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion, et al., Nos; 24,839 end 24.871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to 11- censing proceedings for nuclear reac- tors; testing facilities; fuel reprocessing plants; and other production and utillza- tiop facilities whose construction or op- eration may be determined by the Com- mission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings involving ceftaln specified activities subject to materials licensing.
14. NRC, NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.


15. NRC, COL/ESP-ISG-026, Environmental Issues Associated with New Reactors Interim Staff Guidance, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML14092A402)
In Appendix D, the last sentence of paragraph A.9 provides that, to the max- imum extent practicable. the final de- tailed statement required by NEPA will be publicly available at least thirty (30)
16. NRC, COL/ESP-ISG-027, Specific Environmental Guidance for Light Water Small Modular Reactor Reviews, Washington DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML14100A648).
days before the commencement of any re- lated evidentiary hearing that may be held. In contrast, the guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ),  
17. NRC, RG 4.2, Supplement 1, Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plant License Renewal Applications, Washington, DC.
in paragraph
10(e)  
of its
"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Environ- ment' published April 23, 1971 (36 FLR.


18. CFR, Requirements for Renewal of Operating Licenses for Nuclear Power Plants, Part 54, Title
7724). provide that the draft environ- mental statement should be publicly available at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time of any relevant hearing.
10, Energy.


19. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), 2013. Managing Environmental Impact Assessment for Construction and Operation in New Nuclear Power Programmes, IAEA Nuclear Energy Series No. NG-T-3.11.30 
The sentence In paragraph A.9 of Ap- pendix D has been amended to conform more closely to the applicable CEQ guide- line. This amendment does not, of course, preclude an applicant for a facility con- struction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmen- tal matters as well as on radliologIcal health and safety matters prior to the end of the 15-day period. The position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented at any hearing until the final detailed statement is made available.
20. IAEA, 2016, Site Evaluation for Nuclear Installations, Safety Standards Series NS-R-3, Vienna, Austria.


21. Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.
This amendment is another in a series of amendments which the Commission has adopted or iL contemplating in Its ef-'
forts to establish an effective environ- mental protection program in the con- text of a timely declsiornaklng process.


22. Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996, 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
Recent examples of such amendments are the amendments to Part 50, effective on March 21. 1972 (37 F.R. 5745). limiting site preparation activities that may be performed prior to Issuance of a con- struction permit, and proposed amend- ments which would restructure the li- censing and hearing process published on May 9. 1972 (37 P.R. 9331), The latter amendments would, among other things, provide for earlier and more meaningful participation by the parties to a licens- ing proceeding.


23. National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, 54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.
Since the amendment which follows relates to agency procedures, notice of proposed rule making and public pro- cedure thereon are not required.


24. Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act of 1934, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 661-667 et seq.
Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.


25. Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (also referred to as Clean Water Act), 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.
and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following amendment to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Pederal Regulations. Part 50, is pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDERAL RECISTER (5-17-72).
The last sentence of paragraph A.9 of Appendix D is amended to read as follows:
APPZM*rm O---vTzrRIM S.rA,
MHENT OF OzNSxmAL
POLeCy AND
PaocunMfSL: IMPLZUE*TrATON
OF THlE NATIONAL ENVRo
&#xa3;NrTAL PoLicy AcT or 1969 (PUfLuc LAW 91-190)
A. BarlL, procedures.


26. Clean Air Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
9. *
* In addition. the draft detailed statement will be made available to the pub- lic at least fifteen (18)
days prior to the time of any relevant hearing. At any such hearing, the position of the Commisslon's regulatory staff will not be presented untU
the final detailed statement Is made avail.


27. Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972, 16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.
able to the public. The foregoing provisions will not preclude an applicant for a facility construction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmental matters as well as on radiological health and safety matters prior to the end of the fifteen day period.


28. Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI). 2013. Industry Guideline for Effective Pre-Application Interactions with Agencies Other Than NRC during the Early Site Permit Process, NEI 10-07, Revision 1 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13028A392).  
(See. 102, 83 Stat. 853: sees. 3. 161: 88 Stat.


30 
922, 948, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 2013, 2201)
Copies of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) documents may be obtained through their Web site:
Dated at Germantown, Md., this 15th day of May 1972.
WWW.IAEA.Org/ or by writing the International Atomic Energy Agency P.O. Box 100 Wagramer Strasse 5, A-1400
Vienna, Austria. Telephone (+431) 2600-0, Fax (+431) 2600-7, or E-Mail at Official.Mail@IAEA.Org.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 173
For the Atomic Energy Commission.
29. Fixing Americas Surface Transportation Act (FAST), Title 41, 42 U.S.C. &sect; 4370m et seq.


30. Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ), Forty Most Asked Questions Concerning CEQs National Environmental Policy Act Regulations, Federal Register, 46 FR 18026. March 23, 1981, Washington, DC.31
W. B. McCoOL,
31. NRC, Limited Work Authorizations for Nuclear Power Plants. Federal Register, 72 FR 57416.
Secretary of the Commission.


October 9, 2007, Washington, DC.
IFR Doe.72-7t51 Fled 5-15-72;12:40 pmI
95


32. CFR, Physical Protection of Plants and Materials, Part 73, Title 10, Energy.
Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO. 96- WEDNESDAY, MAY 17, 1972 Title 1 O-ATOMIC ENERGY
Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-
TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES
Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 The Atomic Energy Commission has adopted an amendment to Appendix D
of 10 CFR Part 50, an Interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)
in accordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs' Co- ordinating Committee, Mc., et aL v.


33. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and NRC. 2008. Memorandum of Understanding between U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission on Environmental Reviews Related to the Issuance of Authorizations to Construct and Operate Nuclear Power Plants.
United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion, et aL. Nos. 24,839 and 24.871. The procedures In Appendix D apply to li- censing proceedings for nuclear reac- tors; testing facilities; fuel reprocessing plants: and other production and utillza- tiop facilities whose construction or op- eration may be determined by the Com- mission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings involving ceftain specified activities subject to materials licensing.


Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML082540354).
In Appendix D, the last sentence of paragraph A.9 provides that, to the max- imum extent practicable; the final de- tailed statement required by NEPA will be publicly available at least thirty (30)
34. NRC, NUREG-2157, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for Continued Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel. Final Report, 2014, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML14196A105 and ML14196A107).
days before the commencement of any re- lated evidentlary hearing that may be held. In contrast, the guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ).  
35. CFR, Prime and Unique Farmlands, Part 657, Title 7, Agriculture.
in paragraph
10(e)  
of its
"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Environ- ment" published April 23, 1971 (36 P.R.


36. CFR, Definitions of Waters of the United States, Part 328, Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters.
7724), provide that the draft environ- mental statement should be publicly available at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time of any relevant hearing.


37. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), 2014, National Wetlands Inventory, Falls Church, VA.32
The sentence In paragraph A.9 of Ap- pendix D has been amended to conform more closely to the applicable CEQ guide- line. This amendment does not of course, preclude an applicant for a facility con- struction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmen- tal matters as well as on radiological health and safety matters prior to the end of the 15-day period. The position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented at any hearing until the final detailed statement is made available.
38. American National Standard Institute/American Nuclear Society (ANSI/ANS), 2018, ANSI/ANS-
2.6-2018, Standard Guidelines for Estimating Present & Forecasting Future Population Distributions Surrounding Power Reactor Sites, La Grange Park, IL. 33
39. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, Federal Register, 59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994, Office of the President, Washington, DC.


31 Printed copies of Federal Register notices are available for a fee from the U.S. Government Printing Office, 732 N
This amendment is another in a series of amendments which the Commission has adopted or Is contemplating in Its ef- forts to establish an effective environ- mental protection program in the con- text of a timely decislonmaking process.
Capitol Street, NM Washington, DC 20401, telephone (866) 521-1800, or they may be downloaded for free from the Government Printing Office Web site: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/. 
32 Accessible from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Web site: http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/.
33 Copies of American National Standard Institute/American Nuclear Society documents may be obtained through their Web site:  http://www.ans.org/store/.  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 174
Recent examples of such amendments are the amendments to Part 50, effective on March 21. 1972 (3 F.R. 5745), lImJting site preparation activities that may be performed prior to Issuance of a con- struction permit, and proposed amend- ments which would restructure the l- censing and hearing process published on May 9, 1972 (37 F.R. 9331). The latter amendments would, among other things.
40. CEQ, 1997, Environmental Justice Guidance Under the National Environmental Policy Act, Washington, DC. 34 
41. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2016, The Promising Practices Report for EJ
Methodologies in NEPA Reviews, Report of the Federal Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice & NEPA Committee, Washington, DC. 35
42. EPA, 2018, EJSCREEN: Environmental Justice Screening and Mapping Tool, Washington, DC. 36
43. NRC, 1998, In the Matter of Louisiana Energy Service Claiborne Enrichment Center, Docket 70-
3070-ML020560604, CLI-98-3, Washington, DC, April 3, 1998.


44. NRC, NUREG-1939, Final Environmental Impact Statement for Combined Licenses for Virgil C.
provide for earlier and more meaningful participation by the parties to a licens- ing proceeding.


Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3, Volumes 1 and 2, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML11098A044 and ML11098A057).
Since the amendment which follows relates to agency procedures, notice of proposed rule making and public pro- cedure thereon ore not required.
45. CFR, National Register of Historic Places, Part 60, Title 36, Parks, Forests, and Public Property.


46. CFR, Protection of Historic Properties, Part 800, Title 36, Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.


47. CFR, Professional Qualification Standards, Part 61, Title 36, Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code. the following amendment to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulations. Part 50. is pub- lished as a document subject to codiflca- tion to be effective upon publication in the PFSDRAL RzMrSTER (5-17-72).
The last sentence of paragraph A.9 of Appendix D is amended to read as follows:
APPrmrx fl.--lwrEzIM F rrZMENT OFP
O
MAE
L
POLrY AND Psoc=noaK: IMPLZMENTATION
O THUE
NATIONAL ENVIRONMEZTAL POUCT
AcT or 1913 (PuaLic Law 91-190)
A. Basic procedures.


48. NRC, RG 1.23, Meteorological Monitoring Programs for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
9. 1 1 0 In addition, the draft detailed statement will be made available to the pub.


49. CFR, Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes, Part 81, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
lic at least fifteen (15)
days prior to the time of any relevant hearing. At any such hearing, the position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented until the final detailed statement is made avail.


50. CFR, National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards, Part 50, Title 40,
able to the public. The foregoing provisions will not preclude an applicant for a facility construction permit or operating license from presenting its case on environmental matters as well as on radiological health'and safety matters prior to the end of the fifteen day period.
Protection of Environment.


51. NRC, RG 1.145, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
(See. 102, 83 Stat. 853: sees. 3. 101: 88 Stat.


52. NRC, RG 1.111, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors, Washington, DC.
922, 948. as amended; 42 U.8.C. 2013, 2201)
Dated at Germantown, Md., this 15th day of May 1972.


53. NRC, NUREG-1437, 1996, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants, Volumes 1 and 2, Washington, DC, (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML040690705 and ML040690738). 
For the Atomic Energy Commission.
54. NRC, NUREG-1437, 2013, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants, Revision 1, Washington, DC.


34 Copies of CEQ documents are available at http://ceq.doe.gov/.  
W. B. McCooL,
35 Copies of EPA publications can be obtained from the EPA Library Services through their web site:
Secretary of the Commission.
http://www.epa.gov/libraries/library_services.html.


36 Copies of EPA publications can be obtained from the EPA Library Services through their web site:  
IPR Doc.72-.7551 Fied 5-15-42; 12:4 pm]
http://www.epa.gov/libraries/library_services.html.
95


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 175
F
55. NRC, RG 4.1, Radiological Environmental Monitoring for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
Annendix 2. Questionnaire for Elicitina Data For Radioactive Source-Term Calculation Pressurized Water Reactors Basic Data for Source Term Calculation I. Reactor power (MWt) at which impact is to be analyzed.


56. NRC, RG 4.15, Quality Assurance for Radiological Monitoring Programs (Inception through Normal Operations to License Termination)Effluent Streams and the Environment, Washington, DC.
2. Weight of U loaded (first loading and equilibrium cycle),
3. isotopic ratio ir fresh fuel (first loading and equilibrium cycle).
4. Expected percentage of leaking fuel.


57. NEI, 2007, Industry Ground Water Protection Initiative - Final Guidance Document, NEI 07-07, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML091170588).  
5. Escape rate coefficients used (or reference).
58. NRC, RG 1.112, Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors, Washington, DC.
6. Plant capacity factor (%).
7. Number of steam generators.


59. Executive Order 11988, Floodplain Management, Federal Register, 42 FR 26951, May 24, 1977, Office of the President, Washington DC.
8. Type of steam generators (recirculating, once through).
9. Mass of primary coolant in system total (lb) and mass of primary coolant in reactor (lb).
10. Primary coolant flow rate (lb/hr).
II. Mass of steam and mass of liquid in each generator (Ib).
12. Total active mass of secondary coolant (Ib)
(excluding condensate storage tanks).
13. Steam generator operating conditions (temperaturc OF, pressure psi, flow rate, lb/hr),
14. The number, type and size of condensate demineralizer and total flow rate (lb/hr).
15, What is the containment free volume (ft3 )?
16. Whtat is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to the containment atmosphere (lb/hr)?
17. Is there an internal air cleanup system for iodine in the containment? If so, what volume per unit time is circulated through it? What decontamination factor is expected? How long will the system be operated prior to purging?
18. How often is the containment purged? Is it filtered prior to release? Type of iodine clean up system provided?
What decontamination factor is expected?
19. Give the total expected annual average letdown rate during power operation (lb/hr).
a.


60. CFR, Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources, Part 332, Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters.
What fraction of the letdown is returned to the primary system? How is it treated? What are the expected decontamination factors for removal of principal isotopes?
b.


61. CFR Determining Conformity of Federal Actions to State or Federal Implementation Plans, Part
How is the Li and Cs normally controlled?
93, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
c.


62. NRC, Memorandum from Ryan Whited to Scott Flanders, Revision to Staff Guidance for Conducting General Conformity Determinations, April 25, 2013, Washington, DC (ADAMS
What fraction of this goes to boron control system? How is this treated, demineralization, evaporation, filtration?
Accession No. ML12313A190).
d.
63. NRC, NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan for the Review of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants, LWR Edition, Washington, DC.


64. NRC, RG 8.19, Occupational Radiation Dose Assessment in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants --
Is plant design for load follow or base load?
Design Stage Man-Rem Estimates, Washington, DC.
What fraction of the letdown stream is diverted to the radwaste system for boron control. How is this treated (demineralization, evaporation, filtration, etc.) and what fraction will be discharged from the plant?
20. What fraction of the letdown stream is stripped of noble gases & iodines'?
How are these gases collected? What decay do they receive prior to release'? Indicate si ripping fracl in?
21. How are the noble gases and iodines stripped from that portion of the letdown stream which is sent to the boron control system? How are these gases collected? What decay do they receive prior to release?
22. Are the releases from the gaseous waste storage tanks passed through a charcoal absorber? What decontamination factor is expected'
23. How frequently is the system shut down and degassed and by what method? How many volumes of the primary coolant system are degassed in this way each year? What fraction of the gases present are removed? What fraction of other principal nuclides are removed, and by what means? What decay time is provided?
24. Are there any other methods of degassing (i.e.,
through pressurizer, etc.)? If so describe. How is it treated?
25. What is the expected leak rate ofprimary coolant to the secondary system (lb/hr)?
4
*26. What is the expected rate of steam generator blowdown (lb/hr) during power operation with the expected leak rate noted in 25. above? Where are the gases from the blowdown vent discharged? Are there charcoal absorbers and/or condensers on the blowduwn tank vent? If so, what decontamination factor is expected? How will the blowdown liquid be treated?
27. What is the expected leak rate of steam to the turbine building (lb/hr)? What is the ventik.tion air flow through the turbine building "(cfm)? Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or treated before discharge? If so, provide expected performance.


65. CFR, Standards for Protection Against Radiation, Part 20, Title 10, Energy.
28. What is the flow rate (cfm) of gaseous effluent from the main condenser ejector? What treatment is provided? Where is it released?
29. What is the origin of the steam used in the gland seals (i.e.,  
is it primary steam, condensate, or demineralized water from a separate source, etc.)?
How is the effluent steam from the gland seals treated and disposed of?
30. What is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to the auxiliary building (lb/hr)?
What is the ventilation air flow through the auxiliary building (cfm)?? Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or
96


66. EPA, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System: Regulations Addressing Cooling Water Intake Structures for New Facilities. Federal Register, 66 FR 65256. December 18, 2011, Washington, DC.
otherwise treated before discharged? If so, provide expected performance.


67. Advisory Group on Non-Ionising Radiation (AGNIR), 2006, Power Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Melatonin and the Risk of Breast Cancer, RCE-1, Health Protection Agency, Oxford, UK.
31. Provide average gallons/day and MACi/cc for following categories of liquid effluents.


(ADAMS Accession No. ML093210326).
Use currently observed data in the industry where different from the SAR or Environmental Report (indicate which is used).
68. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS). 1999, NIEHS Report on Health Effects from Exposure to Power-Line Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields, NIH Publication No
a.
99-4493, National Institutes of Health, Research Triangle Park, NC (ADAMS Accession No.


ML093240277).
High-level wastes (for example, primary coolant let down, "clean" or low conductivity waste, equipment drains and deaerated wastes):
b. "Dirty"
wastes (for example, floor drain wastes, high-conductivity wastes, aerated wastes, and laboratory wastes);
c.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 176
Laundry, decontamination, and wash-down wastes;
69. World Health Organization (WHO), 2007, Extremely Low Frequency Fields. Environmental Health Criteria 238, Geneva, Switzerland.37 
d.
70. Soldat, J.K., N.M. Robinson, and D.A. Baker, 1974, Models and Computer Codes for Evaluating Environmental Radiation Doses, BNWL-1754, Battelle, Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington (ADAMS Accession No. ML12223A187). 
71. NRC, NUREG/CR-4013, Strenge, D.L., R.A. Peloquin, and G. Whelan, 1986, LADTAP II
Technical Reference and User Guide, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, WA
(ADAMS Accession No. ML14098A069). 
72. NRC, RG 1.109, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix I, Washington, DC.


73. NRC, NUREG/CR-4653, Strenge, D.L., T.J. Bander, and J.K. Soldat, 1987, GASPAR II
Steam generator blowdown-give average flow rate and maximum short-term flows and their duration;
Technical Reference and User Guide, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, WA
e.
(ADAMS Accession No. ML14098A066). 
74. CFR, Environmental Radiation Protection Standards for Nuclear Power Operations, Part 190, Title
40, Protection of Environment.


75. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), 2009, Ionizing Radiation Exposure of the Population of the United States, NCRP Report No. 160, Bethesda, MD.38 
Drains from turbine building;
76. IAEA, 2004, Sediment Distribution Coefficients and Concentration Factors for Biota in the Marine Environment, Technical Report Series 422, Vienna, Austria.
f.


77. IAEA, 2010, Handbook of Parameter Values for the Prediction of Radionuclide Transfer in Terrestrial and Freshwater Environments, Technical Report Series 472, Vienna, Austria.
Frequency of regenerating condensate demineralizers and expected volume of regenerant solutions.


78. IAEA, 1992. Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Plants and Animals at Levels Implied by Current Radiation Protection Standards, Technical Report Series 332, Vienna, Austria.
For these wastes (a-f) provide:
I. Number and capacity of collector tanks.


79. NCRP, 1991, Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Aquatic Organisms, NCRP Report No. 109, Bethesda, Maryland.
2.


80. NRC, RG 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
Fraction of water to be recycled and factors controlling decision.


81. NRC, NUREG/CR-6613, Chanin, D. and M.L. Young, Code Manual for MACCS2: Volume 1, Users Guide, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML110600923).
3.
82. NRC, Safety Goals for the Operation of Nuclear Power Plants; Policy Statement; Correction and Republication. Federal Register, 51 FR 30028. August 21, 1986, Washington, DC.


37 Copies of World Health Organization (WHO) documents are available from http://www.who.int/peh- emf/research/health_risk_assess/en/index2.html.
Treatment steps-include number, capacity, and process decontamination factor for each principal nuclide for each step. If step is optional, state factors controlling decision.


38 Copies of The National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) may be obtained through their Web site:  http://www.ncrponline.org/Publications/Publications.html or by writing to the NCRP at 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 400, Bethesda, Maryland 20814-3095, Ph: 301-657-2652, fax: 301-907-8768.
4.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 177
Decay time from primary loop to discharge.
83. NRC, NUREG/CR-4551, Sprung, J.L., J.A. Rollstin, J.C. Helton, H-N Jow. 1990. Evaluation of Severe Accident Risks: Quantification of Major Input Parameters, Vol. 2, Rev. 1, Part 7, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML12334A759).
84. NRC, NUREG-1150, Severe Accident Risks: An Assessment for Five U.S. Nuclear Power Plants,
1990, Washington, DC.


85. Limerick Ecology Action vs. United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit - 869 F.2d 719 (3d Cir. 1989).
32. Dilution flow rate for liquid effluents, minimum and normal gpm and total gallons per year.
86. NRC, NUREG/BR-0058, Regulatory Analysis Guidelines of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC.


87. NRC, NUREG/BR-0184, Regulatory Analysis Technical Evaluation Handbook, Washington, DC
33. How is waste concentrate (filter cake, demineralizer resin, evaporator bottoms) handled? Give total volume, weight and curies per day or year.
(ADAMS Accession No. ML050190193).
88. Office of Management and Budget (OMB). 2003. Regulatory Analysis, Circular No. A-4, September 17, 2003.39
89. NEI, 2005, Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives (SAMA) Analysis, Guidance Document, NEI
05-01, Revision A. Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML060530203).
90. NRC, NUREG-1437, Volume 1, Addendum 1, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants Addendum to Main Report, 1999, Washington, DC.


91. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) 1972, Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants, WASH-1238, Washington, DC (ADAMS
34. Include the expected annual volume of dry waste and curie content of each drum.
Accession No. ML14092A626).
92. NRC, NUREG-75/038, Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants, Supplement 1, 1975, Washington, DC.


93. NRC, FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Company, Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Unit 1;
Boiling water reactors Basic Data for Source Term Calculation I. Reactor power (MWt) and plant capacity factor (%)
Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact. Federal Register, 56 FR 794.
at which Impact is to be analyzed.


December 30, 1999, Washington, DC.
2. Weight of U loaded (first loading and equilibrium cycle).
3. Isotopic ratio in fresh fuel (first loading and equilibrium cycle).
4. Expected offgas rate after 30 minutes delay.


94. Weiner, R.F., D. Hinojosa, T.J. Heames, C. Ottinger Farnum, and E.A. Kalinina, 2013, RADTRAN
5. Escape rate coefficients used (or reference).
6/RadCat 6 User Guide, SAND2013-8095, Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM
6. Primary coolant in system (lb).
(ADAMS Accession No. ML14286A092).  
a.
95. Johnson, P.E. and R.D. Michelhaugh, 2003, Transportation Routing Analysis Geographic Information System (TRAGIS) Users Manual, ORNL/NTRC-006, Revision 0, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN (ADAMS Accession No. ML113260107).  


39 Office of Management and Budget documents are available electronically at https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/.  
Mass of primary coolant in reactor; mass water, mass steam (Ib).
b.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 178
Mass of primary coolant in recirculating system (Ib).
96. NRC, NUREG-0586, Supplement 1, Volumes 1 and 2, Final Generic Environmental Impact Statement of Decommissioning of Nuclear Facilities: Regarding the Decommissioning of Nuclear Power Reactors, 2002, Washington, DC.
c.


97. CEQ, 1997, Considering Cumulative Effects under the National Environmental Policy Act.40
Fraction of primary coolant in main condenser (Ib).
98. EPA, 1999, Consideration of Cumulative Impacts in EPA Review of NEPA Documents, EPA
7. Steam conditions at turbine (temp 'F. press. psi.
Publication 315-R-99-002.41
99. EPA, 2012, NEPAssist Tool.42 
100. NRC, Nuclear Energy Institute; Denial of Petition for Rulemaking. Federal Register, 68 FR
55905. September 29, 2003, Washington, DC.


101. NRC, 2005, Memorandum and Order dated December 12, 2005, regarding In the Matter of Exelon Generation Company, LLC, (Early Site Permit for Clinton ESP Site, Commission Order CLI-05-29, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML053460102).  
flow lb/hr.)
102. Department of Energy/Energy Information Administration (DOE/EIA), 2011, Electric Power Industry Terms and Definitions, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML11294A614).  
8. Normal recirculation flow rate (lblhr).
103. Hynes, John. 2009. How to Compare Power Generation Choices. Renewable Energy World North America (ADAMS Accession No. ML11294A595).
9. Normal clean-up system flow rate (lb/hr). What type of resins are used? What decontamination factors are expected for each principal nuclide? What is the frequency of regeneration and volume of regenerants?
104. CFR "Reactor Site Criteria," Part 100, Title 10, "Energy."
10. Describe and provide the expected performance of the expanded gaseous radwaste treatment system from the main condenser air ejector? Give the expected air in leakage. Is the condenser ejector one
105. New England Coalition on Nuclear Pollution v. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NECNP v.
*agc or two stage? Where is it discharged'! How many condenser shells'? (If applicable-Pounds of chafrcol and operating temperature of)
I1. Whvat is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to
..iJ dry well (lb/hr)? How frequently is the dry well puiged? What treatment is given to .his purge and where is it released?
12. Waat is tile expecteC
leak rate of primary coolant (lb/hr)
to the reactor building'? What is the ventilation air flow through the reactor building (cfm)?Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or otherwise treated before discharge? If so provide expected performance.


NRC). 582 F.2d 87 (1st Circuit 1978). U.S. Court of Appeals First Circuit Decision, August 22,  
13. What is the expected leak rate of steam (lb/hr) to the turbine building? What is the ventilation air flow, through the turbine building (cfm)?
1978.
Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or treated before discharge? If so, provide expected performance.


106. NRC, 1978, Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board Order In the Matter of Consumers Power Company (Midland Plant Units 1 and 2). 7 NRC 155, ALAB-458, Washington, DC.
14. Describe the treatment of the exhaust stream from the turbine seal glands.


107. NRC, 1978, Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board Order In the Matter of Public Service Company of New Hampshire et al. (Seabrook Station Units 1 and 2). 7 NRC 477, ALAB-471, Washington, DC.
a.


108. CFR Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines for Specification of Disposal Sites for Dredged or Fill Material, Part 230, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
What is the oiigin of the steam used in tihe gland seals?
(i.e.,  
is it primary steam condensate, or demineralized water from a separate source, etc.?)
b.


109. NRC. NUREG-1409, Backfitting Guidelines, July 1990, Washington, DC.
How is the waste stream from the gland seals treated and disposed of ?
c.


110. NRC, Management Directive (MD) 8.4, Management of Facility-Specific Backfitting and Information Collection, Washington, DC.
Indicate how often the mechanical vacuum will be operated and the expected range of activity released.


40 
15. Provide average gallons/day and pCi/cc prior to treatment for the following categories of liquid waste. Use currently observed data in the industry where different from the SAR or Environmental Report (indicate which is used).
Copies of CEQ documents are available at http://ceq.doe.gov/.
a.
41 Copies of EPA publications can be obtained from the EPA Library Services through their web site:
http://www.epa.gov/libraries/library_services.html.


42 Accessible from EPAs website at: http://www.epa.gov/oecaerth/nepa/nepassist-mapping.html.
High-purity wastes (for example, "clean" or low conductivity waste and equipment drains).
Give range of activity expected.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-1 APPENDIX A 
b.
-
Part 50 and Part 52 Licenses and Authorizations The information provided in Part C of this regulatory guide (RG) is for environmental reports (ERs) for combined license (COL) applications that do not reference an early site permit (ESP).
This appendix provides information for the development of ERs for other authorizations and licenses that can be granted by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) under Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR) Part 50 (Ref. A1), and Part 52 (Ref. A2). 


Early Site Permits Before the ESP process was promulgated in 1989, the licensing process required large expenditures of time and money by applicants well before key site-specific environmental, safety and emergency planning issues could be resolved. The ESP process is meant to resolve these issues well in advance of any decision to build a nuclear power plant. The requirements for the information to be included in ERs for an ESP application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.50(b) (Ref. A3).  
"Dirty"
An ESP application requires a determination by the NRC as to the suitability of a site for the construction and operation of one or more nuclear reactors. It is not an authorization to construct and / or operate the nuclear reactor referenced in the ESP application or, in the case of a plant parameter envelope (PPE) design, a reactor that fits inside the bounding characteristics of the PPE. A PPE is a set of plant- design parameter values that an ESP applicant expects will bound the design characteristics of a reactor or reactors that might be constructed at a given site. Therefore, the PPE serves as a surrogate for reactor design information that is not available or for a reactor design that is not final. Use of this approach allows an ESP applicant to defer the decision on what reactor design to build to the COL stage. An applicant may use a PPE to support demonstration of compliance with 10 CFR 52.17. The combination of site characteristics and PPE values will comprise the ESP bases that will be the focus for comparison in the event a COL application is submitted for the site. At the COL stage, the applicant would determine if the design-specific vendor information for the selected reactor design fits within the PPE values and, if not, would appropriately address these environmental impacts in the COL application.
wastes (for example, floor drain wastes, high-conductivity wastes, and laboratory wastes).  
Give range of activity expected.


Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) publication NEI 10-01, Revision 1, Industry Guideline for Developing a Plant Parameter Envelope in Support of an Early Site Permit (Ref. A4), describes the development and use of an ESP application from the industrys perspective, including the development of a PPE to bound multiple reactor designs. The PPE in NEI 10-01 is an example of the parameters needed for a PPE. However, not all parameters apply to all designs and additional parameters may be needed depending on the reactor designs that the PPE is bounding.
c. Chemical wastes.


An applicant for an ESP should review previous applications along with associated requests for additional information (RAIs) to gain an understanding of the level of detail needed to receive an ESP.
Give range of activity expected.


However, an applicant should only include in its ER information that is needed to analyze the environmental impacts for its project. The applicant should also review NUREG-1555 (Ref. A5) and this RG for guidance regarding the level of detail expected in the application. In addition, the applicant can discuss with the NRC any questions regarding level of detail during pre-application interactions. For example, if a PPE is used for an ESP review, the applicant should address the assumptions for the reactor designs being evaluated and whether the designs are within the bounds of Table S-3 of 10 CFR 51.51(b).
d.
Finally, an applicant can refer to review standard (RS)-002, Processing Applications for Early Site Permits, Attachment 3, Scope and Associated Review Criteria for Environmental Report, for additional information (Ref. A6).  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-2 All the information described in Part C of this RG will be required for an ESP application with the following exceptions based on 10 CFR 51.50(b)(2):
Laundry, decontamination, and wash-down wastes. Give range of activity expected.
*
the ER need not include an assessment of the economic, technical, or other benefits (e.g., need for power) and costs of the proposed action 
*
the ER need not include an evaluation of alternative energy sources 
*
the ER need not include an evaluation of severe accident mitigation design alternatives (SAMDAs) because this is a benefit-cost evaluation However, the applicant can, at its discretion, provide in the ESP ER the economic, technical, or other benefits (e.g., need for power) and costs of the proposed action, an evaluation of SAMDAs and an analysis of alternative energy. An applicant might choose to address any or all of these issues in its ESP
application in order to gain early resolution of the issues.


Combined License Referencing an Early Site Permit A COL referencing an ESP is a combined construction permit (CP) and operating license (OL)
97
with conditions for a nuclear power plant issued under 10 CFR Part 52, Subpart C at the site that was found suitable in the ESP and referencing either a 10 CFR Part 52 certified design or providing all the required design information for a non-certified design. ER information requirements for a COL
referencing an ESP application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.50(c)(1).
As stated in 10 CFR 51.50(c)(1), if the COL application references an ESP, then the Applicants Environmental ReportCombined License Stage need not contain information or analyses submitted to the Commission in Applicants Environmental ReportEarly Site Permit Stage, or resolved in the Commissions ESP environmental impact statement (EIS), but must contain, in addition to the environmental information and analyses otherwise required:
*
information to demonstrate that the design of the facility falls within the site characteristics and design parameters (i.e., the PPE) specified in the ESP;
*
information to resolve any significant environmental issue that was not resolved in the ESP
proceeding;
*
any new and significant information for issues related to the impacts of construction and operation of the facility that were resolved in the ESP proceeding;
*
a description of the process used to identify new and significant information on the NRCs conclusions in the ESP EIS. The process must use a reasonable methodology for identifying such new and significant information; and
*
a demonstration that all environmental terms and conditions that have been included in the ESP
will be satisfied by the date of issuance of the combined license. Any terms or conditions of the ESP that could not be met by the time of issuance of the combined license must be set forth as terms or conditions of the combined license.


All the information described in Part C of this RG, with the exception of alternative sites, should be reviewed by the COL applicant to determine if any new and significant information has become available since the issuance of the ESP EIS. If new and significant information has become available, the
For these wastes (a-d), provide:
a.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-3 applicant must include it in the ER for the COL referencing the ESP. The applicants process for identifying new and significant information must be described in the ER. If SAMDAs, alternative energy sources and the economic benefits and costs were not evaluated in the ESP, then that information should be submitted in the COL application referencing the ESP. Any unresolved issues in the ESP must be addressed in the COL application.
Number and capacity of collector tanks.


Construction Permits and Operating Licenses Construction Permit. A CP is an authorization from the Commission for the analysis, design, manufacture, fabrication, quality assurance, placement, erection, installation, modification, inspection or testing of a facility or activity. It is not an authorization to operate the plant. The requirements for the information to be included in the ER or ERs for a CP application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.50(a). All the information described in Part C of this RG should be considered for a CP
b.
application. While a complete reactor design may not be developed at the CP stage, an applicant should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff to discuss the appropriate level of information which is required for severe accident mitigation alternatives (SAMAs), including available probabilistic risk assessment information, procedures, training activities, and plant-design alternatives (i.e., SAMDAs), that could significantly reduce the environmental risks from a severe accident.


Enclosure 1 of SECY-15-0002, Proposed Updates of Licensing Policies, Rules, and Guidance for Future Reactor Applications, discusses unique challenges to assessing risks and SAMAs/SAMDAs (Ref. A7). The 10 CFR Part 52 requirements to provide a description of a design-specific probabilistic risk assessment (PRA) do not apply to new reactor license applications submitted under 10 CFR 50, such as a CP, as of the time of this revision. However, the Staff Requirements Memorandum for SECY-15-
Fraction of water to be recycled or factors controlling decision.
0002 (Ref. A8) sets an expectation that licensing under 10 CFR Part 50 be performed consistently with 10
CFR Part 52, including how risk and severe accidents are addressed. Therefore, a CP application should provide information derived from the preliminary design to address these topics. A CP application should provide the best available information to assess SAMAs/SAMDAs. The applicant of an OL referencing the CP is required in the OL application to provide new and significant information, including any such information related to SAMAs/SAMDAs. Therefore, the staff recommends that any prospective applicant for a CP engage with the staff during pre-application activities in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40
regarding the extent to which it plans to address SAMAs/SAMDAs at the CP and OL stages.


During pre-application interactions, CP applicants should inform the staff if they plan to use Title
c.
41 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (42 U.S.C. &sect; 4370m) (Ref. A9).
Operating License. An OL is an authorization from the Commission to operate a plant specified in a related CP. The requirements for the information to be included in ERs for an OL application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.53(b). No discussion of need for power, alternative energy sources or alternative sites for the facility is required. All the information described in Part C of this RG should be reviewed by the applicant to determine if any new information has become available for each resource area since the issuance of the CP EIS. In the OL ER, the applicant shall discuss matters only to the extent that they differ from those discussed previously or reflect new information in addition to that discussed in the final EIS prepared by the NRC in connection with the CP. Any new information identified, such as design information for SAMAs, will be required by the NRC staff for the review of the ER for the OL
application.


To this end, it is important for potential new reactor applicants considering a CP and the subsequent OL under 10 CFR Part 50 to be aware of the process for engaging the staff on environmental matters, as described in 10 CFR 51.40.
Treatment steps-include number, capacity, and process D.F. for each princi'.il nuclide for each step. If step is optional, stW.e factors controlling decision.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-4
d.


Limited Work Authorizations and Site Redress A Limited Work Authorization (LWA) is an authorization by the Commission to construct certain safety-related structures, systems, or components before issuance of a CP or COL. The requirements for the information to be included in ERs for an LWA application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.49.
Decay time from primary loop to discharge.


Requirements are provided for multiple cases including where (1) the LWA is submitted as part of a complete CP or COL application, (2) as a phased application for LWA and CP or COL, (3) as part of an ESP, (4) following receipt of an ESP, and (5) where the Commission previously prepared an EIS for construction and operation and the CP was issued, but facility construction was not completed. Only the first case (submitted as part of a complete CP or COL application) and the third case (as part of an ESP)
16. For the condensate demineralizers provide tlie flow rate lb/hr. type of resin used, expected backwash and regeneration frequency, and expected D.F. for each principal nuclide.
are discussed in this appendix.


In accordance with 10 CFR 51.49(a) and (c), any ER prepared to support an LWA application under those regulations must include, which is in addition to the environmental report required by 10 CFR
17. Dilution flow rate for liquid effluents, minimum and normal gpm and total gallons per year.
51.50:
*
a description of the activities that would be conducted under the LWA 
*
a statement of the need for the activities
*
a description of the environmental impacts that may be reasonably expected to result from the activities
*
the mitigation measures the applicant proposes to implement to achieve the level of environmental impacts described, and a discussion of the reasons for rejecting any mitigation measures that could be employed to further reduce environmental impacts In accordance with 10 CFR 51.49(d), an ER prepared to support an LWA application submitted by the holder of an ESP must include:
*
a description of the activities proposed to be conducted under the LWA 
*
a statement of the need for the activities
*
a description of the environmental impacts that may be reasonably expected to result from the activities
*
the mitigation measures the applicant proposes to implement to achieve the level of environmental impacts described, and a discussion of the reasons for rejecting any mitigation measures that could be employed to further reduce environmental impacts
*
any new and significant information for issues related to the impacts of construction of the facility that were resolved in the early site permit proceeding with respect to the environmental impacts of the activities to be conducted under the limited work authorization
*
a description of the process used to identify new and significant information regarding NRC's conclusions in the early site permit environmental impact statement; the process must be a reasonable methodology for identifying this new and significant information


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-5 The applicant should determine which resource areas will be affected by LWA activities and provide information on the impacts to those resource areas consistent with the information provided in Part C of this RG.
18. How is waste concentrate (filter cake. demineralizer resin, evaporator bottoms) handled? Give total volume or weight and curies per day or year.


In accordance with 10 CFR 51.49(b), an ER prepared to support an LWA application submitted as part of a phased application in accordance with &sect; 2.101(a)(9), may be limited to a discussion of the activities proposed to be conducted under the limited work authorization. If the scope of the environmental report for part one is so limited, then part two of the application must include the information required by &sect; 51.50, as applicable.
Include the expected annual volume of dry waste and curie content of each drum.


The requirements of 10 CFR 50.10(d)(3)(iii) state that the application for an LWA must also include a plan for redress of activities performed under the LWA in the case where the activities associated with the LWA are terminated by the holder of the permit or license, if the LWA is revoked by the NRC, or if the associated CP or COL application is denied by the Commission. The plans for redress should be consistent with the regulations in 10 CFR 50.10(g) that the holder of the LWA must complete the redress of the site no later than 18 months after termination of construction, revocation of the LWA, or the effective date of the Commissions final decision to deny the associated CP or COL application as appropriate.
4
4
98


Standard Design Certification The applicant for a standard design certification (DC), in accordance with 10 CFR 51.55, shall submit with its application a separate document entitled Applicants Environmental Report - Standard Design Certification. The ER must address the costs and benefits of severe accident mitigation design alternatives, and the bases for not incorporating severe accident mitigation design alternatives in the design to be certified. The NRC staff will develop an environmental assessment (EA) based on the information provided in the ER for the DC. The requirements for the information to be included in an ER
Appendix 3. Example of Chart Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways AITMOSPHERIC
for a DC application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.55.
AQUMTA
RELEASES,,
RELEASES I
EXTERNAL
MAN*
(From the Final Environmental Statement related to the operation of Oconee Nuclear Station Units I. 2, and 3: Docket Nos. 50-269,
50-270, 50-287; March 1972. See page 120 of the Statement.)
99


To perform the necessary offsite consequence analysis in support of the SAMDA assessment, the applicant should develop the necessary site data (population distribution, meteorological data, land use data, etc.) in order to apply a severe accident consequence code, such as MACCS. Since a DC licensing action is not tied to a specific site selection, the applicant has flexibility to choose the source for this site data. This forms a surrogate or representative site, since it is likely for a location where they have no plans to build the reactor design that is the subject of the DC and that may or may not rely on real-world data. Therefore, the staff recommends that any prospective applicant for a standard DC engage with the staff during pre-application activities in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 regarding the development of the site data.
Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. III-
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 9, 1971 ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
[10 CFR Part 501 LICENSING OF PRODUCTION AND
UTILIZATION FACILMES
Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors The Atomic Energy Commbalon has under consideration amendments to its regulation. 10 CFR Part 50, "Licensing of Production and Ut/iization Facilities,"
which would supplement the regulation with a new Appendix I to that part to provide numerical guides for design ob- jectives and technical specification re- quirements for limiting conditions for operation for light-water -cooled nuclear power reactors to keep radioactivity in effluents as low as practicable.


For additional information on SAMDAs see Chapter 5 of Part C of this RG.
On December 3. 1970, the Atomic Energy Commission published in the FzDERA'.
REGISTER
(35 F.R.


COL Application Referencing Standard Design Certification As stated in 10 CFR 51.50(c)(2), if the COL references a DC, then the COL ER may incorporate by reference the EA previously prepared by the NRC for the referenced DC. If the DC EA is referenced, then the COL ER must contain information to demonstrate that the site characteristics for the COL site fall within the site parameters in the DC EA.
18385)
amendinents to 10 CFR Part 50 that specified design and operating require- ments for nuclear power reactors to keep levels of radioactivity in efuents to un- restricted areas zs low as practicable.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-6
The amendments provided qualitative guidance, but not numerical criteria, for determining when design objectives and operations meet the requirements for keeping levels uf radioactivity in eflluents as low as pratucable.


Manufacturing License The applicant for a manufacturing license, in accordance with 10 CFR 51.54, shall submit with its application a separate document entitled Applicants Environmental Report - Manufacturing License. The ER must address the costs and benefits of severe accident mitigation design alternatives, and the bases for not incorporating severe accident mitigation design alternatives into the design of the reactor to be manufactured. The NRC staff will develop an EA based on the information provided in the ER for the manufacturing license. The requirements for the information to be included in an ER for a manufacturing license application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.54.
The Commission noted in the State- ment of Considerations published with the amendments the desirability of de- veloping more definitive guidance in con- nection with the amendments and that it was initiating discussions with the nuclear power industry and other com- petent groups to achieve that goal.


For additional information on SAMDAs, see Chapter 5 of Part C of this RG.
The Commission considers that the proposed numerical guides for design objectives and technicea specification requirements for limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors set out below would meet the criterion "as luw as practicable" for radioactive material In effluentsreleased to Unrestricted areas. The guidance would be specifically applicable only to light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors and would not necessarily be appro- priate for other types of nuclear power reactors and other kinds of nuclear facilities.


References A1.  U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities, Part 50, Chapter I, Title 10, Energy. 43 A2. CFR, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants, Part 52, Chapter I, Title
As noted in the Statement of Consid- eraUons accompanying the amendments to Part 50 published in the PAmESAL RZo- ISTER on December 3. 1970, the Com- mission has always subscribed to the general principle t?'Rt. within e(tablished radiation protection guides, .radiatign exposures to the public should be kept as low as practicable. This general prin- ciple has been a central one in the field of radiation protection for many years.
10, Energy.


A3. CFR, Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions, Part 51, Chapter I, Title 10, Energy.
Operating licenses include provisions to limit and control radioactive eMuents from the plants. Experience has shown that licenseep have generally kept ex- posures to radiation and releases of radioactivity in effluents to levels well below the limits specified in 1O cpR Part
20. Specifically, experience with licensed light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors to date shows that radioactivity in water and air effluents has been kept at low levels-for the mest panrt small per- centages of the Part 20 limits. Resultant exposures to the public living In the immediate vicinity of operating power reactors have been small percentages of Federal radiation protection guides.


A4. Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI), 2012, Industry Guideline for Developing a Plant Parameter Envelope in Support of an Early Site Permit. NEI 10-01, Revision 1, Washington DC, (ADAMS
The Commission also noted that, in general, the release of radioactivity in eflluents from nuclear power reactors now in operation have been within ranges that may be considered "as low as prac- ticable." and that, as a result of advaTices in reactor technology, further redutUon of those releases can be achieved. The amendments to Part 50 published on De- cember 3. 1970, were intended to give appropriate regulatory effect, with re- spect to radioactivity in effluents from nuclear power reactors, to the qualitative guidance of the Federal Radiatiod Coun- cil that radiation doses should be kept
Accession No. ML12144A429). 
"'s low as practicable". The proposed guides set out below are Intended to pro- vide quantitative guidance to that end for I ght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors.
A5.  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.


A6.  NRC, Review Standard (RS)-002, Processing Applications for Early Site Permits, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML040700094).  
The proposed numerical uwdes are based on present light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactor operating experience and state of technology (including recent improvements). In developing the guides the Commission has taken Into account comments and suggestions by represent- aUves of power reactor suppliers, elec- trical util-tles, architect-engineering firms, environmental and conservation groups and States in which nuclear power reactors are located on the general subject of definitive guidance for nuclear power reactors. Meetings were held by the Cbmmission with these groups in Janu- ary and February 1971. The participants in these meetings were provided an op- portunity, to express their views on the need for more definitive guidance for design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to keep radio- activity in effluents as low as prac- ticable: whether the guidance should be expressed in terms of waste treatment equipment requirements and perform- ance specifications or numerical criteria on quantities and concentrations released to the environment; and to suggest what equipment or numerical criteria would be appropriate at this time.
A7.  NRC, SECY-15-0002, Proposed Updates of Licensing Policies, Rules, and Guidance for Future Reactor Applications, Washington, DC (ADAMS No. ML13277A420).  
A8.  NRC, Staff Requirements Memorandum for SECY-15-0002, Proposed Updates of Licensing Policies, Rules, and Guidance for Future Reactor Applications, Washington, DC (ADAMS No.


ML15266A023).  
Generally. the participants favored numerical criteria. Views were expressed that the criteria should be derived from potential doses to people or in the form of quantities andbconcentrations of radio- active material emitted to the environ- ment. Some opinions were expressed that present technolog Oincluding recent im- provements) is such that light-water- cooled nuclear power reactors can be designed to keep exposures to the public in the offsite environment within a few percent of exposures from natural back- ground radiation.
A9. Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act, Title 41, 42 U.S.C. &sect; 4370m. 44


43 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:   
The participanta also at'aeed the im- portance of oeperang flexibilty to take into account unu l condtions of opera- Lion which may, on a temporary basis.
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.


44 The United States Code (USC) can be obtained electronically from the Office of the Law Revision Counsel of the House of Representatives at http://uscode.house.gov/.  
result in exposures higher than the few percent of natural backgrotnd radiation, but well within radiation proteotion guides. Recognition of the need for this operating flexibility Is currently stated in I 50.3fiatb).
The Commnisalon believes that the pro- posed guides for design objectives and limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors set out below provide a reasonable basis at the present time for implement- ing the principle that radioactive mate- rial In effluents released to unrestricted areas should be kept "as low as practi- cable." As noted In the amendments to Part 50 published on December 3, 1970.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-1 APPENDIX B 
"The term 'as low as practicable' as used in this part means as low as is practicably achievable taking into account the state of technology, and the economies of im- provements in relr.tlon to benefits to the public health and safety and in relation to the utilization of atomic energy in the public interest." The Commission will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of these guides for light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactors in light of further operating experience.
-
Consultations The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), as a Federal agency, is required to consult with other Federal agencies under several Federal laws. While this is the responsibility of the NRC, applicants, as the proponent of the action, should provide the information that the NRC will need to complete the consultation process in an efficient manner. Applicants should be aware of NRCs interagency consultation requirements, and environmental reports (ERs) should contain the information necessary for NRC to support completion of the consultation process. The NRC may or may not jointly perform consultations in conjunction with one or more other agencies who cooperate on the EIS; this, however, does not affect the information the NRC will need in order to perform such consultations.


Endangered Species Act Congress enacted the Endangered Species Act (ESA) in 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) (Ref. B1)  
Under the President's Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is responsible for establishing generally applicable en- vironmental radiation standards for the protection of the general environment from radioactive materials. The AEC is responsible for the implementation and enforcement of EPA's generally ap- plicable environmental standards.
to protect and recover imperiled species and the habitats upon which they depend. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administrations (NOAAs)
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) jointly administer the ESA.


The NRC must comply with the ESA. Section 7 of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1536) requires that each Federal agency ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by an agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species (jeopardy), or destroy or adversely modify any critical habitat for such species (adverse modification). Action, for the purposes of NRC activities, may include licensing, rulemaking, and/or other regulatory activities. Federal agencies should act, where they have the legal authority to do so, to prevent endangered species and their habitats from being threatened or destroyed. If an action may affect any federally listed endangered or threatened species or critical habitat, the NRC must consult with the Secretary of the Interior (for freshwater and terrestrial species through the FWS) or the Secretary of Commerce (for marine and anadromous species through the NMFS). Depending on the specific resources involved,  the NRC consults with the FWS or NMFS (collectively referred to as the Services) for all major Federal actions under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA) that require the preparation of an EIS. The NRC
EPA has under consideration generally applicable environmental standards for these types of power reactors. AEC has consulted EPA in the development of the guides on design objectives and limiting conditions for operation set forth below to control radioactivity in effluent re- leases. If the design objectives sod op- erating limits established herein Chould prove to be incompatible with any gen- erally applicable environmental stand- ard hereafter established by EPA, the AEC will modify these objectives -and limits as necessary.
also may have to consult with the Services for actions that may affect a listed species or habitat but for which it does not prepare an EIS.


The Services joint regulations implementing the ESA at 50 CFR, Wildlife and Fisheries Part
The proposed guides for design obJec- tives and limiting conditions for opera- tion for light-water-wooled nuclear power reactors are consistpnt with the basic radiation protection standards and guides recommended by the Internatiroal Commission on Radiological Protection (ICIRP). the National Cotmcil on Ra- diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), and the Federal Radiation Council (FRC). (The functions of the FRC were transestsd to' the Environ- mental Protection Agency pursuant to ReorganizaHion Plan Not 3 of 1970.)
402 Interagency CooperationEndangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Ref. B2), allows for two types of consultations: informal and formal. Informal consultation is a less structured approach than formal consultation and may include phone calls, e-mail, letters, and meetings between the NRC and the Services. Informal consultation is typically initiated early in the application review process and may be the only type of consultation needed if the Services concur with the NRC that a proposed action is not likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitat. The formal consultation process is a more structured approach to meeting ESA Section 7 requirements. Formal consultation is required if the NRC
These standards form the basis for the f'ommlssion's regulation. 10 CPR Pr rt
determines that a proposed action may adversely affect listed species or the action will result in adverse modification of designated critical habitat. Formal consultation may also be required if the Services do not concur with the NRCs conclusion that the action is not likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitats. Consultation is not required should the applicant and NRC conclude that the licensed action would have no effect on any threatened or endangered species or critical habitat.
20, "Standards for Protection Against RadLaton,". ru this regzad the NCRP
*anno ed an Jpzuuy 26, 1971. the re- esm at NC(P Report Wo. 30, ,%selo Radiation Pioteatko Crktteia'% The IOMP noted Uzat a 10-yiar study by the
"4
100


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-2 As a result of formal consultation, the Services may issue a Biological Opinion, a document that states the opinion of the Service as to whether the Federal action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. The Biological Opinion may include an incidental take statement, reasonable and prudent measures to reduce impacts on species or habitats, and terms and conditions. The Biological Opinion may also contain conservation recommendations, which are voluntary actions that the applicant or licensee can take that benefit the species or critical habitat.
Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
Council has confirmed the validity of most of the basic radiation protection criteria presently used by governmental agencies to regulate the exposure of the population and of radiation workers. The dose limits for Individual members of the public remain at 0.5 rem per year and the yearly dose limit of 0.17 rem per person averaged over the population is unchanged. The.e limits are compatible with the limits and guides recommended by the ICRP and the, FT0 and apply to exposures from all sources other than medical procedures and natural background.


The NRC may prepare a Biological Assessment to support informal or formal consultation. A
The NCRP-1CRP-FRC recommended limits and guides give appropriate con- sideration to the overall reqilirements of health protection and the Iriieficial use of radiation and atomic energy. Any biological effects that may occur at the low levels of the limits and gijdes occur so infrequently that they cannot be de- tected with existing techniques. The standards setting groups have added to the numerical guidance the general admonition that all radiation exposure should be held to lowest practicable level.
Biological Assessment is a document that evaluates the potential effects of the action on listed and proposed species and critical habitats potentially affected by the action, and determines whether any species or habitats are likely to be adversely affected by the action. The Consultation Handbook (Ref.


B3), prepared by the Services, discusses the Section 7 consultation process, which includes a discussion of the information to be included in a Biological Assessment, as required by 50 CFR 402.
This admonition takes into account that generally applicable standnrds or rules establL'dted to cover many situations must necessarily be set at a higher level than may be justifled in any given indi- vidual situcation.


Applicants can help NRC complete its ESA consultation requirements in an efficient and timely manner. When preparing an application, applicants should identify which listed species or critical habitats may be present in the affected area. Applicants can obtain this information directly from the FWS and NMFS or through their websites. Applicants should present a detailed description of their proposed action in Chapter 3 of the ER. Applicants should then describe how their proposed action might potentially affect each listed species or critical habitat known to potentially be present in the area of their project.
The acceptability of a given level of exposure for a particular activity can be determined only by giving due regard to the reasons for pet %itting the ex- posure. This means that, within the basic standards of FRC. NCRP, and ICRP, dif- ferent limitations on exposure levels are appropriato for various types of activities depending upon the circumstances. A
level that is practicable for one type of activity may not be practicable for a dif- ferent type of activity.


Applicants can provide this information in the terrestrial and aquatic sections of the ER or in a separate attachment.
The proposed guides for design objec- tives and limitations on operations set forthebelow %puld be specifically appli- cable to light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors.


Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996 (MSA) (Ref. B4)
Light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors are the only type of power reactors that are being installed in rela- tively large numbers and on which there is substantial operating experience In the United States, The guides would not necessarily be appropriate for control- ing levels of radioactivity in effluents from other. types of nuclear power reactors.
ensures that renewable fishery resources are not exhausted by overharvesting or other environmental damage. Section 305 of the MSA (16 U.S.C. 1855) requires Federal agencies to consult with the Secretary of Commerce through NMFS before authorizing any action which may adversely affect essential fish habitat (EFH) identified under MSA. The Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NMFS,
designate EFH, which can consist of both the water column and the seafloor of an aquatic area needed to support one or more life stages of a managed fish species.


The NRC will typically initiate such EFH consultations and prepare any necessary EFH
On the basis of present information on the technology of these other types of reactors, it is expected that releases of radioactivity in effluents can generally be kept within the proposed guides for light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors. The Commission plans to develop numerical guides on levels of radioac- tivity in efluents that may be considered as low as practicable for other types of nuclear power reactors such as gas cooled and fast breeder reactors as adequate de- sign and operating experience is ac- quired. In the meantime, design objec- tives and technical specifications for lim- iting conditions for operation to carry out the purposes of 'keeping levels of radioactivity in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicable will be speci- fied for otiher types of nuclear power reactors on a case-by-case basis.
assessment in conjunction with its NEPA review. The staff will document the status or outcome of the EFH consultation in the EA or EIS. If no change to any aspect of aquatic resources is anticipated, then an evaluation of EFH should not be necessary.


However, if a change to any aspect of aquatic resources is anticipated, then the NRC staff must determine if the requested action will result in any adverse effects to designated EFH, and if so, contact NMFS to initiate EFH consultation. The consultation process for an environmental review requiring an EFH assessment can be found in Essential Fish Habitat Consultation Guidance, Version 1.1 (Ref. B5).
Neither would the guides necessarily be appropriate for controlling levels of radioactivity in effluents from other kinds of nuclear facilities such as fuel reproc- essing plants, fuel fabrication plants, or radioisotope processing plants where the design -haracteristics of the plant and nature of operations Involve different considerations. The Commission is giving further consideration to appropriate amendments to its regulations to specify design objectives and limiting conditions for operation to minimize levels of radio- activlty released in the operation of other types of licensed facilities such as reactor fuel reprocessing plants.
Applicants can help NRC complete its EFH consultation requirements in an efficient and timely manner. When preparing an application, applicants should identify whether any EFH may be present in potentially affected areas. Applicants can obtain this information directly from the NMFS or through its website. Applicants should present a detailed description of their proposed action in Chapter 3 of the ER.


Applicants should then describe how their proposed action might potentially affect each area of EFH
E.xpected consequences of guides for design objectives. The proposed guides for design objectives for light-water- cooled nuclear power reartors have been selected primarily on thu basis that ex- isting technclngy makes it feasible to design and operate light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors within the guides.
present in the area of their project. Applicants can provide this information in the aquatic sections of the ER or in a separate attachment.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-3
The design objectives are expressed in terms of guides for limiting the number of quantiaes and for limiting concentra- tions of radioactive materials in effluents, It is expected that conformance with the guides on design objectives would achieve the following results:
1. Provide reasonable assurance that annual exposures to individuals living near the boundary of a site where one or more light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors are located, from radioactivity released in either liquid or gaseous efflu- ents from all such reactors, will gen- erally be less than about 5 percent of average exposures from natural back- ground radiation.1 This level of exposure is about I percent of Federal radiation protection guides for individual members of the public.


National Historic Preservation Act The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA) (Ref. B6), was promulgated to coordinate public and private efforts to preserve significant historic and cultural resources. Section 106 of the NHPA directs Federal agencies to take into account the effects of their undertakings on historic properties and allow the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) an opportunity to review and comment on the undertaking. The ACHP is an independent Federal agency charged with implementing Section 106 throughout the Federal government; NHPA Section 106 implementing regulations are at
2. Provide reasonable assurance that annual exposures to sizeable population groups from radioactivity released in either liquid or gaseous effluents from all light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors on all sites in the United States for the foreseeable future will generally be less than about I percent of exposures from natural background radiation. This level of exposure is also less than I per- cent of Federal radiation protection guides for the average population dose.
36 CFR Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties (Ref. B7). Undertakings (36 CFR 800.16(y))
denotes a broad range of Federal activities, including the issuance of NRC licenses and permits. Historic property (36 CFR 800.16(l)(1)) is any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, structure, traditional cultural property, or object included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP or National Register).
Applicants should be aware that the NRC staff will, in accordance with NHPA, consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO), American Indian Tribes, and interested parties. Applicants are encouraged to engage with these parties when developing its ER.


When engaging these parties, the applicant should clarify that the NRC, as a Federal agency, is responsible for initiating and conducting government-to-government consultation with American Indian Tribes once the application is submitted. An American Indian tribe is not obligated to consult with an applicant or share information about properties of religious and cultural significance with an applicant, and may prefer to communicate directly with NRC at the government-to-government level.
These levels of exposure would be in- distinguishable from exposures due to variation In natural background radia- tion, would not be measurable with exist- ing techniques. and would be estimated from effluent data from nuclear power plants by calculational techniques. These levels of exposure are obviously very low in comparison with the much higher ex- posures incurred by the public from niatural background due to cosmic radia- tion, natural radioactivity in the body and In all materials with which people Average exposures due to natural back- ground radiation In the United States are In the range of I00-125 tillilrems per year.


Face-to-face interactions with the SHPO will generally prove beneficial as a supplement to written correspondence, especially when agency feedback is requested on the scope and methodology for conducting cultural resource investigations. The applicant should also work with the SHPO to identify American Indian Tribes that have ancestral ties to the proposed project area, and determine if/when to initiate outreach with THPOs and American Indian Tribes. The applicant should not view the described initial outreach activities as merely checking a box to meet the NRCs expectations for an ER. Rather, such interactions will provide useful information for developing the scope of field surveys, identifying criteria for plant design or layout (e.g., impact avoidance or mitigation), and assessing resources of concern in the ER.
come into contact, air travel, and from many activities commonly engaged in by the public.


References B1. Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. &sect; 1531 et seq. 45 
Specific provLsons of guides for design objeciers. The proposed guides for radi- oactive materials in liquid effluents would specify limitations on annual total quantities of radioactive material, except tritium. "nd annual average con- centrations of radioactive material Il effluent. prior to dilution In a natural body of water, released by each light- water-cooled nuclear )ower reactor at a site. The release of the concentrations and total quantity of radioactive mate- rial from a site at these levels is not likely to result in exposures to the whole body
3r any organ of an Individual in the off- site environment in excess of 5 millirenis.


45 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:   
In deriving the guides on design objec- tive quantities and concentrations, con- servative assumptions have been made on dilution factors, physical, and biologi- cal concentration factors in the food chain, dietary intakes and other per- tinent factors to relate quantities re- leased to exposures offsitc.
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-4 B2.  U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Interagency CooperationEndangered Species Act of  
The proposed guides foi design objec- tives for radioactive materials in gas- eous effluents would limit the total quan- tity of radioactive material relefsed front a site to the offslte environment so that annual average exposure rates due to noble gases at any location on the bound- r.ry of the site or in the offsite environ- ment would not be likely to exceed 10
1973, as amended, Part 402, Chapter IV, Title 50, Wildlife and Fisheries.46 B3.  U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and U.S. National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) 1998.
millirems. Annual average concentra- tions at any location on the boundary of a site or in the offsite environment from radioactive lodines or radioactive mate- rial in paxticulate form would be limited to specified values.


Consultation Handbook.47 B4. Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996, 16 U.S.C. &sect; 1801 et seq.
The proposed guides for design objec- tive concentrations specified for radio- active iodines or radioactive material In particulate form would include a reduc- tion factor of 100,000 for Part 20 con- centration values In air that would allow for possible exposures from certain radi- oactive materials that may be concen- trated in the food chain. Resultant exposures to individuals offsite would not be expected to exceed 5 millirems per year. The reduction factor would include a 1.000 factor by which the maximum permissible concentration of radioactive iodine in air should be reduced to allow for the milk exposure pathway. "'ltls factor of 1,000 has been derived for radio- active iodine, taking into account the milk pathway. However, it has been ar- bitrarily applied to radionuclides of iodinn and to all radionuclides in partic- ulate form with a half-life greater than
8 days. The factor is not appropriate for iodine where milk is not a pathway of exposure or for other radionuclides un- der any actual conditions of exposure.


B5. U.S. National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). 2004. Essential Fish Habitat Consultation Guidance, Version 1.1. National Marine Fisheries Service, Office of Habitat Conservation, Silver Spring, MD. 48 B6.  National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, 54 U.S.C. &sect; 300101 et seq.
The factor is highly conservative for radionuclides other than iodine and is applied only because it appears feasible to meet these very low levels. The speci- fied annual average exposure rates of 10
millirems from noble gases and specified concentrations of radiolodines and par- ticulates at any location on the boundary
101


B7. CFR, Protection of Historic Properties, Part 800, Title 36 Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
of the site or in the offsite environment provide reasonable awurance that actual annual exposures to the whole body or any organ of an lndividyal member of the public will not exceed 5 milllrem..
The proposed guides for design oblec- tives would provide that an applicant for a permit to construct a light-water- cooled nuclear power.reactor at a par- ticular site could propose design obJec- tive quantities and concentrations. in effluents higher than Uiose specified in the guides. The Commission would ap- prove the design objectives If the appli- cant provided reasonable assurance that, taking Into account the environmental characteristics of the site, the concentra- tions and total quantity of radioactive material released by all light-water- cooled nuclear power reactors at the site in either liquid or gaseous efluents would not result in actual exposures to the whole body or any organ of an Individual In the offalte environment in excess of 5 millireins per year.


46 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:   
The proposed guides for design objec- tives. (expressed as quantities and con- centrations in emuents) for light-water- cooled. nuclear power reactors are sufficiently conservative to provide rea- sonable assurance that, for most locations having environmental char- acteristics likely to be considered ac- ceptable by the Commission for a nuclear power rc -.ctor site. Increases in radiation exposures to individual members of the public living- at the site boundary, due to radioactive material In either liquid or gaseous effluents from operation of lighxt- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at the site, will generally be less than 5 millirems per year and average exposures to sizeable population groups will gen- erally be less than I millirem per year.
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.


47 Copies of National Marine Fisheries Service documents can be obtained electronically from their website: 
Nevertheless, the guides provide that the Commission may specify, as design ob- Jectives, quantities and concentrations of radioactive material above backgrotmd In either liquid or gaseous effluents to be released to uwzestricted areas that are lower than the specified quantities and concentrations if it appears that for a particular site the specified quantities and concentrations are likely to result in annual exposures to an individual that would exceed 5 mlli ems.
https://www.nnmfs.noaa.gov/.
48 Copies of the Essential Fish Habitat Consultation Guidance can be obtained electronically from their website: 
http://www.habitat.noaa.gov/.  


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-1 APPENDIX C 
Conformance with the proposed guides for design objective quantities and conr- centrations in effluents would provide reasonable assurance that the resultant whole body dose to the total populafon exposed would be les than about 400
-
man-rein ' per Year per 1,000 megawatts electrical installed nuclear generating capacity at a site from radioactive mate- rial in liquid and gaseous effluents. Av- I A useful measure of the total exposure of a large number of persons Is the man-rem.
Small Modular Reactors and Non-Light Water Reactors This regulatory guide (RG) was developed primarily to provide guidance for the preparation of environmental reports (ERs) for license or permit applications for large light-water reactors (LLWRs).
This appendix provides additional guidance for preparation of ERs for license or permit applications for light-water small modular reactors (SMRs) and non-light water reactors (non-LWR). SMRs are generally defined as reactor units with an electrical output of less than 300 Megawatts-electric (MW(e)) that are produced using modular fabrication and construction techniques. The terms unit and module both refer to a reactor and are used interchangeably in this appendix. Non-LWRs are generally defined as a nuclear power reactor using a coolant other than light water. Most non-LWRs are also expected to be SMRs. However, some non-LWRs may not be an SMR and have an electrical output well in excess of
300 MW(e).
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff has identified issues for which additional information should be provided to support environmental reviews of applications addressing SMRs and non-LWRs, (e.g., purpose and need, alternatives, cumulative impacts, the need for power, and benefit- cost). The guidance in this appendix applies to information that will be used to complete environmental reviews for SMRs and non-LWRs associated with applications for limited work authorizations (LWAs),
construction permits (CPs), operating licenses (OLs), early site permits (ESPs), and combined licenses (COL). 
In general, the approach for developing an ER to support environmental reviews of SMR or non- LWR applications will be the same as the approach for developing an ER to support LLWR applications.


However, there may be differences in the amount of information and analysis needed for an SMR or a non-LWR depending on application specific factors such as the size of the reactor, its footprint and the amount of resource it uses (e.g., water), the purpose and need for the proposed action, reasonable alternatives, the need for power, benefit-cost, and the design differences between SMRs, non-LWRs, and LLWRs.
The exposure of any group of persons mens- ured in man-re-ms is the product ot the num.


Non-LWR designs (e.g., high-temperature gas-cooled, liquid-metal, and molten salt reactors) will present some unique issues associated with environmental analyses of impacts of operation. While Parts A through D of this RG do not specifically address non-LWRs, most of the guidance contained within could be used for such reactors. Exceptions would include areas such as accidents, fuel cycle, transportation of radioactive materials, and decommissioning. An applicant for a non-LWR should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 (Ref. C1) to discuss the appropriate level of environmental studies or information which should be provided for a non-LWR design (e.g., additional information about the fuel cycle, radiological effluents, and accidents should be provided). The following guidance highlights areas for consideration in developing ERs for SMRs and non-LWRs.
ber of persons In the group tim the avr age exposure In reme of the mamber of the StoIp, Thus, it seeh
.mai- at a popul.-
tsiON of It M
milluon peopl were exposed to 0.001 rem, (i millirem), the total rma.rem exposure would be 1,000 man-rem.


Licensing Scenarios for SMRs There are several possible scenarios for SMR applications (both LWR and non-LWR). The information provided in the ER would depend on the types of applications submitted and the timing of actions proposed in the application. The most likely licensing scenarios for SMR applications are described below.
erage exposures to large population groups would be less than 1 nllUrem per year.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-2 C.1.1 Scenario 1: All Modules in One Application A potential applicant could request licenses for multiple modules installed over time. Under this scenario, the proposed action would include licenses for all the modules that would be constructed at the proposed site. The applicant should provide a schedule as to when each module would be constructed and operated to inform the NRC staff of the timing of impacts. The information submitted to support the NRCs cumulative impact analysis should follow the guidance in Chapter 7 of this RG. In Chapter 9 of the ER, the analysis should compare the impacts of constructing and operating all of the modules at the alternative sites to the cumulative impacts of Chapter 7 of the ER to determine if an environmentally preferable or obviously superior site exists. The information submitted by the applicant to support the need-for-power analysis, alternative energy analysis and benefit-cost analysis should be based on an accounting of the full capacity of all the modules for which licenses are being requested.
Guides on technical specification. lim- iting conditions for operation. The pro- posed guidance would include provisions for developing technical specifications with respect to limiting conditions for operation to control radioactivity in ef- fluents from llght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors during normal operations.


C.1.2 Scenario 2: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent application considered an expansion of the existing site)
The technical specifications would be In- cluded as conditions in operating li- censes. These provisions are designed to assure that reasonable efforts are made to keep actual releases of radioactivity in effluents during operation to levels that are within the guides on design objective quantities and concentrations. It is ex- pected that actual levels of radioactivity in efiluents will normally be within the design objective levels. It is necessary, however, that nuclear power reactors de- signed for generating electricity have a high degree of reliability. Operating flex- ibility is needed to take into account some variation in the small quantities of radioactivity that leak from fuel ele- ments which may, on a transient basis.
An applicant could request licenses for one or more modules and inform the NRC that it intends to request licenses for additional modules in the future. Under this scenario, the proposed action would include only the modules for which licenses are requested. The applicant should indicate to the NRC how many additional modules will be treated as reasonably foreseeable for the purposes of evaluating cumulative impacts. For the additional modules to be treated as reasonably foreseeable, the siting study submitted with the original application should include consideration of all the modules.


The information requested in Chapters 4 (construction) and 5 (operations) of this RG would apply to the modules for which licenses have been requested. This would also include the construction of any infrastructure meeting the NRCs definition of construction in 10 CFR 51.4 that is proposed to be built with the initial units. The information requested in Chapter 7 (cumulative impacts) of this RG should include the impacts of the additional modules deemed to be reasonably foreseeable. The information requested in Chapter 9 (alternatives) of this RG for the alternative sites should also include consideration of the additional future modules that are considered reasonably foreseeable. The information requested for the need-for-power analysis in Chapter 8, alternative energy analysis in Chapter 9, and benefit-cost analysis in Chapter 10 of this RG would be based on only the modules for which licenses were being requested.
result In levels of radioactivity in efflu- ents In excess of the design objective quantities and concentrations.


If an applicant subsequently requests licenses for additional modules, the ER for the additional modules should address all the issues except alternatives sites. The ER should use the environmental impact statement (EIS) for the original group of modules as a starting point and evaluate any new and significant information relevant to environmental concerns similar to an ER for a COL referencing an ESP. The NRC staff would develop a supplemental EIS based on the information provided in the new ER.
The proposed guidance would provide operating flexibility and at the same time assure a positive system of control, by a graded scale of action by the licensee, to reduce releases of radioactivity if rates of release actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, are such that the quantities or concentrations In efflu- ents would be likely to exceed twice the design objective quantities and concen- trations. The proposed Appendix I would provide that the Commission may take appropriate action to assure that release rates are reduced if rates of release of quantities and concentrations in effluents actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, indicate that annual rates of release are likely to exceed is range of 4-8 times the design objective quantities and concentrations. Release rates within this range would be expected to keep the annual exposure rate to indi- viduals offsite within a range of 20-40
ttnems per year during the quarterly period. In the proposed guidance on tech- nical specifications, provision would be made for an appropriate period of time for all licensees of light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to implement the guidance with respect to facility operation.


C.1.3 Scenario 3: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent applications not considered an expansion of the existing site) 
Pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of
In certain circumstances, a licensee or applicant may identify the need for additional modules that were not identified as reasonably foreseeable in a previous application, and therefore not addressed in the in the previous application (e.g., siting, alternative energy). In such a case, the ER (and the NRCs EIS)
1954, as amended, and section 553 of title
for the subsequent application must address all of the issues in this RG including alternative sites and alternative energy.
5 of the United States Code, nutice is hereby given that adoption of the follow- Ing amendment to 10 CFR Part 50 is con- templated. All Interested persons who wish to msbmit oanmenta or auggestions in connection with the Proposed amend- ment should send them to the Secretary of the Commrlsslo.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-3 C.1.4 Scenario 4: ESP and COL Application An applicant may request an ESP for all planned modules and then request COLs for only those modules it plans to build in the short term. In this scenario, the information that should be supplied in the ER for the ESP review should include consideration of all of the modules that are planned. If the proposed site is found acceptable by the NRC staff, the issue of alternative sites would be resolved for any future COLs referencing the ESP. The issues of alternative energy and need for power (if addressed in the ESP application and EIS) would also be resolved unless the NRC staff identified new and significant information on these issues in its review of the COL application referencing the ESP.
U.S Atomic Energy Commission, Washington. D.C., 20545, Attention:  
Chief, Public Proceedinag Branch, within 60 days after publication of this notice in the FZZZRAL REGIsTER.


Consideration of the various modules (i.e., those for which licenses are requested and those planned in the future) in the COLs would follow the same steps as described above for Scenario 2.
Comments and suggestions received after that period will be considered if It is prac- ticable to do so, but assurance of con- sideation cannot be given except as to comments filed within the period speci- fied, Copies of comments received may be examined in the Commission's Public Document Room at 1717 H Street NW.,
Washington. D.C.


C.1.5 Summary of Licensing Scenarios All of the scenarios described above are valid approaches. The outcome of Scenario 1 is that the NRC staff would have completed its environmental analysis for all modules, the licensing action would have been taken, and no further environmental analysis would be required.
1. Section 50.34a of 10 CFR Part 50 Is amended by adding the following sen- tence at the end of paragraph (a) :
&sect; 30.34a Design objeciives fur equip- msnt to control releases of radio- active materiul in e4rluenlo---nuclcur power reactors.


The outcome of Scenario 2 is that, if the applicant applies for licenses for future modules, the NRC would prepare a supplemental EIS that would tier off the EIS prepared for the initial modules in which the cumulative impacts for the future modules were assessed. The supplemental EIS would evaluate any new and significant information, need for power, and the cost-benefit for the additional modules being licensed. The supplemental EIS would not evaluate alternative sites.
(a) I I
* The guides set out in Ap- pendix I provide numerical guidance on design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to meet the re- quirement that radioactive material In effluents released to unrestricted areas be kept "as low as practicable."
2. Section 50.36a of 10 CFR Part 50 is amended by adding the following sen- tence at the end of paragraph (b) :
&sect; 50.36a Technical specifications on er- fluenis from nuclear power reactors.


Under Scenario 3 the NRC would evaluate only the requested number of modules and any subsequent application for additional modules at that site would need to address all environmental review areas including alternative sites and alternative energy.
(b)
The guides set out in Ap- pendix I provide numerical guidance on limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power re- actors to meet. the requirement that radioactive materials in effluents released to unrestricted areas be kept "as low as practicable."
3. A new Appendix I is added to read as follows:
Arrsmnax T-NUMUICAL
OVgxoa Von DJraIGN
OagZCTntl AND LiirrmNo o(oovmOs wsai OPZAAATO
H To Mfi=r Tri Car'stom "As Low AS PRAcnCMILZ" VOR RIO31oACTSSU LAM'rSAL
rN Ltoarr-WAza&-Cooro, NuCmA
PowZa RxAcTon ErnLwevra SzcrtoN I. Introduction. Section 50.34a(a)
provides that an application for a permit to construct a nuclear power reactor shall in- clude a description of the preliminary design of equipment to be installed to maintain control over radioactive materials in gaseous and liquid emuents produced during normal reactor operations, including expected op- erational occurrences. In the case of an ap- plioUtion filed on or After January 2, 1971, the application must also identify the design objectives. and the means to be employed.


Under Scenario 4, the NRC would prepare a supplemental EIS for each COL application referencing the ESP. Key differences between Scenarios 2 and 4 are that, in Scenario 4, an applicant would be resolving siting issues in the ESP and could maintain flexibility in selecting the design until submittal of the COL application. All issues resolved in the ESP EIS would be considered resolved for the COL EIS unless the NRC staff identified new and significant information.
for keeping levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas "as low as practicable".
Section 50.lO6. contains provisions designed to assure that releases of radioactivity from nuclear power reactors to unrestriated areas during normal reactor operations, including expected operational occurrences, are kept
"as low as practicable".
This appendix provides numerical guid.


ESP EISs are intended to facilitate early resolution of siting issues. ESP applications can, but are not required to, include need for power or alternative energy.
ance on design objectives and limiting condi- tions for operation to asaet applicants for.


Information to be provided in SMR Applications The additional guidance below specifies differences in the information that should be provided in ERs supporting license or permit applications for SMRs (both LWR and non-LWR).
and holders of, licenses for light-water- cooled nuclear power resctors in meeting'the requirement that radioaetive material in efluewt released frmn those fseitlties to un- restrieted Areas be kept "a low as pms.-
C.2.1 Chapter 1: Introduction In general, Chapter 1 should follow the guidance in Chapter 1 of this RG; however, the purpose and need statement may be different in the case of SMRs. For SMRs, the purpose and need is expected to include the production of electricity, although not necessarily baseload electricity, whether for a defined service area or for a specific end-user. In addition, as noted in Chapter 1 of this RG, the purpose and need statement may address additional needs other than the production of electricity. For an SMR, an additional need could be to provide the ability to install modules over longer time frames to increase capacity incrementally to follow load growth.
tiale". This guidance is appropriate only for light-water-eooled nuclear power reactors and not for other types of nuclear facillties.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-4 C.2.2 Chapter 2: Affected Environment In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 2 of this RG. However, because of features specific to a particular SMR design, more or less description of the affected environment may be warranted. For example: 
'4
* The hydrology section directs the applicant to characterize groundwater. The applicant should consider environmental parameters that could be affected by the installation of project structures to a greater depth below grade than current LLWR designs. The applicant should confirm that groundwater location and flow is fully characterized at all depths of the excavation.
102


* The ecology section directs the applicant to analyze one year of aquatic data. If the facility uses dry cooling rather than surface water or groundwater, there may be no need for one year of aquatic data because there may be no impacts to aquatic resources. However, in such case the applicant should provide sufficient justification for excluding collection and analysis of aquatic data from the ER.
Appendix 4.


C.2.3 Chapter 3: Site Layout and Plant Description In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 3 of this RG. However, the applicant should also describe the unique features of an SMR facility, including a plot plan that shows the location of proposed modules and the locations of environmental interfaces. The site layout and plant description should clearly describe the scope of the project as proposed in the license application, including the total number of modules requested to be licensed and the proposed operational date for each module. The applicant should also include any information known about planned installation of future units.
Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
SEc. II. Guides on design objectires for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors licensed under 10 CFR Part So. The guides for design objectives (expressed as quantities and conoentratlons of radioactve material in effluents) for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors specified in paragraphs A and IJ of this section are suficlently conservative to provide reasonable assurance that, for most locations having environmental char- acteristlcs likely to be considered acceptable by the Commission for a nuclear power re- actor site, resultant increases In radiation expcsures tn individual members of the pub- lie living at the site boundary, dud to opera- tiont of light-water-cooled nuclear power re- actors at the site, will generally be less than
5 percent of exposures due to natural back- ground radiation and average exposures to silzeible population groups will generally be less than I percent of exposures due to nat- ural background radiation. The guides on design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors set forth in para- graphs A and B of this section may be Used by an applicant for a permit to construct a llight-water-cooled ruclear power rewctor as guidance in meeting the requirements of I 50.34a(a) that applications filed after Jan- tary 2. 107t. Identity the design objectives, and the means to be employed, for keeping levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicable.


C.2.4 Chapter 4: Construction Impacts at the Proposed Site In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 4 of this RG for preparing a discussion of construction impacts. However, because modules may be installed over time to meet the demand for electricity, the applicant should describe and evaluate construction impacts over the time frame specified in the application.
A* For radioactive m.-terial above back- ground In liquid effluents to be released to unrestricted areas by each light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor at a site:.
I. The estimated annual total quantity of radioactive mterlal, except tritium. should not exceed 5 curies; and
2. The estimated annual average concen- tr&Uon of radioactive material prior to dilu- tion in a natural body of wa.er, except trtt- ism, should not exceed 0.00002 microcrie
(20 ploocturies) per lilta; and S. The esttloated annual average concen- tratlon of tritium prior to dilution in a nat- ural body of water should not exceed 0.005 mlrerocurle (s.0p0 picocuries) per i:ter.


As part of the proposed action, the applicant may install infrastructure and facilities that could be used to support additional reactor modules. These activities should be evaluated as part of the construction impact analysis in the ER.
B. For radlo.ictlve material above back- ground In gaseous effluents, the estimated total quantities Of radioactive material to be released to unrestricted areas by all light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site should not result in:
i. An annusl average exposure rate due to noble goses at any location on the boundary of the site or in the ofslte environment In excess of 10 mllIlrems:; and
2. Annual average concentrations at any location on the boundary of the aste or In the offAtte environment of radioactive lodines.


C.2.5 Chapter 5: Operational Impacts at the Proposed Site In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 5 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the operational impacts. However, because modules may be installed over time to meet the demand for electricity, the applicant should evaluate operational impacts over the time frame specified in the application.
or ,mddtoaetve material in Prt~culate form with a half-life greater than 8 dais, in ex- oem of the coneentirsons In air specified in Appendi.x B, Table If, Column I, of 10 CFR
Part 20. divided by 100,000.


Specific SMR designs may have features that differ from LLWR designs. For example, dry cooling may be proposed, resulting in significantly less consumptive water use. In these cases, an applicant would not need to evaluate impacts from entrainment or impingement, or impacts from thermal discharges to a waterbody. The ER should include a short statement that environmental impacts in these areas are not expected because of the design features of the proposed plant.
C. Notwithstanding the guidance in Para- graphs A and B above, design objectives, based on quantities and ooncentlatione of radioactive material shove background in eMuents to be released to Unrestricted areas, a An exposure rate such that a hypothetical individual contlnuously present In the open at any location on the boundary of the site or In the offslte environment would not In- cur a&enrnual exposure in exc-e of 6 mlli- rems.Thita neglects the reduction in the exposures to & real Individual that would be afforded by the distanCe from the site bounda*Tat which the Individual is loeated, shieldg provided by living indoors and petioda e1 time the tIndtvidual in not prest in the area.


If the SMR is also a non-LWR, there may be significant differences in the analysis of accidents.
higlier than Lhos, rpeclfled In those parn- graphs may be deemed to meet the require- ment for keeping levels of redioactive =ao- tertal In efltuenit to unrestricted Areas as low as practicable If the applicant provides rea- sonable asat.ance that:
1. pof radioactive material above back- ground in liquid effluents to be released to unrestricted areas by all light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site, the pro- poed higher qunntil.iea or coneentrations8 will not result In annual exposures to tihe whole body or any organ o1 an individual II
excess of 5 millirems: - and
2. For radLoctlive noble gases and lodlilLes and radloactive kr.aterial in particulate form above background In gansous eflluents to be released to unrestricted areas by all light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site.


An applicant for such a design should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 to
the proposed higher quantities and concen- trations wtil no!. result tn Annual expokuires to the whole body or any organ of All indi- vldual in excess of 5 niflliremns.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-5 discuss the information and analysis that should be provided in the ER to support the evaluation of the impacts of accidents.
Dr Notwithstanding the guidance in panM-
graphs A. B, and C above, for a particular site the Commission may specify, as guldance oil design objectives, lower qu.lttititis and con- centrationa of radloact*'e material above background in effluents to be rele&%ed tl un- restricted areas If it appears that the use of the design objectives deecribed in thoGe para- graphs is likely to result In releases of total n quantities of radioactive material from all lIght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors at the alte that are eStimated to ca**e an An- nual exposure in excess of 5 miliLrems to the whole body or any organ of an Individual in the offeite environment from radioactive " a- terial above background in either llqtti,, or gaseous effluents.


C.2.6 Chapter 6: Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning The applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 6 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the fuel cycle, transportation, and decommissioning.
SEc. III. Guides on technical specifLaftions for limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors licensed under 10 CFR Part 50. The Ftddes on limiting conditions for operation for light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors set forth below may be used by an applicant for a license to operate a light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactor as guidance in develop- ing technical specifications under I 50.3ia(a)
to keep levels of radioactive materials In
'For purposes of the guides in Appendix I.


If the SMR is also a non-LWR, there may be significant differences in the analysis of the fuel cycle, transportation and decommissioning. An applicant for such a design should consult with the NRC
exposure of members of the public should be estimated from distributions In the envIron- ment of radioactive material released In efu- ents, For estimates of external exposure the rem may be considered equivalent to the rad;
staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 to discuss the information and analysis that should be provided in the ER to support the evaluation of the impacts for these areas.
and account should be taken of the aPpro- priate physical paraet-ers (energy of radia- tion, absorption coefficients, etc..
Estimates of internal dose commitment. In terms of the common unit of dose equivalence (rem).
should be generally consistent with the con- ventions or assumptions for cslcutlatlonal purposes moat recently pubuahed by the In- tornatlonal Commiesion on Radiological Pro- tectlon which apply directly to intakes of radioactive material from air and water, and those appljcable to water may be applied to Intakes from food. These conventiOns or a- gumptdons should be used for calculations of dose equivalence except for exposures due to strontium-89, strontfuln-90, or radionu&#xa2;.lldee of Iodine. For those radionuclides the blologi- cal and physical a-umptions of FRC Report No. 2 should be used. It is assumed that an- nual average concentrations of radioactive iodine in the environment, as listed in Part
20, Appendix B, Table Il, would result In annual doses of 1.5 rems to the thyTroid aind the concentration of stront-ium-89 or siren tiurn-90 would result in annual doses of 0.5 rem to the bone. Exposure to the whole body should be assessed as exposur. to the gonads or red bone marrow.


C.2.7 Chapter 7: Cumulative Impacts In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 7 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the cumulative impacts. The applicant should consider impacts from the total number of modules being proposed in the licensing action, in addition to impacts from other reasonably foreseeable past, present, and future actions.
eftluents to unrestricted areas as low as prscticable.


Under licensing Scenarios 1 and 3 described in Section C.1, the impacts of all the modules for which licenses have been requested would be direct impacts and cumulative impacts for all modules should be addressed in the ER. Under Scenario 2, the ER should address cumulative impacts for those modules for which licenses have been requested plus future modules that the applicant considers reasonably foreseeable. Under Scenario 4, the additional modules considered in the ER and EIS for the ESP should be considered reasonably foreseeable future actions for the evaluation of cumulative impacts of the modules considered in the initial COL applications.
Section 50.30a(b) provides that licensees shall be guided by cert&tn conalderattons in establishing an F.tvnnomenting operating procodure" that take into account the need for operating flexibility while at the amnie time assure that the licensee will exert his best effort to keep levels of radioactive ma- tertal in effluents ts low as practicable. The guidance set forth below provides more spe- chfIc guida.nce to iiceiuseeu In this re..pecl.


C.2.8 Chapter 8: Need for Power In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 8 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the need for power. For all licensing scenarios described in Section C.2, the analysis of the need for power and the cost-benefit analysis in Chapter 10 of this RG, the ER should only consider the modules for which licenses are being requested.
In using the guides set forth in section'
IV It Is expected that it should generally be feasible to keep average annual releases of radioActive niatcrial il effluents front Ilght-water-cooled nuclear power renclor within the levels set forth as numerlcal guides for design objectives In section ii above. At the saame time, the lirensee is per- mitted the flexlbility of operation, conmpatible with considerAtLions of health And safety, to assure that the public Is provided a depend- able rource of po0wer even under utusu:al operating conditions which nmay temporarily result In releases higher than such numerical guides for design objectives, but still Within i-veis tentt assure that actual expm'*lret to the pUblic are small fractions of naltiral background radiation. It is expected that ut using this operational flexibility under tun- usual operating conditions, the Il'ensee will exert his beat efforts to keep levels of rnidl)-
active material in effluentst wit' in the nu- merical guides for design objectives.


C.2.9 Chapter 9: Environmental Impacts of Alternatives In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 9 of this RG for the development of a discussion of the project alternatives.
SEc. TV, Gu:des for limiting conditions for opcration for light-urafer-cooled nuclear power reactors. A. If rates of release of radio- Active materials In effluents from liglht- water-cooled nuclear power reactors actually experienced, avernged over any calendar quarter, are such that the estimated anntal quantities or concentrations of radioactive material in effluents are likely to exceed twice the desIgn objective quantities and concentrations set forth in section If above, the licernee should:
I. make an investigation to Identify the causes for such release rates; and
2. define and Initiate a program of action to reduce such release rates to the design levels; and
3. report these actions to the Commislson on a timely basis.


With LLWRs, reasonable alternatives to the proposed action may be limited because of the plants large installed capacity. Because SMRs are much smaller in generating capacity, installations of individual renewable energy technologies (or combinations of renewable and non-renewable energy technologies), conservation, and/or energy efficiency could potentially meet the projects purpose and need. An alternative is not reasonable if it does not meet the purpose and need statement. The applicant should identify alternative energy sources that would meet the purpose and need of the proposed action as defined in Chapter 1 of the ER. For example, the alternative power source would generate the same amount of electrical energy (i.e., MWh/yr) with the same reliability as that generated by the total number of SMR modules for which the applicant has requested licenses, as well as any additional purposes identified in the purpose and need statement in Chapter 1.
B. If rates of release of radioactive ma- terial In liquid or gaseous effluents actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, are such that estimated annual quantities or concentrations of radioactive material in effluents are likely to exceed a range of 4-8 times the design objective quantitles and concentrations set forth In section TI above.6 the Commission will take appropriate action to assure that such re- lease rates ere reduced. (Section 50,360(a)
(2) requires the licensee to submit certain reports to the Commission with regard to the quantities of the principal radionuelides r-eleased to unrestricted areas. It also pro- vides that, on the basis of such reports and any additional information the Conuntsslon may obtain from the licenene and others, the commission may from time to time require the licensee to take Such ac~lon as the Commission deems appropriate.)
C. The guides for limiting conditions for operation described In paragraphs A and D
of this section are applicable to technical
' Release ;%tes within thou range would be expected to keep the annual exposure rate to individuals offalte within a range of 20-
40 mnrems per year during this quarterly period.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-6 For the site-selection process, the applicant should consider sites that could support all the modules for which licenses or permits are being requested, plus any planned future modules that the applicant concludes are reasonably foreseeable. Because SMRs are expected to require a smaller site footprint than LLWRs, a larger set of potential sites may need to be included in the site-selection process.
I
103


An applicant may request construction at a specific location to meet its purpose and need for an SMR facility. For example, an applicant may propose to use excess heat for industrial processes or station heating as an additional purpose for the proposed project, or provide a secure energy source for military, government, or critical industrial facilities. In these cases, the applicant must still submit alternative sites.
r Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix Ilof 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)
epecificatUona Includcd In any license au- thornzing operation of a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor constructed pursuant to a construction permit for which applica- tion was fied on or Mter January 2, 1971.


However, the region of interest (ROI) used for the site-selection process may be much smaller than is typical for LLWRs (e.g., the ROI may be limited to areas on or adjacent to the facility to which heat or power is being provided).
Fotr lght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors L constructed pursuant to a construction per- mit for which application was filed prior to January 2, 1971, appropriate technical &peel.
C.2.10
Chapter 10: Conclusion and Recommendation Chapter 10 of this RG should provide sufficient guidance for preparing concluding remarks and discussing the projects benefits and the environmental costs for the proposed action for which a license or permit is being requested. However, the applicant should note that any additional purposes and needs that are unique to the proposed SMR project should be accompanied by a description (quantified or qualified as the subject permits) of the benefits of each additional purpose in sufficient detail so that a fully informed benefit-cost conclusion can be reached.


C.2.11 Information to be Provided in Non-LWR Applications That Are Not SMRs The additional guidance in this section specifies differences in the information that should be provided in ERs supporting license or permit applications for non-LWRs.
ficaUtons should be developed to carry out the purpom of keeping levels of rs~dilontlve material In effluents to unrestricted arem as low as practicable. In any event, all holders of licenses authorizing operation of a light- water-cooled nuclear power reoactor ehould, after (36 months from effective date of this guide). develop technical specifications In conformity with the guides of this Section.


In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapters 1 through 10 of this RG for preparing the ER. However, for a non-LWR there may be significant differences in the analysis of postulated accidents and severe accident mitigation alternatives in Chapter 5. Similarly, there may be significant differences in the analysis of the environmental impacts associated with the fuel cycle (e.g.,
(Sec. 161, 08 Brat. 948: 42 UA.B. 2201)
fuel fabrication and spent fuel storage), transportation of radioactive material, and decommissioning in Chapter 6. An applicant for such a design should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR
Dated at Weahlngton. D.C., this 4th day of June 1971.
51.40 to discuss the information and analysis that should be provided in the ER to support the evaluation of the environmental impacts for these areas.


Reference C1. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions, Part 51, Chapter I, Title 10, Energy.49 
For the Atomic Energy Commission, W. B. MCCOOL,
Secrctary of the Commission.


49 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:  
IFit Doc.71-8049 Ilied 0-8-71:8:51 amn
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.}}
1
104
4}}


{{RG-Nav}}
{{RG-Nav}}

Revision as of 00:17, 11 January 2025

Guide to the Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants, Issued for Comment
ML13350A248
Person / Time
Issue date: 08/31/1972
From:
US Atomic Energy Commission (AEC)
To:
References
Download: ML13350A248 (113)


GUIDE TO THE PREPARATION

OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

U.S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION

DIRECTORATE OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

AUGUST 1972 ISSUED FOR COMMENT

GUIDE TO THE PREPARATION OF

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

U.S. ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION

DIRECTORATE OF REGULATORY STANDARDS

AUGUST 1972 Issued for comment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page INTRODUCTION

.................................................

National Environmental Goals

....................................

Applicant's Environmental Reports .................................

Commission Action on Environmcntal Reports .........................

Preparation of Environmental Reports ...............................

Criteria and Technical Specifications Relating to Environmental Impact ........

STANDARD

FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORTS FOR

NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

1.

OBJECTIVES OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY

.......................

3

3

4

1.1 Requirement for power

.......................

1.1.1 Demand characteristics ....................

1.1.2 Power supply

..........................

1.1.3 System demznd and resource capability comparison

1.1.4 Input and output diagram

.................

1.1.5 Report from Regional Reliability Council .......

1.2 Other primary objectives ........................

1.3 Consequences of delay

........................

2.

TH E SITE ...................................................

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9 Site location and layout

..

............

Regional demography, land and water use

..............

Regional historic and natural landmarks

...............

Geology .....................................

Hydrology

...................................

M eteorology

..................................

Ecoloý,

......................................

Background radiological characteristics

................

Other environmental features .......................

.. .. .. .. ..

.. .. .. .. ..

.. .. . .....

.. .. .. .. ..

.. .. .. ....

.. .. .. ....

.. .. .. . . ..

....

.. . . ..

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

8

9

9

9

9

9

9

10

10

10

11 II

I1

3.

TH E PLANT

................................................

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9 External appearance .............................

Reactor and steam-electric system

...................

Plant water use

................................

Heat dissipation system

..........................

Radwaste systems

..............................

Chemical and biocide systems

......................

Sanitary and other waste systems ....................

Radioactive materials inventory

.....................

Transmission facilities ............................

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

iii

PaOW

4.

ENVIRONMENTAL

EFFECTS

OF

SITE

PREPARATION,

PLANT

AND

TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION ..........................

12

4.J

Site preparation and plant construction ..

..........................

12

4.2 Transmission facilities con.iruction ..

.............................

13

4.3 Resources committed ...

......................................

13 S.

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF PLANT OPERATION ...................

13

5.1 Effects of operation of heat dissipation system ..

..................

..

13

5.2 Radiological impact on bio:j other than man ..

......................

14

5.2.1 Exposure pathways ......................................

is

5.2.2 Radioactivity in environment ...

.........................

..

Is

5.2.3 Dose rate estimiales ...

...................................

15

5.3 Radiological impact on man ...

................................

15

5.3.1 Exposure pathways ...

...................................

Is

5.3.2 Liquid effluents ....

...................................

..

Is

5.3.3 Gaseous effluents ....

...................................

16

5.3.4 Direct radiation ...

.....................................

16

5.3.4.1 Radiation from facility ..............................

16

5.3.4.2 Transportation of radioaclive materials ..

................

16

5.3.5 Other exposure pathways ..................................

17

5.3.5 Summary of annual radiation doses ...........................

17

5.4 Effects of chemical and biocide discharges ..

........................

17

5.5 Effects of sanitary and other Waste discharges ......................

17

5.6 Effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system

........

17

5.7 O ther effects .............................................

17

5.8 Resources committed ...

......................................

17

6.

EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS AND MONITORING

PROGRAMS ....................................................

18

6.1 Applicant's pre-operational environmental programs ...

.................

18

6.

1. I Surface waters

..............

........................

..

19

6.1.2 Ground water ..........................................

19

6.1.3 Air ...

..............................................

20

6.1.4 Land ..

..............................................

20

6.1.5 Radiological surveys ..

..................................

20

6.2 Applicant's proposed operational monitoring programs ..

...............

21

6.2.1 Radiological monitoring ..

................................

21

6.2.2 Chemical effluent monitoring ..

............................

21

6.2.3 Thermal effluent monitoring ..

.............................

21

6.2.4 Meteorological monitoring ..

..............................

22

6.2.5 Ecological monitoring ..

.................................

22

4

6.3 Related environmental measurement and monitoring programs ..........

22 iv

Pawe

7.

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS

.......................

23

7.1 Plant accidents

..........................................

23

7.2 Transportation accidents .....................................

28

7.3 Other accidents

..........................................

28

8.

ECONOMIC

AND SOCIAL

EFFECTS

OF PLANT CONSTRUCTION

AND

OPERATION ................................................

28

8.1 Value of delivered products ..................................

28

8.2 Incom e

...............................................

29

8.3 Em ployment ...................

.........................

29

8.4 Taxes .................................................

20

8.5 Externalities .............................................

29

8.6 Other effects ............................................

29

9.

ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES ......................

30

9.1 Alternatives not requiring the creation of new generating capacity

.......

30

9.2 Alternatives requiring the creation of new generating capacity

..........

,30

9.2.1 Selection of candidate regions ............................

30

9.2.2 Selection of candidate sit

e. plant alternatives

..................

32

9.3 Co.--nurison of practicable alternatives and the proposed facility .........

33

10.

PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES

................................

34

10.1 Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)

..................

36

10.2 Intake system

............................................

36

10.3 Discharge system .........................................

36

10.4 Chemical systems ..........................................

36

10.5 Biocide systems ..........................................

36

10.6 Sanitary waste system

.....................................

36

10.7 Liquid radwaste systems ....................................

36

10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems ...................................

37

10.9 Transmission facilities ...................................

....

37

10.10 Other systems ............................................

37

10.11 The proposed plant

.......................................

37

11.

SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS .............................

37

12.

ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATIONS

...............

37

13.

REFERENCES

..............................................

38 Table I - Monetized Bases for Generating Costs ............................

39 Table 2 - Guidance for Description of Environmental Effects ...................

40

Form AEC-

Benefits from the Proposed Facility

.........................

50

Form AEC-

Cost Description of Proposed Facility and Transmission Hook-Up .....

51 Supplementary Forms for Alternative Systems

.............................

54 v

APPENDICES

Page

1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 ("Interim Statement of General Policy and Procedure:

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 [Public Law

91-1901") .. ...................................................

85

2. Questionnaire for Eliciting Basic Data for Source-Term Calculation

.............

96

3. Example of Chart Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways .......................

99

4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 ("Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion 'As Low as Practicable'

for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents")

. ..

100

vi

4

INTRODUCTION

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS

Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power plant, the U.S.

Atomic Energy Commission is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that plant in order to assure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environmental goals, as set forth by the National Environmental Policy Act of

1969 (Public Law 91-190).

In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the Commission requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a

report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed plant and associated facilities.

The national environmental goals as expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are as follows:

"... it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all practical means, coiisistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may-

"(l) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations;

"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings;

"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial use of the environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences;

"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage and maintain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;

"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a

wide sharing of life's amenities; and

"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."

Executive Order 11514 (35 F.R. 4247) of March 4,

197/0, by which all Federal agencies were required, to the fullest extent possible, to direct their policies, plans and programs to meeting the goals set out in NEPA.

On April

2,

1970, the Commission's initial implementation of NEPA was published (35 F.R.

5463) as 4n Appendix D to

10 CFR Part 50.

Substantial amendments to Appendix EP were published on December 4, 1970 (35 F.R. 18469), and further minor amendments on July 7. 1971 (36 F.R. 12731).

On September 9, 1971, a major revision of Arn""dix D, entided "Interim Statement of General P,..x arid Procedure:

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (P. L.91-190), was published (36 F.R. 18071). A copy of Appendix D,

with amendments to May 18, 1972, is attached as Appendix I.

APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

The revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50 discusses, in the first five paragraphs of Section A, the required content of the Environmental Reports to be submitted by the applicant:

"1. lEach applicant'

for a permit to construct a ruclear power reactor... shall submit with AMs application three hundred copies ... of a separate document, entitled

'Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage,'

which discusses the following environmental considerations:

"(a) the environmental impact of the proposed action,

"(b) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented,

"(c) alternatives to the proposed action,

"(d) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and

'Where the "applicant", as used in the Appendix, is a Federal agency, different arrangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made. pursuant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.

The obligation of the Commission with respect to furthering of the above aims derives from the I

INTRODUCTION

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL GOALS

Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or an operating license for a nuclear power plant, the U.S.

Atomic Energy Commission is required to assess the potential environmental effects of that plant in order to assure that issuance of the permit or license will be consistent with the national environmental goals, as set forth by the National Environmental Policy Act of

1969 (Public Law 91-190).

In order to obtain information essential to this assessment, the Commission requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a

report on the potential environmental impacts of the proposed plant and associated facilities.

The national environmental goals as expressed by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are as follows:

" . . .it is the continuing responsibility of the Federal Government to use all practical means, cohisistent with other essential considerations of national policy, to improve and coordinate Federal plans, functions, programs, and resources to the end that the Nation may-

"(1) fulfill the responsibilities of each generation as trustee of the environment for succeeding generations;

"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, productive and esthetically and culturally pleasing surroundings;

"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial use of thp environment without degradation, risk to health or safety, or other undesirable and unintended consequences;

"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and natural aspects of our national heritage and maintain, wherever possible, an environment which supports diversity and variety of individual choice;

"(5) achieve a balance between population and resource use which will permit high standards of living and a

wide sharing of life's amenities; and

"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources and approach the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources."

The obligation of the Commission with respect to the furthering of the above aims derives from Executive Ordei

11514 (35 F.R. 4247) of March 4.

l9j0, by which all Federal agencies were required, to the fullest extent possible, to direct their policies, plans and programs to meeting the goals set oui in NEPA.

On April

2,

1970, the Conimission's initial implementation of NEPA was published (35 F.R.

5463) as an Appendix D to 10 CFR Part 50.

Substantial amendments to Appendix D were published on December 4, 1970 (35 F.R. 18469), and further minor amendments on July 7, 1971 (36 F.R. 12731).

On September 9, 1971, a major revision of Ar"'ndix D, entitled "Interim Statement of General PL,.,:. antd Procedure:

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (P. L.91-190), was published (36 F.R. 18071). A copy of Appendix D,

with amendments to May 18, 1972, is attached as Appendix I.

APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

The revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50 discusses, in the first five paragraphs of Section A, the required content of the Environmental Reports to be submitted by the applicant:

"I. Each applicant'

for a permit to construct a r aclear power reactor... shall submit with his application three hundred copies.. .of a separate document, entitled

.'Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage,'

which discusses the following environmental considerations:

"(a) the environmental impact of the proposed action,

"(b) any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented,

"(c) alternatives to the proposed action,

"(d) the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity, and

'Where the "applicant", as used in the Appendix. is a Federal agency. different arrangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made, pursuant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.

I

"(e) any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented.

"2. The discussion of alternatives to the p-, posed action in the Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall be sufficiently complete to aid the Commission in developing and exploring, pursuant to section

102(2XD) of the National Environmental Policy Act, 'appropriate alternatives .. .in any propo.!,a.

which involves unresolved conflicts L:.,tcrning alternative uses of available resot. ,::-ic.'

"3.

The Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall include a cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for reducing or avoiding adverse environmental effects, as well as the environmental, economic, technical and other benefits of the facility. The cost-benefit analysis shall, to the fullest extent practicable, quantify the various factors considered. To the extent that such factors cannot be quantified, they shall be discussed in qualitative terms.

The Environmental Report should contain sufficient data to aid the Commission in its development of an independent cost-benefit analysis covering the factors specified in this paragraph.

"4. The Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall include a discussion of the status of compliance of the facility with applicable environmental quality standards and requirements (including, but not limited to, thermal and other water quality standards promulgated under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act) which have been imposed by Federal, State and regional agencies having responsibility for environmental protection. In addition, the environmental impact of the facility shall be fully discussed with respect to matters covered by such standards and requirements irrespective of whether a certification from the appropriate authority has been obtained (including, but not limited to, any certification obtained pursuant to section

21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 2 ). Such discussion shall be reflected in

2No permit or license will, of course, be Issued with respect to an activity for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Act has not been obtained.

the cost-benefit analysis prescribed in paragraph

3.

While satisfaction of AEC

standards and criteria pertaining to radiological effects will be necessary to meet the licensing requirements of the Atomic Energy Act, the cost-benefit analysis prescribed in paragraph

3 shall, for the purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act, consider the radiological effects, together with the thermal effects and other environmental effects, of the facility.

"5.

Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility described in paragraph I shall submit with his application three hundred (300) copies ...

of a separate document to be entitled

'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage,'

which discusses the same environmental considerations described in paragraphs 14, but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed in the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted in iccordance with paragraph I.

The

'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage'

may incorporate by reference any information contained in the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted in accordance with paragraph

1. With respect to the operation of nuclear power reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall submit the 'Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage' only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full-power operation of the facility,3 except that such report shall be submitted in connection with the conversion of a provisional operating license to a full-term license."

As is clear from the above paragraphs, two Environmental Reports are require

d. The first is the

"Applicant's Environmental Report-Construction Permit Stage" which must be submitted in conjunction with the construction permit applicatio

n. The second is the

"Applicant's Environmental Report-Operating License Stage," which must be submitted later in conjunction with the operating license application. The second Report is, in effect, to be an updating of the first one and should:

a.

Discuss differences between currently projected environmental effects of the nuclear power plant sThis report is in addition to the report required at the construction permit stage.

4

4

2

(including those which would degrade and those which would enhance environmental conditions)

and the effects discussed in the Environmental Report submitted at the construction stage.

(Differences may result, for example, from changes in plans, changes in plant design, availability of new or more detailed information, or changes in surrounding land use or zoning classifications.)

b.

Discuss the results of all studies which were not completed at the time of pre-construction review and which were specified to be completed before the pre.operational review.

Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design and proposed operation of the plant.

c.

Describe in detail the monitoring programs which have been and will be undertaken to determine the effects of the operating plant on the environment. Include the results of preoperational monitoring activities.

A

listing of types of measurements, kinds, and numbers of. samples collected, frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the locations described and indicated on a map of the area.

d.

Discuss those planned studies, that are not yet completed, that may yield results relevant to the environmental impact of the plant.

COMMISSION

ACTION

ON

ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORTS

As noted in paragraph 6 of Section A of the revised Appendix D to 10 CFR 50, the Commission places each applicant's Environmental Report in the AEC's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C.

and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The Report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional and metropolitan clearinghouses.

At the same time, a public announcement is made and a summary notice published in the Federal Register.

The applicant's Environmental Report, relevant published information, and any comments received from interested persons are considered by the Commission's regulatory staff in preparing a "Draft Detailed Statement of Environmental Considerations"

concerning the proposed licensing action.

The regulatory staff's Draft Statement and the applicant's Environmental Report are transmitted for comment to the Council on Environmental Quality, to certain Federal agencies, and "to the Governor or appropriate State and local officials, who are authorized to develop and enforce environmental standards, of any affected State." Comments on the Report and the. Draft Statement are requested within a specified time interval. The Draft Statement is made available to the general public in the same manner as the Report.

As described in detail in paragraphs 6 through 9 of Section A of the revised Appendix D, the regulatory staff considers the comments on the Report and on the Draft Statement received from the various Federal.

State, and local agencies and officials, from the applicant, and from private organizations and individuals, and prepares a "Final Detailed Statement on the Environmental Considerations."

The Final Statement is transmitted to the Council on Environmental Quality and is made "available to appropriate Federal, State and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses." A public announcement is made and a notice of availability published in the Federal Register.

Subsequent hearings and action on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a construction permit or operating license are based on the Commission's Final Environmental Statement. The Environmental Statement takes into account information from many sources, including the applicant's Environmental Report and its supplements, and the comments of the various governmental agencies, the applicant, and private organization- and individuals.

The applicant's Environmental Report is an important document of public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give full attention to the completeness of the Report.

PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

The second Section of this Introduction, with particular reference to the paragraphs quoted from the revised Appendix D of 10 CFR 50, provides general information concerning the content of the applicant's Environmental Report. To provide specific and detailed guidance, the following "Standard Format and Content of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants"

has been prepared. Each applicant should follow this format in detail.

If any topics in the guide relate to information not available at the time the Environmental Report is prepared, the applicant should indicate when the information will be available. If any topics are not relevant to the particular plant under consideration, the applicant should identify them.

Descriptive and/or narrative text as well as tables, charts, graphs, etc. should be used. Each subject should be treated in sufficient depth and should be

3

documented 4 to permit a reviewer independently to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact. The exact length of the Environmental Report will depnd not only on the format adopted but, also and more importantly, on the nature of the plant and its environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs should be used wherever contributory to the clarity and brevity of the Report. Descriptive and narrative passages should be brief and concise. The number of significant figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the-data.

Pertinent published information relating to the site, the plant, and its surroundings should be referenced. Where published information is essential to evaluate specific environmental effects of the plant construction and operation, it should be included, in summary or verbatim form, in the Environmental Report or as an appendix to the report.

Some of the information to be included in the Environmental Report may have already been prepared by the applicant during consideration of the safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this information (whether in the form of text, tables or figures) should be incorporated in the Environmental Report where appropriate to. avoid duplication of effort.

4,,Documentation"

as used in this Guide means presentation of evidence supporting data and stalements and Includes: (I) references to published Information, (2) citations from the applicant's experience, (3) references to unpublished information developed by the applicant or the applicant's consultants. Statements not supported by documentation are acceptable provided the applicant identifies them either as Information for which documentation Is not available or as expressions of belief or judgment.

The site for a nuclear power plant may already contain one or more "unr&' (i.e. steam-electric plants),

either in being or for which an application for a construction permit or operating license has been filed.

The applicant, in preparing the Environmental Report relating to such a site, should consider the effec's of the proposed plant (and its in-service schedule) in conjunction with the effects of both pre-existing and projected' plants. Further, if the site contains sources of environmental impact other than electric power plants, the environmental impact of these and their interactions with the proposed plant should be taken into account.

CRITERIA

AND

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

RELATING TO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

Prior to issuance of a construction permit, the applicant will be required to prepare and submit, where applicable, proposed criteria and technical specifications relating to environmental impact. The criteria should be those identified for use in construction and operation of the facility to minimize environmental impact.

The technical specifications should specify the limits of chemical and thermal releases to the environment during construction and operation.

Administrative procedures, surveillance and controls to assure compliance with the proposed criteria and technical specifications should also be identified.

4

4

'Projected plants are those for which an application for a construction permit or operating license has been filed.

I

4

STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

1. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY

This Section should discuss the objectives of the proposed facility -

the power requirement to be satisfied, the system reliability to be achieved, any other primary objectives to be met - and.should do so in sufficient detail to make clear those aspects of the power requirement and system reliability, such as date of readiness, that will directly influence the choice of alternatives as presented in subsequent sections of the Environmental Report.

1.1 Requirement for power This Section should discuss the requirement for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in the region, considering the overall power supply situation, present load and projected load growth, reserve margins, and consequences of delay in providing the proposed new generation capacity on adequacy and reliability of the bulk power supply. The data presented should be consistent with that furnished to the Federal Power Commission and the Regional Reliability Council.

1.1.1 Demand characteristics The applicant should present data on the past pattern of demand characteristics and a forecast of future market trends. The presentation should include summary results of an appropriate sensitivity analysis indicating thi basis of demand forecasts, such as average income, present per capita consumption, or other correlates of power demand. The data identified below should include the five years preceding the filing of the Environmental Report through at least two years beyond the projected initial date of commercial operation of the last nuclear, unit with which the Report is concerned.

c)

Load duration curves or information derived from such curves to indicate economic or other reasons for type of generation selected.

1.1.2 Power supply This Section should discuss briefly the applicant's bulk power supply planning and present actual and projected generating capabilities, capacity purchases and capacity sales at the time of annual system peak.hour demand for the five years preceding filing of this Report through at least two years beyond the projected initial date of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the Environmental Report is concerned.

1.1.2.1 Capacity resources a) Capability assigned to each category of generation:

hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear.

pumped storage, etc.

b)

Capacity sales.

c) Capacity purchases.

d)

New generating units and their projected capabilities.

e)

Planned retirements of present capacities for economic, environmental or other reasons.

1.1.2.2 Reserve margin The applicant's minimum system reserve criterion should be described.

The basis and justification for its adoption should be presented.

Describe the method employed to determine the minimum system reserve criterion such as single largest unit, probability method based on loss of load one day in ten years, or historical data and judgment.

if probabilistic studies are used as a planning tool the results should be a)

b)

Annual system peak-hour demand, Annual system peak-hour demand adjusted to reflect firm power transactions with other power suppliers, and

5

stated along with the significant input data utilized, such as the load model, generating unit characteristics (including forced outage rates and maintenance schedules), the duration of periods examined, and a general description of the methodology employed.

Discuss the effect of operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s)

on the applicant's minimum system reserve criterion.

In addition, discuss the effects of present and planned interconnections on the minimum system reserve criterion.

Describe the minimum reserve margin responsibility to other participants of the area coordinating group or power pool.

1.1.3 System demand and resource capability comparison Show applicant's system demand, resource capability and reserve margin with and without the proposed nuclear unit(s). The information should be presented on two graphs:

Applicant's system demand or resources (MWe)

versus yeai,:

5 curves showing capability resources with the proposed unit(s) in operation, capability resources without the proposed unit(s), annual system peak demand, generating capability with the proposed unit(s), and generating capability without the proposed unit(s).

Applicant's reserve margin (as percent of annual system peak demand) versus years:

2 curves showing reserve margin with the unit(s) and reserve margin without the unit(s).

In all graplis the years, plotted as abscissae, should be from five years preceding the date of filing of the Environmental Report through at least two years after the scheduled initial date of operation of the last unit.

1.1.4 Input and output diagram A block diagram should be submitted showing the applicant's system power input and output (power consumption) at the time of peak-hour demand for for the first year of commercial operation.

The block diagram should represent the applicant's system capability resources (MWe), showing two categories of input:

(1) the applicant's system generating capabilities (MWe)

according to type (fossil, hydro, nuclear, other), and (2) the capacity transactions (MWe)

and other arrangements with outside organization(s).

(Identify each outside organization.)

The output of the block representing the applicant's system capability resources should consist of: (1) the peak demand (MWe)

for each load market category (industrial, commercial, residential, other),

and (2) the peak demand (MWe) for each wholesale market category (municipal, cooperative, other).

In addition, the output should show system firm power transactions, approximate total system losses, and system reserve, all in MWe. A separate block diagram should be provided for each generating unit with which the Environmental Report is concerned.

1.1.5 Report from Regional Reliability Council Submit the report by the appropriate Regional Reliability Council(s)

which identifies the requirement for power in the affected area.

This report should include:

a) Description of the minimum reserve criterion for the region or qubregion.

b)

Identification. description and brief discussion of studies conducted by the Council to determine the adequacy and reliability of power supply in the region or subregion for the first three years of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear unit(s)

at the time of annual peak-hour demand.

c) The latest date the proposed nuclear unit(s) can be placed in commercial operation without endangering the adequacy and reliability of the projected bulk power supply.

1.2 Other primary objectives If other primary objectivws are to be met by the proposed facility, such as the production of process steam for sale, or desalting water, an analysis of these should be made.

4

4 I

6

1.3 Consequences of delay The economic and other consequences of delays in the proposed project should be discussed.

Where the applicant has a legal obligation to supply energy to meet the demands of a specified area, the nature and extent of this obligation should be made clear.

The role of the proposed facility in fulfilling the applicant's obligation should be discussed.

The applicant should discuss the effects of delaying the scheduled in-service date of the proposed nuclear unit(s) on the adequacy and reliability of the power supply for the applicant's systems, subregion and region, as well as for other interconnected utilities in the subregion or region.

2.

THE SITE

This Section should present the basic, relevant information concerning those physical, biological, and human characteristics of the area environment that might be affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant on the designated site. To the extent possible, the information presented should reflect observations and measurements made over a period of years.

2.1 Site location and layout Provide a map showing the coordinates of the site and its location with respect to State, county and other political subdivisions. On detailed maps show location of the plant perimeter, exclusion area boundary, utility property, abutting and adjacent properties, including water bodies, wooded areas, and farms, nearby settlements, industrial plants.

parks and other public facilities, and transportation links (railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate total acreage owned by the applicant and that part occupied or modified by the plant and plant facilities.

Indicate other uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a visitor's center or park. A contour map of the site should also be supplied.

2.2 Regional demography, land and water use Two maps indicating the locations and areas of towns and cities should be provided, with the first covering an area of 10-mile radius centered at the proposed plant location and the second covering an area of 50-mile radius.

Each map should present the

16 cardinal compass directions identified by marked lines radiating from the reactor building location.

The 10-mile map should have circles, centered at the reactor building location, of I, 2, 3. 4,

5, and 10 miles radius; on the 50-mile map, circles with radii of 5, 10. 20, 30, 40 and 50

miles should be drawn. The populations (1970

census) of the towns and cities shown on the maps should be indicated either on tlte maps or in a separate tabulation.

The above maps will show 22.5'

segments bounded by arcs and compass lines. Prepare a duplicate pair of maps, omitting the towns and cities, and bisect each angle formed by two adjacent compass lines with a broken line.

This will generate sectors centered with respect to the compass directions.

The permanent and transient populations within these sectors should be tabulated for the following:

1970 (census), year of proposed plant startup, and census years through the anticipated life of the plant.

Descriptive material should include tables giving the population and visitor statistics of neighboring schools, plants, hospitals, sports facilities, residential areas. parks, beaches, etc.,

within 5 miles from the plant. Indicate the nature and extent of present land use (agriculture, livestock raising, dairies.

residences, industries, recreation, transportation. etc.).

Indicate the nature and extent of present water use (water supplies, irrigation, recreatioti, transportation, etc.) with ihe plant site and environs.

The applicant should provide data concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells and how they may result in the transport of material from the site to those or other wells. All points of water usage of a stream or lake within 50 miles should be identified and the population associated with each use point given.

In addition, all population centers taking water from waterwavs from the plant to the ocean should be tabulated (distance and population).

Sources which are river bank wells should be tabulated separately with their associated population.

Note whether any other nuclear facilities are located within a 50-mile radius of the site.

The degree of detail to be provided will generally depend upon distance from the

7

plant; that is, nearby activities (within 5 miles from the plant) should be desc:ribed in greater detail than those at greater distances.

2.3 Regional historic Pnd natural landmarks Areas valued for either their historic or natural significance may be affected. The Environmental Report should include a brief discussion of the historic and natural significance, if any, of the plant site and nearby areas with specific attention to the sites and areas listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the National Registry of Natural Landrnarks. (The

1972 cumulative revision of the National Register is in the Federal Register of March 15, 1972, 37 F.R.

5428; additions are published in the Federal Register on the first Tuesday of each month.)

State and local historical societies should also be consulted. In addition, indicate whether or not the site has any archaeological significance and explain how conclusions were reached. If such significance or value is present, describe plans to ensure its preservation.

State whether the proposed transmission line right-of-way from the plant to the hook-up with existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through or near any area or location of known historic, natural, or archaeological significance.

2.4 Geology Describe the major geological aspects of the site and its immediate environs. The discussion should be limited to noting the broad features and general characteristics of the site and environs (stratigraphy, soil and rock types, faults, seismic history).

2.5 Hydrology The effects of plant construction and operation on any adjacent above-ground or below-ground bodies of water are of prime importance.

Accordingly, describe the physical, chemical, and hydrological characteristics (and their seasonal variations)

of surface and ground waters (marshes, lakes, streams, estuaries, bays, oceans, etc.) of the site and the immediate environs. Include a description of significant tributaries above and below the site and the pattern and gradients of drainage in the area. Note that information relating to water characteristics should include measurements made on or in close proximity to the site.

Monthly and daily maxima, averages, and minima of important parameters of ground and surface waters, such as temperature, flow rate, velocity, water table height. gas and chemical stratification, circulation patterns, river and lake levels, tides, floods, currents, wave action, and flushing times, should be presented. Vertical and areal variations should be established on a regional basis as well as in the immediate vicinity of the site. If data are available, ground water contours (including seasonal variations) within 2 or 3 miles of the plant should be presented. (Note that water use at the site is discussed in Section 2.2.)

2.6 Meteorology Present data on site meteorology: (I) diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of temperature and humidity; (2) monthly wind characteristics including speeds, directions.

frequencies and joint wind speed, stability category, wind direction frequencies; (3) data on precipitation; (4) frequency of occurrence and effects of storms accompanied by high velocity winds including tornadoes and hurricanes. (In the second item, the joint wind speed-stability-direction frequencies should be presented in tabular form, giving the frequencies as fractions when using 5-year U.S. Weather Bureau summaries, or as number of occurrences when using only one or two years of onsite data. The data should be presented for each of the 16 cardinal compass directions, and the stability categories should be established to conform as closely as possible with those of Pasquill.)

2.7 Ecology In this Section the applicant should identify the important local flora and fauna, their habitats and distribution as well as the relationship between species and their environments. A species, whether animal or plant, is "important" if it is commercially or recreationally valuable, if it is rare or endangered, if it is of specific scientific interest or if it is necessary to the well-being of some significant species (e.g., a food chain component)

or to the balance of the ecological system.

In cataloging the local organisms, the applicant should identify and discuss the abundance of the terrestrial vertebrates, provide a map that shows the dist1fibution of the principal plant communities, and describe the plant communities and animal populations

4

4 I

8

within the aquatic environments.

The discussion should include species that migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds.

The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g. habitat, breeding, etc.); it should- include life histories of important regional animals, tE.-ir normal population fluctuations and their habitat requirements (e.g. thermal tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of food chains and other interspecies relationships, particularly when these are contributory to predictions or evaluations of the impact of the nuclear plant on the regional biota.

Identify any definable pre-existing environmental stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as any ecological conditions suggestive of such stresses. Describe the status of ecological succession.

Discuss any important histories of disease occurring in the regional biota as well as vectors or reservoirs of disease, or serious infestations by pest spe'cies.

The sources of information should be identified.

As part of this identification, present a list of any published material dealing with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs now in progress.

2.8 Background radiological characteristics Regional radiological data, including both natural background radiation levels and results of measurements of any concentrations of radioactive materials occurring in important biota, in soil and rocks and in regional surface waters should be reported.

These data, whether determined during the applicant's preoperational surveillance program (see Section 6.1.5) or obtained from other sources, should be referenced.

2.9 Other environmental features For certain sites, some relevant information on the plant environs may not clearly fall within the scope of the preceding topics.

Additional information may be required with respect to some environmental features in order to reflect the value of the site and site environs to important segments of the population.

Such information should be included here. Where relevant, the applicant should appraise and discuss the reaction of interested citizen groups to locating the proposed facility at this site.

3.

THE PLANT

The operating plant and transmission system are to be described in this Section.

Since the environmental effects are of primary concern in the Report, the plant effluents and plant.related systems that interact with the environment should be described in particular detail.

3.1 External appearance The building layout, plant perimeter, exclusion boundary, and plant profile should be shown to scale. by line drawings or other illustrative techniques.

The architectural design and efforts to make the structures and grounds aesthetically pleasing should be noted.

The location and elevation of release points for liquid and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated.

3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system The reactor type (BWR, PWR, HTGR, etc.),

manufacturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind (make) of turbine generator should be stated.

The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated and design electrical and thermal power of. the reactor as well as the in-plant electrical power consumption should be given.

3.3 Plant water use A quantitative water-use diagram for the plant should be presented, showing water flows to and from the various plant water systems (heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, process water system, etc.) The sources and condition (quality) of the water in each input and output should be described.

Show total consumptive use of water by the plant. The above data which quantify plant water use should be tabulated for various plant conditions including maximum power operation, minimum anticipated power operation, temporary shutdown, with and without cooling towers and cooling ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagram, cross-reference other

9

sections (e.g., Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7) for relevant data.

3.4 Heat dissipation system Heat-removal facilities should be discussed in detail. Simplified flow diagrams, sketches of intake and outfall structures are essential. The reasons for providing the particular facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduction of thermal effects) should be noted.

The source of the cooling water should be identified. (Its natural temperature, including monthly changes and stratification, should be described in Section 2.5.)

Topics to be covered include: quantity of heat dissipated;

quantity of water withdrawn, consumptive use, return: design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes or spray ponds: air, water flow rates, pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift atid drizzle (and methods used in making estimates)

for cooling towers:

blowdown volume, ,ate of discharge and physical and chemical characteristics for towers and ponds;

temperature changes, rate of changes and holdup times in cooling ponds; rate of evaporation of water from towers or ponds;

information on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created; design and location of water intake structures, including water depth, flow and velocity, screens.

number and capacity of pumps at intake structure;

temperature differences between withdrawn and returned water; time of travel across condenser and to end of contained discharge lines for different months and flows. details of outfall design including discharge flow and velocity.

Descriptions should include operational modes of important subsystems.

Describe procedures for reducing the thermal shock to aquatic biota during shutdown or refueling.

Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of blowdown of slimes and algal growth in the system, and of trash collected at the intake structures, should be described.

Data on relevant chemical constituents should be presented in Section 3.6.

3.5 Radwaste systems Provide a detailed description of the radwaste systems including flow diagrams showing origin, treatment, and disposal of all solid, liquid, and gaseous radioactive waste generated by the plant under consideration.

List estimated quantities, volumes and flow rates from all sources, expected aecontamination factors, holding times, and expected frequency and magnitude of variations from normal operating conditions. (Accident conditions are to be discussed under Section 7.)

Indicate which radwaste systems are used singly and which are used jointly with other units at the site, as applicable.

List all radionuclides (and their half-lives) that will be discharged with each effluent stream and give the expected anoual average release rates.

If the release rates are intermittent, give the maximum release rates and times involved.

Supply all pertinent supporting information, including a description of assumptions and computational methods used.

Identify the physical characteristics of all radioactive effluents-particulate. ionic, gaseous, etc.

State the concentrations of all liquid effluent radionuclides prior to mixing with receiving water body (e.g.. stream, lake, estuary). These concentrations should take into account dilution by plant water bodies such as cooling ponds or canals which receive effluents prior to mixing with the receiving water body.

Seasonal and operational variations in dilution water usage in radwaste effluents should be stated.

Describe the orifices (high stacks or vents)

from which airborne or gaseous radioactive materials are to be emitted, giving base and orifice elevations, inside diameter and shape.

In cases where the height of the emitting orifice is less than

2.5 times that of surrounding buildings, supply relevant information on height, location, and shape of nearby buildings and structures.

(Cross reference to Section 3.1 as appropriate).

Provide data on effluent velocity, volume flow rate from the orifice, and the temperature of the effluent gases if appreciably different from ambient.

3.6 Chemical and biocide systems Describe chemical additives (including corrosion inhibitors, chemical and biological antifouling agents), corrosion products, waste

'The information requested here is commonly called the

"source term." The applicant's attention is directed to the set of questions in Appendix 2 of this Guide. The responses to these constitute the basic data required in calculating the source term. The set of questions may be used by the applicant as a checklist to ensure the completeness of data presented in this Section of the Report.

4 U

11

10

streams or discharges from chemical processing and water treatment that may enter the local environment as a result of plant operation.

Maximum and average concentrations of chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling-system effluents should be given.

Ground deposition of chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be estimated.

The discussion should include description of procedures by which effluents will be treated, controlled and discharged, the expected nominal and maximum concentrations for each discharge, and the quantities that will be discharged in a specified time. Seasonal and operational variations in discharges should be described. A flow diagram (which may also be combined with the liquid radwaste system)

should be included.

3.7 Sanitary and other waste systems Describe any other nonradioactive solid or liquid waste materials, such as sanitary and chemical laboratory wastes, laundry and decontamination solutions, that may be created during plant operation. Describe the manner in which they will be treated and controlled and describe procedures for disposal.

Describe any other gaseous effluents (i.e.,

from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating plants, incinerators)

created during plant operation; estimate the frequency of release and describe how they will be treated before release to the environment.

3.8 Radioactive materials inventory The transportation of radioactive materials has potential environmental effects (to be discussed in Section 5.3). In this Section the radioactive materials to be transported to and from the site should be described.

Describe the type of fresh fuel to be used and the quantity to be shipped to the site each year. The form of fuel, enrichment, cladding, total weight per shipment, and expected form of packaging should be discussed.

Estimate the weight of irradiated fuel to be shipped from the site per year, the number of shipments per year, the average and maximum burnup for each shipment, the cooling time required prior to each shipment, and the expected form of packaging to be used.

Estimate the annual weight, volume and activity of radioactive waste materials (e.g..

spent resins and air filters) to be shipped from the site. Categorize the wastes according to whether they are liquid, solid or gaseous. Any processing that may be required before shipment, such as compacting or consolidating with vermiculite and cement, should he described.

3.9 Transmission facilities The Environmental Report should contain sufficient information to permit evaluation of the environmental impact of transmission lines and related facilities that must be constructed to convey energy from the proposed nuclear installation to an interconnecting point or points on the existing distribution system. For material useful in preparing this subsection.

the applicant is advised to consult the Department of Interiot/Department of Agriculture publication entitled

"Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission Systems"

(U.S.

Government Printing Office, 1971) and the Federal Power Commission publication

"Electoic Power Transmission and the Environment."

This portion of the Report should identify and discuss parameters of possible environmental significance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise, induced or conducted ground currents, and ozone production.

The applicant should supply contour maps and/or aerial photographs showing the proposed right-of-way and identifying any existing substation(s) or other point(s) at which the transmission line(s) will connect with the existing distribution system. The lengths and widths of the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. Any access roads, maintenance roads and new facilities located on or near the right-of-way should be shown. The applicant should indicate whether the land adjacent to the right-of-way has residential, agricultural, industrial or recreational uses. Any area where construction of the transmission line(s)

will require permanent clearing of vegetation, changes in topography, or removal of manmade structures should also be indicated as well as areas where the transmission line(s) will be placed underground. Indicate the degree to which the above-ground lines will be visible from frequently traveled public roads.

II

Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related facilities, such as substations, should be included in the Report. This portion of the Report should provide detailed profile drawings of the various types of transmission structures, including dimensions and specifying their color and finish. The type, number and configuration of conductors and the color, number and configuration of insulators should be described and illustrated as appropriate.

4.

ENVIRONMENTAL

EFFECTS

OF

SITE

PREPARATION, PLANT AND TRANSMISSION

FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION

The construction of a nuclear power plant and related faci.ities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects will be adverse.

Effects are considered adverse if environmental change or stress causes some biotic population or nonviable resource to be less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, less aesthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; or if the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair the recycling of depletable resources. The severity of unavoidable adverse effects should be reduced to minimum practicable levels.

In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental effects, it should be made clear which of these are considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible. Those effects which represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detailed consideration in Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion,

"irretrievable commitment of resources" alludes to natural sources and means a permanent impairment of these, e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding or nursing areas; interference with migratory routes;

loss of valuable or aesthetically treasured natural areas; as well as expenditure of directly utilized resources.)

4.1 Site preparation and plant construction The applicant should organize the discussion in terms of the effects of site preparation and plant construction on (a) land use and (b)

water use. The applicant should consider consequences to both human and wildlife populations and indicate which ate unavoidable, reversible, etc. according to the categorization set forth earlier in this Section.

In the land use discussion, describe how construction activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as creating building material supply areas; building temporary or permanent roads, bridges, service lines;

disposing of trash, excavating and land filling.

Provide information bearing on suL.h questions as: How much land will be torn up? For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?

What explosives will be used? Where and how often?

Indicate proximity of human populations and identify undesirable impacts on their environment arising from noise, from inconvenience due to the movement of men, material, machines, including activities associated with any provision of housing, transportation, educational facilities for workers arI

their families.

Describe any expected changes in accessibility of historical and archaeological sites in the region. Discuss measure!. designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects, such as erosion control, dust stabilization, landscape restoration, control of truck traffic, restoration of affected animal habitat.

The discussion should also include any effects of site preparation and plant construction activities whose consequences may be beneficial to the region, as, for example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and/or recreational facilities.

The discussion of water use should describe the impingement of site preparation and construction activities on regional water (lakes, streams, ground water, etc.). Such activities would include the construction of cofferdams, and/or storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins or other structures enabling ingress or egress from the plant by water. Examples of other pertinent activities are the construction of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening a water channel and operations affecting water levels (flooding), etc. The applicant should describe the effects of these activities on navigation, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water supply, aesthetics and so on as applicable. Measures to mitigate undesirable effects, such as flood and pollution control, installation of fish ladders or elevators and other procedures for habitat improvement should be described.

I

I

I

12

4.2 Transmission facilities construction The effects of construction and installation of transmission line towers and facilities on the land and on the people, including those living in and those visiting or traveling through the adjacent area, should be discussed in this Section. (Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.)

The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion but the applicant should include additional material if it is relevant:

a)

Any permanent changes that will be induced in the physical and biological processes of plant and wild life through the changes in the hydrology, topography or ground cover during construction and installation of the transmission lines.

b)

Total length of new lines and number of towers through and in various categories of visually sensitive land .(that is sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers)

such as natural shoreline, marshland, wildlife refuges, parks, national and state monuments, scenic areas, recreation areas, historic areas, national forests and/or heavily timbered areas, shelter belts, steep slopes, wilderness areas.

c)

Number and length of new access and service roads required.

d)

Erosion directly traceable to construction activities.

e)

Plans for protection of wildlife, for disposal of slash and unmerchantable timber, and for cleanup and restoration of area affected by clearing and construction activities.

4.3 Resources committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources (loss of land, destruction of biota, etc.) which are expected should site preparation and plant and transmission facilities construction proceed.

Such losses should be evaluated in terms of their relative and long term net, as well as absolute, impacts. (See Section 5.8 of this Guide for more detailed consideration.)

5.

ENVIRONMENTAL

EFFECTS

OF

PLANT

OPERATION

This Section describes the interaction of the plant (discussed in Section 3) and the environment (discussed in Section 2). To the extent possible, the applicant should avoid repeating the material presented in Sections 2 and 3. Measures planned to reduce any undesirable effect of plant operation on the environment should be described in detail.

In the discussion of environmental effects, as in Section 4. effects that are considered unavoidable but either inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.

Those effects which represent an irretrievable commitment of resources should receive detaill.d consideration in Section 5.8.

The impacts of operation of the proposed facility should be, to the fullest extent practicable.

quantified and systematically presented.'

In the discussion of each impact. the applicant should make clear whether the supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, on-site, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact-the plant subsystem, waste effluent-and the population or resource affected should be made clear in each case The impacts should be distinguished in terms of their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, and land.

Finally, as directed by the Guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (36 F.R. 7724, April 23,

1971), the applicant should discuss the relationship between local short-term uses of man's environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity. In accordance with this directive, the applicant should assess the action for cumulative and long-term effects from the point of view that each generation is trustee of the environment for each succeeding generation. This means considering, for example, the commitment of a water source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impairment of other actual or potential uses, and any other long-term effects to which the operation of this facility may contribute.

S.1 Effects of operation of heat dissipation system Waste heat, dissipated by the system described in Section 3.4, alters the thermal conditions of the environment. In all cases the heat is eventually transferred to the atmosphere.

Since the transfer is usually effected through the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary or ocean or by the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the hydrology of the

  • 'Quantincation of environmental costs is discussed in Section 10.

13

environment (Section 2.5) and thd aquatic ecology (Section

2.7)

are of primary importance in determining what effects the released heat will have on the environment.

Describe the effect that the heated effluent will have on the temperature of the receiving body of water with respect to space and time.

Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model studies that have been performed to determine these characteristics, giving references to reports that provide supporting details. Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality of the waters of any other State or States.

Describe the thermal standards applicable to the water source (including maximum permissible temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and whether, and to what extent, these standards have been approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

Describe the effects of released heat on marine and fresh.water life. Give basis for prediction of effects.

In this discussion, appropriate references to the baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.7 should be made.

Expected thermal effects should be related to the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for important (as defined in Section 2.7)

aquatic species and the food base which supports them. The evaluation should consider not only the mixing zone, but the entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by operation of the proposed plant.

Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and discharge structures (described in Section

3A) to fish species and food base organisms should be identified and steps planned to measure and minimize the hazards should be discussed.

Diversion techniques should be discussed in light of information obtained from ecological studies on fish population, size, and habitats.

The effects of passage through the condenser on zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small nektonic forms such as immature fish and the resultant implications for the important species and functional groups should be discussed.

The applicant should discuss the potential biological effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water body, especially where water is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into another. This includes such factors as dissolved oxygen, nutrients, scouring, and suspended sediments.

Plant-inJuced changes in the temperature of the discharged water subsequent to environmental stabilization, can affect aquatic life in the receiving body.

Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary related conditions) including the dependence of effects on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be indicated, particularly where temperature cycling in the receiving waters is likely to be large (e.g.,

refueling in winter). Discuss steps to be taken to mitigate the effects of shutdown.

Discuss the expected environmental effects, if any, of heat dissipation facilities such as cooling towers, lakes, spray ponds, or techniques such as dilution with additional water or diffuser systems on the local environment and on agriculture, housing, highway safety, airports, or other facilities with respect to meteorological phenomena including fog or icing, cooling tower blowdown and drift, noise.

If fog or icing may occur, the estimated hours per year, distances, directions, and transportation arteries potentially affected should be presented.

Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing with other effluents in the atmosphere.

(Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from cooling tower blowdown Ind drift should be discussed in Section 5.4).

5.2 Radiological impact on biota other than man In this Section the applicant should consider the impact on biota other than man attributable to the release of radioactive materials from the facility. Specifically, the discussion should include an estimate of typical maximum dose rates (rad/year) for species of local flora and local and migratory fauna considered to be "important" as defined in Section 2.7i

4

4 I

14

5.2.1 Exposure pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of the important local flora and local and migratory fauna should be identified and described in textual and flowchart format. (An example of an exposure pathway chart is given in Appendix 3.) The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading to important species) to organisms or sites.

5.2.2 Radioactivity in environment In Section

3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the liquid and gaseous effluents from the facility are listed. In this Section, the applicant should consider how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the environment.

Specifically, estimates should be provided for the radionuclide concentrations in any surface waters (including the water that receives any liquid radioactive effluents),

on land areas, and on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs. If there are other components of the physical environment that may become contaminated and thus cause the exposure of living organisms to nuclear radiations, they should be identified and their radioactivity burden estimated.

In addition, information concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the environment, such as in sediments, should be presented and discussed.

5.2.3 Dose rate estimates From considerations of the exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, the applicant should estimate the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and the resultant dose rates (rad/year).

Values of bioaccumulation factors2 used in preparing

2The bloaccumulation factor is the equilibrium ratio:

(concentration in organLsm)/(concentratIon in water). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such references as:

W. H. Chapman, H. L. Fisher, M. W. Pratt, "Concentration factors of chemical elements in edible aquatic organisms",

University of California Radiation Laboratory report UCRL,- 50564 (December 30, 1968).

A. M. Freke, "A Model for the Approximate Calculation of Safe Rates of Discharge of Radioactive Wastes Into Marine Environments" Health Physic, 13, 734 (1967).

the estimates should be based on site.specific data if available- otherwise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations.

Since the region may contain many important specics, the applicant should limit the calculations to estimating the dose rates experienced by selected species (indicator organisms)

from habitats (terrestrial and/or aqueous) having the highest potential for radiation exposure.

5.3 Radiological impact on man In this Section the applicant should consider the radiological effects of facility operation and transportation of radioactive materials on manl.

Estimates of the radiological impact on man via various exposure pathways should be provided.

5.3.1 Exposure pathways The various possible pathways for radiation exposure of man should be identified and described in textual and flowchart format.

(An example of an exposure pathway chart is given in Appendix 3.) As a minimum, the following pathways should be evaluated:

drinking; swimming; fishing: eating fish.

invertebrates, and plants.

5.3.2 Liquid effluents Estimate the expected annual average concentrations of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (if discharges are intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual averages should be estimated.)

Specify the dilution factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations where the dilution factors are applicable.

Provide data on recreational and similar use of receiving water and its shoreline, e.g.,

swimming, fishing, picnicking, hunting, clam digging. Include any persons who derive the major parts of their incomes from water adjacent to the site and Indicate the amount of time spent per year in this activity.

i5

Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should be included, such as the number of acres irrigated, points at which irrigation water is drawn (downstream from the site), what type(s) of crops are produced within 50 miles of the site and the yield of each crop per acre.

Provide data on the commercial fish and seafood catch (number of pounds per year of each species within the region). Include any harvest and usage of seaweed or other aquatic plant life.

Determine the expected radionuclide concentrations in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human food chains. Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 5.2.3 or supply others as necessary.

Calculate the following, using the above information and any other necessary supporting data (provide details and models of the calculation as an appendix):

Total body and significant organ doses (rem/year)

to individuals in the population from all receiving water-related exposure pathways, i.e.,

all sources of internal and external exposure.

5.3.3 Gaseous effluen:.

From release rates of radioactive gases and meteorological data (Sections 3.5 and 2.6, respectively), estimate total body and significant organ doses (rem/year)

to individuals exposed at the point of maximum ground-level concentrations off-site.

Assume annual average meteorological conditions for a BWR and limiting meteorological conditions for a PWR. Identify locations of points of release (stack, roof vent, etc.) used in calculations.

Estimate deposition ot radioactive halogens and particulates on food crops and pasture grass.

Consider maximum ground-level deposition on pasture grass, even though milk cows may not be grazing there at the present time. Estimate total body and thyroid doses (rem/year) and significant doses received by other organs via such potential pathways (include, in particular, the air-grass-milk pathway).

Provide an appendix describing the models used in these calculations.

5.3.4 Direct radiation

5.3.4.1 Radiation from facility The applicant should provide, an estimate of the total external dose (rem/year) anC the total population external dose (man-rem/year) received by individuals outside the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation emitted by turbines and radioactive waste vessels.

In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates received by individuals in nearby schools, hospitals. or other publicly used facilities.

5.3.4.2 Transportation of radioactive materials Radioactive materials to be shipped to and from the plant during its operation have been identified and described in Section

3.8.

In this Section the direct radiation exposure of man attributable to the transportation of these materials should be estimated.

The applicant should identify the supplier of the fresh fuel and the most likely route to be taken by the carrier from the point of supply to the plant.

The distance, most likely mode of transport and details of shipment should be described.

The latter discussion should include information on the number of fuel elements per package, number of packages per vehicle (truck, barge, railroad car)and the probable number of shipments per year. The applicant should estimate the radiological dosage, if any, to drivers, helpers and population along the transport route.

Similar information concerning shipments of irradiated fuel should be

,upplied by the applicant.

In connection with the description of shipment details, the applicant should indicate the method of in-transit cooling and the methods used to contain leaking fuel assemblies. The applicant should estimate the radiological doses in man-rem per trip and per year to drivers, helpers and population along the transport route.

4 I

4

16

For other radioactive wastes to be shipped from the plant, the applicant should identify the disposal site and its distance from the plant, the most likely route of transport, mode of transport as well as the type of packaging, the number, weight and activities of packages to be shipped each year.

The applicant should estimate the radiological doses in man-rem per trip and per year to driver, helpers and population along the transport route.

5.3.5 Other exposure pathways Provide estimates of individual total body doses (rem/year)

and population total body doses (man-rein/year) that could be received via pathways other than those previously discussed. Discuss any exposure pathways.

if they exist, involving radionuclides accumulated in sediments or in other components of the environment.

(See Section 5.2.2.)

5.3.6 Summary of annual radiation doses The applicant should present a table that summarizes the estimated radiation dose to the regional population from all plant-related sources using values calculated in previous Sections.

The tabulation should include (a) the total body doses to the population (man-rem/year)

from all receiving water-related pathways and (b) the total distances from the point of discharge should be provided. The effects on terrestrial and aquatic environments from chemical wastes which contaminate ground water should be included.

The effects of chemicals in cooling tower blowdown and drift on the environment should also be considered in this Section.

5.5 Effects of sanitary and other waste discharges Sanitary and other waste systems have been described in Section 3.7. Treat the expected discharges as in Section 5.4.

5.6 Effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system The environmental effects of operation and maintenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the pre-existing network must be evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear the applicant's plans for maintenance of the right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of use.Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land resources, and scenic values should be evaluated.

This Section of the Report should also reference the applicant's estimate of any electrical effects of potential environmental significance which were, previously identified and discussed in Section 3.9.

5.7 Other effects The applicant should discuss any effects of plant operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic of Sections 5.1 to 5.6. These may include changes in land and water use at the plant site, interaction of the plant with other neighboring plants, and disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those discussed in Sections 5.3 through 5.5.

5.8 Resources committed Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources due to plant operation. This discussion should include both direct commitments,. such as depletion of uranium resources, and Irreversible environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife habitat.

body doses t

(man-rem/year)

ati effluents out to a miles from the site.

o the population tributable to gaseous distance at least of 50

5.4 Effects of chemical and biocide discharges Chemical and biocide discharges have been described in Section 3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections 2.5 and 3.3. In this Section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be compared with natural ambient concentrations without the discharge and also compared with applicable water standards.

The projected effects of the effluents for both acute and chronic exposure of the biota (including any long-term buildup in sediments and in the biota) should be identified and discussed.

Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving waters should be discussed in detail and estimates of concentrations at various

17

In this discussion the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the immediate region. Such a loss however, in the case of a small local population, could be less serious if the same species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in the environs. These relative assessments should accordingly include statements expressed in percentage terms in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in which tile total in the immediate region is related to that in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in terms of areas and distances from the site.

In evaluating long-term effects for their net consequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, the impact of thermal and chemical discharges on fish. There may be severe losses in the local discharge area. However, the slight temperature elevation of neighboring regions of the water body, together with possible synergistic effects of diluted chemical discharges, may augment the spawning rate. In such a case the local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important species, caused by, or expected to be caused by, the operation of the plant should be examined with the view of determining whether they represent long-term net losses or long-term net gains. The considerations are also applicable to Sections 9 and 10 of the Report.

6.

EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURE-

MENTS AND MONITORING PROGRAMS

The purposes of this Section are to describe in detail the means by which the applicant collected the baseline data presented in other Sections and to describe the applicant's plans and programs for monitoring the environmental impacts of site preparation, plant construction and operation.

Section 6.1 is addressed to the measurement ot pre-existing characteristics of the site and the surrounding region. This program will establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent environmental effects attributable to the activity.

The applicant's attention is directed to two considerations pertinent to this Section. First, the term "pre-existing" means, in all cases, at least pre-operational. A given characteristic or parameter may or may not require assessment prior to site preparation and plant construction, depending on whether that particular characteristic may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this Guide indicates the specific environmental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the parameters to be measured will be apparent. In some cases, it may be necessary for the applicant to establish a monitoring program based on his own identification of potential or possible effects and to provide his underlying rationale for such. Accordingly, the applicant should carefully review the plans for measurement of pre-existing conditions to ensure that these plans include all factors which must be subsequently monitored during plant operation, as discussed in Section 6.2.

Sampling design, frequency, methodology (including calibration and checks with standards)

and instrumentation for both collection and analysis are to be discussed and justified as applicable.

Information should be provided on instrument sensitivity and, especially for highly automated systems, reliability.

6.1 Applicant's pre-operational environmental programs The programs for collection of environmental data prior to operation should be described in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The description of these programs should be confined principally to technical descriptions of instrumentation, technique, and procedures. Organizational aspects such as scheduling or validation are relevant only as they may bear upon technical program characteristics.

Where information from the literature has been used by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and documented by reference to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support important conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide either extensive quotations or references to accessible secondary sources.' In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicant's field measurements.

'Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environmental impact of the proposed action should be included as appendices or supplements to the Environmental Report, unless the reports are otherwise generally available.

4

4

!

18

6.1.1 Surface waters When a body of surface water may be affected by the proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the applicant should describe the programs by which the background condition of the water and the related ecology were determined. In cases where a natural water body has already been subjected io environmental stress from pollutant sources, the nature of this stress and its consequences should be evaluated.

The applicant should then estimate the potential quality of the affected water body, assuming removal of the existing pollutant ,,ources; knowledge of this quality level will permit evaluation of any adverse effect of the proposed facility.

6.1.1.1 Physical and chemical parameters The programs and methods for measuring physical and chemical parameters of potentially affected surface waters should be described.

The sampling program should be presented in sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth) and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling frequency),

giving due consideration to seasonal changes in effluent. This description of data collection programs should include methods used in determining the pre-existing condition of the surface waters with respect to any parameters which might change as a result of plant operation.

This discussion should include a description of the techniques used to identify any condition that might lead to interactions with plant discharges, for example, the presence of impurities in a water body which may react synergistically with heated effluent.

In addition to describing the programs for obtaining the data, the applicant should also describe the computational models used in predicting effects. The applicant should indicate how the models were verified and calibrated.

6.1.1.2 Ecological parameters The applicant should describe the preoperational program used to assess the ecological characteristics identified in Section 2.7. Those portions of the program concerned with determining the presence and abundance of species should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern and duration of observation.

The applicant should describe how taxonomic determinations were made and validated.

In this connection, the applicant should discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or other means whereby consistent identification will be assured.

Describe the methods used or to be used for observing natural variations of ecological parameters.

If these methods will involve indicator organisms, the criteria for their selection should be presented.

The applicant should discuss the rationale for predicting which non-lethal physiological and behavioral responses of important species may be affected because of construction and operation of the facility.

This discussion should be appropriately correlated with the description of the monitoring program.

Sources of parameters of lethality for organisms potentially affected by plant discharges should be identified.

The methodology for determining such parameters should be reviewed with respect to applicability to actual local conditions to be anticipated during operation, including interactive effects among multiple effluents and existing constituents of the surface water body concerned.

6.1.2 Ground water In those cases in which the proposed facility or a practicable design alternative may potentially affect local ground water, the program leading to assessment of potential effects should be described.

6.1.2.1 Physical and chemical parameters The properties and configuration of the local aquifer will have been defined in sufficient detail (in Section

2.5) to permit a reasonable projection of effects of plant operation on the

19

ground water. Methods for obtaining information on ground water levels and ground water quality should be described.

6.1.2.2 Models Models may be used to predict effects, such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion of contaminants, and eventual transport through aquifers to surface water bodies. The models should be described and supporting evidence for their reliability and validity presented.

6.1.3 Air The applicant ,!-ould describe the program for obtaining information on local air quality, if wIlcv:,nt, and local meteorology.

The description should show the basis for predicting such effects as the dispersion of gaseous effluents and alteration of local climate (e.g., fogging and icing) as well as present the methodology for gathering baseline data.

6.1.3.1 Meteorology The applicant should identify sources of meteorological data relevant to such effects as the dispersion of water vapor, dissolved solids and particulates carried by droplets. Locations of observation stations, instrumentation, and frequency and duration of measurements should be specified both for the applicant's measuring activities and for activities of governmental agencies or other organizations on whose information the applicant intends to rely.

6.1.3.2 Models Any models used by the applicant either to derive estimates of basic meteorological information or to estimate the effects of effluent systems should be described and their validity and accuracy discussed.

6.1.4 Land Data collection programs concerning the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility should be described and justified with regard to both scope and methodology.

  • 6.1.4.1 Geology and soils Geological studies conducted in support of safety analyses should be briefly summarized and reference made to the rulevant safety reports for a more detailed presentation. The applicant should describe the collection of data on any soil conditions that may be altered by plant construction and operation. The description should include identification of the sampling pattern and the justification for its selection, the sampling method, holding periods and pre-analysis treatment, and analytic techniques.

6.1.4.2 Land use and demographic surveys The applicant should describe his program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring demographic data for the region.

Sources of information should be identified and their accuracy assessed.

Methods used to forecast from data should be described.

6.1.4.3 Ecological parameters In this Section the applicant should discuss the program used to assess the ecological characteristics of the site with primary reference to important terrestrial biota.

In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic biota (Section

6.1.1.2).

However, the difference in habitat, differences in animal physiology and other pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design of the assessment program.

The applicant

.ý.,ould present, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its predictive aspects and the details of its methodology.

6.1.5 Radiological surveys This Section of the Environmental Report should discuss the methods used to determine the pre-operational radiation levels at the site and environs and the

4

4

4

20

concenlrations of any radioactive materials occurring in important local and regional biota, as well as in soil, rocks and surface waters (see Section 2.8).

The methods used should be thoroughly described and documented. The discussion should include identification of sampling or collection sites, sampling methods, duration and frequency, and analytical procedures (including pre-analysis treatment, instruminentation and mininiuni sensitivities) as applicable.

6.2 Applicant's proposed operational monitoring programs Tile applicant should present the proposed operational monitoring program for the facility.

Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant includes maps of observation sites and tabnlar presentation of summary descriptors of such facto:s as frequency, type of sampling, method of collection, analytic method, holding times and pre-analysis treatment, instrumentation, and minimum sensitivities. The program description should be explidt with respect to the parameter limits that are not to be exceeded under normal operating conditions and with regard to the actions planned in the event th'!

limits are exceeded.

6.2.1 Radiological monitoring The applicant's operational monitoring program for radiological effects should be described both for the plant monitoring system and the environmental monitoring program.

6.2.1.1 Plant monitoring system Describe, in general, in-plant monitoring systems for radioactive liquid and gaseous effluents. Discuss the sensitivity limits for detecting radioactivity corresponding to rc:,,drnely expected release rates. List the effluent streams, if any, that wili not be monitored and provide brief rationale for the absence of monitoring.

6.2.1.2 Environmental radiological monitoring The operational surveillance program should be described in detail, with specific allention given to lhe types of samples to be collected, sampling locations and frequency, and tlhe analyses to be performed on each sample.

The analytical sensitivity (detection threshold) for e.jclh analysis and tile schedule for reporting data collected froni the surveillance program should be discussed.

6.2.2 Chemical effluent monitoring The proposed measurement program, including instrumentation, locations and frequencies, and analytical techniques, should be fully described. The description of the program should include inst r u me ntation sensitivity and.

particularly in the case of automated systems, reliability. Monitoring procedures prescribed by local. State.

or Federal agencies as conditions placed upon operation should be so identified.

The criteria for setting threshold levels for corrective action should be presented. In the case of prescribed quantitative standards set by agencies, the applicable regulation should be cited. In the case of quantitative limits set by tile applicant to conform to qualitative standards or rest rictions, the applicant's rationale should be presented. In either case, the action to be taken if measurements exceed thresholds should be specified.

If the program for monitoring chemical effluents does not include monitoring substances which are naturally present in the intake water and are routinely discharged from the facility, the bases for these omissions should be verified.

6.2.3 Thermal effluent monitoring The proposed program for monitoring thermal effluents should be described and sampling sites located on maps or diagrams.

Sampling procedures, schedules, and instrumentation sensitivity and reliability should be described.

Applicable water quality standards should be cited. It should be made clear how conformance to such standards is verified.

In particular, if conformance is inferred by extrapolation from measurements using a computational model, the validity of the

21

model should be reviewed. The applicant should present the criteria used to determine the action to be taken when surveillance indicates non-conformance:

the specific remedial actions should be identified.

Obligations for reporting results should be stated and schedules presented.

6.2.4 Meteorological monitoring The applicant's program for monitoring meteorological phenomena should be described. In cases where possible fogging and icing in the environs are predicted. the quantitative levels of the phenomena to be observed should be specified. The applicant should describe plans for compiling data, verifying models, and accumulating results useful in planning other facilities. Means by which the meteorological effects of plant operation can be isolated from natural meteorological phenomena should be described. (This may include correlation of data with observations made at a site nearby, but out of range of significant effects originating within the site.) The applicant should indicate the action planned to mitigate adverse effects (e.g.,

Ihghway icing) in the event a real hazard develops.

6.2.5 Ecological monitoring In the pre-operational surveillance program the applicant will have established methodology for determining the ecological characteristics of the region. In principle, this methodology should be appropriate for the subsequent monitoring program to be maintained during plant operation. However, the applicant may choose to modify some aspects of his methodology in view of the requirement for protracted monitoring. Such aspects, may include frequency, observation sites and so forth. These should be described and justified. Also, the applicant should, in this Section, indicate how changes in the physiological and behavioral characteristics of the observed biota will be ascribed either to specific effects of plant operation or to natural variation.

6.3 Related environmental measurement and monitoring programs When the applicant's site lies within a region for which environmental measurement and/or monitoring programs are carried out by public or other agencies not directly supported by the applicant, these programs should be identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent findings to the proposed facility's effects should be described and plans for exchange of information should be presented.

Agencies responsible for the programs should be identified and. to the extent possible, the procedures and methodologies employed should be described in the same manner as for the applicant's own programs.

7.

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS

The applicant should discuss thie environmental effects of possible accidents which may occur within the plant or during transportation of radioactive materials.

7.1 Plant accidents'

Postulated accidents are discussed in another context in applicant's safety analysis reports.

The principal line of defense is accident prevention through correct design, manufacture, and operation, and a quality assurance program is used to provide and maintain the necessary high integrity of the reactor system. Deviations that may occur are handled by protective systems to place and hold thie plant in a

safe condition.

Notwithstanding all this, the conservative postulate is made that serious accidents might occur, in spite of the fact that they are extremely unlikely, and engineered safety features are installed to mitigate the consequences of these unlikely postulated events.

In the consideration of the environmental risks associated with the postulated accidents, the probabilities of their occurrence and their consequences must both be taken into account.

Since it is not practicable to consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of accidents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is divided into classes.

Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate and a set of consequences.

Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be considered by applicants in preparing the

'The text of this Section was published in 36 F.R.

228S5-22854, December 1, 1971.

4

4 I

22

section of Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents, from t(ie most trivial to the most severe, is divided into nine classes, sorne of which have subclasses. The accidents stated in each of the first eight classes tabulated below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental Reports: however, other accident assumptions may be more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions as not specified, or where those specified are deemed unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the stale of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the specific design arid operational characteristics of tile plant under consideration.

For each class, except Class I and 9, the environmental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated. Those classes of accidents, other than Classes I and 9, found to have significant adverse environmental effects shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of occurrence, to permit estimates to be made of environmental risk or cost arising from accidents of tile given class.

Class I events need not be considered because of their trivial consequences.

Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis reports and AEC

staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the design-basis events to establish the performance requirements of engineered safety features. The highly conservative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk evaluation, because their use would result in a substantial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically. Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe than those given for the same events in safety analysis reports where more conservative evaluations are used.

The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of postulated successyive failures more severe than those postulated for the design basis for protective systems and engineered safety features. Their consequences could be severe.

However, the probability of their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and conservative design are all applied to provide and maintain the required high degree of assurance that potential accidei.:s in this class are, and will remain.

sufficiently remote in probability tha tile environmental risk is extremely low. For these reasons, it is riot fcccssar, to discuss such events in the Enviiitomiental Reptrt.

Furthermore, it is not necessary it) take into account those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and thereby the calculated risk to the environment made equivalent It) that which might be hypothesized for a Class 9.

event.

The applicant may substitute other accident class breakdowns and alternative values of radioactive material releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution is justified in the Environmental Report.

ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS

ACCIDENT- 1.0 Trivial itcidents These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 [Sec Appendix 4 of this Guide] .

A CCIDEN T- 2.0

Small Release Outsile Contaiwnent These releases shall include such things as releases through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks of radioactive materials outside containment. These releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]

ACCCIDEANT-3.0 Radwaste Svstem 1ailure

3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (Includes operator error)

(a)

Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average inventory in the larges storage tank shall be assumed to be released.

(b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values are to be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

2 Copies of these Guide(s), dated November 2, 1970. are available at the Commission's Public Document Room. 1"17 1i Street, N. W. Washington, D.C. and (in request to the Director.

Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission.

Washington, D.C. 20545.

23

(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents (Includes failure of release valve and rupture disks)

(a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be assumed to be released.

(b) Meteorology assumptions: y/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by die frequency of the wind blows in each direction.

3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents (a) Radioactive liquids:

100% of the average storage tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the floor of the building.

(b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain in[,,A.

(c) Meteorol.,gy assumptions: xJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(d) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the, wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT-4.0 Fission Products to Primary System (BIVR)

4.1 Fuel cladding defects Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of

10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]

4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures above those expected (Such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions)

(a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and 0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.

(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steam.

(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal of the steam line.

(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10%

of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at

0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 horus).

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

.4CCIDENT-5.0 Fission Products to Primary and Secondary Systems (Pressurized Water Reactor]

5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leak Release from these events shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I of

10 CFR Part 50. [See Appendix 4 of this Guide.]

5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak (such as flow blockage and flux maldistributions)

(a) 0.02% of'the core inventory of noble gases and 0.02% of the core inventory and halogens shall be assumed to be released into tlhe reactor coolant.

(b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

4 (c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior to ftie transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a

10

gpm blowdown rate.

(d) All noble gases and

0.1% of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: X]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequcnces should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

5.3 Steam generator tube rupture (a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary

0

24

coolant shall be assumed to be released into the secondary coolant.

The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and a 10

gpm blowdown rate.

(c) All noble gases and 0.1%

of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.

(d) Meteorology assumptions: X/Q values shall be 1110 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 4.

(e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind

,blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT- 6. 0 Refuieling Accidents

6.1 Fuel bundle drop (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin).

(b) One week decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.

(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.

(f) Meteorology assumptions: xjQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin).

(b) 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%

(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to isolating the containment.

(1) Meteorology assumptions: y]Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT- Z70 Spent Fuel Handling Accident

7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool (a) The, gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin).

(b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(0 Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a pin).

(b) 30

days decay time before the accident occurs shall be assumed.

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 500.

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be 99%.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

7.3 Fuel cask drop (a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel cask (120 day cooling)

shall be assumed to be released. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in the pins).

25

ACCIDENT--8.0 Accident Initiation Events Conshiercd in Design Basis Evaluation in the Safety Analysis Report

8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents Small Pipe Break (6-in. or less)

(a) Source term: the average radiocictivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel).

(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.

(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.

(d) For the effects of plateout, sprays, decontamination factor in pool, and core sprays the following reduction factors shall be assumed:

For pressurized water reactors: 0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.

For boiling water reactors: 0.2.

(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time shall be assumed.

(f) Meteorology assumptions: YQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequciwes should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

Large Pipe Break (a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed (This inventory shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus release into the coolant of:

For pressurized water reactors: 2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.

For boiling water reactors: 0.2% of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases.

(b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters and 99% for external filters.

(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.

(d) For the effects of plateout, containment sprays, core sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic form) the following reduction factors shall be assumed:

For pressurized water reactors: 0.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.

For boiling water reactors: 0.2.

(e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed.

(f Meteorology assumptions: XJQ values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment (Lines not provided with isolation capability inside containment).

(a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed constant for the four hour duration of the accident.

(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.

(d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be

0.1.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: >/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reactor)

(a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens shall be assumed to be released into the primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Loss-of-coolant accident occurs with break size equivalent to diameter of rod housing (See assumptions for Accident 8.1).

I

I

26

8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)

Radioactive material released (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and 0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the coolant.

(b)

1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.

(c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on the streamline.

(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10%

of the halogens shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser to the environment at

0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />).

(e) Meteorology assumptions: X/Q values shall be i/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 3.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors-outside containment)

Break size equal to area of safety valve throat Small break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

The primary system contribution during the course of the accident shall be based on a 20 gal/day tube leak.

(b) During the course of the accident a halogen reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary coolant source when the steam generator tubes are covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered.

(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:

(a) 20

gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.

(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm.

(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed. fuel.

The primary system contribution during the course of the accident shall be based on a 20 gal/day tube leak.

(b) A halogen reduction factor of O.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the accident.

(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to the accident shall be based on:

(a) 20

gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.

(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.

(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC

Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighing the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling water reactor)

Small pipe break (of ' ft2 )

(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is received.

(c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at

1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.

(d) Meteorology assumptions: XJQ values shall be 1/10 of these in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

(b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail

27

releasing that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 second isolation time.

(c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.

(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be 1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No..`%

(e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

.7.2 Transportation accidents3 The potential environmental effects from a transportation accident involving radioactive materials should be evaluated. Even though the probability of such an accident may be low and its consequences small, the applicant should identify the environmental effects that might result.

Adequate documentation should be presented to provide assurance that all safety requirements will be met prior to transportation of radioactive materials.

7.3 Other accidents In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity to the environs, there may be accidents that, although radioactive materials are not involved, do have consequences that affect the environment. Such accidents as chemical explosions or fires, steam boiler failures, leakage or ruptures of vessels containing toxic materials can have significant environmental impacts. These possible accidents and associated effects should be identified and evaluated.

8.

ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF PLANT

CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION

Social and economic effects of a nuclear power plant may be mixed. Some may be beneficial, as exemplified by increased employment opportunities and augmented commerce. Other effects may be adverse, such as the loss or displacement of local agricultural or residential property.

The applicant should assess the social, cultural and economic consequences of achieving the objectives of the facility. Any additional effects resulting from the proposed plant which are not in themselves direct objectives of the facility and its operation

3The radiological impact of transportation In the absence of accidents if to be. discussed in Section 5.3.4.2.

may also be discussed in this Section. Such effects would include attraction of industrial or other activities. The discussion of these effects should include both beneficial and adverse social and economic consequences.

The Commission recognizes that some effects cannot be monetized, particularly in the area of social impact. The applicant may, accordingly, elect to use other than monetary measures. Where monetary measures are used, dollar estimates should be discounted to their present value using a prescribed rate of 10% as suggested by OMB for Federally sponsored projects. The applicant may select a different rate; if so, the choice should be justified and well documented.

In any case, documentation of the analysis should be provided in sufficient detail to permit the AEC to make an independent calculation of present value.

AEC Form provides for the summary display of benefit measures.1

8.1 Value of delivered products In this Section the applicant may, in presenting the value to society of the proposed facility, provide a breakdown of the distribution of the plant products (electric energy, steam, etc.) to the various sectors of customers served. The discussion should include present and projected values of electrical energy and any by-products generated by the facility. In addition, the applicant may detail expected end uses of the products. In the case of electrical energy, it would be appropriate to quantify, where possible, such uses in terms of major consumer applications.

Residential applications might include examples of ways in which electric power contributes to raising the standard of living, i.e., improved lighting and heating, frostless refrigeration and air conditioning, home entertainment, air cleaners, trash compactors. Particular attention may be given to any significant public benefit such as might be associated with security, safety, general convenience including adequate street lighting, power for hospitals, rapid transit systems and other public facilities.

Conversely, the discussion may include consideration of any important regional deficiencies which would be ameliorated by operation of the proposed facility. This might include retirement of polluting industrial facilities through substitution of electric power or use of power for operating water treatment or pollution

'This and other forms appear after Section 13 of this Guide.

0

0

11

28

control facilities. Dis-benefits associated with thie projected benefits should be identified and discussed.

8.2 Income Expenditures for the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant represent an addition to national as well as regional income.

While the total expenditure would add to national income, expenditures within a

particular region would constitute a local income gain.

Thus, the applicant -should identify the 'amount of outlay for labor, materials and equipment that will be expended in the region in which the plant will be constructed and that which will be expended nationally. Successive rounds of local income, beyond the direct plant expenditure, will be generated by the construction and continued operation of the facility, so that the total addition to regioml income will be much greater than the initial expenditure. The applicant may therefore estimate an income multiplier for tIle region.

8.3 Employment The construction and operation of a nuclear power plant will have an impact on regional employment. It may create jobs in the national economy, as well as in local industrial and service sectors in addition to those jobs directly created by the construction and operation of the plant. As in the case of income, a local multiplier is involved and the applicant may estimate an employment multiplier for the region in which it is proposed to construct the plant in order to determine the total effect on regional employment.

Conceptually this may be regarded as a form of double-counting, because the incremental regional income is roughly proportional to the incremental regional employment. However, this approach may be useful because incremental employment may be easier to estimate.

8.4 Taxes Local tax revenues may be significantly increased by the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant. The tax base would be increased by the addition of the plant itself, other new commercial property, and by new residential property as required. The applicant should estimate the addition to the region's tax base and revenues and provide the basis for the estimates.

8.5 Externalities The production of more, and perhaps lower cost electricity, could induce local industry to increase the production of goods and services, thereby increasing the region's gross product and employment. This increment would he in addition to the increase resulting from the construction and oper'tion of the proposed plant. Conversely, increased industrial activities could lead to adverse environmental effects in themselves, such as increased air pollution. The applicant should estimate both favorable and unfavorable effects.

There could be other adverse effects on a region's economy. While the proposed facility would increase a region's tax base, it would also add an additional burden to local services, such as water, sewage, education, and transportation.

The applicant should therefore estimate such adverse effects as well as the benefits.

8.6 Other effects The applicant may wish to consider other economic and social effects beneficial to the region, such as increased recreational activity, improvements in navigation in adjacent waters, and increased educational and environmental research benefits.

Recreational benefit may be projected on the basis of expected annual user-days or the present value in dollars of future use.

Evaluation of benefits achieved by facilitating navigation in affected water bodies may follow the guidelines of the Army Corps of Engineers.' The applicant should select and justify appropriate measures for evaluating these and any other benefits described.

The applicant should summarize information from Section

2.2 concerning present and projected land and water use in the region and should supply a

documented

"qualified opinion" of the associated economic and social consequences.

Additional benefits may be discussed by the applicant and presented to AEC Form I. Both quantitative measurements and qualitative assessments should be used in deriving an evaluation of the net of the benefits and adverse effects caused by the plant construction and operation.

Department of the Army. Office or the Chief of Engineers.

Regulation No. 1120-114, dated June I. 1968, entitled "Survey Investigations and Reports:

Water Improvement'

Studies-Navigation Benefits."

29

9.

ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES

In this Section of the Environmental Report the applicant's choice of a particular proposed nuclear facility at a particular proposed site will be supported through a comparative evaluation of available alternatives.

The AEC will consider available alternatives which may reduce or avoid adverse environmental effects expected to result from construction and operation of a proposed nuclear facility. The AEC will not specify in advance which alternatives should be selected by the applicant for consideration: rather, the applicant should make this selection and also make clear the basis for the choices in regard to number, availability and suitability, as well as factors limiting the range of alternatives.

Two classes of alternatives should be considered:

those which can meet the power demand without requiring the creation of new generating capacity and those which do require the creation of new generating capacity.

9.1 Alternatives not requiring the creation of new generating capacity.

Practicable means which meet the projected power demand with adequate system reliability and which do not require the creation of additional generating capacity should be identified and evaluated. Such alternatives may include purchased energy, reactivation or upgrading an older plant, and/or base load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environmental impact, adequacy, reliability and other pertinent factors. The applicant is advised that this analysis is of major importance because it provides the basis for justifying the creation of a new generating capability.

9.2 Alternatives requiring the creation of new generating capacity.

In this Section an alternative requiring new generating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. By site-plant combination is meant a combination of a specific site (which may include the proposed site) and a particular category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydroelectric, geothermal) together with the transmission hook-up.

A

given site considered in combination with two different energy sources is regatded as providing two alternatives.

9.2.1 Selection of candidate regions Meaii ngful evaluation of site-plant alternatives can be made only after a selection process which identifies realistic candidate choices within the larger group of technically feasible site-plant combinations. In the initial screening, the applicant should identify geographical regions (both within and outside of the applicant's franchise service area) which may contain potential site locations. It is expected that these regions will be small enough so that any site developed within a given region would have approximately the same type of environmental relationship (i.e., thermal discharge to some body of water, proximity to urban areas, etc.):

however, actual sites may not be owned within these areas; detailed land availability may not be known; detailed transmission line routings will be unspecified.

In this Section the applicant should appraise the identified regions with respect to power network considerations, environmental considerations and energy type and source considerations.

This appraisal will result in the elimination of certain geographical regions because of such disadvantages as poor location with respect to the applicant's power network, lack of cooling water, or obvious environmental incompatibility.

The remaining regions will be those in and from which candidate site-plant alternatives will be selected. (The latter selection process is discussed in Section 9.2.2.)

As an initial step in appraising the identified regions, the applicant should prepare two sets of maps, one of which will be related to power network considerations and the other to environmental considerations. Each map should clearly show all regions considered. (The regions should be numbered and the same numbering system used on all maps in which they appear.)

Power network considerations. 2 The map or maps related to power network considerations should show the following:

a.

The applicant's total service area.

As used ia Section 9, the term "region" is defined as several square.:.piles (large enough to contain several sites).

'To avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate, to material presented in Section 1. 1,

4 I

.4

30

b.

Relevant service subareas.

c.

Regions considered by applicant.

d.

Major urban areas, water bodies, and political boundaries such as county lines where significant.

e. Primary generating plants, together with effective operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and thermal, and indication of fuel type (all plants of same type at same location should be lumped together).

f.

Transmission lines of

115 kV or higher, and termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility.

g.

Major interconnections with other power suppliers.

If other generating additions to the network are to be installed before the proposed facility goes on-line, these should also be shown.

Where the following considerations affect the decision process. separate tables should indicate, for each of the subareas shown under (b) above:

a.

The estimated peak and average power demand;

b.

The generating capacity;

c.

Firm net power to be exported or imported at major interconnections (transient load swinging and through-power transfers should be eliminated).

All amounts should be estimated for load conditions during initial year of full operation of the applicant's proposed facility, using data consistent with power projections.

Environmental considerations. The map or maps related to environmental considerations should show the following:

a.

The applicant's total service area, b.

Adjacent service areas, c.

Regions considered by the applicant, d.

Major areas of population density (urban, high, medium, low density or similar scale),

e.

Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems.

f, Railroads, highways, and waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation, g.

Unsuitable topographic features (such as mountains marshes, fault lines),

h.

Dedicated land-use areas (parks, historical sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports, etc.).

and any other environmental factors.

suitable for display, which are appropriate to the discussion under 9.2.2 below.

The number of maps to be furnished will depend on the number of geographical regions considered during the selection process.

Maps of regions outside the service area should include the likely transmission corridor to the applicant's system interconnection.

Supplementary important environmental information should be included with the environmental maps for completeness.

The supplementary information should include:

a.

Prevailing meterological conditions, b.

General environmental characleristics of rivers, lakes (capacity, biota, applicable standards),

c.

Local habitat (animal population, vegetation, bird migration or nesting),

d.

Prevailing and projected land use.

Suitable cross-referencing may be made between the maps. For example, one or more of the environmental maps may be to the same scale as the power map; or, current generation sites and major transmission lines may be overlaid on the environmental maps, where this is appropriate to the discussion of 9.2.2.

Energy type and source considerations.

The applicant should present a summary analysis of the availability of fuel or other energy source actually assumed in the planning process. It is recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel will vary greatly for different applicants. Oil and coal may be readily available in many areas, although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transportation costs may restrict or prevent their use. Natural gas may be an available alternative in some areas. The applicant should make clear at what point considerations of reliable fossil fuel supply and facilities for its transportation, as well as of hydroelectric and geothermal sources, entered the planning process.

The

31

discussion should clearly establish the energy source alternatives.

Using the materials prepared as described above, the applicant should provide a condensed narrative description of the major issues which led to the elimination of certain regions and to the final selection of the candidate regions.

The following remarks may apply in specific instances:

a.

It is anticipated that the first general geographic selection will be based on power load and transmission considerat ions:

b.

In selecting candidate regions, the applicant may consider expansion of currently used and/or owned sites:

c.

Certain promising regions may be pinpointed early in the decision process and, because of transportation or geophysical characteristics, may be suitable for only one type of fuelk d.

Other regions may be rather broadly defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of coast line) and may admit several fuel type solutions:

e.

Not all regions will receive the same detailed consideration in the selection process; for example, some regions will be eliminated early in the selection process by consideration of environmental impacts or transmission or operating costs. Other regions may be preferred in the final selection because their dominance over other possibilities is based on a mixture of environmental and engineering factors.

f.

Only salient characteristics of the identified regions need be considered.

Specific tracts need not be identified, unless already owned by the applicant.

g.

If regions outside the service area were not considered during this phase of the decision process, the reasons for their elimination should be discussed.

h.

If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting candidate regions because of predicted nonavailability or economic factors, appropriate supporting evidence should be provided.

The applicant is reminded that the purpose of this Section is to exclude from further consideration those identified regions having less desirable characteristics which are readily recognizable without extensive analysis. This stage v' the selection process can thus be regarded as a screening procedure.

9.2.2 Selection of candidate site-plant alternatives At this point the applicant should identify, within each of the selected regions, practicable potential site(s)

and the associated energy source(s)

considered suitable for each site. From these identified site-plant combinations the applicant should then select those regarded as most suitable, i.e., those whose construction and operation would result in incurring minimal environmental and other costs without compromising the projected benefits.

The criteria to be used in selecting the candidate site-plant alternatives from all the identified site-plant combinations are essentially the same as the criteria already used in selecting candidate regions. The criteria, however, must now be applied in greater depth because the differences in desirability of the various site-plant combinations will be less obvious than those of the initially identified regions.

Furthermore, while the unsuitability of a rejected identified region could be established by noting one major overriding disadvantage, the suitability of a given site-plant combination must be determined by balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors (benefits versus environmental and other costs).

The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil, gas, hydro, geothermal)

as practicable.

The applicant should discuss in detail the process of selection used and clearly identify the bases for the choice or rejection of each candidate site-plant alternative.

The applicant's discussion should include consideration of the compatibility of the proposed development of the site with sound principles of land use planning.

Views of cognizant local planning groups and interested citizens should be solicited and summarized. Areas of both consistency and conflict of the proposed site use with any regional development program should be specified and discussed.

4

4

4

32

In addition to criteria already cited; the applicant should note:

a.

If considerations of alternative transmission hook-ups are required by other local, State, or Federal agencies, or if the applicant has made a choice between practicable alternative hook.ups, these alternatives should be identified and describea.

b.

In eliminating a fuel source at a site on the grounds of cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess costs over a preferred alternative outweigh any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel with respect to environmental protection.

9.3 Comparisen of practicable alternatives and the proposed facility The purpose of this Section is to show, by direct comparison of realistic alternatives, in terms of both economic and environmental criteria, why the proposed site and nuclear fuel are preferred over any other alternatives for meeting the power demand.

In presenting the results of comparison of site-plant alternatives, the applicant should utilize, in so far as posrible, a tabular format showing side-by-side comparison of alternatives with respect to relevant factors.

It is recommended that comparisons first be made separately between fossil-fueled alternatives, nuclear-fueled alternatives, and other alternatives (including those discussed in Section 9.1), if any exist. The comparison should clearly indicate, in terms of economic and environmental factors, the basis for the preferred site-plant alternative in each energy source category.

A further tabular presentation should then be made, demonstrating the balanced preference of the proposed site with nuclear fuel over the best fossil fuel and best other, if any, alternatives (including those discussed in Section 9.1). Tabular presentations should be supplemented with brief resumes of the factors which ruled out alternatives other than the applicant's preferred choice.

Quantification, while desirable, is not mandatory for all factors used when it can be made clear that data are not reasonably available for comparison.

Under such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements are permissible. The basis for such statements should be made clear by accompanying documentation.

Where possible, operating experience from nearby plants may be helpful in appraising the nature of environmental impacts to be anticipated.

This guideline does not make mandatory any specific list of criteria with respect to which alternatives and the proposed facility must be compared. The factors presented should be those used by the applicant in a selection process which weighs the projected benefits against environmental and other3 costs. While the comparative analysis should clearly set forth the general environmental and other relevant features, it is not expected that the applicant will conduct extensive field studies at each of the alternative sites. The following list of additional evaluatory considerations is offered for further guidance.

Benefits:

Contributions to generating capacity and system reliability.

Possibilities for the beneficial delivery of waste heat.

Creation of additional benefits such as added park land and recreational facilities, reductions in air pollutant emissions where existing old capacity is partially or entirely replaced.

Engineering Constraints of the Site:

Geology Seismology Hydrology Population density in site environs Access to road, rail, and water transportation Fuel supply and waste disposal routes Cooling water supply Constraints of Transmission Hook-Up:

Access to transmission system in place Problems of routing new transmission lines Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses Construction Constraints:

Access for equipment and materials Access, housing, etc., for construction workers SThe applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the method for calculating generating cost discussed in Section t0.

33

Land Use Constraints Costs:

Construction costs Costs of transmission hook-up Operating costs Environmental Constraints:

Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Risks and uncertainties with regard to potential impacts Commitment of resources Projected recreational usage Scenic values Operating Constraints:

Load-following capability Transient response.

10. PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES

Most of the environmental effects of a nuclear power plant will be associated with the operation of certain identifiable systems.

The applicant's proposed plant should incorporate a combination of these identifiable systems each of which has been selected, through evaluation of environmental.

economic and other costs, as the optimal choice within its category.

In some instances, the interaction of these systems may be such as to require their selection on the basis of an optimal combination rather than on the basis of individual optimal systems. For example, an alternative cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be used with it, The applicant should, in this Section, show how the proposed plant design was arrived at through consideration of alternative designs of identifiable systems and through t'e;r comparative assessment.

The applicant's discussion shauld be organized on the basis of plant systems, arranged a,.cording to the following list:

I. Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)

2. Intake system

3. Discharge system

4. Chemical systems

5. Biocide systems

6. Sanitary waste system

7. Liquid radwaste systems

8. Gaseous radwaste systems

9. Transmission facilities

1'0. Other systems The following should be considered in preparing the discussion:

a.

Range of alternatives-The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative plant systems that appear promising in terms of environmental protection. Different designs for systems that are essentially identical with respect to environmental effects should be considered only if their costs are appreciably different.

The applicant should include alternatives which provide levels of environmental protection above those of the proposed facility when, although not necessarily econormically attractive, they are practicable on technological grounds.

b.

Normalization of cost comparison-Alternatives should be compared on the basis of assuming a fixed amount of energy generated for distribution outside the plant. (Thus, any effect of an alternative on plant power consumption should be discussed.)

c.

Effect of capacity factor-Where the cost of operation affects the plant capacity factor, the effect of alternatives on the plant capacity factor should be documented.

d.

Monetized costs-The acquisition and operating costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well as costs of the total plant and transmission facility and alternatives) are to be expressed as power generating costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized values.

The method of computation is shown in Table I and t[ie individual cost items in this table are to be used as applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:

Capital to be expended between the date of submission of the Environmental Report and the scheduled date of operation.

Interest to the date of operation on all expenditures prior to that date.

Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of operation discounted to that date.

In calculations, the applicant should assume a 30-year plant life.'

Use 30-year life for steam-electric generating plants. For other types of electric generating plants, use generally accepted values.

4

.4 I

34

In computing thie annualized present value of plant systems and their alternatives, the following cost elements are suggested as allowable:

Engineering design and planning costs.

Construction costs.

Interest on capital expended prior to operation.

Operating, maintenance and fuel (if applicable) costs over the 30-year life of the plant.

Cost of modification or alteration of any other plant system if required for accom- modation of alternatives.

Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if applicable).

Cost of supplying make.up power during a delay resulting from an alternative design choice which will not meet tile power requirement by the scheduled in-service date.

e.

Environmental costs. Environmental effects of alternatives should be fully documented. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where' quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations should be expressed in terms of comparison to the effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design. In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should be completely documented.

Both short-term and long-term environmental effects should be reported by the applicant.

Table

2 provides three key elements of environmental cost evaluation:

(1) A description of each effect to be measured (column 3).

(2) Suggested units to be used for measurement (column

4)

The AEC

recognizes the difficulty, if not the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 2 in each case, given the current state-of-the-art.

The applicant may elect to use other units, provided they are meaningful to the informed public and adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.

(3) A suggested methodology of computation (column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 2, e.g., 1.1,

1.2 etc.,

should be given without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the sFai, p'pulation or resource affected. How,,.c,.

nrovision is made in Table 2 (i.e.. 1.9 and 4.9) to account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.

In discussing environmental effects, the applicant should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed, acres of a particular habitat destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is the fraction of the population or resource that is affected. See discussion in Section 5.8.

In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be commensurate with the value of the infomation to be obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a preferred measure which conservatively estimates environmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realistically evaluates the potentially detrimental (i.e., worst case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is applied consistently to all alternatives.

In the following subsections, the applicant is to discuss design alternatives for each of the relevant plant systems (i.e., cooling system, intake system.

etc.).

The discussion should describe each alternazive and should present estimates of the difference between its environmental impact and that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the estimates are based should be presented, and the results should be entered in the appropriate forms. In the columns headed

"Page," the applicant should cite the appropriate references to the text of his Report. Note that, in the forms, the categorization and numerical identification of each environmental effect corresponds to that of Table 2. In each of the forms used in the subsections 10.1 to 10.9 the applicant must include, in the first "A" column, data on the system selected in the applicant's proposed design.

Each supplemental form provides space for the display of data regarding four alternatives; however, the applicant is neither obligated to consider, nor limited to, any precise number. The applicant should limit the discussion to those alternatives which the current state-of-the-art indicates are technically practicable.

The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives to be entered in the supplemental forms are to be presented on an incremental basis. This means that the costs of the proposed systems would

35

appear as zeroes in the "A" columns of the forms and that the costs of' the other alternative systems (B, C, D, etc.) should appear as cost differences, i.e.,

B-A, C-A, etc., with the appropriate sign. Tihe environmental costs are not incremental and the supplemental forms should therefore show these as the total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry should be preceded by a negative sign.)

In addition to the infolmation displayed on forms, the applicant should provide a verbal description of the process by which the trade-offs were weighed and balanced in arriving at the propos-d design. This discussion may include any factors not provided for on the forms supplied.

10.1 Cooling system (exclusive of intake and discharge)

The applicant should identify and describe cooling system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC

Form

10.2 Intake system The applicant should identify and describe intake system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC

Form

10.3 Discharge system The applicant should identify and describe discharge system alternatives to the proposed design. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC

Form

10.4 Chemical systems Alternative chemical systems that have the potential for reduced adverse environmental effects should be described and the environmental impacts of effluents should be fully identified. Corrosion products as well as corrosion inhibitors should be considered.

The description should include specification of both maximum and average concentrations and dilution sources. (Where a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule should be spiecified.)

Any toxicity and lethality to affected biota should be documented for all potential points of exposure. Specifically, information should be sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms at their points of exposure as well as the impacts beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form

10.5 Biocide systems The applicant should describe alternative systems for control of fouling organisms, including both mechanical and chemical methods where such alternative systems may be expected to have less severe environmental effects than the proposed system.

The treatment of chemical biocides should be similar to that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.

Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form

10.6 Sanitary waste system Alternative sanitary waste systems should be identified and discussed with regard to the environmental implications of both waste products and chemical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC

Form

10.7 Liquid radwaste systems For proposed light-water cooled reactor installations in which the quantities of radioactive material in effluents will be limited to levels that are within the numerical guides for design objectives and limiting conditions of operation set forth in the Commission's proposed amendments (dated June 9, 1971)

to 10 CFR Part 50 and embodied in a new Appendix I (reproduced in Appendix 4 of this Guide), no further consideration need be given to the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light-water cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of an alternative radwaste system which reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the levels proposed in Appendix 1.

In any case, for reactors to which the proposed Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative radwaste systems and of their radiological output to assure that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as practicable.

4

4

36

10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted under 10.7 above.

10.9 Transmission facilities The applicant will discuss the cost and environmental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative routes. These maps should clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of thie routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find thie documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form

10.10 Other systems Any plant system, other than those specified above, which is associated with an adverse environmental effect, should be discussed in terms of practicable and feasible alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environmental effect.

10.11 The proposed plant Having identified the preferred alternative system, the applicant should now provide the cost description of the proposed facility and transmission hook-up. AEC Form is provided for this purpose. In addition to those elements previously suggested as allowable in computing plant system costs, the applicant may include the cost of site and right-of-way acquisition and preparation.

Note that the generating and transmission cost entries on AEC Form are not to be incremental and, hence, should appear as total values.

11. SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS

In this Section the applicant's summary bcnefit-cost statement will be presented. The presentation should be made in the form of a narrative with accompanyiag tables and charts. The presentation should make clear what the applicant considers to be the important benefits and costs of the proposed facility and why in the judgment of the applicant, the former outweigh the latter.

The applicant will have to develop criteria for assessing and comparing benefits and costs where these are expressed in nonmonetary or qualitative terois. The rationale for the selection among site-plant alternatives, as well as am0ong subsystem alternatives, should be presented. In any case, the applicant should carefully describe any aggregation of effects and discuss in detail the trade.offs that were made in order to justify the proposed plant. If any of the benefits or costs are deleted from the applicant's analysis. the rationale for doing so should be explained. The applicant should key all the terms used in the summary benefit-cost analysis to the relevant Sections of the Environmental Report.

1

2. ENVIRONMENTAL

APPROVALS

AND

CONSULTATION

List all licenses, permits and other approvals of plant construction and operations required by Federal. State, local and regional authorities for the protection of the environment. List those Federal and State approvals which have already been received, and indicate the status of matters regarding approvals yet to be obtained. '

For general background, submit similar information regarding approvals, licenses and contacts with local authorities..

List all licenses, permits and other approvals and cite laws and regulations applicable to the transportation of fresh fuel, irradiated fuel, and radioactive wastes. Include restrictions on routes or specification of routes imposed by cognizant local, State or other authorities.

List all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.

The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the construction and/or operation of the plant and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.

'Includes. for example. the status of applications to the U.S.

Army Corps of Engineers for permits to dredge, to discharge or deposit materials into navigable waters or their tributaries as required by Sec.

10 (33 U.S.C. 403) and Sec. 13

(33 U.S.C. 407. "The Refuse Act") of the Rivers & Harbhors Act of 1899.

37

10.8 Gaseous radwaste systems Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted under 10.7 above.

10.9 Transmission facilities The applicant will discuss the cost and environmental effects of alternative routes for new transmission facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to the applicant's system. The documentation should include maps of the alternative route

s. These maps

hould clearly indicate topographic features important to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysi

s. Estimates

  • of environmental effects should be prepared and presented on AEC Form

10.10 Other systems Any plant system, other than those specified above, which is associated with an adverse environmental effect, should be discussed in terms of practicable and feasible alternative"

that may reduce or eliminate this environmental effect.

10.11 The proposed plant Having identified the preferred alternative system, the applicant should now provide the cost description of the proposed facility and transmission hook-up. AEC Form is provided for this purpose. In addition to those elements previously suggested as allowable in computing plant system costs, the applicant may include the cost of site and right-of.way acquisition and preparation.

Note that the generating and transmission cost entries on AEC Form are not to be incremental and, hence, should appear as total values.

11, SUMMARY BENEFIT-COST ANALYSIS

In this Section the applicant's summary benefit-cost statement will be presented. The presentation should be made in the form of a narrative with accompanying tables and charts. The presentation should make clear what the applicant considers to be the important benefits and costs of the proposed facility and why in the judgment of the applicant, the former outweigh the latter.

The applicant will have to develop criteria for assessing and comparing benefits and costs where these are expressed in nonmonetary or qualitative terms. The rationale for the selection among site-plant alternatives, as well as among subsystem alternatives, should be presented. In any case, the applicant should carefully describe any aggregalion of effects and discuss in detail the trade-offs that were made in order to justify the proposed plant. If any of the benefits or costs are deleted from the applicant's analysis, thie rationale for doing so should be explained. The applicant should key all the terms used in the summary benefit-cost analysis to the relevant Sections of the Environmental Report.

1

2. ENVIRONMENTAL

APPROVALS

AND

CONSULTATION

List all licenses, permits and other approvals of plant construction and operations required by Federal, State, local and regional authorities for [ie protection of the environment. List those Federal and State approvals which have already been received, and indicate the status of matters regarding approvals yet to be obtained. '

For general background, submit similar information regarding approvals, licenses and contacts with local authorities.

List all licenses, permits and other approvals and cite laws and regulations applicable to the transportation of fresh fuel, irradiated fuel. and radioactive wastes. Include restrictions on routes or specification of routes imposed by cognizant local, State or other authorities.

List all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or to be held with respect to the proposed transmission system.

The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other authority requiring approvals with respect to the construction and/or operation of the plant and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the approval is addressed. These categories could include, for example, air, land and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.

Includes, for example, the status of applications to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for permits to dredge, to discharge or deposit materials into navigable waters or their tributaries as required by Sec. 10 (33 U.S.C. 403) and Sec. 13

(33 U.S.C. 407," "The Refuse Act") of the Rivers & Harhors Act of I 899.

37

Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended. If not already obtained, indicate when ce tification is expected. If certification is not required, explain.

If the discharge could alter the quality of the water of another State, indicate the State or States that may be affected and their applicable water quality standards.

In view of the effects of the plant on the economic development of the region in which it is located, the applicant should also note the State, local, and regional planning authorities contacted or consulted. The OMB Circular A-95 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional clearinghouses that should be contacted as appropriate. (A listing of applicable clearinghouses may be obtained from the AEC.)

Cite meetings held with environmental and other citizen groups with reference given to specific instances of the applicant's compliance with citizen group recommendations.

1

3. REFERENCES

The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the Environmental Report. References cited should be keyed to the specific sections to which they apply.

4

4

38

Table I-MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTS*

ITEM

SYMBOL

UNITS

ITEM DESCRIPTION

4.

1

.4 Total Outlay Required to Bring Facility to Operation Annual Operating Cost Annual Fuel Cost Cost of Make-up Power Purchased or Supplied in Year t Discount Factor Total Generating Cost-Present Value Total Generating Cost-Present Value Annualized CI

Ot Ft Pt GCp GCa All capital outlays including interest expense to be invested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled in-service date of operation.

This is the total operating and maintenance cost of plant operation in year t.

This is the total fuel cost in year t.

Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year t to make up deficiency of power associated with any alternative which introduces delay.

v = (I + ij'

where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this plant.

30

30

GCP = C1 + FLvt (01 + Ft) + ;tI

GCa= G,~ X

  • For conventionalI (niuclear or fossil fuel) ste~am-electric plants.

39

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

Primary impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'

Computation

1. Natural surface water body

1.1lmpingement.

or entrapment by cooling water intake structure

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems (Specify natural water body affected)

1.1.1 Fish'

Juveniles and adults are subject to attrition.

Plankton population may be reduced due to mechnical, thermal and chemical effects.

Pounds per year (as adults by species of interest).

Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat All life stages (eggs. larvae, etc.) which reach the condenser are subject to attrition.

The rate of dissipation of the excess heat, primarily to the atmosphere, will depend on both the method of discharge and the state of the receiving water, in respect to ambient temperature and water currents.

Dissolved oxygen concentration of receiving waters may be modified as a consequence of changes in the water temperature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.

Primary producers and consumers (including fish) may be affected directly or indirectly due to adverse conditions in the plume.

Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).

Acres and acre-feet.

Identify all important species. Estimate the annual weight of each species that will be destroyed.

For young-of-the-yeax destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.

Field measurements are required to establish the average weight of organisms per unit volume by group (e.g.,

diatoms, green algae, zooplankton, etc.).

Determine the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include indirect3 effects which affect mortality. Translate loss to pounds of fish.

Identify all important species. Estimate the annual weight of each species that will be destroyed. For larvae, eggs, and young-of-the-ycar destroyed, only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.

Estimate the average Btu's per hour dissipated to the receiving water at full power. Estimate the water volume and surface areas within differential temperature isotherms of 2%, 30, and 5VF under conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.

Estimate volumes of affected waters with concentrations below 5, 3, and I ppm under conditions that would tend to maximize the impact.

Field measurements are required to establish the average weight of organisms per unit volume by group. Estimate the mortality of organisms in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects. Translate loss to pounds of fish.

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability Acre-feet.

1.3.3 Aquatic organisms Net effect in pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).

'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

I "Fish" as used In this table Includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.

5Indirect effects could Include increased disease Incidence, increased predation. interference with spawning, reduced metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food organisms.

w w

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Lw Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Description Measure'

Computation

1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals and reptiles).

Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.

A thermal barrier may inhibit migration, both hampering spawning and diminishing the survival of returning immature fish.

Acres.

1.3.5 Fish, migratory Pounds per year (as adult fish by species of interest).

Determine the area of wet land or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of thermal discharges, including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.

Estimate the fraction of the stock that is prevented from reaching spawning grounds because of plant operation.

Prorate this directly to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, .xperience at other sites, and applicable State standards.

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical Water quality may be impaired.

Acre-feet, %.

The volume ,f water required to dilute the average daily discharge of eachchcemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume required to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration (e.g.. LDI .) for the most sensitive organism of commercial or ecological significance in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of the daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be expressed as a percentage, and the largest such percentage reported. Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers.

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms Aquatic populations may be affected by toxic levels of discharge chemicals or by reduced dissolved oxygen concentrations.

Suitable habitats for wildlife may be affected.

Recreational water uses may be inhibited.

Pounds per year (by species as fish).

1.4.3 Wildlife (Including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles).

1.4.4 People Acres.

Total chemical effect on aquatic biota should be estimated. Biota exposed within the facility should be considered as well as biota in receiving waters. Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged and Ib'.r toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.

Estimate the area of wet land or water surface impaired as a wildlife habitat because of chemical contamination including effects on food resources. Document estimates of affected population by species.

Volume of the net flow to the receiving waters required for dilution to reach established water quality standards must be determined on the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross section and annual minimum flow characteristics should be incorporated where applicable. User density for the locality must be obtained.

Lost annual user days and area for dilution.

'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure., where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'

Computation This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Indirect recreation losses due to eutrophication and decrea3.-d fishing shall be included.

l.SRadionuclides discharged to water body

1-5.1 Aquatic organisms

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level which adds to natural background radiation.

Radionucide discharge may introduce radiation level which adds to natural background radiation for water users.

Radlonuclide discharge may introduce a radiation level which adds to natural background radiation for ingested food and water.

Drinking water supplies drawn from the water body may be diminished.

Water may be withdrawn from agricultural usage and use of remaining water may be degraded.

Turbidity, color or temperature of natural water body may be altered.

Rad per year.

Rem per year for individual;

man-rem per year for estima- ted population as of the Irust scheduled year of plant opera- tion.

Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of first scheduled year of plant operation.

Gallons per year.

Acre-feet per year.

Sum dose contributions from radionuw!ides expected to be released.

Sum annual dose contributions from nuciidie; expected to be released. Calculate for above-water activities (skiing, fishing, boating), in-water activities (swimming), and shoreline activities.

Estimate biological accumulation in foods, and intake by individuals and population. Calculate doses by summing results for expected radionuclides.

Where users withdraw drinking water supplies from the affected water body, lost water to users should be estimated.

Where users withdrawing irrigation water are affected, the loss should be evaluated as the sum of two volumes: the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to reduce concentrations of dissolved solids in remaining water to an agriculturally acceptable level.

The volume of dilution water required to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. The real extent of the effect should be estimated.

To the extent possible, the applicant should treat problems of spills and drainage during construction in the same manner as 1.4.1.

1.6Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical Acre-feet and acres.

1.7.2 Water quality, chemical Water quality may be impaired.

Acre-feet, %.

'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of meaure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be. applied consistently to alt alternatives for the effect being measured.

w w

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued w

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Description Measure, Computation

1.8 Other impacts

1.9Co mbined or interactive effects The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.

Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequatety indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total, combined effect should be described.

1.10 Net effects See discussion in Section 5.8.

1 Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure. where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'

Computation I. Ground Water

2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Plants Availability or quality of drinking water may be decreased and the functioning of existing wells may be impaired.

Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may be affected.

Drinking water of nearby communities.

Gallons per year.

Volume of replacement water for local wells actually affected must be estimated.

Estimate the area in which ground water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation. Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreatioiual. agricultural and residential.

Acres.

2.2C h e m i c a I

contamination of ground water (excluding salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3.1 People Galloas per year.

Compute annual loss of potable water.

Trees and other deep-rooted vegetation may experience toxic effects.

Radionuclides which enter ground water may add to natural background radiation level for water and food supplies.

Acres.

Estimate area affected and report separately by land use.

Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural and residential.

Estimate intakes by individuals and populations. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.

2.3 R a d i o n u c Ii d e contamination of ground water Rem per year for individ uals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of year of first scheduled year of plant opera- tion.

Rad per year.

2.3.2 Plants and animals Radionuclides which enter ground water may add to natural background radiation level for local plant forms and animal population.

Estimate uptake in plants and transfer to animals. Sum dose contributions for nuclides expected to be released.

The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

w MW

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continuwd Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Description Measuret Computation

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Water transportation

3.1.4 Plants

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3.3.1 People, external Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.

Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions in all seasons.

Safety hazards may be created in the nearby regions In all seasons.

Damage to timber and crops may occur through introduction of adverse conditions.

Pollutant emissions may diminish the quality of the local ambient air.

Odor in gaseous discharge or from effects on water body may be objectionable.

Radionuclide discharge or direct radiation may add to natural background radiation level.

Hours per year.

Hours per year.

Hours per year.

Acres by crop.

% and pounds or tons.

Compute the number of hours per year that driving hazards will be increased on paved highways by fog and ice from cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should include the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.

Compute the number of hours per year that commercial airports will be closed because of fog from cooling towers.

Compute the number of hours per year ships will need to reduce speed because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or warm water added to the surface of the river, lake or sea.

Estimate the acreage of potential plant damage by crop.

The actual concentration of each pollutant in ppm for maximum daily emission rate should be expressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Report weight for expected annual emissions.

A statement must be made as to whether odor originating in plant is perceptible at any point off-site.

Sum dose contributions from nuclides expected to be released.

tl.A

3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air Statement.

3.3 R a d i o n u c lid e s discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported).

Rem per year for individuals (whole body and organ); man-rem per year for population as of year of first scheduled operation.

Rem per year for in divi duals (whole body and organ); man-rcm per year for

3.3.2 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may add to the natural radioactivity in vegetation and in soil.

For radionuclides expected to be teleased estimate deposit and accumulation in foods. Estimate intakes by individuals and populations and sum results for all expected radionuclides.

'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the eifect being measured.

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'

Computation population as of year of fisst scheduled operation.

3.3.3 Plants and animals Radionuclide discharge may add to Rad per year.

natural background radioactivity of local plant and anjmal life.

Estimate deposit of radionuclides on, and uptake in plants and animals. Sum dose contributions for radionuclides expected to be released.

"Re applicant should describe and quantify any other envixonmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.

3.4 Other impacts on air

1 Applicant may substitute an altemalive unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measur- ihodld be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

JOE

w W

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued W

Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'

Computation

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land,amount

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenities)

Land will be preempted for construction of nuclear power plant, plant facilities, and exclusion zone.

There will be a loss of desirable qualities in the environment due to the noise and movement of men, material and machines.

of Historical sites may be affected by construction of Construction activity may impinge upon sites of archaeological value.

Acres.

4.2.2 People (accessibility historical sites)

4.2.3 People (accessibility archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected.

Number by category, years.

Visitors per year.

Qualified opinion.

Qualified opinion.

Cubic yards and acres.

Number of residents, school populations, hospital beds.

Qualified opinion.

State number of acres preempted for plant. exclusion zone, and accessory facilities such as cooling towers and ponds. By separate schedule slate the type and class of land preempted (e.g.. scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.).

The disruption of community life (or alternatively the degree of community isolation from such irritations.

should be estimated. Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Estimate the duration of impacts.

Determine historical sites that might be displaced by generation facilities. Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.

Summarize evaluation of impact on archeological resources in terms of remaining potential value of the site.

Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State or Federal agencies, if available.

Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse affects.

Estimate soil displaced by construction activity and erosion. Beneficial and detrimental effects should be reported separately.

Use the Proposed

!!UD

Criterion Guideline for Non-Aircraft Noise to establish areas receiving noise in the categories of

"Cleariy Unacceptable,"

"Normally Unacceptable" and "Normally Acceptable." For each area report separately the number of residences, the total school population, and the total number of hospital beds.

Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and regional authorities when available.

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3.1 People (amenities)

Site preparation and plant construction will involve cut and fill operations with accompanying erosion potential.

4.3 Plant operation Noise may induce stress.

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

The local landscape as viewed from adjacent residential areas and neighboring historical, scenic, and recreational sites may be rendered Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measure'

Computation aesthetically objectionable by the plant facility.

4.3.3 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected.

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People Health and safety near the water body may be affected by flood control.

Intrusion of salts into groundwater may affect water supply.

Deposition of entrained salts may be detrimental in come nearby regions.

Qualified opinion.

Reference to Flood Control District approv- al.

Pounds per square foot per year.

4.4.2 Plants and animals Acres.

Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.

Reference must be made to regulations of cognizant Flood Control Agency by use of one of the following terms: Has NO IMPLICATIONS

for flood control, COMPLIES with flood control reguL-tion.

Estimate the amount of salts discharged as drift and particulates. Report maximum deposition. Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.

Salt tolerance of local affected area vegetation must be determined. That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational.

agricultural and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected identify populations.

If salt spray impinges upon a local community, then property damage may be estimated by applying to the local value of buildings, machinery, and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable sea-coast community.

State total length and area of new rights-of-way.

Total length of new transmission lines and area of right-of-way through various categories of visually sensitive land.

Estimate total number of visually undesirable features.

such as: Number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection or interchanges. Number of major waterway crossings. Number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings. Number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.

4.4.3 Property resources

4.5 Transmission route selection

4.5.1 Land, amount Structures and movable property may suffer degradation from corrosive effects.

Land will be preempted for construction of transmission line systems.

Lines may pass through visually sensitive (that is sensitive to presence of transmission lines and towers) areas, thus impinging on their present and potential use and value.

Lines may present visually undersirable features.

Dollars per year.

Miles, acres.

Miles, acres.

4.S.2 Land use and land value

4.5.3 People (aesthetics)

"!umber of such teatures.

'Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should be applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

w Table 2-GUIDANCE FOR DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS-Continued W

Primary I mpact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measure'

Computation

4.6 Transmission facilities

4.6.1 Land adjacent to Constructing new roads for access to Miles.

Estimate length of new access and service roads required construction right-of-way right-of-way may have environmental impact.

Soil erosion may result from construction activities.

for alternative routes.

Estimate area with increased erosion potential traceable to construction activities.

4.6.2 Land, erosion Tons per year.

Qualified opinion.

4.6.3 Wildlife

4.7.1 Land Use Widlife may be affected.

4.7 Transmission line operation Land preempted by right-of-way may be used for additional beneficial purposes such as orchards, picnic areas, nurseries.

hiking and riding trails.

Modified wildlife habitat may result in changes.

%6

4.7.2 Wildlife Qualified opinton.

4.8 Other land impacts

4.9Co mbined or interactive effects Estimate percent of right-of-way for which no multiple use activities are planned.

Summarize qualified opinion including views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.

The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed plant which are significant.

Where evidence indicates that the combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular population or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.

See discussion in Section 5.8.

q.10 Net effects

1 Applicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure, where appropriate. Such a measure should he applied consistently to all alternatives for the effect being measured.

AEC FORM_

BENEFITS FROM THE PROPOSED FACILITY

Direct Benefits Expected Average Annual Generation in Kilowatt-Hours ......................

Capacity in Kilowatts .................................................

Proportional Distribution of Electrical Energy Expected Annual Delivery in Kilowatt-Hours:

Industrial ...................................................

Com m ercial .................................................

Residential ..................................................

O ther ......................................................

Expected Average Annual Btu (in millions) of Steam Sold from the Facility .......

Expected Average Annual Delivery of Other Beneficial Products (appropriate physical units) ...................................................

Revenues from Delivered Benefits:

Electrical Energy Generated

........................................

Steam Sold .....................................................

O ther Products ..................................................

Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)

Taxes (Local, State, Federal) ...........................................

Research ...........................................................

Regional Product ....................................................

Environmental Enhancement:

R ecreation ......................................................

N avigation ......................................................

Air Quality:

S0 2 .......................................................

NOX

..................................................

Particulates ..................................................

O thers .....................................................

Employment

...

Education .........

........

O thers ............................................................

50

COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP

(All monetized costs expressed in terms of their present and annualized values)

Generating Cost Present Worth Annualized Present Worth Transmission and Hook.up Cost Annualized Environmental Costs UNITS

MAGNITUDE

] PAGE

1. Natural surface water body

1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure

1.1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems

1..-1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability

1.3.3 Aquatic biota

1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fis

h. migration

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.4.4 People

1.5 Radionuclides discharged to water body

1.5.1 Aquatic organisms

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 Peopl

e. ingestion

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction lincluding site preparation)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

1.7.2 Water quality, chemical

1.8 Other Impacts

1.9 Combined or intrractive effects

1.10 Net effect

51

COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP

(Continued)

Environmental Costs

]

UNITS

MAGNITUDE

I

PAGE

2. Ground water

2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water lexcluding salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water

2.3.1 People

2.3.2 Plants and animals

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Water transportation

3.1.4 ":I.,

s

3.2 Cl-ori.*-i

  • charge to ambient air

1 2.1 Ai, u jalit

y. chemical

3.2.2 Air teualit

y. odor

3.3 Radionuclldes discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials

3.3,1 People, external

3.3.2 People, ingestion

3.3.3 Plants end animals

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land, amount

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenitles)

4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)

4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.6 Land

52 I

COST DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITY AND TRANSMISSION HOOK-UP

(Continued)

Environmental Costs

[

UNITS

I

MAGNITUDE

PAGE

4.3 Plant operation

4.3.1 People lamenities)

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Lan

d. flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4.4.3 Property resources

4.5 Transmission route selection

4.5.1 Land, amount

4.5.2 land use and land value

4.5.3 People (aesthetics)

4.6 Transmission facilities construction

4.6.1 Land adjacent to right-of-way

4.6.2 Land, erosion

4.6.3 Wildlife

4.7 Transmission line operation

4.7.1 Land use

4.7.2 Wildlife

4.8 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or Interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

53

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS

(exclusive of intake and discharge)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

o INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure

1,1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability

1.3.3 Aquatic organisms

1.3.4 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fish, migratory

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)

1.4.4 People

1.5 Radlonuclides discharged to water body

1.5.1 Aquatic organisms

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 People, ingestion

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

a C

I D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Pogp Magnitude Pagp Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.5.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction (including esie preparation)

1.7.1 Water qualit

y. physical

1.7.2 Watr quality, chemical

18 Other Impacts

1,9 Combined or interacthe effects

1.10 Not effects

2. Groundwater

2.1 Rl*lglalowring of ground water levels

2.1.1 People

%

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water

2.3.1 People

2.3.2 Plants and animals

2.4 Other impects on ground woe

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and icing lcaused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Waewr transportation

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

___________

I

I

I

ENVIRONMENTAL. COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page ENIOMNA

COSTS__________

-

3.1.4 Plants

3.2 Chamical discharge to ambient air

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3.3 Radlonuclides discharged to amtbent air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported)

3.3.1 People, external

3.3.2 People, Ingestion

3.3.3 Plants and animals

3.4 Other impacts on air

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land, amount oA

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenities)

4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)

4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological site,)

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant operation

4.3.1 People (amenities)

4.3.2 People (asthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

1 C

0

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4.4.3 Property resources

4.5 Not applicable

4.6 Not applicable

4.7 Not applicable

428 Other land Impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects UI

-.J

I

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

'Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

I

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnltude Page Magnitude Page

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Impingement or enrtenpment by cooling water Intake sructure

1.1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems

1.2.1 Phytoplenkton and zooplankton

1.22 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability

1.3.3 Aquatic urganisms td'

0o

1.3A Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fish, migratory

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.4.4 People

1.5 Not applicable

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

W

w__

W

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

_

_B.

1___

1 C

I__

D

_

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page I

J.

4.

&

4 I

4

1.7.2 Water qualit

y. chemical

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or interactive effects

1.10 Net effects

2. Ground Water

2.1 Ralsing/lowering of ground water levels

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Not applicable

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transoortation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Water transportation

3.1.4 Plants

3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3.4 Other impacts on air

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING INTAKE SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

0

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Landamount

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenities)

4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)

4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant operation

4.3.1 People (smenities)

4.3.2 People (eesthb.,:s)

a',

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4.5 Not eplicable

4.6 Not applicable

4.7 Not applicable

4.2 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Pag Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Impingement or entrament by cooling woter intake structure

1.1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systenm

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge was and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, exam heat

1.3.2 VWter quality, oxygen availability

1.3.3 Aquatic organium

1.3.4 Wildlife (induding birds, aquatic and asaphiblous nmrmals, and reptiles$

1.3.5 Fish, migratory

1.4 Chermical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

1.4.3 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.4.4 People

1.5 Not applicable

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative lossesi

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction (including site -

preparation

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A T..

D

_

_c

_

_

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS 1.7.2 Water quality, chemical

19 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or intaractrw affects

1.10 Nut effects

2. Ground Water

2.1 Raising/iowering of ground water kosy

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical cntamination of ground water lexcdudng salt)

2.2.1 People t.J

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Not appicable

2.4 Other inpects on ground vat

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Water transportation

3.1.4 Plants

3.2 Chemical discharge to mbiaent air

3.2.1 Air quality, clemijcl

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3A Other Impacts on air UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Mnonitude Pn t*,en~t,,Rk Pm Magnitude

_____

--

it I

-

4

-wI

o

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE COOLING DISCHARGE SYSTEM (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land, amount

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenities)

4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)

4.2.3 People leccessibility of archeological site%)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant operation

4.3.1 People (amenities)

CsW

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts disdtuai from oooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4.5 Not applicable

4.6 Not applicable

4.7 Nc: applicable

4.8 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

'..,0

Net effects

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS

ALTERNATIVES

A

6 C

D

Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

Pres CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Pger Magnitude

1 P-ge Magnitude P*

CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED (LIST

BELOW) (indicate concentrations at point of discharge)

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure

1.1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1,2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water quality, excess heat

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability

1.3.3 Aquatic organisms

1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fis

h. migratory

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B3 I

C

I j

0 D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.4A4 People

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

1.7.2 Water quality, chemical

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or interactive effects

1.10 Net elfects Ln

2. Ground Water

2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Not applicable

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE

ALTERNATIVES

CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (Continued)

A

_

_

I

B

C

I

D

0

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page M*anitud**

P*D

IUl*n; e, irtn P*n*

3.1.3 Water transportation

3.1.4 Planis

3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality. odor Mantd P e'__

-

n+ud

-

e

1

_

3.3 Not applicable

3.4 Other impacts on air

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land, amount

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenities)

4.2.2 People (accessibility of historical sites)

4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant operation (including site preparation)

4.3.1 People (amenities)

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4.4.3 Property resources

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE CHEMICAL SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4.8 Other land Impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS

ALTERNATIVES

A

8 C

D

Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

.Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED ILIST

BELOW) (indlcate conmntrations at point of dschagme)

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Inpingement or entrapment by cooling vow Intake suructure

1.1.1 FIsh

00

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling Systems

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 DIscharge area and thernml plume

1.3.1 Water quality, exces heat

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability

1.3.3 Aquatic organisms

1.3.4 Wildlife lincluding birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fish, migratory

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

4w COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

1

8

1 C

I

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mezrunalso and reptiles)

1.4A

People

1.6 Consumptiv use (evaporative losse)

1.6.1 People

1.62 Pirp*Wsty

1.7 Plant conainction (including site preparation)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

1.7.2 Watw quality, dchmlcal

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or Intoac*iv effects

1.10 Net effects

2. Ground Water

2.1 RaisinglowJering of ground watr levls

2.1:1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding walt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Not appllcable

2A Other impacts on ground watr

3I Air

3.1 Fogging and Icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

e C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

3.1,3 Water transportation

3.1.4 Plants

3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3.3 Not applicable

3.4 Other Impacts on air

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Lan

d. amount

4.2 Construction activities (Including site

4.2.1 People (emenities)

4.2.2 People (aaceubillty of historical sit")

4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2h5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant opration (Including site preparation)

4.3.1 People (emenities)

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood m-ntvo

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4.4.3 Property resources

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE BIOCIDE SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4.8 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

-.J

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM

ALTERNATIVES

A

8 C

0

Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude j

Page Magnitude I

Page CHEMICAL SPECIES DISCHARGED (LIST

BELOW) (indicate concentrations at point of discharg)

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Inipingement or entrapinent by cooling

~vater intake structure

1.1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systerM

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharve area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water qualit

y. excess heat

1.3.2 Water quality, oxygen availability

1.3,3 Aquatic organiuss

1.34 Wildlife (including birds. aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fis

h. migratory

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4,2 Aquatic organisms

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals. and reptiles)

1.4.4 People

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

1.7.2 Water qualit

y. chemical

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or interactive effects

1.10 Net effects

2. Ground Water

2.1 Raising/lowering of ground water levels

2.1:1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water (excluding salt)

2.2 1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Not applicable

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

____

j C ___

0

__D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

3.1.3 .Water transportation

3.1.4 Plants

3.2 Chemical discuarge to ambient air

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

3.2.2 Air quality, odor

3.3 Not applicable

3.4 Other impacts on air

4. Lad

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land, amount

4.2 Construction activities (including site prep*ration)

4.2.1 Pe:op (amenities)

4.2.2 People (acasaubility of historical sites)

4.2.3 People (accessiblllty of archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant operation lincluding site preparation)

4.3.1 People (amenities)

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Land, flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4A.3 Property resources

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4.8 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net eftectm

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE GASEOUS RADWASTE SYSTEMS

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

o INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

Present Worth Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Paegnitude

-

Magnitude Page RADIONUCLIDES EMITTED (List on separate sheet for each alternative)

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.5 Radionuclides Discharged to Water Body

1.5.1 Aquatic Organisms

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 People, ingestion

1,8 Other Impacts

1.9 Combined or interactive effects

1.10 Net effects

2. Ground Water

2.3 Radionuclide ontemination of ground water C'

2.3.1 People

2.3:2 Plants and animals

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.3 Radionuclides discharged to ambient air

3.3.1 Peopl

e. external

3.3.2 People, ingestion

3.3.3 Plants and animals

3.4 Other impacts on air

4. Land

4.8 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

5

5

1"

i S

.4

.4

.5

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE LIQUID RADWASTE SYSTEMS

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

Present Worth

1 INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

-

_

Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnizude

=

Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page RADIONUCLIDES EMrT'ED (List onseparate sheet for each alternative)

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.5 Radionuclides Discharged to Water Body

1.5.1 Aquatic Organisms

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 Peopl

e. ingestion

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or interactive effects

1.10 Net effects

2. Ground Water

2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground

-4 water

2.3.1 People

2.3.2 Plants and animals

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.3 Radionuclides discharged to ambient air

3.3.1 Peopl

e. external

3.3.2 Peopl

e. ingestion

3.3.3 Plants and animals

3.4 Other impacts on air

4. Land

4 8 Other land impacts

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTES

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

Present Worth INCREM61ENTAL GENERATING COST

Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS.

UNITS

Magnilude Pge Magnitude P9e Magnitude I

Page Magnitude POW

1. Land Use (R;xnk alternative routes in terms of amount of conflict with present and planned land usel

2. Property Values (Rank alternative rou.es in terms of total loss in property values)

3. Multiple Use (Rank alternative routes in terms of envisioned multiple use of land preempted by rights-of- way)

4. Length of rew rights-o

f. way required

-J

5. Number end length.0f new access and service roads required

6. Number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection or interchanges

7. Number of major waterway crossings

8. Number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings

9. Number of -long views" or tran*.tission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways

10. Length of above transmission line in or through the following visually sensitive areas

10.1 Natural water body shoreline

10.2 Marshland

10.3 Wildlife refuges

10.4 Parks M

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTES (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

10.5 National and state monuments

10.6 Scenic areas

10.7 Recreation areas

10.8 Historic areas

10.9 Residential areas

10.10 National forests and/or heavily timbered areas

10.11 Shelter belts

10.12 Steep slopes

10.13 Wilderness areas

10.14 [Other sensitive or critical areas, specify)

10.15

10.16

--

.

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21 Total length through sensitive areas (sum 10.1-10.20)

10.22 Total net length through sensitive areas (sum 10.1-10.20 eliminate duplication)

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE

SYSTEMS

ALTERNATIVES

A

a C

D

Present Worth INCREMENTAL GENERATING COST

Annualized CAPACITY FACTOR

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude P tude age Magnitude Page

1. Natural Surface Water Body

1.1 Impingement or entrapment by cooling water intake structure

1.1.1 Fish

1.2 Passage through or retention in cooling systems

1.2.1 Phytoplankton and zooplankton

1.2.2 Fish

1.3 Discharge area and thermal plume

1.3.1 Water qualit

y. excess heat

1.3.2 Water quality. oxygen availability cc

0

1.3.3 Aquatic organisms

1.3.4 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious mammals, and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fish, migratory

1.4 Chemical effluents

1.4.1 Water quality, chemical

1.4.2 Aquatic organisms

1.4.3 Wildlife (including birds, aquatic and amphibious rnannals, and repitles)

1.4.4 People

1.5 Radionuclides discharged to water body

1.5.1 Aquaticorganisus

1.5.2 People, external

1.5.3 People, ingestion

1.6 Consumptive use (evaporative losses)

1.6.1 People

1.6.2 Property

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE

SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

_____

________

D

____

_______

___

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Pag.

Magnitude Page

1.7 Plant construction (including site preparation)

1.7.1 Water quality, physical

1.7.2 Water qualit

y. chemical

1.8 Other impacts

1.9 Combined or interactive effects

1.10 Net effects

2. Ground Water

2.1 Ralsing/iowerlng of ground water levels

2.1.1 People

2.1.2 Plants

2.2 Chemical contamination of ground water

00

(including salt)

2.2.1 People

2.2.2 Plants

2.3 Radionuclide contamination of ground water

2.3.1 People

2.3.2 Plants and animals

2.4 Other impacts on ground water

3. Air

3.1 Fogging and icing (caused by evaporation and drift)

3.1.1 Ground transportation

3.1.2 Air transportation

3.1.3 Water transportation

3.1.4 Plants

3.2 Chemical discharge to ambient air

3.2.1 Air quality, chemical

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE

SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnilude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

3.3.2 Air quality, odor

3.3 Radlonuclides discharged to ambient air and direct radiation from radioactive materials (in-plant or being transported)

3.3.1 Peopl

e. external

3.3.2 People, ingestion

3.3.3 Plants and animals

3.4 Other Impacts on air

4. Land

4.1 Site selection

4.1.1 Land, amount

4.2 Construction activities (including site preparation)

4.2.1 People (amenities)

00

4.2.2 People (accoesibility of historical site)

4.2.3 People (accessibility of archeological sites)

4.2.4 Wildlife

4.2.5 Land (erosion)

4.3 Plant operation

4.3.1 People (amenities)

4.3.2 People (aesthetics)

4.3.3 Wildlife

4.3.4 Lan

d. flood control

4.4 Salts discharged from cooling towers

4.4.1 People

4.4.2 Plants and animals

4.4.3 Property resources

COST DESCRIPTION-ALTERNATIVE

SYSTEMS (Continued)

ALTERNATIVES

A

B

C

D

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

UNITS

Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page Magnitude Page

4.5 Transmission route selection

4.5.1 Land, amount

4.5.2 Land use and land value

4.5.3 People (aesthetics)

4.6 Transmission facilities construction

4.6.1 Land adjacent to right-of-way

4.6.2 Land, erosion

4.6.3 Wildlife

4.7. Transmission tine operation

4.7.1 Land use

4.7.2 Wildlife

4.8 Other lend impects

4.9 Combined or interactive effects

4.10 Net effects

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50

Title I1O-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter k-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the National Environmental-flicy Act of 1969 k)/*lr:*P

l i971, .l cq, J- -lucr,

,

/Ii. )

  • !.ectiorn'-I i..uc:-

APrzENtix D--lNTsrrM STATEMENT Or OE.?-

rRtrL4 POLICy AND PROCDURE: IMPLZMtNTA-

TION

O(F THE

NATIONAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

POLICY ACT or 19630

.PclILIC LAW 91-100)

INTRODUC'ION

On July 2.1. 1971, the U.S. Court of Appeals for tile District of Columbia Circuit rendered Its decision in Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee.

Inc., et ao. v. United States Atomic Ensrgy CommLission. et al.. Nos, 24.839 and 24,871. holding that Atomic Energy Com- mlssion regulations for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of IU69 iNEPA)

in AEC licensing proceedings

,did not comply In several specified respects with the dictates of that Act, and remanding the proceedings to the Commission for rule making consistent with the court's opinion.

The Court of Appeals' decision required. In summary, that the Commisslon's rules make provision for the following:

I. Independent substantive review of en- vironmental matters in uncontested as well rau contested cases by presidinit Atomic Safety snd Licensing Boards.

2. Consideration of NEPA environmental lirues In connection with all nuclear power reactor licensing actions which took place after January 1, 1970 (the effective date of N EPA).

3. Independent evaluation and balancing of certain environmental factors, such as thermal effects, notwithstanding the fact that other Federal or State agencies have already certified that their own environ- mental standards are satisfied by the pro- posed licensing action. In each individual cas.e, the benefits of the licensing action must be assessed and weighed against en- vironmental costs; and alternatives must be considered which wouinld affect the l)ai- Iiile i:

Of vale Jis.

4. NEPA

review, and apprmpriate action after such revlew. fur cotnstructlitU pieriLts issued prior to Januiary I.

1070, iln cases where an ittratinlig liecnuse htis not its yet been iissued. The coort's opluion lso sutstcs thatO.

in order that this review be us circe- tlie 1its possibile. the COltIInKioIu rhittild con-

!;Ider the reii*ilrniiettt of it telloritriy hialt InI conirtrtic tiol peldidln1f Ithi review nlid tihe batikiittilig of lechinological iiiitVlition.i.

As Sitirnnuilry hal-k ru*ti td, the Niutlollitl En- virniniental Policy Art of 19`9 i'unblic Law

91. 190)

became effectii'e oil JaiLtuury

1.

11,70. The Commitsion published on April 2.

1970.

in Its initial Iniplementutitol of thel Act, an Appendix D to Part 50 stailiig geU-

eral Coinnillsloti p.'licy and procedure fur ex- ercisinul AEC responsibiiltles inder the Act Ii its licensinr proceedinirs (35 F.R. 546i3).

Substantial ainendments to Appendilx D

were publLshed on December 4. 1970 135 P.R.

lR4ri9ti. and further minor amendmentts on July 7, 1071

(30 F.R. 127311.

The amenidments to Appendix D isSetid herewith have been adopted by the Com- nli.ýq1oil to make interim changes in Its reg- ulations for implement atiloll of NEPA

in AEC licensilng proceedings in light of the Court of Appeals' decision.

A. Bcsic procedures. 1. Each applicant I for a permit to constnict a nuclear power reac- tor. testing facility, or fuel repricesI-ing plant, or such other production or utiliza- tion facility whosie constructloli or opera- tion may be determined by the ComnIssioni to have a signilfCicat impact on the environ- nieait, shall submit with Ils application three hundred (3001 copies. in the case of a nu- clear power reactor. testing facility, or fuel reprocessing plant. or two hundred (200)

copies, In the ca-se of such other produc- tion or uti'lization facility, of a separate doc- uiment, entitled "Applicant's Environmental Report-Constriction Permit Stage." which di;cuIese the following environmental con- siderations:

(a)

The environmental impact of the proposed action.

(b)

Any adverse environmental effects which Cannot be avoided should the proposal be Implemented, (CI Alternatives to the proposed action, (d) The relationship between local short- term uses of man's environment and the maintentace and enhancement of long-term productivity, and (el Any Irreversible and irretrievable com- mitments of resources which would be in- volved in the propesed action should It be Implemented.

2. The discu.eson of alternatives to the proposed action in the Environmental Report required by paragraph I shall be sufficiently complete to aid the Commission In develop- ing and exploring. pursuant to section 102

(2) (D) of the National Environmental Policy Act. "appropriate alternatives I

  • I

in any proposal which Involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources."

3. the EnvIronmental Report required by paragrmph I shall Include a cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmentai effects of the fac:1lity end the alternativcs available for reducing or avoiding adveybo environmental effects, as well.as the environmental, economic, tech- nilol and other benefits of the facility. The cost-beneflt analysis shall, to the fullest

'Where the "applicant", as used in this appendix, is a Federal agency, different ar- rangements for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act may be made, pur- suant to the guidelines established by the Council on Environmental Quality.

exteliL practicable. ilatlitify tie various ra;c- trur.Li cun'itlderd. 'I'0 the extent that Such factors cinlsot be lturuiut1lied. they siall bo disc tlisiu.d inr qu:illtaIt ve iternm.

Ilie E.:nviron- nmental rt,'po-t shouild contali usllicileit duta to alti thie t*'nnmiL- lual lio I i* developmtlenit iof uit I tidepentieiet cost-beinelt anuly',l-j cover- LugL tile farLoii s5peclifd Lit tlhis p.uragrapuh.

  • 1. ih- lEnivironmenhtal Report requtired by partgr.tagah i li ll Incliide aI

Let's

u. iui of

0h1 IsLtllt L

Of Coill pl a

  • ie of til e fiLtlit)' with alipillc tlch eivirolsohctli nl t

u. l itky italtitdrdS

iand requilremenlt :;ll i lri;(,di

r. i but

'

otl 1iIIlilte'd tU). thcrniiti unid ot, her water q lla li' .titnt Ui'ds prwirniillarc'ti c

t inder Lite Federatl Witter lol- htitihll Coirlrol Act) whlicih have been Irniptied by Fedrtral. Stlae. tutid rloIIiiil aRg-iicles huav- lng re.uponsibility fur envirwitcnmeilil priitec- thlia.

il addihtitn. the en'vi rotinenital Inipact Of the facillty *hall be fuilly dlicusced with respect tx, .uilttcrs covered by such ntatndards uLid reqltirewenis irrep4,vctivo of wiethlier a certitlelation, frotni the appropriato authority has been obUlined (Iniclding. but not Imi- lt*-l t1. any cerillr.ation obtained puruiant.

to ts<ctIon 21Wib of the Federal Water Vol- ltlion Control Act '). Such dizacusion hall be reliected In the csut-beiucflt analysis pre- serltxitd ti paragraph 3. Wille a*atLfactclon of AEC

tanda.rdn and criterla pertaining to end loiohleal elff ctA will be necessary wo meiect the ticeuwuig requirements of the Atomic Energy Act. the ca,ýt-bcleeflt au'tlyiAs pro- scrib'*d In paragrph 3 shall, for the purposes of t*e N'&tionul Elivironmenteal Policy Act, con.sider the radiological effocta. together with the therumal effects and the other on- viroinietitnl elfects. of the Licllity.

5. Fitch aiplicalnt for ai !I,-,.--I!

"'T

rt'e A

production or utitleattioin fitcý:l" :i- i, '

.b' e III

paragraph i. shall submit wlhh hn

,l)iica- tIon three hundred (300) copies. In tinc caso of a nuclear power reactor, testing furility, or fuel reprocessing plant, or two hundred

(2001 copies, In the case of any other pro- duction or utilization facility described In paragraph 1. of a separate document, to be entitled

"Applicant's Environmental Re- port-Operating License Stage."

which discusses the same environmental considera- tions described iU paragraphs 1-4. but only to the extent that they differ from those dis- cussed In the Applicant's Environmental Report previously submitted In accordance with paragraph 1. The "Applicant's Environ- mental Report--Operating License Stage- may Incorporate by reference any Informa- tion contained In the Applicant's Environ- mental Report previously submitted in accordance with paragraph 1. With respect to the operation of nuclear power reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall submit the "Appll- cant's Environmental Report--Operating License Stage" only In connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full-power operation of the facility.' except that such report shall be submitted In con-.

nection with the conversion of a provisional operating license to a full-term license.

6. After receipt of any Applicant's Environ- mental Report. the Director of Regulation or his designee will cause to be published In the F=CML, RsCtS'"xa a summary notice of the availability of the report, end the report will be placed In the AEC's Public Document Rooms at 1717 H Street ;crw., Washington.

DC. and In the vicinity of the proposed site.

and will be made available to the public at s No permit cc license wili. of course, be Issued with respect to an actilvtty for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has not been obtained.

'This report Is In addition to the report required at the construction permit stage.

85

Appendix 1.

Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

the appropriate State, regional, and metro- politan clearinghouses.- In addition, a public announcement of the avallability of the re- port will be made. Any comments by inter- ested persons on the report will be considered by the Commission's regulatory staff, and there will be further opportunity for public comment in accordance with paragralpb 7.

The Director of Regulation or hia designee will analyze the report and prepare a draft detailed statement of environmental con- siderations. The draft detailed statement will contain an assessment of the matters speci- fbed In paragraph

1: a preliminary cost- benefit analysis based on the factors specified in paroagrph 3: and an analysis, pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of the National Environ- mental Policy Act, of appropriate alternatives to the proposed licensing acLion in any case which involves unresolved conflicts concern- iog alternative uses of available resources (i.e., an analysis of alternatives which would alter the environmental impact and the cost- benefit balance). The Commasston will then transmlt a copy of the report and of the draft detailed statement to such Federal agencies designated by the Council on Environmental Quality as having "jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any envIron- mental Impact involved" or as "authorized to develop and enforce environmental stand- ards" as the Commission determines are ap- propriate.- and to the Oovernor or appropri- ate State and local oficials, who are author- ized to develop and enforce environmental standards, of any affected State. The trans- mittal will request comment on the report and the draft detailed statement within forty-five (45) days in the case of Federal agencies and severnty-five (75)

days in the ease of State and local officials, or within such longer time as the Commission may deem appropriate. (In accordance with 1 2.101 (b) of Part 2. the Commission will also send a copy of the application to the Governor or other appropriate official of the State in which the facility is to be located and will publish In the Fxiat.

Itot'rrm a notice of receipt of the application, stating the pur- pose of the application and specifying the location at which the proposed activity will be conducted.) Comments on an "Applicant's Environmental Report--Operating License Stage" and on theidraft detailed statement prepared In connection therewith will be re- quested only as to environmental matters that differ from those previously considered at the construction permit stage. If any such Federal agency or State or local official falls to provide the Commission with comments within the time specified by the Commission.

'Such ctearinghouses have been etaob- lished pursuant to Office of Management and Budget Circular A-95 to provide Iliason and coordination between Federal and State, regional or local agencies with respect to Federal programs. 'he documents will be made available at appropriate State, regional and metropolitan cliaringhouses only with respect to proceedings in which the draft detailed statement is circulated after June 30,

1971.

in accordance with the

"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Fed.

oral Actions Affecting the Environment"' of the Council on Environmental Quality (38 P.R. 7724).

'Requests for comments on Environ- mental Reports and draft detailed statemente from the Environmental Protection Agency will include a request for comments with re- spect to water quality aspects of the pro- posed action for which a certification pursu- ant to section 21 (b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has been issued, and with respect to aspects of the proposed action to which section 309 of the Clean ALr Act Is applicable.

It will be presumed that the agency ur official has no comment to make. unlers a specific extes*lon of time has been requested.

7. In addition, upon preparation of a draft detailed statement, the Commiateon will cause to be published In the FiEL.iL nleels- Tim a summary notice of the avaU.ibility of the Applicant's Environmental Report and the draft detailed statement, The summary notice to be published pursuant to this para- graph will request, within sventy-five (75)

days or such longer period as the Commission may determine to be practicahle. comment from interested persons on the propoeed action and on the draft statement. The sum- mary notice will als*

Coutaln a statement to the effect that the comments of Federal agencles and State and local officials thereon will be available when received.'

8. After receipt of the comments requested pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7, the Director of Regulation or his designee. will prepare a final detailed statement on the environ- mental considerations specified In paragraph

1. Including a discustion of problems and ob- jections rais.d by Federal, State, and local agencies or officials and private organl*zations and Individuals and the disposition thereof.

The detailed statement will contain a final cost-benefit analysis which considers and balances the environmental effects of the facility and the alternatives available for re- ducing or avoiding adverse environmental ef- fects, as well as the environmental, economic.

technical, and other benefits of the facility.

The cost-benefit analysis will, to the fullest extent practicable, quantify the various fac- tors considered. lb the extent that such fac- tors cannot be quantified, they will be dis- cussed tn qualitative terms, In the case of any proposed licensing action that Involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources, the Detailed Statement will contain an analysis, pursuant to section 102(2) (D) of the National Envi- ronmental Policy Act, of alternatives to the proposed licensing action which would alter the environmental impact and the coat- benefit balance. Compliance of facility con- structlon or operation with environmental quality standards and requirements (Includ- Ing. but not limited to. thermal and other water quality standards promulgated under the Federal Water Pollutuon Control Act)

which have been imposed by Federal. State and regional agencies having responsibility for environmental protection will receive due consideration. In addition, the environmental Impact of the facility will be considered in the coat-benefit analysis with respect to matters covered by such standards and re- quirements. Irrespective of whether a certi.

fication from the appropriate authority has been obtained (including. but not limited to, any certification obtained pursuant to sec- tion 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act'). While satisfaction of AEC

standards and criteria pertaining to radlo- logical effects will be necessary to meet the licensing requirements of the Atomic Energy Act, the cost-benefit analysis will, for the purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act. consider the radiological effects, together with the thermal effects and the other environmental effect-. 'f the facility,

$This paragraph applies only with respeot to proceedilng In which the draft detailed statement is circulated after June 30. 1971, in accordance with the "Guidelines on State- meats on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Eny"onment" of the Council on Environ- mental 'uallty

(380 FJ. 7724).

'No permit or license will, of course, be Issued with respect to an activity for which a certification required by section 21(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act has not been obtained, On the basis of the forei

l. oni ev

nl:*ttlI0n and analyses, the detailed stalement .will incltide a conclusion by the Director of Reg:lkalion ,r his designee ts to whether, after wei!:i~iu the envlronmnental, eConom11c', tech CCal a
I

ld other becwflis agalnst environmental costni Find considering avnitihble alternatives. the action called for is isn.laoce or tillal tif the proposed piermit or iIcettse or Its appr:'priate conditioning to protect etuviro::nmental vatlues.

Detailed statements preparcl in ron:'e-.

tion With unl app~lication for nn operstilni:

license will cover only envirn *me'*il:I

rosi- Ilideratlots whIchR differ fromn. twrl:

d.e Uie.d In the detal.led ;tatement prevlou.iy lrep'iar'td In con:necticon wllth the npplIcation for a con -

structliol permit land nu"y i::corl'wrrte by rfterence any Infurinaticon cnoltalinf- I

tie detailed statement prvvlounly prepared In connection with that applieatil:n for a co::-

structlon permit. Witt% respect to the opera- tion of nuclear power reactors It Is expetted that in most cases the detailed btatement will be prepared only In connection with the first licensing action that authorlies full-power operation of the facility. except tlhat such a detailed statement will be prepared in coal- nection with the converaion of a provisional operating license t-o a full-term license.

9. The Commission will traltunit to tIle Council on Environmental Quality copies of (a) each Applicant's Envlronmental Report, (b) each draft detailed statement, (ci coin- ments thereon received from Federal, State, and local agencies and officials and private organizations aind Individumas. and tid cadch detailed statement prepared pursuant to paragraph 8. Copies of such report, draft atatements, comments and statements will be made available to the public as providedt in this appendix and as provided In 10 CFPt Part 9 and will accompany the application through, and will be considered In, the Conm- mission's review processes. After each detailed statement becomes available, a notice of Its availability will be published In the PFsrIssi.

Rxors'ra. and copies will be made available to appropriate Federal. State and local agen- cles and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses.- To the maximum extent practicable, no construction permit or operat- ing lloenae in connection with which a de- tailed statement is required by paragraph 8 will be issued until ninety (90) days after the draft detailed statement so required ha&

been circulated for comment, furnished to the Counoi on Environmental Quality, and made available to the public, and until thirty

(30) days after the final detailed statement therefor has been made available to the Council and the public. If the filial detailed statement is filed within ninety (901 dnyR

after a draft statement has been circulated for comment, furnished to the Council and made available to the public, the thirty (30)

dsy period and ninety (O0) day perlod may run concurrently to the extent that they overlap. In addition, to the maximum extent practlcable. the final detailed statement will be publicly ovailable at least thirty (30) days before the commencement of any related evidentlary hearing that may be held.

10. In a proceeding for the issuance of a construction permit or an operating licen.se for a production or utilization facility de- scribed In paragraph I In which a hearing is held, the Applicant's Environmental Report, comments thereon, and the detailed state- ment will he offered In evidence. Any party to the proceeding may take a position and offer evidence on environmental aspects of

' This statement lain addition to the state.

ment prepared at the construction permit stage.

'10

CPR Part 0 Implements the Freedom of Information Act, section 668 of title 6 of the United States Code.

I

I

86

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

the proposed licensing Action in accordance with the provisions of Subpart 0 of 10 CFR

'tart

2.

it. In a proceeding for the Issuance of It construction permit for a production or uti- lt?.ttoti facility described in paragraph 1, and itn a proceeding for the Issuance of all operating license in which a hearing is held and maatters covered by this appendix are it Issue, the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will (a)

determine whether the re- quirements of section 102(2)

IC) and (D)

of the National Environmental Policy Act and this appendix have been complied with in the proceeding. (ti decide any matters InI

controversy among the parties, (c)

deter- inile. in uncontested proceedings. whether the NEPA review conducted by the Comnis- sinna regulatory staff hx., been adequate, and (d)

independentiy consider the final balance ntnung conflicting flactors contailned In the record of the proceeding for the permit or license with a view to determining the ap- propriate action to be taken.

The Atomic 9afety and Licensing Board.

on the brais of its eunelsusions on the above nmttcrs. shall determine whether the permit or license should be granted, denied, or ap- propriately conditioned to protect environ- mental valutes. The Atomic Safety and Li- c-risng Board's initial decision will Include findinl;s And conclusions which may aifirm or modify the contents of the detailed state- nlent described in paragraph 8. To the ex- tent that findings and conclusions diffevrent from those li the dectalled statement are reached, the detailed statement shall be deemed modiliied to that extent and, as modi- fied. transmitted to the Council on Environ- ment,.I Quality and nmade available to the pthllc pursuant to paragraph 0. 1V the Com- mtsslon or the Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board. In a decision on review of the initial decision, reaches conclusions different from the Atomic Safety and Licentsing Board with respect to environmnental aspects. the detailed statement shall be deemed modified to that e.tent and, as modified, transmitted to the Council oil Eivironmeistat Quality and made available to tile public pursuant tU parnu:ratph 9.

12, The Atomic Safety and Licensing Board, during tile course of the hearing on An application fo*r a license to operate a pro- ductoien or utiliatlion facility deserbthed in psratzraph

1, niny authorize, pursuant to I 50.57(c). the loeding of nuclear futel in the reactor core and limited operation within the scope of

1 50 57 (c i.

tpon compliance with tile procedures described therein.

Where any party to the proceeding opposes;

nueh attithirtzaitotn ott the bi6si.s of msatters covered by thls appendix, the provisions of parngraph It shall apply In regard to the Atmlc Safety and Licensin*

Btlad'A deter- nl tat.lonl of sulcl satters. Any 7lcetn.e so Is.itild will be without prejudice to nsobe- qtlent licensini: action which may be taken by tile Cmlmlssion with regard to the en- vironmental asvpecta of the facility, and any l leetse i:svud will he cnnld lltned to tIiat c:tct.

1M. The Comrnislont will incorporate In all CO ls:trocilon Iperntolts anid operating licenses for production and utiiliutlous faclities de- scribed in paragraph I. A condition, In addi- tlon to Any conditions Imposed pursuant to paragraph I1. to the effect that tile licensee shall observe such standards and require- rnentn for the protection of the environment nut are validly imposed pursuant to authority e.stahllshed under Federal and State law antd as are determined by the Commli-son to ie applicable to Uie facility that is subject to the lientlsling action Involved. This con- ditios will not apply to radiological effects since radiological effects are dealt with in other provislons of the'construction permit and operating license.

14. The Coinirlssion hasm deteriuined Utat the fUllowing activities subject t~l tsaterils Itcensing may Also signifieantly affect the quality of the environment: W (a)

Licentses for poss*ssioln and use of special nuclear ma- terial for processItlg and fuel fabrication.

scrap recovery rand conversion of uranium hexaflucrlde; ibi licenses for possession and Use of source material for trntiilun milling and productiotl of uranium hexalluoride: and (ci ilcensest authorlzing commercial radio.

Active waste di.posal by laJnd burial. Appli- canhts for such l1cesnses tiall aubmlit two hlun- dred 1200) copies of an Environmenttal Re- por". which disctusses the environmenial con- siderations described in paragraphs I-4. Ex- cept As tile context may otherwise require.

procedures aind nieasures sinmilar to those described Il Seotions A. Bi. D. and E of this appendix will tie followed in proceedings for the Issuance of such licenrtc. The procedures and me1alures to be followed with respect tO

mIaterials licenses will, of course, reflect tile fact that. utnlke the Ilicen.ing of productluli and utllLxUtlon facilIUes,.

the lic*i.sing of materials does not require separatw autlhorl- Zritlons for conrstructLion and operation. Ordi- narily, therefore, there will be only unr Ap- plicant,'s Elvirorntental Report requiredi and only ane detailed statement prepared ii con- nection wlt~h an application for a materlials licensee. If a proposed subsequent licensiug action Involves environmental constderaUons which differ significantly from t.hose dig- cussed In the Envirotinental Report filed and the detailed statement prevlously prepared in connection with the original licensing action, a supplementary detailed statement will be prepared. In a proceeding for the Is- anuanice of a materials license within the pur- view of this paragraph where tile require- mcitz of paragraphs 1-9 have not as yet been met. the activIty for which the license Is sought may be authorized with appropriate limitUtIons. upon a showing that the conduct of the activity. so limited, will not have a significant, adverse impact on the quality of the environment. In addition, the Commis- SMon recogntiizes thalt there may be other cir- cuto:ta~cc, where, conistent with appropri- ate reTgard for environmental values, the con- duct of such acliviltes nsay be warranted dur- Ing the period of the ongoing NEPA environ- men'al revvew. Accordingly. the activity for which the license Is sought may be autlbor- Ied with appropriate limitations after con.

sideratoin and balanctnt:

of the factors decritbed below: Protidrd, howCrcr., That stch activity may not be authorized for a period In excess of four (4) months except upon specific prior approval of the Com- nilsslon. Such approval will be extended only for cs,0,wc cauise shown.

FAC'TOR.S

(a)

".hetiher It Is likely that tile act.ivlty conducled during the provpectuve revlew period will gIve rice to a signfilcant, adverse Impact on the environment: the nature and extent of such impact. if any. and whether redr.ss of ally such Adverse enuvirnnmentAl Impnet cats reaionlably he efitected should modification or termination of the license re- stilt from the ongoltW NEPA environtsenttal review.

lb)i Whether the Actlvlty conducted dur- Ing the prospective review perio] would fore.

cicve subsequent Adoption of altertlahvtes In the conduct of the acUvity of the type Utat could result from the ongoing NEPA environ- menial review.

(c) The effect of delay In the conduct of the activity upon the public Interest, Of

1* Additional activities subject to materials licensing may be determined to signilfcantly elect the quality of the environment and thus be suhject to the provisions of this para- graph.

primary importanve under this criterion are the needs to be served by the conduct of the actirlty;

the availability of alternative sources. If any. to meet those needs on a timely basts: and delay cc-.;ta tO the licensee and to consumerm.

Aliv license so Wmsed will be without preJ-

tldice to) sii.usequent licensing action which Inay be iNken by Use Comlmisslion with re- anird to the euvir*ninental aspects of the activity. amnd any livense tamed will be cotl- dtitined to Ihat efcu-i.

B3. Procedures for rct'(ew of Cthlfaln It- ocnise fo cowrtrut or operale productwon or utilizaifon facities and certain lice**e* for rcnrcc matcrtial. speclo2 nuclear material and byproduct material issued in the period Jartuary 1, 1970-Septfcmb"

9. 1971.

I. All holders of (a) construe- linn permt4i or operatine licenses for pro- duetlon or utltl?'ttlon facilities of the type described In sectlion A.1, (ib) licenses for ptn- Aesslon aind use of Ypvclal nuclear material for process*lng and fuel fabrication, scrap relcovery slid conversion of uranilumn hexat- fluoride. {c)

ilcenseA for pnssesston and iss*

of source mnateritl for uraniurm milling and production of uranium hexafluorlde. And Id)

licetset"n authorizituur cotmiercial radioactive waste disposal by land burial. Issued durint the period Januarv I,

197I--

Spti...wu;vt V1. 1971.,

shall submit.

ast soon aspossiible. but tin later than (d!xtv

(60) days aitet September 9. 1971.

or such later date Ms may bo approved by the Cbmmls.sion upon good cauise shown. the appropriate number of copies of an Environmental Report as specified in sec- tiot A I-5.

If an Environmenttal Report had been nsth- milted prior to the issuance of the permit or ltcenae. a supplement to that report. coer- Ing the matters described in sectlon A

1 5 to the extent not prevtounly covered. may be silbnsltted In lieu of a new Envirotmentai Report.

2. After receipt of Any Environmental Re- port or ally x-upplement to An Environtmental Report submitted pursuant to paragraph I

of this section, the procedures ret out nit section A 6-9 will be. followed, except that comnments will he reqetertd. and must ba received, within thirty (30i days from Federal agv*tcles. State And local officlals and Inter- ested persons on Enironmetal Reports asid draft detnaled statements. If no comments are submitted within thirty (301 days by such agencles, offlclalan. or persons, it will be presumed that slich agencies, officials or per- sons have no comnments to make. The detailed statement (or supplemental detailed 1tate- neitit, As appropriate) ir,,pnred by the Direr- tur of Ilegillation or his desIgntee pursuant to section A 8 mill. on thc basis of tile analyses and evalluations deieriried therein. Incluscie it conclusion by the Director of Regulation or his deslenee an to whether, after weighitn the envlronmental. ecotntMic. techniclc nad other benefit. alinaint environimental costs and coosisderiliR nvailstle alternatives, the action called for is contituation, ruodificr- tion or terminatiotn of the pernilt or llcnise or Its appropriate condltintiltg to protect environmental vatlnes.

3. The Dtreotor of Rcg,,iation will, In the ease of a oonstruction permit foe a nuclear power or test reaotor or a fuel ropceing plant, publish Itn the F-zmrAL

REOIL*rt a

notice of hearing, In accordaflee with I 2.103 of this rtapter, on NEPA onvironztientid tIsues as defined itn sstion A.11. which hemr- bIg notloo may be iscluded ns the nottce re- quired by paragraph 2. With respect to anly other permit or licerme for a facility of a type descrtbed In section A.l. the Director of riaulatioon wUl publish a notice in the Fn- rRLt.

.11GI1Th5. WuIcn5 nMsy be Ircluded In the notice required by paragriph 2, providing X7

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

tMart. within thirty (30) days from the date of publication of the notice, the holder of the permit or license may Mle a roque"t for a hearing Mid any peram stmise Intereut may be alfocted by the proceeding may. in acord- alice With i 2.714 of this chapter, file a petl- tion for leave to intervene and request a elarlig. In uny hearing heold puruiant to tjil paragraph. the provislonsA of sectiont A.10

and 1I will apply. The Comnmission Ce' the presiding Atomic Safety and Llor-slng Boaed.

aS ApwoprtatOe, mWay pruicrIbe the time wltt in which prooeedings, or any portions thereof.

conducted puruant to th;

parugraph wrlt be conleted.

C. Procedures /or revicw of certain con- sirtctfon per"mits /or production or utilie*-a ion facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970.

for which operating licenses or notice of op- portunity for hearing on the operating license Opplicafitns have not been issued. I. Each liolder of a permit to conrtruct a production or utlllTAstion facility of the type described in section A.1 lrnfued prior to January 1. 1970.

for which neither an operating license nor a notice of opportunity for hearing on the op- erating license application had been lssued prior to October 31, 1971. shall wilhmit the appropriate number of copies of an Environs- mental report as specified in sections A.1-4 of this appendix as soon as possible, but no later than sixty (160) days after September 9,

1971. or such later date as may be approved by the Commission upon good cause shown.

It an environmental report had been sub- mitted prior to September 0, 1971, a supple- ment to that report. covering the matters described In sections A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered. may be submitted In lieu of a new environmental report.

2. Upon reoeipt of an Envirornmental Re- port or supplemental EzvIronmental Report submitted pursuant to paragraph 1. the pro- cedures set out in section A. 0-9 will be followed. except that comments will be re- quested, and must be received, within thirty (30) days from Federal agencies. Slate and local oflict*Ls, and Interested persons on Environmental Reports and draft detailed etatements. If no comments are submitted within thirty (30)

days by such agencIes, officials or perlsons it will be presumed that such agencies, officials or persons have no oomment to make. The detailed statement (or supplemental detailed statement, as ap- prepriate) prepared by the Director of Reu- lation or his designee pursuant to section A.8 will, on the basis of the analyses and evaluations described therein, include a con- clusion as to whether, after weighing the environmental. economic, technical and other benefits against environmental coaste and considering avrallable alternatives, the action called for is the continuation, modification or termination of the construction permit or its appropriate conditlonng to protect en- vironnental values. Upon preparation of the detailed statement, the Director of Regulas- tion will publish in the FtzaAL

s, Ricsri a

notice, which may be included In the notice required by section A.9. setting forth his, Or hbi deeignee's, conclusion as respects the continuatlon, modification or termination of the construction permit or Its appropriate ondIltioning tc protect " envlornmontal values.

7be Direotor of Regulation will Also p"4 ta in tie PWDMAL EZoasm a notiee, which ussy be included in the notice setting foth his or his deasne'

cooclsioc as re- specta the *Oonuo.tiot, modtiJbatn or termlnation at the oosrctitm permit or its eipproprIate condiUoning to protect environ- mantal values, providing that wMhin thirty

(30) dlays from the date of Ito publication.

any peewi-un wlhixe Interest may be taffcoted by theo proceeding ma

y. In accoraxrne with

1 2.714 of thWi chapter. file a petit*on fnr leave to intervene and request a hear- bw.

In any hiearing. the provIsions of section A. 10 Ald it will apply to the extent pertinent. Tlc Om.

mIsrlon or the pre.,ldlng Atornic SILfly and LIcensIng Boerd, ai appropriate. may pre.

ccrihe the time within which proceedingq, or any portions thereof, conducted purstiait to this paragraph will be conducted.

3. The review of environmental m;Ltters conducted in aoccrdanice with thlr. ,ectilon C

will not be duplicated at the operating lihurnse stage, abient view NIgnificant Informattioll relevant to these maU,

O. Proreduires applicabile to pr put i;a he ar.

in.* or pyoceediag., to be rotniecd in the near future. I. In proceedings In which hearinr.:

are pending as of September 9, 1971, or Iln which a draft or fial detailed statement of envtronmental considerations prepared by the Director of Regulation or hill dengnee has been circulated prior to said date :1 in the rave of all applicatiol] fur a coniLtruction permit, or its which a notice of opportunity for hearing on tht application has been issued prior to Octotber 31. 1971. In the case of an application for an operating license, the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will. if the requirements of paragraphs 1-9 of soctIon A have not as yet be-en mot, pro- toed expeditlotus.ly with the w-pects of the application related to the Comml*slon's licensing requirements under the Atomic Energy Act pending the submisalon of en- vironmentWl .Veports and detailed str-tements as specified In section A and compliance with other appltiable requirements of vection A.

A supplement to the environmental report, covering the matters described in sections A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered.

may be submitted in lieu of a new environ- mental report. Upon receipt of the supple- mental environmental report, the procedures set out in sections A,6-9 will be followed.

except that comments will be requested, and must be received, within thirty (30)

days from Federal agencies, State and local offi- cIals, and interested persons on .environ- mental reports and draft detailed statk*snta.

It no commenta are submitted within thirty

(30) days by such agencies, officials, or per- sons, It will be presumed that such agencies, offleials, or persons have no comment to make. In any subsequent session of the hear- ing held on the matters covered by thin ap- pendix, the provisions of sections A.l0 and It will apply to the extent pertinent. The Commission or the presiding Atomic Itdoty and Licensing Board, as appropriate, may prescribe the time within which the proceed- ing, or any portion thereof, will be completed.

2. In a proceeding for the Issuance of an operating license where the requirements of paragraphs 1-9 of section A have not as yet been met and the matter Is pending before an Atomio Safety and Lcensing Board, the applicant may make. pursuant to I 50.57(c),

a motion in writing for the Issuance of a license authorizing the loeading of fuel in the reactor core and limited operation within the scope of I 50.57(c). Upon a showing on the record that the proposed Ilceniang action will not have a significant, adverse impact on the quality of the environment and upon satisfaction of the requirements of I 50.57(c).

the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board may grant the applicant's motion. In addition, the Oommlsslon recognizes that there may be other circumstances where, consistent with appropriate regard for envi- ronmental values, limited operation may be warranted during the period of the ongoing NEPA environmental review. 'Such circum- stances Include testing and verification of plant performance and other limited actIvi.

ties where operation can be Justified without prejudice to the ends of environmental pro- tection. Accordingly, the presiding Atomio

88 Safety and Licensing Board may. upon natIs- faction of the requIrements of I1 .571cl.

grant a motion, pursutant to that ec*il.on.

after consideration and balancing oil tile record of the factors deacrlbedl lic;ow: Pr.-

Hidrd. Itowe'l cr. that operailon beyoud tuent:

percent (20':,) or full power nu"y niut'be it:.

thorized cxcept upon :ipt-olic Ipr.ur upprrv;a.

ol the C:*ilnntl:alon.

(al Whether it Iz, Iktly hli;it liiltcd ;-,

eratIon d uringi the ptrr-p'ctive rev:cw

,r

..td will give rise ti it a ;ig*lMc.atit. iaJv,'r:A.- lIit*',t fin the nuv rou, line the o

li itti r, ani e

it,!t

,,f sulch Itnipact, If any: and w.lhether redt!:.

of tny5 Lsuc is dversLe v ovI ninnin stL1 I nln.sL

can ;ea.5onably be effected should nlkpdilht.-

tion t'r termlination of the lIHnm ted lhn:;e rn'siult, fromn the Mlngolng NEPA erievIroniiniii- tl review.

(b)

Whether limited operation duelrin: the prco-pectlve revIew period would fomcl-o.e sub.bccluent avdop)tIon of alteruiiatt I

ln I -

cility design or operatlinu of the type that could result from the ougolrrn NVI'IA envtroll- mental review.

(c)

'he effect of delay In flcrllty opera- lion ilpioo the public Inter.-.t. O

i plrinLry Im-portance under this eriCeilon are the power neede to be ierved iy the acililty: the availability of altersuttlive iitrce e

t.

a**y.

to meet thnee needs on a timely

.tui;

dtri delay costs to the lIcensec and to consuiml'r.i.

If any party, Including the staff.

,,poiimi the recluest, the provisions of 5 50.57 (ci will apply with respect to) the re:-,Wtlouth- tfi lhe objections of such party and the makilig of findings required by 1 50.57 c) afnd this puara- graph. 'The Comlnision Air the pre:ilig Atoric S.Tfety and Licensing Board. A.v aplpIo.

prtate, fav-y prescribe the tima within which the procecding, or any portion thereof. will be completed. Any license so is'*sued will le without prejudice to subaequent licerntg action which may be taken by the Connini-q slon with regard to the envirolunmelrltl wspectA of the facility. and any licen-e issued Will be conditioned to that effect.

3. This paragraph applies tl proceeding!

on an application for an operating licentie for which a notice of opportunity for hear- ing was Issued prior to October 31, 1971. and no hearing has been requested. In such pr.-

ceedings an envlronmental report or a supple- ment to the envlIronmental report, covering the matters descrlbed In actlons A.1-4 to the extent not previously covered, shall 1e submitted. Upon receipt of the supplemental environmental report, the procedures aet out in sections A.6-9 will be followed, except that comments will be requested, and 1n0um be received, within thirty (30)

days from Federal agencies, State and local offilelhi. and interested persons on environmental reports and draft detailed statements. If no com- ments are submitted within thirty (30) days by such ageneles.,

efllals, or persons, It will be presumed that such agencies, oifrlliht. or persons have no comment to make.

In additIon Wo the pert'innt pro- vlakuns off pJxignspbs 1-9 of amctton A. the provisiona of eectSWU

Dq will be f101 lowa,.

If In such proceedinf,. the require- menta of paragraphs, 1-9 of ýectton A have not as yet been met, the Coinmisslon may issue a license authoriAng tho loafdIng of fuei in the reactor core and limited operation within the Scope of 150.57 (cl, upon a show- Ing that such licensing actlon will not have a Slgnificant. adverse Impact on tile quality of the environment And upon inaking the appropriate findings on the matters specified in

1 50.57(a). In addition, the Commi-sIon recogntres that there may be other circuin- stances where, consistent with approprIate regard for environmental values, limited operation may be warranted during the pe- riod of the ongoing NEPA envlronmental re- A

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

view. Such circurnstances include testing and vertifIcation of plant performance and other limited activities whoere operation can be Justified without prejudice to the ends of environmental protection, Accordingly. thie Commission may Issue a license for limited

,peratlon after consideration and balancing of the factors described in paragraph 2. of this section and upon making the appro- priate findlngs on the matters specified in

1 50.57(a); Provided, however. That opera- tion beyond twenty percent (20%.)

of full power will not be authorized except in emer- gency situations or other situations where the public Interest so requires. Any license so Issued will be without prejudice to sub- sequent licensing action which may be taken by the Commission with regard to the en- vironsmental aspects of the facility, and any license Issued will be conditioned to that effect.

I;. Consfdcratfou of suspension of certain permit.? and licenses pending NEP.4 Enriron- tri'ntal Reinew.

1. In regard to (a) proceedings sutJect to Section D other than those in which a hear- lug on an operating license appllcwion has commenced, ib) proceedings subject to see- tion C Involving nuclear power reactors and ltsting facllities.u and 4c)

proceedlusjs li which the Commission cetimAtes that con- tructLion under a permit will not be cam-

-picLed by January 1. 19*3. the Comnmissio will consider and determine. in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this section E, whether the permit or ii- cerise should be suspended, in whole or in part, pending completion of the NAEPA envi- rotunentail review apeclned In thi g mctlons.

2. In MnakInr tVe d'eunlnntnion catled for in para..raph

1. the Cbm-nnuzion will con.

sider ard balatnce tile following factorn:

(a)

Whether it ini likely that continued COn-trnctlon or operation during the pru- rnpectlve review period will gtive rise to a eignlflncat adverse hnp-w, on the environ- Inent; the natu,-e and extent of such .m- pact. if any: and whether redruax of any such adverse environn;ental impact can reasonably be eflected should modification. eatpension or termination of the pernUt or ltcetae re- suit from the ongoing NEPA envIronmental review.

(b) Whether continued coontructicn or operation during the proapectlse review pe- rnod would foreclose snbsequent adoption of atlterntatives In facility design or operntIon of the type that coud reault from the ongoing XNPA environmental review.

(c)

The effect of delay In facility con- struction or operation upon the public In- terest. Of prlnary Importance under this criterion are the power needs to be served by the facility: the availability of alterna- tire sources. If any, to meet thoe needs on a timely basis: and delay costs to the li- censee and to consumers.

3. Each holder of a permit or license sub- ject to paragraph I at this section E shall turnLLsh to the Conlmission. before 40 clays after September 9, 1971 or such later date As may be approved by the Comxnrsslon. upon good cause Shown, & wrItte statement or any reasons, with supporting factual submtsslon.

why, with reference to tho criteria In para- graph 2. the permit or license should not be suspended, In whole or It. part. pending com- pletion of the N*A environmental review speclfled in sectionA B, C, or D. Such docu- ments will be publicly available and any Interested person may submIt comments thereon to the Comm'ssion.

4. The Commlasson will thereafter deter- mine whether the permit or license shall be suspended pending NEPA envlronmental re- view and will publish that determination In the P=MAt Reclms*. A public announce- ment cf that determination will Also be made.

(a)

It the Corimmtsion determines that the permit or license shall be suspended, an order to show cause pursuant to 12.202 of this chapter shall be served upon the II-

centme ar~l the provisions of that section tolowediJr (b)

Any person whose Interest may be aftected by the proceeding, other than the ifonse.*

may ifle a request for a hearing within thirty (30)

days after publIcation of the Commlalon's determination on this matter in the l=zDwAL Rttclirxt. Such re- quest shall set forth the matters, with ref- erence to the criteria set out in paragraph

2, alleged to warrant a suspension determl- naUon other than that made by the Com- mission, and shall set forth the factual basi for the requestL I

the Co-mlaeon deter- ailnes that the mattars stated In such re- quest warrant a herlng, a notice of hesa- Ing vill be published In the ftmn

.c)

IThe Comns.a.lon or the prersding Atomic Safety and Licensinf. Bolard. a-1 ap- propriate, may prencribe the time within whielh a proceedin,. or uny portion thereof.

conducted puriuant to this paragraph bliall be completed.

it In proceedings In which an applicant's enviroillnethtal report, rather than a draft detailed statcmnent, was circulated by the Cotnntll%%lol. that environmental report shall be deemed a draft detailed statement for the purpoies of this paragraph.

  • ~PUsi reProcesailog plaists; bare been ex- cluded since only one such plant is subject to section C and Its construction is complete,

130O GiCP 2202 "Wmong other things. pro- vides for Institution of a prooeeding to mod- ify, suspend, or revoke a iloenat by timsanee of an order to show cause iad provides an opportunity for hearing.

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

FEDERAL REGISTER,

VOL. 36, NO. 175- THURSDAY, SEPIEMBIER 9, 1971 Title I1O-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION'AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of National environmental Policy Act of 1969 On July 23. 1971. the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit rendered its decision in Calvert Cliffsý

Coordinating Committee. Inc.,

et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission, et al. Nos. 24,839 and 24,871, holding that Atomic Energy Commission regulations for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) in AEC licensing pro- ceedings did not comply in several sped- fled respects with the dictates of that Act, and remanding the proceedings to the Commission for rule making con- sistent with the Court's opinion.

Revised Appendix D set forth below is an interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the Implemen- tation of NEPA in accordance with the decision of the Court of Appeals.

The effect of the revised regulations will be to make the Atomic Energy Com- mission directly responsible for evalu- ating the total environmental Impact, including thermal effects, of ndclear power plants, and for assessing this Im- pact in terms of the available alterna- tives and the need for electrLi power.

The Commisdon Intends to be respon- sive to the conservation and environ- mental concerns of the public. At the same time the Commission Is also exam- ining steps that can be taken to reconcile a proper regard for the environment with the necessity for meeting the Na- tion's growing requirements for electric power on a timely basis.

The procedures In Appendix 0 ripply to licentsing proceedings for nuclear power reactors: testing facilities: fuel reprocessing plants: and other produc- tion and utillzation facilities whrse conrstruction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sic- niflcant Impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedines in- volhing certain specified activitics sub- ject to materials licensing.

ReL-sed Appendix D Is divided Into five sections. Section A deals with the basic procedures for implementinm, NEPA. including an identification of the information required of applicants. the circulation of environmental reports and detailed statements for comment, and the role of Atomic Safety and Licensino Boards in the environmental review process.

Section B deals with procedures ap- plicable to the specified facility and ma- terials licenses Issued during the period from January 1. 2970. the date of enact- ment of NEPA, to the effective date of this revision.

SOction C deals with the procedure;

applicable to oonstructlon permitL

for the specified facilities issued prior to January 1, 1970, for which operating licenses have not been issued.

Section D deals with the procedures applicable to pending hearings and hear- ings to be conducted in the near future.

It makes provision for NEPA review and hearing opportunity on NEPA matters following such review and also provides for possible auhorization of fuel loadlin and limited operation of nuclear power reactors, consistent with appropriate re- gard for environmental values, during the period of ongoing NEPA environ- mental review. Operation beyond twenty percent (20%)

of full power would ie- quire the specific prior approval of the Commission and would not be authorized except in emergency situations or other situations where the public Interest so requires. (Counterart provisions for certain materials licensing actions are contained in section A.)

Section E sets forth the factors which will be considered by the Commission in determining whether to suspend, pend- ing the required NEPA environmental review, permits or licenses of the speci- fied types issued during the period from January 1, 1970, and the effective date of this revision and construction permits for the specified facilities Issued prior to January 1, 1970, for which operating Uloenses have not been issued.

Sections B, C, and D provide that the Commission or the presiding Atomic Safety and Licensing Board. as appro- priate, may prescribe the times within which the proceedings subject to those sections will be completed. These provi- alons amre In keeping with the Commis- alon's continuing objective of mintlrz- Ing undue delay In the conduct of its licensing proceedings. They would Ilot Impinge upon the basic requiretictnLs for a fair arid orderly hiearing on the NE1'A

issues.

Because the revision of Appendix D

which follows is necei*ary to comply with Court of Appeals' decision ill the Calvert Cliffs case. tile Com0UiJ&Mlo lhas found that good cause exists for omitting no- tice of proposed rule inakinh and publiv procedure thereon as tnnecessary and Impracticable and for making the revi- sion effective upon publication in tile FEDERAL REGISTER %kithout the c

u. stomary

30-day notice.

Accordingly, pursuant to thie N:t.nonwil Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. as amended.

and sections 552 wid 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following rc- vision of Appendix D of 10 CIO'R Part 50 is publi!.ned ws a document subject to codification, to be effective upon publi- cation in the FliEPAL RECISTER 09-9-71).

The Commision Invites all interestcd per.-ns who dcsire to sulmnit wriLttin comments or suggestions for considera- tion in comnection with the revision to send them to the Secretary of the Corn- mission. U.S. Atomic Enerry Commission.

Washington, D.C.

205.15.

Attention:

Chief. Public Proceedings Branch, within

60 days after publication of this notice in the FEDERAL REGIsTER. Consideration will be given to such submission with the view to possible further nmendments.

Copies of comment,, received by the Commission may be examined [at tile Commission's Public Document Room.

1717 H Street NWV., Washington. DC.

Appendix D 1.' revi.ed to read as follows;

I

L

90

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 190-

THURSDAY. SEPTEMBER 30, 1971 Title IO0-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I-Alomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUJC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the Notional Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9, 1971. the Atomic l.tl".:y Colllni..ýSlon publiished ill tile FlE*iAL RcItSTrE. '36 F.R. 18071, a revi- sion of Ap)penihx D of its regulation in

10 CF'1 Part 50. effective oil publication.

Revi*cd Appendix D as published is an interim stat1tItienlt of Commission policy antd procedure tor the implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 'NEPAI in accordance with the deci.isioi of tile U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee.

Inc., et al. v. United States Atomic lnerry Commision. et al.. Nos. 24.839 and 24,871. The procedures in Appendix L) apply to licensing proceedin':s for nlu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:

fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro- ductiun and utilization facilities whose constructioln or operation may be deter- inined by tile Commission to have a sig- iifiicant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings in- volving certain specified activities subject to materials ihcensing.

Revised Appendix D is divided into five scetions. Section A deals with the basic procedtues for implemenLing NEPA,

while sections 13, C. and D deal with pro- oedurets applhicable to certain categories of permits or licenses already issued or for which applications are pending. See- tion E defines the categories of proceed- ings in which the Commission will con- sider and determine whether a permit or license already issued should be sus- pended pending completion of tile NEPA

environmental review and sets out the factors to be considered by the Commis- sion In maniing its determinations.

The Commniission has adopted Ute lunendinients to revised Appendix D

which follow to correct revised Appendix D and clarify the intent of the Commts- slot, with respect to proceedins subject to sectlons C, D. and E.

Section C. Procedures for revh'w of certai con wtruction pcrinils for produc- tion or utilization facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970. /or which optratingf licenses har'e not been issued, has been amended to cover such Ipermit., is4sued prior to ,)antuary 1, 1970 for facilities for which iieither an. operating license nor a notice of opporltutity (or hearing on the operating license had been issued prior to September 9. 1971 ithe effective date of revised AppendLx W'. The exclu- sloft of holders of construction permitu;

subject to section D. which is applicable to proceediugs in which lharings were pending as of September 9. 1971, or in which a draft or final detailed statement of environental conbiderations had been circulated prior to that date. has bcen deleted. This has the effect of mak- ing proceedings such as the Calvert Cliffs proceeding. Dockeu; Nos. 50-317 atud 50-

318. subject to sections C and E, as the Commission originally intended.

In section D.I.. a fooLuote has bvven added to provide that in proceedings in which an applicant's environnlental re- port, rather tiutn a draft detailed state- ment. was circulated by the Commission that environmental report shall be deemed a draft detailed statement for the purposes of that paragraph.

Section E. which presently applies to proceedings subject to sections B and C.

has been amended to apply to (a)

pro- ceedin!s subject to section B other than thoaw in whlch a hearing on an operating license application has commenced, tb)

proceedings subject to section C involving nuclear power reactors and testing facil- ities. and ic. proceedings in which the Commission estimates that construction under a permit will not be completed by January 1, 1972. This amendment will exclude one fuel reprocessing plant from consideration of suspension pending completion of NEPA environmental re- view. Since that plant has already been completed. and will be subject to section C procedures before the Issuance of an operating license w,1ll be considered, no useful purpose would be served by sus- pension of the construction permit. The amendment will, on the other hand, sub- ject to consideration of suspension. Wn, addition to cases involving nuclear power reactors and testing facilities for which construction permits were issued prior to January 1. 1970. for which operating li- censes or notice of opportunity for hear- log on the operating license application have not been issued proceedings in which the Commission estimates that construction will not be completed by January 1. 1972, even though a notice of opportunity for hearing on the operating license application or a draft or final de- tailed statement of environmental con- siderations has been issued.

Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amendments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exi.sts for inakning the amenlihlents effec- live without the custontart,

30-day notice.

Ac.rodlingly. pursuant to tile National Environmnental Policy Act of 1969, Ill(!

Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.

and sections 552 and 553 of Title 5 of the Ulited States Code. tile following amnend- nuents to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulitions. Part 50, are pub- lishced I!; a (documeInt subbject to cxdifica- tion to be effletive upon publication in tile FrDiRAI. l11itsrr.n. (9-30-71):

1. Iln Alipetnlix I1. tile Dhlras3e, "evlcetivc date of this amended Appendix D- ill S'ctiOrnS B and 1) is change:-c to read

"Slepteuber 9. 1971" wherr it appealrs.

2. Section C.l.

of Appendix D

is

"imnended to read as follows:

3. A footnote 11 is:udded tosul ion D.1 of Appendix ) followin,:., tile word "date"

to read a*s follows:

4. Sections E.I. ald E.

3. of Appendix D

are ateueded to read as Iolloa;

91

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 21E-

.THUIRSOAY, NOVEMIU 11, 1971 Title IO-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50--LICENSING

OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9. 1971, the Atomic En- ergy CommLsslon published in the FSD-

ERAL REGISTER (38 P.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of itz regulation in 10 CFR Part 50. effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the implemenitation of the National Environmental Policy Act of

1969 (NEPA) In accordance with the de- cision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit In "Cal- vwrt Cliffs 'Coordinating Committee, Inc.,

et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.," Nos. 24.839 and

24.871. The procedures In Appendix D

apply to licensing proceedings for nu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:

fuel reproceming plants:; and other pro- duction and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sig- nificant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings In- volving certain specified activities sub- ject to materials licensing.

The Commission adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- lshed in the FEDERAL REcIsTEa on Sep- tember 30, 1971.

The Commission- has adopted addi- tional amendnsents to revised Appendix D that clarify the intent of the Commis- Sion with respect to proceedings subject to section D.

In section 4, Procedures Applicable to Pending Hea-ings or Proceedings to be Noticed in the Near Future, pe.agraph 1 has been amended to make the provi- sions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of that sec- tion applicable to proceedings In which'

hearings are pending as of September 9,

1971. or in which a draft or final detailed statement of environmental considera- tions prepared by the Director of Regula- tIon or his designee hna been circulated prior to sadd date, in the case of an ap- plication for a construcion permit, or in which a notice of opportunity for hearing on the application has been isbuea prior to October 31, 1971, in the Case of aul application for an operating license. A

conforming amendment has been made to section C.A of Appendix D.

Paragraph 3 of section D of Appendix D has been amended to make clear that.

In cases where a notice of opportunity for hearing on an operating license ap- plication was issued prior to October 31.

1971, and no hearing has been requosted.

the environmental review procedures set out In section A of Appendix D

will, withi respect to such proceedings, be sub- ject to the limitation that comnment,, will be requested. and must be received.

within 30 days from Fedeml agencies.

State and local oficials and Interested persons on environmental reports -and draft detailed statements. This change conforms paragraph 3 of section D to paragraph I of section D In this respect.

Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amend- ments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exists for making the amendments effective without the customary 30 day notice.

Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.

and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the tUntted States Code, the following amend- ments to Title )0, Chapter I, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, are pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER (11-11-71).

in Appendix D. sections C.1, D.1, anud D.3 are amended to read as follows:

(Sec. 102. 83 Stat. 853; secs. 3. 161; 08 Stat.

922. 948. as amended: 42 U.S.C. 2013. 2201)

Dated at Gennantown, Md.. this 29th day of October 1971.

For the Atomic Energy Commisslon.

W. B. McCOOL.

SecretarV of the Commission.

[I(

Doc.71-104a9 Filed 11-10-71:8:48 aM1 FEDERAt REGISTER. VOL. 36, NI., 742- THURSDAY, DEcEMO13

16. 1971 PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementations of the Notional En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969;

Correction Onl November 11, 1971, F.R, Doe. 71-

16469, amending Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50, wias published in the FEDERAL

REGzSTRn at ip{.e 21579. The foUowing correction Is made to tie amendneni.. to

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix D:

In paragraph 3 in the second colunuh on page 21580, the reference to "9 50.57

'a)"

in the 30th line should read

"*50.571c) ."

(See. IGI, 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201)

Dated at Washington D.C.. tills Dth day of December 1971.

For tile Atomic Energy Commission.

W. B. McCOOL.

Sccretary of the Commission.

FWR

Doc.71-10402 Flied 12-16-71:8:5i ami I

I

92

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

FEDERAL REOISTEI,

VOL 36, 1O. 218--

  • THUIRSOAY, NOVEMBR 11, 1971 Title IO-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART SO--LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9, 1971. the Atomic En- ergy Commission published in the PFD-

ERAL REOxsTrR (36 P.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of it- regulation in 10 CPR

Part 50, effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the implementbi.tion of the National Environmental Policy Act of

1969 (NEPA) in accordance with the de- cision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in "Cal- vert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee, Inc.,

et el. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.." Nos. 24,839 and

24.871. The procedu'es in Appendix D

apply to licensing proceedings for nu- clear power reactors: testing facilities:

fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro.

duction and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have a sig- niflcant impect on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings in- volving certain specified vxtivitles sub- ject to materials licensing.

The Commission adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- liahed in the FEDERAL RzoxSTZR

on Sep- tember 30. 1971.

The Commisalor- has adopted addl- tional amendments to revised Appendix D that clarify the intent of the Commis- sion with respect to proceedings subject to section D.

In section 4, Procedures Applicable to Pending Hearings or Proceedings to be Noticed in the Near Future. paragraph 1 has been amended to make the provi- sions of paragraphs I and 2 of that sec- tion applicable to Proceedings in whiclh hearingg are pending as of September 9.

1971, or In which a draft or final detailed statement of environmental conddera- tions prepared by the Director of Regula- tdon or hris designee hms been circulated prior to said date, in the caze of an ap- plication for a comstructIon permit, or In which a notice of opportunity for hearing on the application has been isLuea prior to October 31, 1971, in the case of an application for an operating license. A

conforming amendment has been made to section C.- of Appendix D.

Paragraph 3 of section D of Appendix D has been amended to make clear Vhnt.

in cases where a notice of opportunity for hearing on an operating license ap- plication was issued prior to October 31.

1971. and no hearing has been reqtueted, the environmental review procedures set out In section A of Appendix D. will, with respect to such proceedings, be sub- Ject to the limitation that comments will be requested, and must be received.

within 30 days from Federal agencies.

State and local offIcials and interested persons on environmental reports -and draft detailed statements. This change conforms paragraph 3 of section D to paragraph 1 of section D in this respect.

Because these amendments relate solely to correction and clarification, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public procedure thereon as unnecessary. The Commission has also found that since the amend- ments correct and clarify previous amendments which have already become effective, good cause exists for making the amendments effective without the customary 30 day notice.

Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the Uited States Code. the following amend- ments to Title 10. Chapter I, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, are pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDrRAL REGISTER (11-11-71).

In Appendix D, sections C.1, D.1, and D,3 are amended to read as follows:

(Sec. 102, 83 Stat. 853; secs. 3, 161: 6a Stat.

922, 948. as a*mended; 42 U.S.C. 2013. 22011 Dated at Germantown. Md.. this 29t11 day of October 1971.

For the Atomic Energy Commission.

W. B. McCoOL.

Secretary of the Commissfon.

IFR Doc.71-18489 Flied 11-10-71:8:48 am)

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, Nf.. 242- THURSDAY.

DECEMBER

16, 1971 PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION

FACILITIES

Implerr.entations of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969;

Correction On November II, 1W71, FR. Doc. 71-

16469. amending Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50, wvs Iublished in the FEDERAL

REISTERa (It pae 21579. The following correction is mnatdle to the amendments to

10 CFR Part 50. Appendix D:

In paragraph 3 in the second colunmi on page 21580. the reference to "§ 50.57 ia'"

in the 30th line should read

" 50.57(c)."

(Sec. 161. 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201)

Dated at Washington DC., this 9th diay of December 1971.

For the Atomic Energy Corrmmission.

W. B. McCoot.,

Sccretary of the Commission.

IFFR Doc.71-18402 Plied 12-15-71:8:51 am)

4

92

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

  • 1E5t RfoaMIm, Vet. I7, No. 13- NUS"YAy, JrMuAX7 2C, 1972 Title 10--ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I--Atomic Energy Commission PART 50--UCENSING

OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the National Enwironmentvl Policy Act of 1969 Ol, September 9. 1971, the Atomic nerg.,

Commission published in the FrnBAL. RZoMisrn (36 F.R. 18011) a revi- sion of ippendix D of its regulation in

10 CFR Part 50. effective on publication.

Revised Appendix D as published Is an tatori statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) In aocordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in

"Calvert Cliffs' Coordinating Committee, Inc., et al. v. United States Atomic Energy Commission. et al.". Nos. 24,839 and 24,871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to licensing proceedings for nuclear power reacors: testing facUlItes:

fuel reprocessing plants; and other pro- ductIon and utilimatlon facilities whose eoostrutUon or operation may be deter- mined by the Commission to have 'a significant Impact on the environment.

The procedures also apply to proceedings Ianvving certain specified activities msbject to materials licemsing.

The Commissio adopted certain minor amendments to revised Appendix D, pub- lished in the FEDLRAL REzrsR on Sep- tember 30. 1971. and November 11, 1971.

The Conunisaion has adopted addi- tional amendments to revised Appendix D relating to the procedures for publish- ing notices of hearing or opportunity for hearing with respect to proceedings sub- lec to sections B. C, and D.

Those sections deal respectively %1Lu procedures applicable to certain facility and materials licenses Issued during the period from January 1, 1970. the date of enactment of NEPA, to September 0.

1971, with the procedures applicable to construction permits for certain facilities issued prior to January 1. 1970. for which operating licenses or notice of oppor- tunity for hearing on operating license applications have not been issued, and with procedures applkcaWe to pending hearings and hearings to be noticed in the near future.

Under section B, section C, and section D.3 presently in effect, notices of hearing or opportunity for hearing in the li- censing proceedings subject to those sec- tions could not be published until the final detailed statement or supplemental detailed statement had been prepared by the Commission's Director of Regulation or his designee. The basic procedures for implementing NEPA in section A of Ap- pendix D. on the other band. contain no such restriction. Furthermore, the re- striction is inconsistent with the Com- mission's practice of giving early notice of hearing or opportunity for heriing in facility licensing cases-before com- pletion of the reviews of the application by the AEC staff and the Advisory Com- mittee on Reactor Safeguards. That practice results in extra time between the admission of intervening parties and the beginning of the hearing, thus af- fording a longer period for the prepara- tion of intervenors' cases and avoiding unnecessary delays.

Accordingly, the amendments which follow permit, but do not require, the Commission to issue no- tices of hearing or opportunity for hear- ing, an appropriate, for the consideration of NEPA environmental issues in such proceedings, before the final detailed statement has been prepared.

Pursuant to the National Environmen- tal Policy Act of 1969. the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following amendments to Title

10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regula- tions, Part 50, are published as a docu- ment subject to codification to be eff ec- tive upon publication In the Flusta.

RZITSTER.

In Appendix D. the sxLn sentence in section C.2 is deleted, and section B.3. the fifth sentence in section C. and the fifth sentence in section D.3 are amended to read as follows:

93

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO.

94- SATURDAY,

MAY 13, 1972 Title 1 O-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter l-Atomic Ene;gy

. Commission PART 50--LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 On September 9. 1971. the Atomic En- ergy Commission published in the FED-

BRAL REGISTER (36 F.R. 18071) a revision of Appendix D of its regulation In 10 CFR Part 50, effective on publication. Revised Appendix D as published is an interim statement of Commission policy and pro- cedure for the Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of

1969 (NEPA) in light of the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs'

Coordinating Committee. Inc., et al. v.

United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion. et al., Nos. 24.839 and 24.871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to li- ceasing proceedings for nuclear power reactors: testing facilities; fuel reproc- essing plants; and other production and utilization facilities whose construction or operation may be determined by the Commission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures alo apply to proceedings involving certain specified activities subject to materials licensing.

Paragraph 13 of section A of Appen-

'dix D of Part 50 provides that:

The Commission Will Incorporate in all con- struction permits and operating licenses for production and utilization facilities de- scribed in paragraph 1. a condition. in addi- tion to Say conditions imposed pursunflt to paragraph 11, to the effect that the licensee shell observe such standards and requtre ments for the protection of the environment as are validly imposed pursuant to authority established under Federal and Stat: law and as are determined by the Coaroxission to be applicabie to the facility that is subject to the licensing action involved. This condition will not apply to radiological effects since radiological effects ae dealt with In other provisions of the construction permit and operating license.

The central premise of Appendix DV

prior to its revision in light of the earlier referenced Calvert Cliffs' decision, was the concept that the preservation of en- vironmental values could best be ac- complished through the establishment of environmental quality standards and re- quirements by appropriate Federal, State, and regional agencies hi'iAng re- sponsibility for environmental protec- tion. The condition referred to was an aspect of NEPA Implementation by the Commlssion reflecting that concept.

Since the decision in the Calvert Cliffs'

case, the Commission, In compliance with the mandate of the Court of Ap- peals, has revised its NEPA regulations to provide for an Independent review of the environmental Impact of the matters covered by such standards and require- ments. Accordingly, the condition no longer serves the purpose intended. Any license conditions resulting from the Commission's independent review will be tailored to the particular facility. The Commission has, therefore, revoked paragraph 13 of section A of Appendix D of Part 50 since it Is no longer neces- sary or appropriate. This amendment does not, of course, relieve holders of AEC licenses of any obligation which they otherwise have in regard to appli- cable standards and requirements Im- posed by other agencies under Federal or State law, Because this amendment relates solely to elimination of an obsolete require- ment, the Commission has found that good cause exists for omitting notice of proposed rule making and public proce- dure thereon as unnecessary and for making the amendment effective with- out the customary 30-day notice, Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. as amended, and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United. States Code.

the following amendment to TItle 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, is pub- lished as a document subject to codifi- cation to be effective upon publication in the FEoRALt. REGsmITR (5-13-72).

In Appendix D, paragraph 13 of sec- tion A is revoked.

(Sec. 102. 83 Stat, 853; sees. 3. 161: 68 Stat.

922. D48. ns amended; 42 U.S.C. 2013, 2201)

Dated at Oermantown, Md., this 8th day of May 1972.

For the Atomic Energy Commission.

VW. B. MCCooL,

Secretory of the Commission.

[FR Doc.72-7344 Filed 5-12-72;8:51 amI

94

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO. 96--

WEDNESDAY, MAY 17, 1972 Title 10-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I--Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 The Atomic Energy Commission has adopted an amendment to Appendix D

of 10 CFR Part 50, an Interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)

in accordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit In Calvert Cliffs' Co- ordinating Committee, Thc., et al v.

United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion, et al., Nos; 24,839 end 24.871. The procedures in Appendix D apply to 11- censing proceedings for nuclear reac- tors; testing facilities; fuel reprocessing plants; and other production and utillza- tiop facilities whose construction or op- eration may be determined by the Com- mission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings involving ceftaln specified activities subject to materials licensing.

In Appendix D, the last sentence of paragraph A.9 provides that, to the max- imum extent practicable. the final de- tailed statement required by NEPA will be publicly available at least thirty (30)

days before the commencement of any re- lated evidentiary hearing that may be held. In contrast, the guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ),

in paragraph

10(e)

of its

"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Environ- ment' published April 23, 1971 (36 FLR.

7724). provide that the draft environ- mental statement should be publicly available at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time of any relevant hearing.

The sentence In paragraph A.9 of Ap- pendix D has been amended to conform more closely to the applicable CEQ guide- line. This amendment does not, of course, preclude an applicant for a facility con- struction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmen- tal matters as well as on radliologIcal health and safety matters prior to the end of the 15-day period. The position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented at any hearing until the final detailed statement is made available.

This amendment is another in a series of amendments which the Commission has adopted or iL contemplating in Its ef-'

forts to establish an effective environ- mental protection program in the con- text of a timely declsiornaklng process.

Recent examples of such amendments are the amendments to Part 50, effective on March 21. 1972 (37 F.R. 5745). limiting site preparation activities that may be performed prior to Issuance of a con- struction permit, and proposed amend- ments which would restructure the li- censing and hearing process published on May 9. 1972 (37 P.R. 9331), The latter amendments would, among other things, provide for earlier and more meaningful participation by the parties to a licens- ing proceeding.

Since the amendment which follows relates to agency procedures, notice of proposed rule making and public pro- cedure thereon are not required.

Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.

and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, the following amendment to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Pederal Regulations. Part 50, is pub- lished as a document subject to codifica- tion to be effective upon publication in the FEDERAL RECISTER (5-17-72).

The last sentence of paragraph A.9 of Appendix D is amended to read as follows:

APPZM*rm O---vTzrRIM S.rA,

MHENT OF OzNSxmAL

POLeCy AND

PaocunMfSL: IMPLZUE*TrATON

OF THlE NATIONAL ENVRo

£NrTAL PoLicy AcT or 1969 (PUfLuc LAW 91-190)

A. BarlL, procedures.

9. *

  • In addition. the draft detailed statement will be made available to the pub- lic at least fifteen (18)

days prior to the time of any relevant hearing. At any such hearing, the position of the Commisslon's regulatory staff will not be presented untU

the final detailed statement Is made avail.

able to the public. The foregoing provisions will not preclude an applicant for a facility construction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmental matters as well as on radiological health and safety matters prior to the end of the fifteen day period.

(See. 102, 83 Stat. 853: sees. 3. 161: 88 Stat.

922, 948, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 2013, 2201)

Dated at Germantown, Md., this 15th day of May 1972.

For the Atomic Energy Commission.

W. B. McCoOL,

Secretary of the Commission.

IFR Doe.72-7t51 Fled 5-15-72;12:40 pmI

95

Appendix 1. Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 37, NO. 96- WEDNESDAY, MAY 17, 1972 Title 1 O-ATOMIC ENERGY

Chapter I-Atomic Energy Commission PART 50-LICENSING OF PRODUC-

TION AND UTILIZATION FACILITIES

Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 The Atomic Energy Commission has adopted an amendment to Appendix D

of 10 CFR Part 50, an Interim statement of Commission policy and procedure for the implementation of the National En- vironmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)

in accordance with the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in Calvert Cliffs' Co- ordinating Committee, Mc., et aL v.

United States Atomic Energy Commis- sion, et aL. Nos. 24,839 and 24.871. The procedures In Appendix D apply to li- censing proceedings for nuclear reac- tors; testing facilities; fuel reprocessing plants: and other production and utillza- tiop facilities whose construction or op- eration may be determined by the Com- mission to have a significant impact on the environment. The procedures also apply to proceedings involving ceftain specified activities subject to materials licensing.

In Appendix D, the last sentence of paragraph A.9 provides that, to the max- imum extent practicable; the final de- tailed statement required by NEPA will be publicly available at least thirty (30)

days before the commencement of any re- lated evidentlary hearing that may be held. In contrast, the guidelines of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ).

in paragraph

10(e)

of its

"Guidelines on Statements on Proposed Federal Actions Affecting the Environ- ment" published April 23, 1971 (36 P.R.

7724), provide that the draft environ- mental statement should be publicly available at least fifteen (15) days prior to the time of any relevant hearing.

The sentence In paragraph A.9 of Ap- pendix D has been amended to conform more closely to the applicable CEQ guide- line. This amendment does not of course, preclude an applicant for a facility con- struction permit or operating license from presenting Its case on environmen- tal matters as well as on radiological health and safety matters prior to the end of the 15-day period. The position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented at any hearing until the final detailed statement is made available.

This amendment is another in a series of amendments which the Commission has adopted or Is contemplating in Its ef- forts to establish an effective environ- mental protection program in the con- text of a timely decislonmaking process.

Recent examples of such amendments are the amendments to Part 50, effective on March 21. 1972 (3 F.R. 5745), lImJting site preparation activities that may be performed prior to Issuance of a con- struction permit, and proposed amend- ments which would restructure the l- censing and hearing process published on May 9, 1972 (37 F.R. 9331). The latter amendments would, among other things.

provide for earlier and more meaningful participation by the parties to a licens- ing proceeding.

Since the amendment which follows relates to agency procedures, notice of proposed rule making and public pro- cedure thereon ore not required.

Accordingly, pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.

and sections 552 and 553 of title 5 of the United States Code. the following amendment to Title 10, Chapter 1, Code of Federal Regulations. Part 50. is pub- lished as a document subject to codiflca- tion to be effective upon publication in the PFSDRAL RzMrSTER (5-17-72).

The last sentence of paragraph A.9 of Appendix D is amended to read as follows:

APPrmrx fl.--lwrEzIM F rrZMENT OFP

O

MAE

L

POLrY AND Psoc=noaK: IMPLZMENTATION

O THUE

NATIONAL ENVIRONMEZTAL POUCT

AcT or 1913 (PuaLic Law 91-190)

A. Basic procedures.

9. 1 1 0 In addition, the draft detailed statement will be made available to the pub.

lic at least fifteen (15)

days prior to the time of any relevant hearing. At any such hearing, the position of the Commission's regulatory staff will not be presented until the final detailed statement is made avail.

able to the public. The foregoing provisions will not preclude an applicant for a facility construction permit or operating license from presenting its case on environmental matters as well as on radiological health'and safety matters prior to the end of the fifteen day period.

(See. 102, 83 Stat. 853: sees. 3. 101: 88 Stat.

922, 948. as amended; 42 U.8.C. 2013, 2201)

Dated at Germantown, Md., this 15th day of May 1972.

For the Atomic Energy Commission.

W. B. McCooL,

Secretary of the Commission.

IPR Doc.72-.7551 Fied 5-15-42; 12:4 pm]

95

F

Annendix 2. Questionnaire for Elicitina Data For Radioactive Source-Term Calculation Pressurized Water Reactors Basic Data for Source Term Calculation I. Reactor power (MWt) at which impact is to be analyzed.

2. Weight of U loaded (first loading and equilibrium cycle),

3. isotopic ratio ir fresh fuel (first loading and equilibrium cycle).

4. Expected percentage of leaking fuel.

5. Escape rate coefficients used (or reference).

6. Plant capacity factor (%).

7. Number of steam generators.

8. Type of steam generators (recirculating, once through).

9. Mass of primary coolant in system total (lb) and mass of primary coolant in reactor (lb).

10. Primary coolant flow rate (lb/hr).

II. Mass of steam and mass of liquid in each generator (Ib).

12. Total active mass of secondary coolant (Ib)

(excluding condensate storage tanks).

13. Steam generator operating conditions (temperaturc OF, pressure psi, flow rate, lb/hr),

14. The number, type and size of condensate demineralizer and total flow rate (lb/hr).

15, What is the containment free volume (ft3 )?

16. Whtat is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to the containment atmosphere (lb/hr)?

17. Is there an internal air cleanup system for iodine in the containment? If so, what volume per unit time is circulated through it? What decontamination factor is expected? How long will the system be operated prior to purging?

18. How often is the containment purged? Is it filtered prior to release? Type of iodine clean up system provided?

What decontamination factor is expected?

19. Give the total expected annual average letdown rate during power operation (lb/hr).

a.

What fraction of the letdown is returned to the primary system? How is it treated? What are the expected decontamination factors for removal of principal isotopes?

b.

How is the Li and Cs normally controlled?

c.

What fraction of this goes to boron control system? How is this treated, demineralization, evaporation, filtration?

d.

Is plant design for load follow or base load?

What fraction of the letdown stream is diverted to the radwaste system for boron control. How is this treated (demineralization, evaporation, filtration, etc.) and what fraction will be discharged from the plant?

20. What fraction of the letdown stream is stripped of noble gases & iodines'?

How are these gases collected? What decay do they receive prior to release'? Indicate si ripping fracl in?

21. How are the noble gases and iodines stripped from that portion of the letdown stream which is sent to the boron control system? How are these gases collected? What decay do they receive prior to release?

22. Are the releases from the gaseous waste storage tanks passed through a charcoal absorber? What decontamination factor is expected'

23. How frequently is the system shut down and degassed and by what method? How many volumes of the primary coolant system are degassed in this way each year? What fraction of the gases present are removed? What fraction of other principal nuclides are removed, and by what means? What decay time is provided?

24. Are there any other methods of degassing (i.e.,

through pressurizer, etc.)? If so describe. How is it treated?

25. What is the expected leak rate ofprimary coolant to the secondary system (lb/hr)?

4

  • 26. What is the expected rate of steam generator blowdown (lb/hr) during power operation with the expected leak rate noted in 25. above? Where are the gases from the blowdown vent discharged? Are there charcoal absorbers and/or condensers on the blowduwn tank vent? If so, what decontamination factor is expected? How will the blowdown liquid be treated?

27. What is the expected leak rate of steam to the turbine building (lb/hr)? What is the ventik.tion air flow through the turbine building "(cfm)? Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or treated before discharge? If so, provide expected performance.

28. What is the flow rate (cfm) of gaseous effluent from the main condenser ejector? What treatment is provided? Where is it released?

29. What is the origin of the steam used in the gland seals (i.e.,

is it primary steam, condensate, or demineralized water from a separate source, etc.)?

How is the effluent steam from the gland seals treated and disposed of?

30. What is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to the auxiliary building (lb/hr)?

What is the ventilation air flow through the auxiliary building (cfm)?? Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or

96

otherwise treated before discharged? If so, provide expected performance.

31. Provide average gallons/day and MACi/cc for following categories of liquid effluents.

Use currently observed data in the industry where different from the SAR or Environmental Report (indicate which is used).

a.

High-level wastes (for example, primary coolant let down, "clean" or low conductivity waste, equipment drains and deaerated wastes):

b. "Dirty"

wastes (for example, floor drain wastes, high-conductivity wastes, aerated wastes, and laboratory wastes);

c.

Laundry, decontamination, and wash-down wastes;

d.

Steam generator blowdown-give average flow rate and maximum short-term flows and their duration;

e.

Drains from turbine building;

f.

Frequency of regenerating condensate demineralizers and expected volume of regenerant solutions.

For these wastes (a-f) provide:

I. Number and capacity of collector tanks.

2.

Fraction of water to be recycled and factors controlling decision.

3.

Treatment steps-include number, capacity, and process decontamination factor for each principal nuclide for each step. If step is optional, state factors controlling decision.

4.

Decay time from primary loop to discharge.

32. Dilution flow rate for liquid effluents, minimum and normal gpm and total gallons per year.

33. How is waste concentrate (filter cake, demineralizer resin, evaporator bottoms) handled? Give total volume, weight and curies per day or year.

34. Include the expected annual volume of dry waste and curie content of each drum.

Boiling water reactors Basic Data for Source Term Calculation I. Reactor power (MWt) and plant capacity factor (%)

at which Impact is to be analyzed.

2. Weight of U loaded (first loading and equilibrium cycle).

3. Isotopic ratio in fresh fuel (first loading and equilibrium cycle).

4. Expected offgas rate after 30 minutes delay.

5. Escape rate coefficients used (or reference).

6. Primary coolant in system (lb).

a.

Mass of primary coolant in reactor; mass water, mass steam (Ib).

b.

Mass of primary coolant in recirculating system (Ib).

c.

Fraction of primary coolant in main condenser (Ib).

7. Steam conditions at turbine (temp 'F. press. psi.

flow lb/hr.)

8. Normal recirculation flow rate (lblhr).

9. Normal clean-up system flow rate (lb/hr). What type of resins are used? What decontamination factors are expected for each principal nuclide? What is the frequency of regeneration and volume of regenerants?

10. Describe and provide the expected performance of the expanded gaseous radwaste treatment system from the main condenser air ejector? Give the expected air in leakage. Is the condenser ejector one

  • agc or two stage? Where is it discharged'! How many condenser shells'? (If applicable-Pounds of chafrcol and operating temperature of)

I1. Whvat is the expected leak rate of primary coolant to

..iJ dry well (lb/hr)? How frequently is the dry well puiged? What treatment is given to .his purge and where is it released?

12. Waat is tile expecteC

leak rate of primary coolant (lb/hr)

to the reactor building'? What is the ventilation air flow through the reactor building (cfm)?Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or otherwise treated before discharge? If so provide expected performance.

13. What is the expected leak rate of steam (lb/hr) to the turbine building? What is the ventilation air flow, through the turbine building (cfm)?

Where is it discharged? Is the air filtered or treated before discharge? If so, provide expected performance.

14. Describe the treatment of the exhaust stream from the turbine seal glands.

a.

What is the oiigin of the steam used in tihe gland seals?

(i.e.,

is it primary steam condensate, or demineralized water from a separate source, etc.?)

b.

How is the waste stream from the gland seals treated and disposed of ?

c.

Indicate how often the mechanical vacuum will be operated and the expected range of activity released.

15. Provide average gallons/day and pCi/cc prior to treatment for the following categories of liquid waste. Use currently observed data in the industry where different from the SAR or Environmental Report (indicate which is used).

a.

High-purity wastes (for example, "clean" or low conductivity waste and equipment drains).

Give range of activity expected.

b.

"Dirty"

wastes (for example, floor drain wastes, high-conductivity wastes, and laboratory wastes).

Give range of activity expected.

c. Chemical wastes.

Give range of activity expected.

d.

Laundry, decontamination, and wash-down wastes. Give range of activity expected.

97

For these wastes (a-d), provide:

a.

Number and capacity of collector tanks.

b.

Fraction of water to be recycled or factors controlling decision.

c.

Treatment steps-include number, capacity, and process D.F. for each princi'.il nuclide for each step. If step is optional, stW.e factors controlling decision.

d.

Decay time from primary loop to discharge.

16. For the condensate demineralizers provide tlie flow rate lb/hr. type of resin used, expected backwash and regeneration frequency, and expected D.F. for each principal nuclide.

17. Dilution flow rate for liquid effluents, minimum and normal gpm and total gallons per year.

18. How is waste concentrate (filter cake. demineralizer resin, evaporator bottoms) handled? Give total volume or weight and curies per day or year.

Include the expected annual volume of dry waste and curie content of each drum.

4

4

98

Appendix 3. Example of Chart Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways AITMOSPHERIC

AQUMTA

RELEASES,,

RELEASES I

EXTERNAL

MAN*

(From the Final Environmental Statement related to the operation of Oconee Nuclear Station Units I. 2, and 3: Docket Nos. 50-269,

50-270, 50-287; March 1972. See page 120 of the Statement.)

99

Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. III-

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 9, 1971 ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION

[10 CFR Part 501 LICENSING OF PRODUCTION AND

UTILIZATION FACILMES

Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors The Atomic Energy Commbalon has under consideration amendments to its regulation. 10 CFR Part 50, "Licensing of Production and Ut/iization Facilities,"

which would supplement the regulation with a new Appendix I to that part to provide numerical guides for design ob- jectives and technical specification re- quirements for limiting conditions for operation for light-water -cooled nuclear power reactors to keep radioactivity in effluents as low as practicable.

On December 3. 1970, the Atomic Energy Commission published in the FzDERA'.

REGISTER

(35 F.R.

18385)

amendinents to 10 CFR Part 50 that specified design and operating require- ments for nuclear power reactors to keep levels of radioactivity in efuents to un- restricted areas zs low as practicable.

The amendments provided qualitative guidance, but not numerical criteria, for determining when design objectives and operations meet the requirements for keeping levels uf radioactivity in eflluents as low as pratucable.

The Commission noted in the State- ment of Considerations published with the amendments the desirability of de- veloping more definitive guidance in con- nection with the amendments and that it was initiating discussions with the nuclear power industry and other com- petent groups to achieve that goal.

The Commission considers that the proposed numerical guides for design objectives and technicea specification requirements for limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors set out below would meet the criterion "as luw as practicable" for radioactive material In effluentsreleased to Unrestricted areas. The guidance would be specifically applicable only to light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors and would not necessarily be appro- priate for other types of nuclear power reactors and other kinds of nuclear facilities.

As noted in the Statement of Consid- eraUons accompanying the amendments to Part 50 published in the PAmESAL RZo- ISTER on December 3. 1970, the Com- mission has always subscribed to the general principle t?'Rt. within e(tablished radiation protection guides, .radiatign exposures to the public should be kept as low as practicable. This general prin- ciple has been a central one in the field of radiation protection for many years.

Operating licenses include provisions to limit and control radioactive eMuents from the plants. Experience has shown that licenseep have generally kept ex- posures to radiation and releases of radioactivity in effluents to levels well below the limits specified in 1O cpR Part

20. Specifically, experience with licensed light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors to date shows that radioactivity in water and air effluents has been kept at low levels-for the mest panrt small per- centages of the Part 20 limits. Resultant exposures to the public living In the immediate vicinity of operating power reactors have been small percentages of Federal radiation protection guides.

The Commission also noted that, in general, the release of radioactivity in eflluents from nuclear power reactors now in operation have been within ranges that may be considered "as low as prac- ticable." and that, as a result of advaTices in reactor technology, further redutUon of those releases can be achieved. The amendments to Part 50 published on De- cember 3. 1970, were intended to give appropriate regulatory effect, with re- spect to radioactivity in effluents from nuclear power reactors, to the qualitative guidance of the Federal Radiatiod Coun- cil that radiation doses should be kept

"'s low as practicable". The proposed guides set out below are Intended to pro- vide quantitative guidance to that end for I ght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors.

The proposed numerical uwdes are based on present light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactor operating experience and state of technology (including recent improvements). In developing the guides the Commission has taken Into account comments and suggestions by represent- aUves of power reactor suppliers, elec- trical util-tles, architect-engineering firms, environmental and conservation groups and States in which nuclear power reactors are located on the general subject of definitive guidance for nuclear power reactors. Meetings were held by the Cbmmission with these groups in Janu- ary and February 1971. The participants in these meetings were provided an op- portunity, to express their views on the need for more definitive guidance for design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to keep radio- activity in effluents as low as prac- ticable: whether the guidance should be expressed in terms of waste treatment equipment requirements and perform- ance specifications or numerical criteria on quantities and concentrations released to the environment; and to suggest what equipment or numerical criteria would be appropriate at this time.

Generally. the participants favored numerical criteria. Views were expressed that the criteria should be derived from potential doses to people or in the form of quantities andbconcentrations of radio- active material emitted to the environ- ment. Some opinions were expressed that present technolog Oincluding recent im- provements) is such that light-water- cooled nuclear power reactors can be designed to keep exposures to the public in the offsite environment within a few percent of exposures from natural back- ground radiation.

The participanta also at'aeed the im- portance of oeperang flexibilty to take into account unu l condtions of opera- Lion which may, on a temporary basis.

result in exposures higher than the few percent of natural backgrotnd radiation, but well within radiation proteotion guides. Recognition of the need for this operating flexibility Is currently stated in I 50.3fiatb).

The Commnisalon believes that the pro- posed guides for design objectives and limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors set out below provide a reasonable basis at the present time for implement- ing the principle that radioactive mate- rial In effluents released to unrestricted areas should be kept "as low as practi- cable." As noted In the amendments to Part 50 published on December 3, 1970.

"The term 'as low as practicable' as used in this part means as low as is practicably achievable taking into account the state of technology, and the economies of im- provements in relr.tlon to benefits to the public health and safety and in relation to the utilization of atomic energy in the public interest." The Commission will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of these guides for light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactors in light of further operating experience.

Under the President's Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is responsible for establishing generally applicable en- vironmental radiation standards for the protection of the general environment from radioactive materials. The AEC is responsible for the implementation and enforcement of EPA's generally ap- plicable environmental standards.

EPA has under consideration generally applicable environmental standards for these types of power reactors. AEC has consulted EPA in the development of the guides on design objectives and limiting conditions for operation set forth below to control radioactivity in effluent re- leases. If the design objectives sod op- erating limits established herein Chould prove to be incompatible with any gen- erally applicable environmental stand- ard hereafter established by EPA, the AEC will modify these objectives -and limits as necessary.

The proposed guides for design obJec- tives and limiting conditions for opera- tion for light-water-wooled nuclear power reactors are consistpnt with the basic radiation protection standards and guides recommended by the Internatiroal Commission on Radiological Protection (ICIRP). the National Cotmcil on Ra- diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), and the Federal Radiation Council (FRC). (The functions of the FRC were transestsd to' the Environ- mental Protection Agency pursuant to ReorganizaHion Plan Not 3 of 1970.)

These standards form the basis for the f'ommlssion's regulation. 10 CPR Pr rt

20, "Standards for Protection Against RadLaton,". ru this regzad the NCRP

  • anno ed an Jpzuuy 26, 1971. the re- esm at NC(P Report Wo. 30, ,%selo Radiation Pioteatko Crktteia'% The IOMP noted Uzat a 10-yiar study by the

"4

100

Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

Council has confirmed the validity of most of the basic radiation protection criteria presently used by governmental agencies to regulate the exposure of the population and of radiation workers. The dose limits for Individual members of the public remain at 0.5 rem per year and the yearly dose limit of 0.17 rem per person averaged over the population is unchanged. The.e limits are compatible with the limits and guides recommended by the ICRP and the, FT0 and apply to exposures from all sources other than medical procedures and natural background.

The NCRP-1CRP-FRC recommended limits and guides give appropriate con- sideration to the overall reqilirements of health protection and the Iriieficial use of radiation and atomic energy. Any biological effects that may occur at the low levels of the limits and gijdes occur so infrequently that they cannot be de- tected with existing techniques. The standards setting groups have added to the numerical guidance the general admonition that all radiation exposure should be held to lowest practicable level.

This admonition takes into account that generally applicable standnrds or rules establL'dted to cover many situations must necessarily be set at a higher level than may be justifled in any given indi- vidual situcation.

The acceptability of a given level of exposure for a particular activity can be determined only by giving due regard to the reasons for pet %itting the ex- posure. This means that, within the basic standards of FRC. NCRP, and ICRP, dif- ferent limitations on exposure levels are appropriato for various types of activities depending upon the circumstances. A

level that is practicable for one type of activity may not be practicable for a dif- ferent type of activity.

The proposed guides for design objec- tives and limitations on operations set forthebelow %puld be specifically appli- cable to light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors.

Light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors are the only type of power reactors that are being installed in rela- tively large numbers and on which there is substantial operating experience In the United States, The guides would not necessarily be appropriate for control- ing levels of radioactivity in effluents from other. types of nuclear power reactors.

On the basis of present information on the technology of these other types of reactors, it is expected that releases of radioactivity in effluents can generally be kept within the proposed guides for light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors. The Commission plans to develop numerical guides on levels of radioac- tivity in efluents that may be considered as low as practicable for other types of nuclear power reactors such as gas cooled and fast breeder reactors as adequate de- sign and operating experience is ac- quired. In the meantime, design objec- tives and technical specifications for lim- iting conditions for operation to carry out the purposes of 'keeping levels of radioactivity in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicable will be speci- fied for otiher types of nuclear power reactors on a case-by-case basis.

Neither would the guides necessarily be appropriate for controlling levels of radioactivity in effluents from other kinds of nuclear facilities such as fuel reproc- essing plants, fuel fabrication plants, or radioisotope processing plants where the design -haracteristics of the plant and nature of operations Involve different considerations. The Commission is giving further consideration to appropriate amendments to its regulations to specify design objectives and limiting conditions for operation to minimize levels of radio- activlty released in the operation of other types of licensed facilities such as reactor fuel reprocessing plants.

E.xpected consequences of guides for design objectives. The proposed guides for design objectives for light-water- cooled nuclear power reartors have been selected primarily on thu basis that ex- isting technclngy makes it feasible to design and operate light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors within the guides.

The design objectives are expressed in terms of guides for limiting the number of quantiaes and for limiting concentra- tions of radioactive materials in effluents, It is expected that conformance with the guides on design objectives would achieve the following results:

1. Provide reasonable assurance that annual exposures to individuals living near the boundary of a site where one or more light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors are located, from radioactivity released in either liquid or gaseous efflu- ents from all such reactors, will gen- erally be less than about 5 percent of average exposures from natural back- ground radiation.1 This level of exposure is about I percent of Federal radiation protection guides for individual members of the public.

2. Provide reasonable assurance that annual exposures to sizeable population groups from radioactivity released in either liquid or gaseous effluents from all light-water-cooled nuclear power reac- tors on all sites in the United States for the foreseeable future will generally be less than about I percent of exposures from natural background radiation. This level of exposure is also less than I per- cent of Federal radiation protection guides for the average population dose.

These levels of exposure would be in- distinguishable from exposures due to variation In natural background radia- tion, would not be measurable with exist- ing techniques. and would be estimated from effluent data from nuclear power plants by calculational techniques. These levels of exposure are obviously very low in comparison with the much higher ex- posures incurred by the public from niatural background due to cosmic radia- tion, natural radioactivity in the body and In all materials with which people Average exposures due to natural back- ground radiation In the United States are In the range of I00-125 tillilrems per year.

come into contact, air travel, and from many activities commonly engaged in by the public.

Specific provLsons of guides for design objeciers. The proposed guides for radi- oactive materials in liquid effluents would specify limitations on annual total quantities of radioactive material, except tritium. "nd annual average con- centrations of radioactive material Il effluent. prior to dilution In a natural body of water, released by each light- water-cooled nuclear )ower reactor at a site. The release of the concentrations and total quantity of radioactive mate- rial from a site at these levels is not likely to result in exposures to the whole body

3r any organ of an Individual in the off- site environment in excess of 5 millirenis.

In deriving the guides on design objec- tive quantities and concentrations, con- servative assumptions have been made on dilution factors, physical, and biologi- cal concentration factors in the food chain, dietary intakes and other per- tinent factors to relate quantities re- leased to exposures offsitc.

The proposed guides foi design objec- tives for radioactive materials in gas- eous effluents would limit the total quan- tity of radioactive material relefsed front a site to the offslte environment so that annual average exposure rates due to noble gases at any location on the bound- r.ry of the site or in the offsite environ- ment would not be likely to exceed 10

millirems. Annual average concentra- tions at any location on the boundary of a site or in the offsite environment from radioactive lodines or radioactive mate- rial in paxticulate form would be limited to specified values.

The proposed guides for design objec- tive concentrations specified for radio- active iodines or radioactive material In particulate form would include a reduc- tion factor of 100,000 for Part 20 con- centration values In air that would allow for possible exposures from certain radi- oactive materials that may be concen- trated in the food chain. Resultant exposures to individuals offsite would not be expected to exceed 5 millirems per year. The reduction factor would include a 1.000 factor by which the maximum permissible concentration of radioactive iodine in air should be reduced to allow for the milk exposure pathway. "'ltls factor of 1,000 has been derived for radio- active iodine, taking into account the milk pathway. However, it has been ar- bitrarily applied to radionuclides of iodinn and to all radionuclides in partic- ulate form with a half-life greater than

8 days. The factor is not appropriate for iodine where milk is not a pathway of exposure or for other radionuclides un- der any actual conditions of exposure.

The factor is highly conservative for radionuclides other than iodine and is applied only because it appears feasible to meet these very low levels. The speci- fied annual average exposure rates of 10

millirems from noble gases and specified concentrations of radiolodines and par- ticulates at any location on the boundary

101

Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

of the site or in the offsite environment provide reasonable awurance that actual annual exposures to the whole body or any organ of an lndividyal member of the public will not exceed 5 milllrem..

The proposed guides for design oblec- tives would provide that an applicant for a permit to construct a light-water- cooled nuclear power.reactor at a par- ticular site could propose design obJec- tive quantities and concentrations. in effluents higher than Uiose specified in the guides. The Commission would ap- prove the design objectives If the appli- cant provided reasonable assurance that, taking Into account the environmental characteristics of the site, the concentra- tions and total quantity of radioactive material released by all light-water- cooled nuclear power reactors at the site in either liquid or gaseous efluents would not result in actual exposures to the whole body or any organ of an Individual In the offalte environment in excess of 5 millireins per year.

The proposed guides for design objec- tives. (expressed as quantities and con- centrations in emuents) for light-water- cooled. nuclear power reactors are sufficiently conservative to provide rea- sonable assurance that, for most locations having environmental char- acteristics likely to be considered ac- ceptable by the Commission for a nuclear power rc -.ctor site. Increases in radiation exposures to individual members of the public living- at the site boundary, due to radioactive material In either liquid or gaseous effluents from operation of lighxt- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at the site, will generally be less than 5 millirems per year and average exposures to sizeable population groups will gen- erally be less than I millirem per year.

Nevertheless, the guides provide that the Commission may specify, as design ob- Jectives, quantities and concentrations of radioactive material above backgrotmd In either liquid or gaseous effluents to be released to uwzestricted areas that are lower than the specified quantities and concentrations if it appears that for a particular site the specified quantities and concentrations are likely to result in annual exposures to an individual that would exceed 5 mlli ems.

Conformance with the proposed guides for design objective quantities and conr- centrations in effluents would provide reasonable assurance that the resultant whole body dose to the total populafon exposed would be les than about 400

man-rein ' per Year per 1,000 megawatts electrical installed nuclear generating capacity at a site from radioactive mate- rial in liquid and gaseous effluents. Av- I A useful measure of the total exposure of a large number of persons Is the man-rem.

The exposure of any group of persons mens- ured in man-re-ms is the product ot the num.

ber of persons In the group tim the avr age exposure In reme of the mamber of the StoIp, Thus, it seeh

.mai- at a popul.-

tsiON of It M

milluon peopl were exposed to 0.001 rem, (i millirem), the total rma.rem exposure would be 1,000 man-rem.

erage exposures to large population groups would be less than 1 nllUrem per year.

Guides on technical specification. lim- iting conditions for operation. The pro- posed guidance would include provisions for developing technical specifications with respect to limiting conditions for operation to control radioactivity in ef- fluents from llght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors during normal operations.

The technical specifications would be In- cluded as conditions in operating li- censes. These provisions are designed to assure that reasonable efforts are made to keep actual releases of radioactivity in effluents during operation to levels that are within the guides on design objective quantities and concentrations. It is ex- pected that actual levels of radioactivity in efiluents will normally be within the design objective levels. It is necessary, however, that nuclear power reactors de- signed for generating electricity have a high degree of reliability. Operating flex- ibility is needed to take into account some variation in the small quantities of radioactivity that leak from fuel ele- ments which may, on a transient basis.

result In levels of radioactivity in efflu- ents In excess of the design objective quantities and concentrations.

The proposed guidance would provide operating flexibility and at the same time assure a positive system of control, by a graded scale of action by the licensee, to reduce releases of radioactivity if rates of release actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, are such that the quantities or concentrations In efflu- ents would be likely to exceed twice the design objective quantities and concen- trations. The proposed Appendix I would provide that the Commission may take appropriate action to assure that release rates are reduced if rates of release of quantities and concentrations in effluents actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, indicate that annual rates of release are likely to exceed is range of 4-8 times the design objective quantities and concentrations. Release rates within this range would be expected to keep the annual exposure rate to indi- viduals offsite within a range of 20-40

ttnems per year during the quarterly period. In the proposed guidance on tech- nical specifications, provision would be made for an appropriate period of time for all licensees of light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to implement the guidance with respect to facility operation.

Pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of

1954, as amended, and section 553 of title

5 of the United States Code, nutice is hereby given that adoption of the follow- Ing amendment to 10 CFR Part 50 is con- templated. All Interested persons who wish to msbmit oanmenta or auggestions in connection with the Proposed amend- ment should send them to the Secretary of the Commrlsslo.

U.S Atomic Energy Commission, Washington. D.C., 20545, Attention:

Chief, Public Proceedinag Branch, within 60 days after publication of this notice in the FZZZRAL REGIsTER.

Comments and suggestions received after that period will be considered if It is prac- ticable to do so, but assurance of con- sideation cannot be given except as to comments filed within the period speci- fied, Copies of comments received may be examined in the Commission's Public Document Room at 1717 H Street NW.,

Washington. D.C.

1. Section 50.34a of 10 CFR Part 50 Is amended by adding the following sen- tence at the end of paragraph (a) :

§ 30.34a Design objeciives fur equip- msnt to control releases of radio- active materiul in e4rluenlo---nuclcur power reactors.

(a) I I

  • The guides set out in Ap- pendix I provide numerical guidance on design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors to meet the re- quirement that radioactive material In effluents released to unrestricted areas be kept "as low as practicable."

2. Section 50.36a of 10 CFR Part 50 is amended by adding the following sen- tence at the end of paragraph (b) :

§ 50.36a Technical specifications on er- fluenis from nuclear power reactors.

(b)

The guides set out in Ap- pendix I provide numerical guidance on limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power re- actors to meet. the requirement that radioactive materials in effluents released to unrestricted areas be kept "as low as practicable."

3. A new Appendix I is added to read as follows:

Arrsmnax T-NUMUICAL

OVgxoa Von DJraIGN

OagZCTntl AND LiirrmNo o(oovmOs wsai OPZAAATO

H To Mfi=r Tri Car'stom "As Low AS PRAcnCMILZ" VOR RIO31oACTSSU LAM'rSAL

rN Ltoarr-WAza&-Cooro, NuCmA

PowZa RxAcTon ErnLwevra SzcrtoN I. Introduction. Section 50.34a(a)

provides that an application for a permit to construct a nuclear power reactor shall in- clude a description of the preliminary design of equipment to be installed to maintain control over radioactive materials in gaseous and liquid emuents produced during normal reactor operations, including expected op- erational occurrences. In the case of an ap- plioUtion filed on or After January 2, 1971, the application must also identify the design objectives. and the means to be employed.

for keeping levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas "as low as practicable".

Section 50.lO6. contains provisions designed to assure that releases of radioactivity from nuclear power reactors to unrestriated areas during normal reactor operations, including expected operational occurrences, are kept

"as low as practicable".

This appendix provides numerical guid.

ance on design objectives and limiting condi- tions for operation to asaet applicants for.

and holders of, licenses for light-water- cooled nuclear power resctors in meeting'the requirement that radioaetive material in efluewt released frmn those fseitlties to un- restrieted Areas be kept "a low as pms.-

tiale". This guidance is appropriate only for light-water-eooled nuclear power reactors and not for other types of nuclear facillties.

'4

102

Appendix 4.

Proposed Appendix I of 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

SEc. II. Guides on design objectires for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors licensed under 10 CFR Part So. The guides for design objectives (expressed as quantities and conoentratlons of radioactve material in effluents) for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors specified in paragraphs A and IJ of this section are suficlently conservative to provide reasonable assurance that, for most locations having environmental char- acteristlcs likely to be considered acceptable by the Commission for a nuclear power re- actor site, resultant increases In radiation expcsures tn individual members of the pub- lie living at the site boundary, dud to opera- tiont of light-water-cooled nuclear power re- actors at the site, will generally be less than

5 percent of exposures due to natural back- ground radiation and average exposures to silzeible population groups will generally be less than I percent of exposures due to nat- ural background radiation. The guides on design objectives for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors set forth in para- graphs A and B of this section may be Used by an applicant for a permit to construct a llight-water-cooled ruclear power rewctor as guidance in meeting the requirements of I 50.34a(a) that applications filed after Jan- tary 2. 107t. Identity the design objectives, and the means to be employed, for keeping levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicable.

A* For radioactive m.-terial above back- ground In liquid effluents to be released to unrestricted areas by each light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor at a site:.

I. The estimated annual total quantity of radioactive mterlal, except tritium. should not exceed 5 curies; and

2. The estimated annual average concen- tr&Uon of radioactive material prior to dilu- tion in a natural body of wa.er, except trtt- ism, should not exceed 0.00002 microcrie

(20 ploocturies) per lilta; and S. The esttloated annual average concen- tratlon of tritium prior to dilution in a nat- ural body of water should not exceed 0.005 mlrerocurle (s.0p0 picocuries) per i:ter.

B. For radlo.ictlve material above back- ground In gaseous effluents, the estimated total quantities Of radioactive material to be released to unrestricted areas by all light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site should not result in:

i. An annusl average exposure rate due to noble goses at any location on the boundary of the site or in the ofslte environment In excess of 10 mllIlrems:; and

2. Annual average concentrations at any location on the boundary of the aste or In the offAtte environment of radioactive lodines.

or ,mddtoaetve material in Prt~culate form with a half-life greater than 8 dais, in ex- oem of the coneentirsons In air specified in Appendi.x B, Table If, Column I, of 10 CFR Part 20. divided by 100,000.

C. Notwithstanding the guidance in Para- graphs A and B above, design objectives, based on quantities and ooncentlatione of radioactive material shove background in eMuents to be released to Unrestricted areas, a An exposure rate such that a hypothetical individual contlnuously present In the open at any location on the boundary of the site or In the offslte environment would not In- cur a&enrnual exposure in exc-e of 6 mlli- rems.Thita neglects the reduction in the exposures to & real Individual that would be afforded by the distanCe from the site bounda*Tat which the Individual is loeated, shieldg provided by living indoors and petioda e1 time the tIndtvidual in not prest in the area.

higlier than Lhos, rpeclfled In those parn- graphs may be deemed to meet the require- ment for keeping levels of redioactive =ao- tertal In efltuenit to unrestricted Areas as low as practicable If the applicant provides rea- sonable asat.ance that:

1. pof radioactive material above back- ground in liquid effluents to be released to unrestricted areas by all light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site, the pro- poed higher qunntil.iea or coneentrations8 will not result In annual exposures to tihe whole body or any organ o1 an individual II

excess of 5 millirems: - and

2. For radLoctlive noble gases and lodlilLes and radloactive kr.aterial in particulate form above background In gansous eflluents to be released to unrestricted areas by all light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors at a site.

the proposed higher quantities and concen- trations wtil no!. result tn Annual expokuires to the whole body or any organ of All indi- vldual in excess of 5 niflliremns.

Dr Notwithstanding the guidance in panM-

graphs A. B, and C above, for a particular site the Commission may specify, as guldance oil design objectives, lower qu.lttititis and con- centrationa of radloact*'e material above background in effluents to be rele&%ed tl un- restricted areas If it appears that the use of the design objectives deecribed in thoGe para- graphs is likely to result In releases of total n quantities of radioactive material from all lIght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors at the alte that are eStimated to ca**e an An- nual exposure in excess of 5 miliLrems to the whole body or any organ of an Individual in the offeite environment from radioactive " a- terial above background in either llqtti,, or gaseous effluents.

SEc. III. Guides on technical specifLaftions for limiting conditions for operation for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors licensed under 10 CFR Part 50. The Ftddes on limiting conditions for operation for light- water-cooled nuclear power reactors set forth below may be used by an applicant for a license to operate a light-water-cooled nu- clear power reactor as guidance in develop- ing technical specifications under I 50.3ia(a)

to keep levels of radioactive materials In

'For purposes of the guides in Appendix I.

exposure of members of the public should be estimated from distributions In the envIron- ment of radioactive material released In efu- ents, For estimates of external exposure the rem may be considered equivalent to the rad;

and account should be taken of the aPpro- priate physical paraet-ers (energy of radia- tion, absorption coefficients, etc..

Estimates of internal dose commitment. In terms of the common unit of dose equivalence (rem).

should be generally consistent with the con- ventions or assumptions for cslcutlatlonal purposes moat recently pubuahed by the In- tornatlonal Commiesion on Radiological Pro- tectlon which apply directly to intakes of radioactive material from air and water, and those appljcable to water may be applied to Intakes from food. These conventiOns or a- gumptdons should be used for calculations of dose equivalence except for exposures due to strontium-89, strontfuln-90, or radionu¢.lldee of Iodine. For those radionuclides the blologi- cal and physical a-umptions of FRC Report No. 2 should be used. It is assumed that an- nual average concentrations of radioactive iodine in the environment, as listed in Part

20, Appendix B, Table Il, would result In annual doses of 1.5 rems to the thyTroid aind the concentration of stront-ium-89 or siren tiurn-90 would result in annual doses of 0.5 rem to the bone. Exposure to the whole body should be assessed as exposur. to the gonads or red bone marrow.

eftluents to unrestricted areas as low as prscticable.

Section 50.30a(b) provides that licensees shall be guided by cert&tn conalderattons in establishing an F.tvnnomenting operating procodure" that take into account the need for operating flexibility while at the amnie time assure that the licensee will exert his best effort to keep levels of radioactive ma- tertal in effluents ts low as practicable. The guidance set forth below provides more spe- chfIc guida.nce to iiceiuseeu In this re..pecl.

In using the guides set forth in section'

IV It Is expected that it should generally be feasible to keep average annual releases of radioActive niatcrial il effluents front Ilght-water-cooled nuclear power renclor within the levels set forth as numerlcal guides for design objectives In section ii above. At the saame time, the lirensee is per- mitted the flexlbility of operation, conmpatible with considerAtLions of health And safety, to assure that the public Is provided a depend- able rource of po0wer even under utusu:al operating conditions which nmay temporarily result In releases higher than such numerical guides for design objectives, but still Within i-veis tentt assure that actual expm'*lret to the pUblic are small fractions of naltiral background radiation. It is expected that ut using this operational flexibility under tun- usual operating conditions, the Il'ensee will exert his beat efforts to keep levels of rnidl)-

active material in effluentst wit' in the nu- merical guides for design objectives.

SEc. TV, Gu:des for limiting conditions for opcration for light-urafer-cooled nuclear power reactors. A. If rates of release of radio- Active materials In effluents from liglht- water-cooled nuclear power reactors actually experienced, avernged over any calendar quarter, are such that the estimated anntal quantities or concentrations of radioactive material in effluents are likely to exceed twice the desIgn objective quantities and concentrations set forth in section If above, the licernee should:

I. make an investigation to Identify the causes for such release rates; and

2. define and Initiate a program of action to reduce such release rates to the design levels; and

3. report these actions to the Commislson on a timely basis.

B. If rates of release of radioactive ma- terial In liquid or gaseous effluents actually experienced, averaged over any calendar quarter, are such that estimated annual quantities or concentrations of radioactive material in effluents are likely to exceed a range of 4-8 times the design objective quantitles and concentrations set forth In section TI above.6 the Commission will take appropriate action to assure that such re- lease rates ere reduced. (Section 50,360(a)

(2) requires the licensee to submit certain reports to the Commission with regard to the quantities of the principal radionuelides r-eleased to unrestricted areas. It also pro- vides that, on the basis of such reports and any additional information the Conuntsslon may obtain from the licenene and others, the commission may from time to time require the licensee to take Such ac~lon as the Commission deems appropriate.)

C. The guides for limiting conditions for operation described In paragraphs A and D

of this section are applicable to technical

' Release ;%tes within thou range would be expected to keep the annual exposure rate to individuals offalte within a range of 20-

40 mnrems per year during this quarterly period.

I

103

r Appendix 4. Proposed Appendix Ilof 10 CFR Part 50 (Continued)

epecificatUona Includcd In any license au- thornzing operation of a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor constructed pursuant to a construction permit for which applica- tion was fied on or Mter January 2, 1971.

Fotr lght-water-cooled nuclear power reactors L constructed pursuant to a construction per- mit for which application was filed prior to January 2, 1971, appropriate technical &peel.

ficaUtons should be developed to carry out the purpom of keeping levels of rs~dilontlve material In effluents to unrestricted arem as low as practicable. In any event, all holders of licenses authorizing operation of a light- water-cooled nuclear power reoactor ehould, after (36 months from effective date of this guide). develop technical specifications In conformity with the guides of this Section.

(Sec. 161, 08 Brat. 948: 42 UA.B. 2201)

Dated at Weahlngton. D.C., this 4th day of June 1971.

For the Atomic Energy Commission, W. B. MCCOOL,

Secrctary of the Commission.

IFit Doc.71-8049 Ilied 0-8-71:8:51 amn

1

104

4